World Precision Instruments
INTERNATIONAL EDITION
World Precision Instruments
2007
Neuroscience
Physiology—
Cardiovascular
Physiology—
Epithelial
Physiology—
Miscellaneous
Biosensing
Microdissection,
Microsurgery
Laboratory
Supplies
Glass, Holders,
Electrodes
Data Acquisition
Hardware & Software
See page 70
Micromanipulators
Microscopes,
Cameras
Pumps, Fluid
Handling
Spectroscopy,
Fluorometry
Free Radical
Analyzers & Sensors
See page 86
Laboratory Equipment
for the Life Sciences
Index
Images of Science Two-photon microscopy
The colorful winner of WPI’s 2006
Images of Science contest was
submitted by Dr. Tim Murphy
of University of British Columbia
Department of Psychiatry in
Vancouver, B.C., Canada.
Dr. Murphy is a basic research
scientist using sophisticated, twophoton microscopy techniques to
look at individual synapses and brain
capillaries in mouse models of stroke
in vivo.
Brain blood vessels and synapses in a living mouse, made by twophoton imaging—a maximal intensity projection of the first 100 microns
of mouse (YFP-H transgenic line) somatosensory cortex. The small
vessels are brain capillaries and are 3-5 microns in diameter. The image
area is 139 microns wide. The animal was prepared using WPI surgical
instruments and Novaflex fiber optic illuminator. Recordings of EEG
activity were made using WPI silver wire and DAM50 amplifiers. For
more information see: J Neurosci. 2005 Jun 1;25(22):5333-8.
The winning image was created in
one of Canada's first two-photon
microscope labs. According to the
Brain Research Centre Newsletter,
the first largescale twophoton imaging facility
in Canada capable of
high resolution in vivo
investigations of disease
states recently entered
service at UBC. Funding
awarded last year to Tim
Murphy and four other
researchers enabled
building the facility,
Keep in touch ...
— visit WPI on-line!
Need to request a quote? Looking for an instruction manual?
Looking for references?
In Europe, point your Web browser to www.wpi-europe.com
In the rest of the world, go to www.wpiinc.com
which houses four two-photon
microscopes, allowing investigators
to resolve structures down to onethousandth of a millimetre in the
living brain. This makes it possible
for investigators to view individual
synapses and provides new tools
to investigate models of human
neurological diseases and stroke.
Dr. Murphy is also listed as a faculty
member of the International 3D
Microscopy of Living Cells Course,
next summer at UBC.
For submitting the winning entry in
WPI’s Images of Science Contest, Dr.
Murphy received an Apple iPod.
Dr Timothy H. Murphy
Neuroscience. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Amplifers, Stimulators and Isolators l Stereotaxic Instruments
l Microforges, Bevelers and Pullers.
Physiology — Cardiovascular. . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Blood Pressure Measurement l Force Transducers l Tissue &
Organ Bath l Bridge Amplifier l Modular Transducer amplifier
Physiology — Epithelial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Voltage/Current Clamp l Epithelial Voltohmmeter l TEER
Measurement l Ussing System
Physiology — Miscellaneous. . . . . . . . 64
Animal Temperature Controller l Microtomes l Data
Acquisition l Micropressure System.
Biosensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Nitric Oxide Detection l Ion Selective Electrodes l Oxygen
Detection l pH meters
Microdissection, Microsurgery. . . . . . 102
Scissors l Tweezers l Ear Punches l Vessel Clips l Mouse
Surgery Kit l Electrosurgical Unit l Cautery Instruments
Lab Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Adhesives l Cables & Connectors l Metal Wire l Luers &
Fittings l Laboratory Bases, Rods, and Clamps
Glass, Holders, Electrodes . . . . . . . . 179
Capillary Glass l Electrode Holders l Metal Microelectrodes
l MicroFil Non-metallic Syringe Needles
Micromanipulators, Stands. . . . 192
Manual & Motorized Micropositioners l Magnetic Stands
l Tilting Base
Microscopes, Cameras. . . . . . . 208
Surgical, Stereo, and Inverted Microscopes l Cameras
l Illuminators l Heater Controller l Culture Dishes
Pumps, Fluid Handling. . . . . . . . . . . 222
Peristaltic, Syringe, and Pneumatic Pumps l Microprocessor
Controlled Injector
Spectroscopy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Spectrometers l Sample Cells l Light Sources l Fiber Optic
Cables l Fiber Optic Dipping Probe
Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Ordering Information, Terms & Conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Laboratory Equipment 2007
Neuroscience
Intracellular Amplifiers
Electro 705 Electrometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Duo 773 Dual Microprobe System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
NEUROSCIENCE
Extracellular Amplifiers
DAM50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
DAM80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
ISO-80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
ISO-DAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Miscellaneous Neuroscience Instruments
121 Window Discriminator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
260 Dual Microintophoresis Current Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Stimulators & Isolators
DS8000 8-Channel Digital Stimulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
DLS100 Digital Linear Stimulus Isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
A310 Accupulser™ Signal Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
A300 Plusemaster™ Multi-Channel Stimulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
A320 Isostim™ Stimulator/Isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
A362 Battery Charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
A360LA High Voltage Stimulus Isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
A365 High Voltage Stimulus Isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
A385 High Current Stimulus Isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
A382 Battery Charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
A395 Linear Stimulus Isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Stereotaxic Instruments & Accessories
Stereotaxic Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Mouse & Neonatal Rat Adaptor for Stereotaxic Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Digital Stereotaxic Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Metal Microelectrodes — Tungsten, Iridium, Platinum-Iridium, Elgiloy® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Ωmega-Tip-Z Millivolt and Megohm Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Rodent Brain Matrices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Microforges, Bevelers, Pullers
DMF1000 Microforge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
H602 1000x Compound Microscope for DMF1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
MF200 Microforge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
48000 Microbeveler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1300M Microelectrode Beveler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
PMP-107 Programmable Multipipette Puller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
PUL-2 Programmable 2-Stage Micropipette Puller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
WPI’s Quietest Intracellular Amplifier!
Electro 705
BAT
POW TE RY
ERE
D
BLE
A
T
POR
NEUROSCIENCE
A low noise high quality intracellular
amplifier well-suited for the student lab
Photo shows two units arranged for differential recording. Manipulators not included.
● Remote Headstage — Easily mounted in any manipulator, this
small probe, containing the first stage of amplification, includes a
microelectrode holder, which plugs directly into the probe input.
● Battery Power — Four 9V alkaline batteries (included) power the
Electro 705 for approximately 500 hours giving a super clean low noise
source of power making the Electro 705 the quietest amplifier available. Batteries can be easily tested by the press of a button.
● Capacitance Compensation — Corrects for loss of rise time caused
by the presence of electrode capacity. Up to 50 pF of electrode shunt
capacity may be neutralized. ● Driven Guard Shield — Stray capacitance can be
further reduced by placing the driven guard shield
(included) over the microelectrode holder at the
input end of the probe.
ELECTRO 705 SPECIFICATIONS
Input Impedance
1012 Ohms, shunted by 1 pF
Output Impedance
100 Ohms, both outputs
Gain
X1: ±0.1%
Input Voltage Range
±5 V
Risetime
15 µs, 10-90%
Noise Level
500 µV peak-to-peak*
Input Capacitance Compensation 0-50 pF
Gate Leakage Current
±10 pA, adjustable to zero
Electrode Resistance Test
1 mV/ M Ohms
DC Positioning
± 300 mV
Common Mode Rejection
>104 (in differential mode)
Power
Four 9V alkaline batteries, supplied
Dimensions
8.5 x 3.5 x 2.2 in. (22 x 9 x 6 cm)
Shipping Weight
5 lb (2.3 kg)
* Full band width, with 20 M Ohms source
● Tickler Circuit — A momentary oscillation that helps achieve cell
penetration.
● Electrode Resistance Test — The 705 provides a 1 nA electrode test
current. Electrode resistance is monitored at the 1X output as a voltage
(1 mV/M).
● Probe Test Port — Allows the convenience of testing the amplifier's
intrinsic noise and gain without cumbersome external test hookups. Gate
leakage current can also be adjusted with minimum effort.
● Baseline Position Control — Adds or subtracts up to 300 mV to the
headstage output, allowing artifact voltages such as liquid junction
potentials to be nulled prior to recording.
● Differential Output — Two Electro 705s can be connected in tandem
to create an optional differential amplifier probe system. 705
Electro 705 Electrometer
Probe, driven guard shield and micropipette holder MEH1SF included for
glass microelectrodes O.D. 1.0 mm, 1.2 mm, 1.5 mm, or 2.0 mm.
Optional Accessories
3468
Dual Rack Mount Kit
3469
Single Rack Mount Kit
M3301L
Micromanipulator (specify left- or right-handed)
M-3
80° Tilting base
RC1T
Reference cell (Ag/AgCl)
2541
Driven guard shield for 705PF Probe
MEH1SF
Microelectrode holder
705PF
Replacement probe (includes calibration)*
*Instrument must be returned to WPI for free calibration with new probe.
See cables and connectors, page 184.
See microelectrode holders, pages 34-37.
See capillary glass, page 29.
Reference
Koch, U. (2000) “Interdependence of spatial and temporal coding in the auditory midbrain.”
Journal of Neurophysiology 83, 4, 2300-2314
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
Duo 773 Dual Microprobe System
NEUROSCIENCE
2-channel intracellular amplifier
For intracellular dual or differential studies, the Duo773 has separate negative capacity controls and built-in
active filtering that allows the precise balancing of time constants for artifact-free differential measurement.
Comes complete with two probe headstages, 1015 Ohms & 1011 Ohms probes to monitor signals from ion-specific
micro-electrodes as well as KCl-filled electrodes.
* Although injected currents are “constant,”
the maximum current in a given situation will
always be limited by the system compliance of
10 V.
**The 712P headstage may be used on either
A or B channels, however Current Injection
specifications do not apply when used on
channel A. The 715P headstage may not be used
on the B channel.
References
L. Pluja (2000) “Electrical and mechanical
effects of vasoactive intestinal peptide and
pituitary adenylate cyclase-activating peptide
in the rat colon involve different mechanisms.”
European Journal of Pharmacology 389, 217224.
G. X. Wang, X. B. Zhou, et al. (2000) “Effects of
mitoxantrone on excitation-contraction coupling
in guinea pig ventricular myocytes.” Journal of
Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics
293, 2, 501-508.
S. Tsuruoka (2000) “Acute effect of cadmiummetallothionein on glucose and amino acid
transport across the apical membrane of
the rabbit proximal tubule perfused in vitro.”
Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental
Therapeutics 292, 2, 769-777.
DUO 773 SPECIFICATIONS
HEADSTAGE (PROBE)
ACTIVE PROBE INPUT IMPEDANCE
GAIN
OUTPUT RESISTANCE
OUTPUT VOLTAGE RANGE
MAXIMUM INPUT VOLTAGE
PROBE LEAKAGE CURRENT
DC POSITION ADJUST RANGE
ELECTRODE RESISTANCE TEST CURRENT
INPUT CAPACITY COMPENSATION
NOISE
Input shorted
20 MΩ carbon resistor
RISE TIME
10-90% direct input small signal
10-90% through 20 MΩ (-C “on”)
CURRENT INJECTION
Internal DC Current
Externally commanded Current
External current command factor
Current monitor
Compliance
Bridge balance
Bridge amplifier gain
LOW PASS FILTER
METER SECTION
Display
Ranges
Accuracy and resolution
DIMENSIONS
Instrument
Probe
POWER
SHIPPING WEIGHT
CERTIFICATION
712P (red, port “B”)
715P (blue, port “A”)
1015Ω
>1011Ω
x1, x10
x1
100 Ω
100 Ω
±10 V
± 10V
±15 V
±15 V
10-14 A
5 X 10-12 A
± 300 mV
± 300 mV
1 nA
1 pA, 1 nA selectable
+10 to -50 pF
0 to -10 pF
<50 µV p-p 10kHz bandwidth
<50µV p-p 10kHz bandwidth
<200 µV p-p 10kHz bandwidth <200µV p-p 10kHz bandwidth
1 µs, typical
25 µs, typical
(712P only)**
± 50 nA low range, ± 500 nA high range ± 500nA low range, ± 5 µA high range 20 mV/nA low range, 2 mV/nA high range
100 mV/nA low range, 10 mV/nA high range
3V low range, 10V high range
0-100 MΩ, 0-1000 MΩ
x 10, x 50
40 dB/decade, continuously variable 1-30 kHz
3.5-digit LED
200 mV, 2000 mV, 20 V, 200 nA, 2000 nA
1 digit
17 x 5.25 x 10 in. (43 x 13 x 25 cm)
Diameter: 12 mm Length: 34 mm
95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
15 lb (7 kg)
CE, CSA
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Independent Outputs — The Duo773 has an output for each probe
independent of gain filtering or balancing. In addition the Duo773 has
a 10x and a 50x output for easy integration to most data aquisition
programs.
Digital Meter — The Duo773 comes complete with a 3½-digit display
for monitoring injection current or the voltages for either probe (single
ended or differential).
773
Duo 773 Electrometer
Specify line voltage
Includes two probes with driven guard shields and eight
MEH1SF microelectrode holders for 1.0 mm, 1.2 mm, 1.5 mm,
or 2.0 mm glass electrodes.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
712P
Replacement probe (includes calibration)*
715P
Replacement probe (includes calibration)*
*Instrument should be returned to WPI for free calibration with new probe.
2933
2547
15790
TW100F-4
TW150F-4
Rack Mount Kit, 51⁄4-in. high
Driven Guard Shield for 712P & 715P Probes
Replacement Probe Handle
Glass capillary with filament
Glass capillary with filament
See Dri-Ref, page 112.
See cables and connectors, page 184.
#2547 Driven Guard Shield
Optional Holders
for Intracellular
Amplifiers
Typical setup:
Duo773, Intra 767, Cyto 721
NEUROSCIENCE
Headstage — Two gold-plated, epoxy sealed miniature active probes can
be positioned directly to the measurement site. Microelectrode holders
containing an Ag/AgCl electrochemical half-cells plug directly into the
probes. Stray capacitance can be reduced by placing the included driven
guard shield over the microelectrode holder at the end of the probe.
Capacity Compensation — Channel A can compensate up to 10 pF of
electrode shunt capacity and Channel B can compensate up to 50 pF.
Tickler Circuit — Assists in cell penetration. The frequency and
amplitude of the oscillations may be varied for differences in membrane
thickness or cell size. The duration of tickle can be controlled either by
using the momentary switch, a foot switch, or by applying a signal to the
remote tickler input.
Active Filters — Low pass settings on a -40 dB/decade active filter
vary the cutoff from 1 to 30 kHz. Either probe or bridge outputs may be
selected for filtering.
Current Injection — Channel B can eject current through the
microelectrode by applying a command signal to the stimulus input
connector; the resulting output from the probe will then be a constant
current replica of the input signal. Two ranges of current delivery are
provided: 50 nA and 500 nA or by an external source. This source can
be useful for delivering hyperpolarizing currents to stabilize the cell
membrane potential and as a holding current for microiontophoresis. Compliance Alarm — When the electrode voltage exceeds the probe
input maximum allowed voltage, an audible over-compliance alarm will
sound.
Bridge Balance — Subtracts the excess electrode voltage associated
with delivering current through the recording micropipette. Electrode
resistances up to 1000 MΩ can be balanced in two ranges. The balanced
signal is available from x10 or x50 front panel output connectors.
50x gain output
ME
Data
Acquisition
System
ME
ME
Recording Electrode
(with holder MEH1SF)
Drug or dye current
electrophoresis injection
SF
H2
W
SF
H2
SF
H3
H3
ME
Micromanipulator
)
lied
pp
(su
H
ME
ME
F
1S
W
SF
SF
H6
Micromanipulator
ME
Inverted Microscope
W
SF
H6
See Microelectrode Holders,
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
DAM Series Bioamplifiers
A family of very low noise battery-operated amplifiers
Now wi
th E S D P
• Gated or manual current generation for histological marking,
iontophoresis, or cell stimulation. rotectio
n
!
NEUROSCIENCE
•
Stimulus artifact suppression (SAS) circuitry mitigates
amplifier input stage overload from stimulus transients
by dramatically reducing the headstage gain when a
stimulation pulse is applied. This results in quicker
recovery of the input to amplifiy the ensuing
bio-potentials. The SAS circuitry is invoked via a
standard TTL control signal. • An very low noise remote active headstage
(DAM80 only) is useful for very high impedance
amplification utilizing glass or metal electrodes.
DAM series amplifiers can be used as standalone
units on any tabletop, or use optional clamp-mounting
hardware to locate them conveniently within the work
area. Alternatively, a pair of amplifiers can be mounted
into a standard equipment rack with a rack mount kit
(#3484 ). A variety of hook up accessories are available
to configure your application. Dam50—Basic Amplifier (optional
#5447 electrode adapter not included)
Optional probe #5489
for use with DAM50 also
in­cludes mi­cro­elec­trode
adapt­er #5469.
WPI’s DAM series amplifier’s are well known as a standard of the
industry for extracellular potential amplification. These battery
powered bio-amplifiers are designed with a compact chassis profile
that enables the user to locate the unit closer to the preparation
and thereby minimize long lead lengths which contribute to noise. Each amplifier is equipped with selectable high and low filters, and
a position control to offset galvanic potentials which may develop
during recording. A choice of models offer additional features that are
useful for certain applications:
Application Examples
DAM50, DAM60, DAM70
DAM50, DAM60, DAM70
#5447 Adapter
GND
A
GND
#5371 Cable
B
Electrode Adapter
#3294 Grounding Clip
#5371 Cable
#5489 Probe
Light
Stimulation
#300102 electrode
extension, held by
micromanipulators
B
#2033 Adapter
A
#3578 Cable
Micromanipulator
#5469 Metal
Microelectrode
Adapter
Metal Microelectrode
(i.e., TM33B01)
Metal Microelectrodes
Petri Dish
EP2
Ag/AgCl Half Cell
Central Ground
Immobilized specimen
Ag/AgCl pellet
Central Ground
Extracellular recording
using metal microelectrode
ERG recording of fly eyes
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
DAM SERIES SPECIFICATIONS
INPUT IMPEDANCE
DAM80, an AC amplifier only, features a very low noise headstage
probe which can be mounted in mi­cro­ma­n­ip­u­la­tors for up-close cortical
recording, for ex­tra­cel­lu­lar recording from high impedance glass or metal
mi­cro­elec­trodes. Also provides a gated cur­rent for tissue marking. Mi­cro­
elec­trode holder MEH3SB is recommended. INPUT LEAKAGE CURRENT
50 pA (typical)
MAX. DC DIFFERENTIAL SIGNAL
± 2.5 V (DAM 50)
GAIN
AC: 100x, 1000x, 10000x
DC: 10x, 100x, 1000x (DAM50)
COMMON MODE REJECTION RATIO
100 dB @ 50/60 Hz
INPUT CAPACITANCE
20 pF
AC MODE NOISE
AC MODE NOISE
DC MODE NOISE (DAM50)
0.4 µV RMS (2 µV p-p) 0.1-100 Hz
2.6 µV RMS (10 µV p-p) 1 Hz-10 kH
7.5 µV RMS (30 µV p-p) 3-10 kHz
NEUROSCIENCE
Dam80—
With low-noise
headstage DAM80P
Metal mi­cro­elec­
trode adapter
#5469 included.
1012 Ω, common mode and differential
BANDWIDTH FILTER SETTINGS
AC Mode
AC Mode (DAM80)
DC Mode (DAM50)
Low frequency, 0.1, 1, 10, 300 Hz
High frequency, 0.1, 1, 3, 10 kHz
High frequency, 0.1, 1, 3, 10 kHz
OUTPUT CONNECTORS
BNC on DAM50; 3.5 mm MiniPhone connector on DAM80
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING
±8 V
OUTPUT IMPEDANCE
470 Ω
BATTERY TEST
Audible tone
CALIBRATOR SIGNAL
10 Hz square wave
POSITION
Approximately 250 mV
CURRENT SOURCE
DAM Series am­pli­fiers
— and most other
small WPI in­stru­ments
with similar metal
enclosures — may be
mount­ed on a post
near the ex­per­i­men­tal
site with Ringstand
Mounting Kit (#3485)
DAM80i Probe (included)
#5371 Cable
A
B
#13388 Adapter
#300102 electrode
extension, held by
micromanipulators
ERG
recording
of a rat
0 to ±50 µA, variable
Input Voltage ±10 V commands
AC or DC current waveform
±50 µA max. amplitude @ 200 KΩ
BATTERIES
2 x 9V alkaline (included)
DIMENSIONS
#3294 Grounding Clip (included)
DAM80 or ISO-80
DAM80: DC Generator
EXTERNAL COMMAND
Metal Microelectrodes
Ag/AgCl skin electrode pad
(#EL203)
DAM50 Bio-amplifier
DAM80
Bio-amplifier with active probe (DAM80P)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
DAM80P Replacement Probe
3072
6 Replacement Modular Cables (DAM50)
3517
2 Optional Shielded Modular Cables (DAM50)
CBL102
3.5 mm Phone plug-to-BNC Cable
2851
BNC-to-BNC Cable
2033
Black Insulated Mini-Banana Plug
2034
Red Insulated Mini-Banana Plug
2035
Uninsulated Mini-Banana Plug
2101
9V Alkaline Battery, each (2 required)
DAM50
DAM80
8 x 4 x 1.75 in. (20.3 x 10.2 x 4.4 cm)
7 x 4 x 1.75 in. (17.8 x 10.2 x 4.4 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
3.5 lb (1.6 kg)
FEATURE
Input Mode
Input configuration
Gain Range
High / Low Filters
Offset position control
Current Generator
Remote Active headstage
Output connection
Standard input connection*
Power supply
DAM50 AC/DC
differential/single ended
100-10K (AC), 10-1K (DC)
yes
yes
No
No
BNC
unterminated wire
(2) nine volt alkaline batteries
DAM80
AC
differential
100-10K (AC)
yes
yes
Yes
Yes
3.5 mm mini phone
mini banana
(2) nine volt alkaline batteries
*see optional accessories for additional alternatives
3484
3485
5447
5469
5489
13388
5371
3578
300102
3414
Rack Mount Kit (for 2 DAM preamps)
Ringstand Mounting Kit
Electrode Adapter (DAM50)
Metal Microelectrode Adapter for DAM80
(mini-banana plug to 0.031 in. (0.79 mm) socket)
Adapter for Metal Microelectrode (DAM50)
Adapter, mini-banana plug to 2mm socket
Cable, Low Noise (2 mm pin to 2 mm pin)
Adapter Cable for Ag/AgCl pellets (2 mm pin)
Electrode Extension, 4-inch
9V NiMH Battery
Also see cables and connectors, metal mi­cro­elec­trodes,
carbon-filled mi­cropi­pettes.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
NEUROSCIENCE
Isolated
Differential
Amplifier
The improved ISO-80 provides low noise AC
coupled amplification and offers excellent
recording performance for monitoring
extracellular nerve action potentials in
vitro and in living animals. The ISO-80 is
provided with a remote headstage (1 m cable)
which incorporates an electrode impedance test
function and a constant current stimulator. The constant
current stimulator can be used for cell marking, stimulation or electrode
cleaning. Typical applications include measuring EMG, EEG, extracellular
and action potentials in vitro or in vivo. The ISO-80 system is DC isolated
from the subject ground and employs state of the art electro-magnetic
shielding for improved noise rejection. The amplifier employs both high
pass and low pass filtering with gain from 100 to 10,000. The lowest
low-pass setting is 5Hz and the upper passband is 10 kHz. The ISO-80 Startup Kit now contains all the below listed accessories
needed for basic metal electrode electrophysiology research:
CBL102 Cable, BNC-to-3.5mm plug, 6 ft (2m) (one)
5469 Adapter, mini-banana to 0.031 skt. (two)
13388 Adapter, mini-banana to 2mm skt. (two)
3294 Cable, ground clip to wire, 3 ft
2033 Mini-banana plug, black
2034 Mini-banana plug, red
2035 Mini-banana plug solderable turrent (two)
EP1 Ag/AgCl pellet (70 mm wire) 1mm diam x 2.5 mm long
M3301EH Electrode Holder, 14cm (two)
5470 0.031-inch jack on 12-inch wire (package of 4)
ISO-80 Specifications
Input Resistance
>1011 Ohms, Common Mode and differential
Input Leakage Current
50 picoamperes, max.
Amplification
×102, ×103, ×104
Common Mode Rejection Ratio 100 dB typ. @ 50/60 Hz
Equivalent Noise Signal Input 0.4 microvolts rms (0.1-100 Hz) 2.0 microvolts rms (1 Hz - 10 kHz)
Filter Settings
Low frequency
High frequency
5, 10, 100, 300 Hz
100 Hz, 1, 3, 10 kHz
Max. Output Voltage Swing
±8 volts
Electrode Impedance Range
100 kOhm - 10 MOhm @ 300 Hz
Stimulation Current
0 to ±20 micro amperes (constant current)
ISO-80
Isolated Bioamplifier w/ active probe (ISO80P)
Specify line voltage
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
ISO-80P
Replacement ISO-80 Probe
CBL102
3.5 mm phone plug-to-BNC cable
Maximum STIMULATION Voltage ±15 volts
Maximum Electrode Voltage
Display
±40 volts
31⁄2-digit LCD
BATTERY TEST
Low battery display
Power
Two 9-volt NiCad batteries & charger,
supplied
SHIPPING WEIGHT
4 lb (1.8 kg)
To ISO-80
To ISO-80
To ISO-80
ISO-80 probe
ISO-80 probe
red socket
#5469 electrode adapters*
micromanipulator
metal microelectrodes
micromanipulator
metal microelectrode
#3294 grounding
wire & clip*
Cut, strip, and
secure the wires in
#2033 connector.
EP1* or similar
Ag/AgCl half-cell
Differential Application
red
socket
#3294 grounding
wire & clip*
#2033
connector*
EP1* or similar
Ag/AgCl half-cell
Single-Ended Application
micromanipulator
#2033 connector*
micromanipulator
specimen
specimen
#3294 grounding
wire & clip*
#5470
electrode
adapter*
ISO-80 probe*
#5469 electrode adapter*
specimen
#M3301
electrode
holder*
metal
#5469 microelectrode
electrode
adapter*
EP1* or similar
Ag/AgCl half-cell
Optional Differential Application
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Back by
!
demand
popular
M lifier
Iso-oDisA
e Bio-Amp
wN
Isolated Lo
ISO-DAM SPECIFICATIONS
Voltage gain
x10, x100, x1000, x10,000
Input impedance
> 1012 Ohms, nominal
Amp noise, input shorted
1 µv RMS (1-10 KHz)
Bandwidth
Filter (low pass)
Filter (high pass)
Up to four units
may be daisy-chained using
a single AC adapter with
power jumper cable(s) (#13246).
COMPLETE SYSTEM
ISO-DAMX Low Noise Preamplifier with power supply
ISO-DAM Low Noise Preamplifier without power supply
Specify line voltage
Both preamplifiers include input cable, one power jumper cable, miniature
ground plug and 10’ BNC cable.
Application
Example:
insect antennae
recording
Iso-DAM
0.2 µV RMS (1-100 Hz) DC to 10 kHz 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 3, 10 kHz 0.1, 1, 10, 300 Hz
Input offset voltage adjust
± 100 mV
Common mode rejection
> 100 dB @ 50/60 Hz
Output voltage swing
± 5 Volts
Output resistance
270 Ohms
Dimensions
8 × 4 × 1.75 in. (20 × 10 × 4 cm)
Shipping weight
4 lb (1.8 kg)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
3545
120V AC Adapter
3546
240V AC Adapter (Euro)
3547
240V AC Adapter (UK)
13246
Power Jumper Cable
2851
BNC-to-BNC Cable
13451
Adapter, two 2 mm pins to BNC (F)
5381
Rack Mount (will mount up to 4 units)
15997
Replacement Iso-DAM cable
13893
Replacement 3-pin connector
3-pin connector
cable (included)
solder
connection
#300102 electrode
extension, held by
micromanipulator
metal microelectrode
Central Ground
immobilized
insect antennae
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
NEUROSCIENCE
Iso-DAM is optically isolated so no significant current can flow from input
terminals of the preamplifier to ground. The instrument is intrinsically
safe and cannot cause any electrical stimulus or shock to the subject. Noise from ground loops is eliminated. Iso-DAM’s small-box structure
allows the instrument to be placed close to the site of measurement. The
front stage of this device is battery powered by six AA Nimh batteries
(included). Running time after full charging is about seven days. Power
for the output stage is supplied by a compact wall power unit, which
also charges the Ni-Cd batteries when the amplifier is not in use. Up to
four units may be daisy-chained with Power Jumper Cable (Part #13246),
drawing power from a single AC adapter. Iso-DAMs can be configured in
groups of four in a convenient rack Mount.
Window Discriminator
NEUROSCIENCE
● Monitor signals and discriminator levels simultaneously at the multiplex output
● Window height independent of lower discriminator level setting
● Logic level output pulses, TTL compatible
● Output pulses indicated by LED display
This amplitude discriminator is designed for audio and sub-audio signals
such as extracellular nerve action potentials. For every waveform peak
that appears “within” the window aperture set by the user, a pulse is
generated at the “Within Window” output. Signals that exceed the upper
level of the window produce a pulse at the “Above Window” output. A
visual indication of the pulses is provided at each output by the LED
display. Both the input signal and the window aperture settings are
visible at the multiplex port as shown below in the upper trace. By
viewing the input signal as well as the “window” discriminator levels at
the multiplex port provides a convenient visualization and ease in setting
up an experiment. Model 121’s multiplex circuitry samples input signals
and window levels on a 70%/30% basis respectively, minimizing loss of
signal information. The Lower Level control sets the lower discrimination
level, and the Window Aperture control sets the upper window level with
respect to the lower level setting. This means that changing the lower
level setting has no effect on the window aperture except to displace the
window up or down. It is impossible to set the lower level higher than
the upper level, a feature unique to Model 121. The pulses from either
MULTIPLEX OUTPUTS
output (Within Window or Above Window) are generated by the falling
edge of the analyzed signal as it crosses the preset levels. Because the
logic circuit is not time dependent, Model 121 can be used to analyze
signals of any duration. Ten-turn controls with dial indicators allow
precise setting and direct reading of the window levels.
Enclosure includes a tilt stand for bench operation. Rack mounting
hardware is optional.
WINDOW DISCRIMINATOR SPECIFICATIONS
Input Impedance
100 K Ohms
Maximum frequency
Approximately 10KHz
Minimum pulse width
80 µs
Input polarityPositive or negative switchable
Maximum input VoltageUp to 50 V (peak-to-peak) in three ranges: 0-0.5 V, 0-5 V, 0-50 V
Window range Upper, lower levelsUp to 10 V in three ranges: 0-0.1 V, 0-1 V, and 0-10 V
Discriminator resolution
±2%
Within & above window Output
Rectangular pulses, approx. 3.0 V
amplitude (TTL compatible), adjustable
pulse width from 0.1 to 1.0ms. Output
impedance less than 500 Ohms. LED
indicates presence of output pulse.
Cycle length nominally 37 µs.
Multiplex Output
Signal on time: 26 µs (70%) Levels on time: 11 µs (30%) Output impedance less than 100 Ω
Power requirements
95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz, 10 VA
Dimensions
17 x 3.5 x 9.5 in. (43.2 x 8.9 x 24 cm)
Shipping weight
11 lb (5 kg)
Upper Level
Lower Level
Input Signal
Window Output
Above Window
Output
The diagram above shows the multiplex signal output with the widow
parameters displayed on the input signal. A “within” pulse occurs at the
lower level crossing point after the input signal is measured within the
boundaries of the settings and an “above” pulse is generated for those
signals going above the upper level setting.
0.1% of full scale (selected range)
Discriminator accuracy
121
2932
2851
500184
500257
500258
500259
Window Discriminator
Rack Mount Kit, 3.5-in. High
BNC-to-BNC cable, 6 ft
BNC-to-BNC cable, 10 ft
BNC-to-BNC cable, 6 inch 15 cm
BNC-to-BNC cable, 12 inch 30 cm
BNC-to-BNC cable, 18 inch 46 cm
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
10
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Dual Microiontophoresis Current Generator
Single Channel Operation
Model 260 contains two completely independent, battery operated
current generators which may be operated independently or in parallel
connection. The user need only connect his external electrode pair to
the red and black output terminals of channel 1 (HOLD) or 2 (EJECT). For currents below 100 nanoamperes the 100 nanoampere range is
recommended because one may adjust these low current values with
better resolution in the lower current range. Two Channel Operation, Hold-Eject
The electrophoretic release of charged substances from micropipettes
often requires a second current to counter outward diffusion of material
from the delivery pipette. This current has been referred to in the
literature as “backing, holding or retaining” current. Operation causes
a small current to flow in a direction that will offset the spontaneous
leakage of the active agent from the pipette until it is required.
NEUROSCIENCE
The Dual Microiontophoresis Current Generator (Model 260) is an
electrically isolated, battery-operated instrument designed for the
electro-iontophoresis of dyes, drugs and charged substances from
micropipettes. Two identical battery operated current generators are
available. In ordinary use, the two current generators are operated in
parallel providing two distinct currents; one for preventing substances
in the micropipette from outward diffusion (the retain or hold current)
and the second for actively ejecting charged material. For pipettes with
submicron tips, a hold current may not be necessary if there is little
outward diffusion of pipette material. Model 260 is powered by two 9volt alkaline batteries per side (four, in total); unique circuitry converts
the ±9 V to ±100 V without a transformer, yielding an exceedingly quiet
output.
Compliance Alarms
Each current generator channel contains an audible and visual alarm
circuit that warns when the current amplitude is large enough to exceed
the compliance voltage; in other words, the load resistance is too high
for the amount of current flowing. The user is thus informed that the
instrument cannot deliver the amount of current indicated on the panel
ammeter. The alarm will also be triggered if the output path is opencircuited by a loose connection, air bubble or a blocked micropipette. The initial compliance voltage exceeds 100 volts but will decrease
proportionately as the battery voltage falls with age.
260
Dual Microiontophoresis Current Generator
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
2933
Rack Mount Kit, 51⁄4-in. high
Capillary glass, see page 29.
260 SPECIFICATIONS
OUTPUT
Constant current, floating
OUTPUT RANGES
0 to ±100 nA
0 to ±1000 nA
OUTPUT POLARITY
Switch selected
COMPLIANCE (EXCURSION) VOLTAGE
100 V
METER
Analog meters, ±2% accuracy
OUTPUT RESISTANCE
>100 MΩ
NOISE
Less than 20 µV typical
DC to 10 kHz through 1 MΩ independent of current delivery
LEAKAGE CURRENT TO GROUND
Less than 0.5 nA
AUTO Operation
OVERVOLTAGE ALARM
Front panel light
The timing of current flow from each channel of the model 260 can
be externally controlled by a pulse generator or computer that can
supply a logic level of at least +5 volts to the AUTO INPUT terminal. Upon application of the +5 volt command potential to the AUTO INPUT
terminal, the preset current will flow from the output terminals for as
long as the command potential is maintained. Note: If the instrument
is in the MANUAL mode, the application of the AUTO INPUT signal will
halt the current for as long as this command is maintained. This is the
complement of normal AUTO operation.
HOLD & EJECT SWITCH
Manual or by remote logic
POWER
Four 9 V alkaline batteries, included
DIMENSIONS
17 x 5.25 x 10 in.
(43 x 13 x 25 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
13 lb (5.9 kg)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
11
NEUROSCIENCE
DS8000 8-Channel Digital Stimulator
● Single board computer w/ LCD touch screen
● Lifetime firmware upgrades via serial / Ethernet
● Scope mode displays waveforms
● Unipolar, bipolar, paired pulse, sine, ramp, custom
● 8 banks of 3 timers, synchronous / asynchronous
● Custom upload of real biopotentials
● 8 internal and 8 external trigger inputs
● 2 independent full parameter memory banks
● 32 separate outputs ( 24 BNC's front panel )
● GLP / GCP compliant w / password protection
The DS8000 represents a quantum leap in the performance of the
research stimulator, and is the most advanced stimulator on the
market. With a built-in computer, the entire waveform is generated
digitally with precision timing. The DS8000 can generate stimulating
wave patterns of a complexity unmatched by any other instrument
on the market. A built in digital oscilloscope allows the user to
preview waveforms on the LCD. An Ethernet connection allows the
user to transfer custom waveforms and upgrade the software using
TCP/IP protocol via remote access.
The DS8000 has 8 analog outputs, 8 TTL outputs and 8 combined
analog or TTL outputs. Each combined output can be comprised of
a combination of any of 1 to 8 channels. Eight independent internal
timers and eight independent external triggers are offered. The
built-in waveforms include unipolar, bipolar, and paired pulse, as well
as step, sine, ramp and custom. An external trigger, internal analog
channel, internal TTL channel, or any of the eight built-in timers can
be assigned to control each output channel. A unique feature of the DS8000 is the capability to stimulate with
a waveform that is identical or similar to real biopotential wave
patterns associated with ECG, EEG or action potentials. A biopotential
waveform captured by a data acquisition system may be transferred
to an Excel spreadsheet for editing or modification, then loaded into
to the DS8000. One of the main problems of designing a stimulator is that a user
might want very different stimulating patterns for different research
applications. In order to satisfy all of these needs, traditional logical
circuit based stimulators have control panels that use buttons
and knobs to give the user as much control options as possible. However, even with a full panel of buttons, the selection of the
stimulating pattern is still very limited. These types of stimulators
can not generate complicated waveforms, such as combination
pulses at varying interpulse intervals and amplitudes. Although
microprocessor-based stimulators have made a significant step
in solving these problems, certain complex waveforms are still
impossible to generate. In fact, this decade old technology has
serious limitations since each control button has been programmed
to perform multiple functions. Moreover, it can only display limited
lines of scrolled text—no graphics! To complicate matters, it is
almost impossible to upgrade the software with new functions once
the instrument has been manufactured; even the programming is
awkward.
The DS8000 overcomes the hardware limitations of other types of
stimulators by being reliant on a flexible software-timing interface. The user can then apply this dynamically to almost any kind of
stimulation protocol without being restricted by the hardware
limitations of the traditional logical circuit based stimulators. In order
to suit complex custom protocols, the DS8000 is designed to offer a
unique flexibility by simply reprogramming the pattern output using
a few keystrokes under pull-down menus.
Although it may be argued that some functions of the DS8000 can
be implemented on a standard PC, it is important to recognize that
the inherent design of a PC operating system makes the accurate
delivery of precision pulse protocols impossible. Despite the fact that
PCs are very economical, they are simply not designed to generate
highly accurate timing because the microprocessor resources are not
prioritized for this function. In addition, analog waveform generation
is not readily available without adding expensive output boards and
the required programming is non-standard. The DS8000 platform is
based on a powerful single board computer that is fully dedicated
to the temporal accuracy and precision required in current biological
and neurological research. Indeed, the DS8000 Digital Stimulator
offers all of these solutions plus Good Laboratory Practices (GLP)
compliance for research traceability.
DS8000 — there is no competition!
DS8000
8-Channel Digital Stimulator
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
12
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
A quantum leap in the performance of the research stimulator
Paired Pulse Protocol
The DS8000’s Paired Pulse function allows
the user to generate triggered paired
pulses (including refractory period) from a
single channel without the use of a train
function. WPI’s paired pulse algorithm
simplifies the arduous repetitive task normally
associated with manual resetting of interpulse
intervals in refractory studies. Auto-increment
eliminates the need to overlap train functions
from multiple channels to generate a complete
protocol. Thus, there is a significant reduction in
setup time and a minimization of the potential
for human error during interactive protocol
modification. Fig. 1 shows Channel 1 configured in
the TRIGGERED PAIRED PULSE mode. In this example, a dual pulse event
occurs synchronously with each trigger pulse
from Channel 8, which is set to trigger every
300‑ms. The initial interpulse interval is set
to 20 ms. Subsequent interpulse intervals
are automatically incremented by 35 ms for
each three consecutive paired pulse events. The resulting paired pulse is displayed in the
lower trace on the DS8000 scope (Fig. 2). The
upper trace shows the master trigger pulse set
up on Channel 8.
NEUROSCIENCE
Fig. 1
Channel Settings
Soft Keys and GUI interface
The DS8000 employs “soft keys”, which are
programmable controls widely used in several
menu options to sequentially change the
numerical value of any variable waveform
parameter. The DS8000’s soft keys are easily
recognized as single or double “+” and “-“
signs located adjacent to a parameter value
box (Fig.‑1). Soft keys provide quick and easy
access to modify parameter values on the fly
during an experiment. The GUI interface (Fig.‑3)
enables the user to assign the incremental
value of the soft key to suit the needs of the
experiment. Alternatively, a pop-up numeric
keypad is accessible for each parameter to
program a precise value that is not a multiple
of the softkey-preset increment.
Fig. 3
Graphic User Interface
CA BNC outputs. The setup in Fig. 4 indicates
that all TTL channels are assigned to their
respective CTTL outputs with the exception
of the output of CTTL 1, which is assigned a
combination of the TTL signals from channels
4 and 5. Changing assignments is as easy
as checking the associated box. The CA tab
reveals an identical matrix for programming
the COMBINED ANALOG BNC outputs.
Fig. 2
Scope Display
Combined Channel Assignment matrices
The CTTL (COMBINED TTL matrix) and CA
(COMBINED ANALOG matrix) screens permit
the assignment of any combination of the
8 available TTL or Analog signals to any
permutation of the respective (8) CTTL or (8)
Fig. 4
Combined TTL Matrix
DS8000 Specifications
Timing parameters
Period (total signal width)
Pulse width
Bipolar gap width
Operating Modes
Triggers
Train events
Train pulse width
Train pulse DELAY
Train period
BNC Output connectors
Waveforms
Custom waveform
VARIABLE step waveform
0.04 ms to 10,737,418.24 ms
0.02 ms to 10,737,418.24 ms
0.00 ms to 10,737,418.24 ms
Free run, triggered, gated, Train, DC
8 External, manual, TTL 1-8, combined TTL 1-8, timer start or stop
1-199
0.02 ms to 10,737,418.24 ms (3 hours)
0.04 ms to 10,737,418.24 ms
0.06 ms to 10,737,418.24 ms
Analog, combined analog, combined digital (TTL)
Unipolar, bipolar, rectangular, sine, ramp, step, paired pulse, custom defined
12 steps/ voltage point (1025 if remote controlled)
100 points (1025 if remote controlled)
Output Noise
Timing Accuracy
OUTPUT Voltage Resolution
Max. output voltage
Output impedance
External TRIGGER sync
Digital I/O
Mains voltage
Dimensions
SHIPPING Weight
Ambient temperature
Humidity
< 5 mV rms
< 100 ppm
5 mV
+/-10V @ +/- 10 mA @ 0.005 V/step
50 Ohm Analog, < 1 ohm Combined Analog
40 µs minimum pulse TTL, CMOS 20 µs glitch and spike protection
5V max 10 mA (input); 25V @ 500 mA (open collector output)
85-260 V AC, 45-65 Hz 50W
13.3 cm x 42.5 cm x 25.4 cm
5.25” x 16.73” (19” rack) x 10”
12 lb (5.5 kg)
-10 to +40 °C; -20 to +50 °C (Internal)
Max. 95% relative humidity, non-condensing
SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
13
NEUROSCIENCE
Digital
Linear
Stimulus
Isolator
for use with DS8000
Digital Stimulator
Top View
The introduction of WPI’s digital stimulator (DS8000) caused a major stir
in the physiology community since there was no digital isolator available
that could take full advantage of the DS8000’s advanced features and
specifications. To solve this problem, WPI designed a revolutionary new
breed of digital linear isolators with high compliance and high isolation
— the DLS100 being the first offspring of over two years of research
design. The new DLS100 is a preferentially optimized for applications in
which the DS8000 digital stimulator is used.
DLS100 connects to the DS8000 via a flexible cable through which
it receives power and stimulus signals in a digital format. Up to eight
DLS100 isolators can be connected independently to one DS8000. Very
high isolation is achieved through the use of optical coupling of the
digital signal and a galvanically isolated DC power supply within the
DLS100. Unlike some other multi-channel isolators, this digital isolator
can be located at the site of the experiment, allowing the use of short
connecting leads and thereby preserving high isolation and fast signal
rise and fall times.
The DLS100 operates in two modes: curent source or voltage source. In the current source mode, the output current is proportional to the
amplitude and polarity of the signal generated by the DS8000. In the
voltage source mode, the output voltage is proportional to the amplitude
and polarity of the signal generated by the DS8000. The DLS100 has
user-selectable push-button switches that select different current or
voltage ranges (the full-scale current from 100 nA to 10 mA, or the 10V
and 100V full-scale, respectively). Three status indicators on the DLS100
indicate power on, activity (presence of signal from DS8000) as well as
an alarm (over-range condition) indicator. Over-range can occur when
the resistance of the load (the experiment) is too high for the current or
voltage that is demanded from the DLS100.
DLS100 SPECIFICATIONS
Curent Source Mode
Full-scale* Current
Compliance Voltage
Output Impedance
Zero-signal Leakage
Linearity
Bandwidth
10 mA, 1 mA, 100 µA, 10 µA, 1 µA, bipolar
± 100 volts
Greater than 100 Megohms
Less than 0.01% of full-scale range setting
≤ 10 mV @ 100 V / 10,000 Ohms,
10 mA Scale = < 1 µA Leakage
Better than 0.05% of full-scale range setting
Range and load dependant: 20 kHz with 10K load and 100 µA or above range.**
Voltage Source Mode
Full-scale* Voltage
Maximum Current
Output Impedance
Zero-signal Offset
Linearity
Bandwidth
± 100 volts
10 mA
Less than 1 ohm
Less than 1 mv
Better than 0.05% of full-scale range setting
50 kHz
ISOLATION
Resistance
Capacitance
Greater than 1000 Megohms
Less than 10 pF, from output terminals to DS8000 and earth ground
POWER REQUIREMENTS
+12 volts and +5 volts, supplied by DS8000
DIMENSIONS
14 x 9 x 3.5 cm (5.5 x 3.5 x 1.5 in.)
OUTPUT TERMINALS
Mini-banana jacks
CONNECTING CABLE
150 cm (5 ft)
DLS100
501670
83016
Digital Linear Stimulus Isolator
Adapter, Dual Mini-Banana-to-BNC(F)
Replacement Cable, DLS100-to-DS8000
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
14
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
A310
Stimulus Isolator
(A360)
NEUROSCIENCE
Optional footswitch #3259
Combining the accuracy of dig­i­tal
electronics with the con­ve­nience of
analog controls
A pulse generator/stimulator combining the reproducibility and accuracy
of digital electronics with the fine resolution and continuous adjustment
pos­si­ble with analog circuitry. All timing pa­ram­e­ters are entered with tenturn readable po­ten­ti­om­e­ters and six-position range switches. Outputs are
ac­cu­rate to within 1% of the set value.
Pulses can be created in continuous run, single-shot, or train/burst
modes. Duration of the train/burst is easily controlled using the onboard
envelope generator or by using either of two external gating inputs. Used
in con­junc­tion with the A360, A365, A385, or A395, bipolar pulses or
trains may be easily produced. Output stimulus can be fed through Intra
767 or Duo 773 for iontophoresis. Footswitch allows hands-free operation.
Three separate outputs are available on the front panel. A Monitor
output provides 10-15 V signals (up to 50 mA) for viewing the output on
an os­cil­lo­scope or for controlling other devices. The stimulator’s signal,
si­mul­ta­neous­ly available at the Isolator output, is sufficient to drive any
WPI A300 Series stimulus isolator (A360, A365, or A385) and is also TTL
and CMOS compatible. The Variable output can provide signals varying
between ±10 V with a resolution of 1 mV. Separate variable outputs are
provided for positive and negative signals.
A310
Accupulser™ Signal Generator
Specify line voltage
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
3259
Footswitch for A310
2933
Rack Mount Kit, 51⁄4-in. high
A310 ACCUPULSER™ SPECIFICATIONS
TIMING PARAMETERS
EVENT INTERVAL
100 µs to1000 s*
EVENT DELAY 10 µs to 100 s *
PULSE WIDTH
10 µs to 100 s *
TRAIN DURATION (ENVELOPE)
100 µs to 1000 s*
PULSE INTERVAL
20 µs to 100 s*
OUTPUTS
SYNC 5 µs, TTL, and 5 V CMOS com­pat­i­ble, 20 mA max.
MONITOR
10-15 V, 50 mA max.
ISOLATOR TTL & 5 V CMOS com­pat­i­ble, 20mA max.
VARIABLE (Pos or Neg)
PULSED/DC
Range
Resolution
LOW RANGE
0 to ±1 V 1 mV
NOISE
Pulsed at 100 kHz bandwidth <500 µV
DC Wide Band
<500 µV
OUTPUT IMPEDANCE
HIGH RANGE
0 to ±10 V 10 mV
<1 Ω
INPUTS
EXTERNAL SYNC
Accepts 1-µs min­i­mum pulses TTL, CMOS compatible
EXTERNAL GATE
Accepts 1-µs pulse to continuous TTL, CMOS compatible
POWER
95-130 V or 190-260 V, switch selectable single phase, 50/60 Hz
DIMENSIONS
17 x 5.25 x 10 in. (43 x 13 x 25 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
14 lb (6.4 kg)
*Continuously variable in six ranges. All accuracies better than 1% of set value.
50‑kHz maximum pulse frequency.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
15
NEUROSCIENCE
A300 Pulsemaster ™
Multi-Channel Stimulator
An integrated five-channel pulse generator/stim­u­la­tor including
one in­ter­val generator, five pulse or train channels, two mixer chan­nels and one
very quiet vari­able voltage out­put stage
The Pulsemaster™ (Model A300) is WPI’s third generation,
multichannel, pulse/train gen­er­a­tor/stimulator that combines the
superb accuracy of dig­i­tal elec­tron­ics with the “you-see-what-you-get”
displays only available on single-channel products. In one compact
rack mountable enclosure, the Pulsemaster contains an event interval
generator, five pulse train channels, two mixing channels and a very
quiet variable voltage output channel. Sys­tem timing is accurate to
100 ppm; output timing is continuously variable in 0.1% of full scale
in­cre­ments over a range of eight orders of magnitude. Bright, threedigit LED displays continuously and simultaneously show all the
variable timing pa­ram­e­ters.
The Pulsemaster is designed for ease of use and flex­i­bil­i­ty. Each
channel can be operated synchronized with the onboard event
interval generator, trig­gered manually from any other channel
or external source, and as an in­de­pen­dent asynchronous pulse
generator. Except for the external source, all channel in­ter­con­nec­
tions are accomplished on the panel, without the use of cables. The
output from each channel is compatible with standard digital circuitry
and is also designed to drive WPI’s A300 series stimulus iso­la­tors. If desired, any channel’s output may be in­ter­nal­ly connected to the
variable channel, whose am­pli­tude can be continuously adjusted
from mil­li­volts to ten volts.
The Event Interval
The EVENT INTERVAL is the heartbeat of the Pulsemaster. Based on
a high­ly ac­cu­rate and stable crystal oscillator, the EVENT INTERVAL
generates syn­chro­ni­za­tion pulses at regular intervals. The width of
the sync pulses is fixed at approximately 6 µs, but their repetition
interval is panel adjustable from 10 µs to 999 s, using the display
and its associated switches. Sync pulses may also be generated at
random or irregular intervals by using the SINGLE EVENT or the
EXTernal SYNC mode. The sync pulses are internally dis­trib­ut­ed to
the five PULSE TRAIN channels and are also available externally
through the SYNC OUT connector.
The Pulse Train
There are five PULSE TRAIN channels in the Pulsemaster. Except for
sharing a common power supply, each is an independent instrument. Each channel has two adjustable timing parameters, DE­LAY and
WIDTH, which in com­bi­na­tion with in­ter­nal or external signals may
be used to create a variety of pulse and train waveforms. DELAY
and WIDTH parameters can be changed while the instrument is
operating. The basic difference between PULSE and TRAIN modes is the
number of pulses that can be generated per sync pulse. In PULSE
mode, only one pulse is generated for each sync pulse. As the sync
pulse is received from one of the selected input sources, the leading
rising edge of the pulse is recognized and a DELAY time/pulse
WIDTH pair is generated. In TRAIN mode, multiple pulses can be
generated per sync pulse. As in PULSE mode, as the lead­ing rising
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
16
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
A300 PULSEMASTER SPECIFICATIONS
edge of the sync pulse is recognized, a pulse WIDTH/DELAY pair is
gen­er­at­ed. Pulses (WIDTH/DELAY pairs) are con­tin­u­ous­ly produced
as long as the sync pulse is still “high” at the con­clu­sion of the
DELAY time. EXT SYNC position: permits control of the PULSE TRAIN channel by
other instruments and computers.
SELF SYNC position: the channel becomes a free running pulse gen­
er­a­tor. The symmetry of the wave­form can be adjusted by varying
the DELAY and/or the WIDTH times. SINGLE EVENT position: pulses are generated at your discretion. Every time the SINGLE button is pressed, one and only one DELAY/
WIDTH se­quence is generated. EI position: connects the output of the EVENT INTERVAL generator
to the input of the PULSE TRAIN channel. For every output sync
pulse from the EVENT INTERVAL generator, one DELAY/WIDTH pair
is generated.
PT positions (4): internally connect the outputs from the respective
PULSE TRAIN chan­nels to the input of this PULSE TRAIN channel. In
the PULSE mode, for every OUTPUT pulse from the other selected
PULSE TRAIN channel, one DELAY/WIDTH pair is generated from this
channel. In the TRAIN mode, puls­es are generated from this channel
as long as the pulse from the other channel remains “high.”
MIX positions (2): internally connect the outputs from the respective
MIXER chan­nels to the input of this PULSE TRAIN channel. In the
PULSE mode, for every OUT­PUT pulse from the MIXER channel, one
DELAY/WIDTH pair is gen­er­at­ed from this channel. In TRAIN mode,
pulses are generated from this chan­nel as long as the pulse from the
MIXER chan­nel remains “high.”
OUTPUT connector: supplies the wave­forms generated by the
PULSE TRAIN channel. This OUTPUT is designed to drive WPI’s
A300 series stimulus iso­la­tors. It is also useful for syn­chro­niz­ing
other in­stru­ments (recorders, os­cil­lo­scopes, com­put­ers, etc.) with the
pulses generated from the Pulsemaster.
The Mixer
The MIXER does what its name im­plies, it combines any or all of the
outputs of the PULSE TRAIN channels with ex­ter­nal signals into one
wave­form. It can also provide a continuous (DC ON) or mo­men­tary
(DC MOM) “high” level sig­nal. The Mixer OUTPUT con­nec­tor sup­
plies the com­bi­na­tion wave­forms gen­er­at­ed by the MIX­ER channel
to drive WPI’s A300 series stimulus iso­la­tors or to syn­chro­nize the
operation of other in­stru­ments with the Pulsemaster. The Variable Channel
The VARIABLE channel can replicate the OUT­PUT waveforms from
any of the PULSE TRAIN or MIX­ER channels at amplitudes that can
be varied from millivolts to ten volts. The channel also pro­vides a
very low noise, ad­just­able DC voltage source: the DC mode which
converts the VARI­ABLE chan­nel into a constant voltage source. The
OUTPUT con­nec­tor supplies the am­pli­tude mod­i­fied wave­form or the
DC voltage level of the VARI­ABLE chan­nel.
A300
Pulsemaster™ Multi-Channel Stimulator
Specify line voltage
Operating Modes
EXTernal SYNC, SINGLE EVENT, CON­TIN­U­OUS ON
Input
EXT SYNC accepts ≥ 1-µs pulses; TTL, CMOS, RS232C compatible
Timing
EVENT INTERVAL 10 µs to 999 s (100 kHz - 0.001 Hz), ±0.1% of full scale, continuously variable in 0.1% of full scale increments, through three orders of magnitude, in six ranges
Output
SYNC OUT pulse of ≈6 µs, TTL, 5 V CMOS compatible
PULSE TRAIN CHANNEL (5 provided)
Operating Modes
EXTernal SYNC, SELF SYNC, manual SINGLE event, sync from Event Interval, sync from any of other four Pulse Trains, sync from one of the MIXers, off, TRAIN/PULSE
Input
EXT SYNC accepts ≥ 1-µs pulses; TTL, CMOS, RS232C compatible
Timing
DELAY and WIDTH 10 µs to 999 s, ±0.1% of full scale, continuously variable in 0.1% of full scale increments, through three orders of magnitude, in six ranges
(.0005 Hz to 50 kHz in the SELF SYNC mode)
Output
OUTPUT PULSE/TRAIN of preset timing, TTL, 5 V CMOS compatible, 4 mA sink and source
MIXER CHANNEL (2 provided)
Inputs
Any combination of an EXTernal pulse, the outputs of the five Pulse Train channels, and DC continuous ON/
DC MOMentary EXT INPUT accepts ≥ 1-µs pulses; TTL, CMOS, RS232C compatible
Output
OUTPUT, TTL, 5V CMOS compatible, 4 mA sink and source
VARIABLE CHANNEL
Inputs
Output from any one PULSE TRAIN channel or one of the two MIXER channels or DC
Output
0 to +1 V low range, 1 mV resolution
0 to +10 V high range, 10 mV resolution
5 mA max sink and source
Output Impedance <1 ohm
Noise
<500 µV peak @ 100 kHz bandwidth, PULSED mode
<500 µV, wide band, DC mode
Signal Ground
Floating, i.e., not connected to chassis
POWER
95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
BATTERIES
Three 1.2 V DC, size AA, NiMH batteries
DIMENSIONS
8.5 x 19 x 8.75 in. (22 x 45 x 22 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT 21 lb (9.5 kg)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
17
NEUROSCIENCE
By means of the INPUT SELECT switch, sync pulses can be
received from an external source through the EXT SYNC connector,
manually by the SIN­GLE switch, from any of the other PULSE TRAIN
channels, or one of the MIXER channels. The chan­nel may also be
disabled by switching to one of the OFF positions.
EVENT INTERVAL CHANNEL
Isostim™ Stimulator/Isolator
NEUROSCIENCE
Combining the ease of use and accuracy of WPI’s 300 Series stim­u­la­tors
with the power output of a stimulus isolator
Timing
Pulse interval
and width are set
with single-turn
continuously variable
con­trols from 5 ms to 5.5 s in three ranges. Pulse width is
continuously variable from 50 µs to 550 ms in four ranges.
Modes of operation
In FREE RUN, Isostim™ generates con­tin­u­ous square waves. In EXT GATE or
EXT SYNC modes, externally applied pulses can generate trains or single
events. Single pulses of finite duration can be produced using a push-button
on the instrument’s front panel. EXT/DC mode converts Isostim to a passive
stimulus isolator.
Dual tone audible alarm
A tone sounds when an open circuit is detected or when system compliance
is reached. A second tone, which sounds when a signal is applied to the
input, can only be heard if the batteries have sufficient charge to operate the
isolator. A violation light advises when pulse width exceeds the interval. Current delivery
Stimulus currents up to 10 mA can be set on the front panel with a control
knob and a two-po­si­tion range switch. Output current is load-in­de­pen­dent.
Power
Isostim model A320D is powered by readily ob­tain­able 9-volt alkaline
batteries (in­clud­ed). Un­der average use these will last several months before
re­place­ment is required. The re­charge­able A320R is supplied with a nickel
metal hydride battery stack which provides 10-12 hours of operation before
recharge is required. The A362 Battery Charg­er must be used with the
A320R.
ISOSTIM™ SPECIFICATIONS
TIMING PARAMETERS
Interval
5 ms to 5.5 s continuously variable in three ranges (0.18 to 200 Hz)
Pulse width
50 µs to 550 ms continuously variable in four ranges
INPUT
External sync
Accepts 1-µs minimum pulses
External gate Accepts 1-µs pulse to continuous
Ext. command voltage threshold
2.5 V at 3.5 mA min., 8.5 V max.
OUTPUT
Waveform
DC, pulse from internal timing or externally generated pulse
Current ranges
0-1 mA, 0-10 mA
Load voltage excursion (com­pli­ance) 100 V nom., 150 V max.
Output polarity Reversible, manual switch
Current rise time and delay
8 µs, typical (1 KΩ load)
Current fall time and delay
10 µs, typical (1 KΩ load)
Leakage resistance, output to ground1012 Ohms
Optocoupler
2500 V rated min. breakdown voltage
POWER
Dry Cell (Version D)
16 alkaline 9V batteries included
Rechargeable (Version R)
16 rechargeable NiMH 9V batteries incl
DIMENSIONS
8.5 x 3.5 x 4.9 in (22 x 9 x 12 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
4 lb (1.8 kg)
A362 Battery Charger
Required for A320R, A365R and A395R
Recharges the high-voltage nick­el-cad­mi­um or NiMH battery stack in the
A320R, A365R or A395R. LED lamp indicates charg­ing sta­tus. Full charge
over­night. Di­men­sions: 2.8 x 4.1 x 5 in. (7 x 10 x 13 cm). Ship­ping
weight: 4 lb (1.8 kg).
A362
A320RC
A320D A320R
Battery Charger for A320R, A365R, A395R
A320R with Charger (A362)
Isostim™ Stimulator/Isolator
Isostim™ Stimulator/Isolator (rechargeable)
Specify line voltage
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
DRL
Dummy Load Resistor Kit (set of 3)
13347 BNC-to-Double Banana Adapter
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
18
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Stimulus Isolators / Precision Current Sources
A360LA
Activated by conventional logic-level commands, Model A360LA can be
gated by any pulse generator, stimulator, or computer output.
Dual tone audible alarms — A tone sounds when an open electrode
circuit is detected or when system compliance is reached. A second
optional tone sounds when a signal is applied to the input. A test switch
is also provided to check battery charge.
Current delivery — Stimulus currents are set using a three-digit control
knob and a three-position range switch. Output current tracks control
set­tings to better than 1%. Output current is load independent; voltage
suf­fi­cient to push the desired current through the load is automatically
de­vel­oped, sub­ject only to compliance limits. Model A360LA produces
up to 10 mil­li­am­pere current, in three ranges, at more than 100 volts
compliance.
Polarity — Output polarity is determined by a three-position switch on
the front panel (+/-/off).
Model A365 includes the same features and specifications as A360
but with the added capability for automated bipolar pulsing for zero net
charge on biological preparations.
Polarity — Output polarity is determined by a push switch on the front
panel. Bipolar current is toggled by the command waveform, setting al­ter­
nat­ing pulses as positive or negative.
A365D
A365RC
A365R
A362
High Voltage Isolator, Bipolar, alkaline batteries
A365R with charger (A362)
High Voltage Isolator, Bipolar, rechargeable
Battery Charger for A320R, A365R, A395R
Specify line voltage
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
DRL
Dummy Load Resistor Kit (set of 3)
3468
Dual Rack Mount Kit for A365
3469
Single Rack Mount Kit for A365
13347
BNC-to-Double Banana Adapter
DRL —
Dummy Load
Resistor Kit
Converts current
output to precise
voltages.
A360LA
High Voltage Isolator, charger included
Specify line voltage
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
DRL
Dummy Load Resistor Kit (set of 3)
13347
BNC-to-Double Banana Adapter
A360LA SPECIFICATIONS
A365 SPECIFICATIONS
OUTPUT WAVEFORM
DC or current pulse
OUTPUT CURRENT RANGES
0.1, 1.0, and 10 mA
CURRENT AMPLITUDE ERROR
0.5% of full scale, max.
CURRENT RESOLUTION
0.1% of full scale, typical
OUTPUT LOAD VOLTAGE
EXCURSION (COMPLIANCE)
100 V minimum, 130 V nominal
EXTERNAL COMMAND THRESHOLD 2.2 V at 2.6 mA, min. 8.5 V, max. (TTL)
OUTPUT POLARITY
Reversible, manual switch
CURRENT RISE TIME & DELAY
2 µs, typical (1 KΩ load) 5 µs @ 10 KΩ
CURRENT FALL TIME & DELAY
5 µs, typical (1 KΩ load) 8 µs @ 10 KΩ
OUTPUT TO GROUND RESISTANCE
1012 Ω
OPTOCOUPLER
2500 V, rated min. breakdown voltage
NOISE
<0.1 µA (10 mA), < 50 nA (1 mA, 100 µA)
CURRENT LEAKAGE
±10 nA ± 0.01% of full scale
POWER
Two 6-V lead/acid batteries, 2.4 Ah
RECHARGE TIME
4 hours
RECHARGER INCLUDED
100-240 VAC, 50-60 Hz, universal
DIMENSIONS
4.5 x 3.5 x 5.5 in. (11 x 9 x 14 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
4 lb (1.8 kg)
OUTPUT WAVEFORM
DC or current pulse
OUTPUT CURRENT RANGES
0.1, 1.0, and 10 mA
CURRENT AMPLITUDE ERROR
0.5% of full scale, max.
CURRENT RESOLUTION
0.1% of full scale, typical
OUTPUT LOAD VOLTAGE
EXCURSION (COMPLIANCE)
100 V
EXTERNAL COMMAND THRESHOLD
2.2 V at 2.6 mA, min. 8.5 V, max.
OUTPUT POLARITY
Reversible, manual switch or automatic
CURRENT RISE TIME & DELAY
6 µs, typical (1 KΩ load)
CURRENT FALL TIME & DELAY
10 µs, typical (1 KΩ load)
OUTPUT TO GROUND RESISTANCE
1012 Ω
OPTOCOUPLER
2500 V, rated min. breakdown voltage
POWER
Model A365D (dry cell)
Model A365R (rechargeable)
16 alkaline 9 V batteries, included
16 rechargeable NiMH 9 V batteries incl.
DIMENSIONS
8.5 x 3.5 x 5 in (22 x 9 x 12 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
4 lb (1.8 kg)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
19
NEUROSCIENCE
A365
NEUROSCIENCE
Combines optical isolation with a ±100 mA current generator
A385 High
Current Stimulus
Isolator
when the 36-volt lim­it is reached. In­ter­nal cir­cuit­ry main­tains elec­trodes
short-cir­cuit­ed dur­ing in­ac­tive pe­ri­ods (“elec­trode ex­haust­er” fea­ture). A385 is not ap­pro­pri­ate for tran­s­cu­ta­ne­ous stim­u­la­tion.
The 1.2 amp-hour rat­ing of the six heavy-duty lead-acid re­charge­able
batteries en­sures that ex­per­i­ments will not be in­ter­rupt­ed by dead bat­ter­
ies — even at peak currents. Indicator lights and audible alarms keep the
user constantly apprised of battery charge status. These batteries must
be recharged by the A382 Sys­tem Charger designed especially for the
A385.
Delivers positive, negative, or bipolar currents. For bipolar delivery,
polarity of the output is toggled to the opposite state with each pulse
presented to the input. Pulse duration is controlled by an externally
applied voltage. In­put connector is a standard BNC, allowing signals from
any source — such as computer D/A or I/O lines — to be used.
Output amplitude is set on a 3-digit, ten-turn dial as a percentage of
the range selected: for example, a setting of 45.6 in the 0-10 mA range
trans­lates to 4.56 mA at the output. Ac­cu­ra­cy and repeat­abil­i­ty are ex­cel­
lent. Designed for sub­cu­ta­ne­ous stim­u­la­tion, max­i­mum out­put volt­age at
the stim­u­lat­ing elec­trodes is 36 volts, re­duc­ing the pos­si­bil­i­ty of se­ri­ous
ac­ci­den­tal tran­s­cu­ta­ne­ous shocks. A com­pli­ance/out­put alarm sounds
A385RC
A385R
A382
A385R with A382 Charger
High Current Isolator, rechargeable
Battery Charger for A385 (see below)
Specify line voltage
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
3468
Dual Rack Mount Kit
A385 SPECIFICATIONS
OUTPUT WAVEFORM
DC or current pulse
OUTPUT CURRENT RANGES
1, 10, and 100 mA
CURRENT AMPLITUDE ERROR
0.5% of full scale, max
CURRENT RESOLUTION
REPEATABILITY
0.1% of full scale, typical
OUTPUT LOAD VOLTAGE
EXCURSION (COMPLIANCE)
36 V
EXTERNAL COMMAND VOLTAGE
THRESHOLD
2.2 V, min
OUTPUT POLARITY
Reversible, manual switch, or electronically switched bipolar delivery
CURRENT RISE TIME AND DELAY
6 µs, typical (1 KΩ load)
CURRENT FALL TIME AND DELAY
10 µs, typical (1 KΩ load)
OUTPUT TO GROUND RESISTANCE
1012 Ω
OPTOCOUPLER
2500 V, rated minimum breakdown voltage
POWER
Six rechargeable lead-acid batteries (Requires companion charger A382)
DIMENSIONS
8.5 x 3.5 x 5 in. (22 x 9 x 12 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
5 lb (2.3 kg)
A382
Battery
Charger
An innovative threestep charg­er, A382
employs fast, medium, and
trickle charg­es at a safe, low cur­rent, great­ly ex­tend­ing bat­tery life. After
a fast ini­tial phase, the charg­er au­to­mat­i­cal­ly switches to a constant
voltage mode. When charg­ing is com­plete, the charg­er switch­es to the
trickle-charge mode. LED lamps indicate charging status. (For use only in
charging batteries in­stalled in the A385.)
A382 SPECIFICATIONS
POWER
95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
DIMENSIONS
8.5 x 3.5 x 5 in (22 x 9 x 12 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
5 lb (2.3 kg)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
20
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
A395 Linear Stimulus Isolator
Replicates a programmed waveform of any shape or polarity
10 V
INPUT
Digital Meter — Measures DC or average output current.
Overload Lamps — Indicate when output voltage has reached positive or
negative compliance voltage limit.
A395RC A395R with Charger (A362)
A395D
Linear Stimulus Isolator
A395R
Linear Stimulus Isolator, Rechargeable
A362
Battery Charger
Specify line voltage
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
3468
Dual Rack Mount Kit
3469
Single Rack Mount Kit
A395 SPECIFICATIONS
OUTPUT CURRENT, Imax
3 ranges: 100µA, 1 mA, and 10 mA
OUTPUT VOLTAGE RANGE
± 70 V
OUTPUT BANDWIDTH
10 kHz (measured across 1KΩ load R)
INPUT RESISTANCE
> 20 MΩ
INPUT VOLTAGE @ Imax
± 10 volts
INPUT/OUTPUT LINEARITY ERROR
< 0.5%
RISE, FALL TIME
26 µs @ 10 K Ω
POWER
Model A395D Model A395R
17 alkaline 9 V batteries
17 rechargeable NiMH 9 V batteries
DIMENSIONS
6.5 x 4 x 3.5 in. (16 x 10 x 9 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
4 lb (1.8 kg)
0V
-10 V
+100 µA, +1 mA, +10 mA
OUTPUT
0
-100 µA, -1 mA, -10 mA
pts
Acce g
o
anal t
inpu
A362 Battery Charger
Required for A320R, A365R and A395R
Recharges the high-voltage nickelcad­mi­um or NiMH battery stack
the A320R, A365R or A395R. LED
lamp in­di­cates charg­ing status. Full
charge over­night. Di­men­sions:
2.8 x 4.1 x 5 in. (7 x 10.5 x
12.7 cm). Ship­ping weight: 4
lb (1.8 kg).
in
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
21
NEUROSCIENCE
All WPI stimulus isolators are designed to supply constant current
because current threshold (not voltage) is the most quantitatively
reproducible parameter for stimulation of nerve and muscle. Model A395
dispenses current reproducibly from its Output terminals; the amplitude
being determined by the selected current RANGE and the input voltage. Current amplitude is “constant”, that is, load resistance independent,
provided that the I x R (load) product does not exceed the available
battery supply voltage. An audible alarm (the compliance alarm) will
sound if I x R reaches this limit. Model A395 D can generate a voltage of
70 volts or more across its OUTPUT terminals. Thus, the user can be sure
that the amplitude of the current will be as dialed as long as the voltage
drop accross the load (stimulus electrode path) does not reach the
magnitude of the supply voltage. The compliance alarm would then be
heard. The user would then know that (a) too much current was dialed
for a given load or (b) inter-electrode resistance was too high or the
electrode circuit path was open (this is illustrated by the Quick Instrument
Test below).
Model A395 generates an output current of arbitrary (user-defined) wave
shape; DC, AC, pulse, and combinations thereof. Battery operated, and
pho­to­elec­tri­cal­ly-isolated from the input voltage drive, the instrument
regen­er­ates out­put currents which are linearly proportional to the analog
voltage wave­forms pro­vid­ed by your D/A con­vert­er or sig­nal generator
(see diagram below).
The A395 is ideally suited for data acquisition and stimulator generators. It can be easily daisy-chained for mutiple channel requirements.
Current Delivery —A 10 V input
produces the maximum output
current for the current range
selected, i.e., 100 µA, 1 mA,
or 10 mA. Front panel controls
allow DC current to be generated. Externally applied signals can be
superimposed si­mul­ta­neous­ly (DC
offset). Warning lamps indicate
open circuit or ex­ces­sive current
conditions. Precision Stereotaxic Instruments
NEUROSCIENCE
Single and Dual Manipulator Models
● 5 mm linear movement
per revolution on each
axis
● Large, easy to read vernier
scales– accurate to 100
microns
● Absolute lock at 90º
(vertical)
● Entire frame is electrically continuous, ideal
for Electrophysiology
● Triple lead screws for fast
positioning
● 80 mm of vertical, lateral
and anterior-posterior
travel
● Accessories available for
use with a wide variety
of small animals
WPI’s Precision Stereotaxic Instrument is
built around the time-proven U-frame design
concept, providing stability, and adaptability
to most species. Precision alignment ensures
accurate placement of electrodes, micropipettes,
and other devices. It is ideal for researchers
in need of a versatile, reliable instrument for
stereotaxic procedures with small animals.
Versatility of Positioning
The manipulator arm controls medio-lateral and
vertical positioning via lead screws with 80 mm
of travel. This allows the fastest positioning
possible, consistent with lining up the scales
easily at a given coordinate. The anteroposterior movement is controlled via a dovetail
slide movement, with 80 mm of travel possible
in each direction. A universal joint allows the
investigator to change the angle of the probe
up to 90° in either the antero-posterior or
medio-lateral planes. The locking mechanism
will hold any angle position without drift or
creep. It also provides an absolute lock at 90°
vertical.
Easily Read Scales
All scales are oriented to be read easily from
the open end of the “U”. This is the position
from which most scientists prefer to work. The
numerals on the scales are clear and easy to
read. Precise alignment with facing vernier
scales gives accurate resolution to 0.1 mm. Vernier scales can also be augmented with
a digital LCD position readout similar to a
digital Vernier caliper. This option extends the
readable resolution to 10 microns. Convenient for Electrophysiology
Dual Manipulator Stereotaxic Frame
502603.
Digital readout aids accurate
positioning — 502900.
The entire Stereotaxic frame including the
dovetails, manipulator arms and base are
electrically continuous. Grounding of the
entire frame including the base plate can be
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
22
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
accomplished by connecting the provided
grounding stud to earth. This is ideal for
electrophysiological studies where the animal
and surrounding structures need to be
grounded to reduce electrical noise.
502204
Dual Manipulator Model
Included Components
Both the 502600 and 502603 include the Uframe base plate, manipulator arm(s), standard
probe holder(s) with corner clamp, and Rat
Adaptor (nose clamp assembly and 18° taper
ear bars). The 502650 and 502653 include
non-puncture 45° ear bars instead of 18° ear
bars. Selection of Accessories
Species adaptors are available to fit rat, cat/
monkey, mouse, guinea pig and small bird. Probe holders and species adaptors for “U”
frame stereotaxic instruments from other
manufacturers are generally compatible with
the WPI’s stereotaxic frame.
SAVE
502062
when you buy an
UltraMicroPump with any
of these stereotaxic frames!
See page 232.
502600
502650
502603
502653
502045
502204
502062
TAXIC-600
TAXIC-650
TAXIC-603
TAXIC-653
502201
WPI Stereotaxic Frame with 18° Ear Bars
WPI Stereotaxic Frame with 45° Ear Bars
Dual Manipulator Stereotaxic Frame with 18° Ear Bars
Dual Manipulator Stereotaxic Frame with 45° Ear Bars
U-Frame, Base Plate and Rat Adaptor only, without Manipulator Arm Rat Adaptor
Mouse Adaptor
WPI Stereotaxic Frame with 18° Ear Bars plus UMP3 System
WPI Stereotaxic Frame with 45° Ear Bars plus UMP3 System
Dual Manipulator Stereotaxic Frame plus UMP3 System
Dual Manipulator Stereotaxic Frame with 45° bars plus UMP3 System
V-clamp for UMP3
Mouse and Neonatal
Rat Adaptor
For 502600 Series Stereotaxic
Instruments
502063
The WPI Mouse and Neonatal Rat Adaptor employs light, Delrin® ear bars
with tapered points on one end and rubber pads on the other to facilitate
surgery on mice and rat pups.
Ear bars may be independently adjusted in height to level the skull. Laser engraved scales show the vertical positions of the ear bars. A tooth
bar and nose clamp secures the nose. A well in the thick aluminum body
may be filled with dry ice and alcohol for hypothermic anesthesia of
neonatal animals. The 502063 Adaptor clamps securely on the right side
of the “U” frame of the stereotaxic instrument. Model organisms with soft skulls, such as the mouse and the neonatal
rat, are difficult to secure firmly in a traditional stereotaxic instrument. The stainless steel ear bars used for adult rats are too heavy to provide
a secure hold without compressing the sides of the skull inward (which
closes the airways and impedes blood flow.) Further, the neonatal rat pup
has no external opening of the auditory canal into which to insert the ear
bar points. The specialized jaw holder cuffs (502080) securely clamp the
zygomatic processes of the skull. The jaw holder cuffs fit over
the ends of the ear bars, replacing the rubber pads, providing
an alternative non-invasive means of securing the animal’s head
in the stereotaxic stage. These options for “triple point” securing
of the animal’s head in this adaptor make it the most versatile
mouse stereotaxic available. Set of two jaw holder cuffs included.
502063
502080 Mouse/Neonatal Rat Adaptor for 502600
Jaw Holder Cuffs, set of 2
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
23
NEUROSCIENCE
The 502603 Dual Manipulator has 3-dimensional manipulator arms on both sides. The
second manipulator arm can be installed at
time of order or added later by the user. Dual
manipulators are very useful in studies in which
double injections or simultaneous stimulation
and recording are necessary.
Metal Microelectrodes
Superior microelectrodes for outstanding extracellular recording — tungsten, iridium,
platinum-iridium, and Elgiloy®
Metal
NEUROSCIENCE
EXPOSED TIP DIMENSIONS
(nominal)
Nominal
Impedance
Tungsten
Elgiloy
100 µ
120 µ
0.1 MegΩ
55 µ
66 µ
0.5 MegΩ
30 µ
36 µ
1.0 MegΩ
12 µ
15 µ
2.0 MegΩ
5 µ
6 µ
5.0 MegΩ
Gold-plated connector pin
Platinum
Iridium
60 µ
18 µ
10 µ
6 µ
3 µ
Parylene coating
Pure
Iridium
45 µ
14 µ
10 µ
5µ
2.5 µ
Kapton* tubing, indicated by “KT” in
the part number, extends from the
con­nec­tor to within 5 mm of the tip,
pro­vid­ing stiffness and additional
in­su­la­tion to the electrode shaft. Kapton-clad elec­trodes are rec­om­
mend­ed when the electrode is to be
inserted through a cannula for extra
deep pen­e­tra­tion.
Exposed tip
25:1 taper
Parylene-C*
Gold-plated connector pins
Shrink tubing
2-, 3-, 5-inch lengths
Polyimide tubing
0.014" O.D. for 0.005" O.D. WE
Type A
Glue
Gold-plated connector pin
Polyimide tubing
0.016" O.D.
Exposed
tips
Tip separation
125 microns
5 mm
typical
3" and 5" total length
Note: Electrode diagrams not shown to scale.
Parylene-C
Insulation
Type B
Glue seal
3µ Parylene
5 mm
Polyimide tubing
Gold-plated connector pin
Glue
0.003" Iridium
or 0.005" Tungsten electrode,
Parylene-coated
29 gauge stainless steel tubing
Type C
29 gauge stainless steel tubing
0.003" IR
12"
3" total length
5 mm
typical
Type D
core conductor
Concentric Bipolar Electrodes
exposed stainless steel surface
stainless steel tubing
Excellent for shielded macro recording as well as evoked
potentials — especially well suited for bipolar stimulation
Polyimide tubing
x
The tungsten electrode is sharpened to a point and is 75 microns in
diameter. The outer stainless steel conductor is insulated with Polyimide
tubing to within 0.2 mm of the end of the stainless steel tube. Also
available without the outer Polyimide insulation.
Heat Treated Tip
(above) is ideal for
penetraing tough
membranes (not
recommended
for chronic
implantation). This process is performed using a microforge in which the
heating element is positioned in close proximity to the tip in order to melt the
Parylene-C distal to the exposed metal. It provides a smooth transition and
produces better adherence of the Parylene-C to the metal.
shrink tubing
Y <0.4 mm
Y
L=3" or 5" (2" for PTM)
Insulated metal conductor with exposed concentric surface
.389"
(9.88 mm)
.031"
(0.79 mm)
pin #5482
.404"
(10.26 mm)
socket #5483
To have your electrodes heat treated, just add the suffix “H” to any of the
“KT” numbers on the facing page. Cost of the treatment is $10 per package of
10 electrodes ($20 per package for Type B).
Gold-plated pins (#5482)
and sockets (#5483) may be
attached to 24-, 26-, or 28gauge wire.
0.51 mm ID
#5470 (mount in M3301EH
holder, see page 200)
* Parylene is a trade mark of Union Carbide. Kapton is a trade mark of DuPont. Elgiloy is a trade
mark of Elgiloy Ltd.
ACCESSORIES
300102 Micromanipulator holder, 4 in., 2mm to 0.031 socket
5468
2 mm receptacle to 0.031-inch jack (for Omega-TipZ)
5469
Adapts mini banana plug (DAM80) to 0.031-inch receptacle (metal microelectrode)
5470
0.031-inch jack, 28 ga. wire, 12 inch (pkg of 4)
5482*
Pins, 0.031-inch, gold-plated (pkg of 50)
5483*
Sockets, 0.031-inch gold-plated (pkg of 50)
*Gold-plated pins (#5482) and sockets (#5483) may be attached to 24-, 26-, or
28-gauge wire.
Electrode
plugged into
adapter #5470
#5468
#300102
#5469
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
24
W
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Introductory Assortments
Concentric Electrodes*
Item
Metal Core Length
Imp
TM33CCNON
Tungsten
3” (76)
10-15K
TM53CCNON
Tungsten
5” (127)
10-15K
TM33CCINS
Tungsten
3” (76)
10-15K
TM53CCINS
Tungsten
5” (127)
10-15K
PTM23CC001NON
Pt/Ir
2” (51)
10K
PTM23CC001INS
Pt/Ir
2” (51)
10K
PTM3CC02INS
Pt/Ir NS fine
3” (76)
200K
*All have a stainless steel outer shaft
Probe Outer
Diameter (total)
0.013” uninsulated (325 µm)
0.014” uninsulated (350 µm)
0.016” insulated (400 µm)
0.018” insulated (450 µm)
0.020” uninsulated (525 µm)
0.029” insulated (760 µm)
0.013” insulated (325 µm)
Tip
Core diam.
Y dim. X dim. w/ polyimide
Price
Diam.
(pkg of 5)
US$
3-4 µ
.003” (76 µm)
0.4 mm
.005” (127 µm)
265
US$
3-4 µ
005” (127 µm)
0.4 mm
.008” (203 µm)
299
US$
3-4 µ
003” (76 µm)
0.4 mm
.005” (127 µm)
288
US$
3-4 µ
005” (127 µm)
0.4 mm
.008” (203 µm)
322
US$
3-4 µ
0.01” (254 µm)
0.4 mm
.014” (356 µm)
380
US$
3-4 µ
0.01” (254 µm)
0.4 mm
.014” (356 µm)
380
US$
2-4 µ
0.002” (50.8 µm)
.25 mm
.004” (114 µm)
403
Selection Guide for Metal Electrodes
Item
Length
Insul.
Shaft
Nominal Tip Diam.
Thick.
Diam.
Impedance
(± 20%)
Platinum Iridium — Profile A
PTM23B05
51 mm
3 µ
0.254 mm
0.5 MΩ
1-2 µ
PTM23B05KT 51 mm
3 µ
0.356 mm
0.5 MΩ
1-2 µ
PTM23B10
51 mm
3 µ
0.254 mm
1.0 MΩ
1-2 µ
PTM23B10KT 51 mm
3 µ
0.356 mm
1.0 MΩ
1-2 µ
PTM23B20
51 mm
3 µ
0.254 mm
2.0 MΩ
1-2 µ
PTM23B20KT 51 mm
3 µ
0.356 mm
2.0 MΩ
1-2 µ
Typical Use
Price
Package of 10
Single and multi
Single and multi
Single and multi
Single and multi
Single and multi
Single and multi
Tungsten — Profile A
TM31A10
76 mm
1 µ
0.127 mm
1.0 MΩ
1 µ
TM31A10KT
76 mm
1 µ
0.216 mm
1.0 MΩ
1 µ
TM31A20
76 mm
1 µ
0.127 mm
2.0 MΩ
1 µ
TM31A20KT
76 mm
1 µ
0.216 mm
2.0 MΩ
1 µ
TM31A50
76 mm
1 µ
0.127 mm
5.0 MΩ
1 µ
TM31A50KT
76 mm
1 µ
0.216 mm
5.0 MΩ
1 µ
TM31C05
76 mm
1 µ
0.085 mm
0.5 MΩ
1 µ
TM31C05KT
76 mm
1 µ
0.145 mm
0.5 MΩ
1 µ
TM31C10
76 mm
1 µ
0.085 mm
1.0 MΩ
1 µ
TM31C10KT
76 mm
1 µ
0.145 mm
1.0 MΩ
1 µ
TM31C20
76 mm
1 µ
0.085 mm
2.0 MΩ
1 µ
TM31C20KT
76 mm
1 µ
0.145 mm
2.0 MΩ
1 µ
TM31C40
76 mm
1 µ
0.085 mm
4.0 MΩ
1 µ
TM31C40KT
76 mm
1 µ
0.145 mm
4.0 MΩ
1 µ
TM33A05
76 mm
3 µ
0.127 mm
0.5 MΩ
1 µ
TM33A05KT
76 mm
3 µ
0.216 mm
0.5 MΩ
1 µ
TM33A10
76 mm
3 µ
0.127 mm
1.0 MΩ
1 µ
TM33A10KT
76 mm
3 µ
0.216 mm
1.0 MΩ
1 µ
TM33A20
76 mm
3 µ
0.127 mm
2.0 MΩ
1 µ
TM33A20KT
76 mm
3 µ
0.216 mm
2.0 MΩ
1 µ
TM33B01
76 mm
3 µ
0.254 mm
0.1 MΩ
1-2 µ
TM33B01KT
76 mm
3 µ
0.356 mm
0.1 Ω
1-2 µ
TM33B05
76 mm
3 µ
0.254 mm
0.5 MΩ
1-2 µ
TM33B05KT
76 mm
3 µ
0.356 mm
0.5 Ω
1-2 µ
TM33B10
76 mm
3 µ
0.254 mm
1.0 MΩ
1-2 µ
TM33B10KT
76 mm
3 µ
0.356 mm
1.0 Ω
1-2 µ
TM33B20
76 mm
3 µ
0.254 mm
2.0 MΩ
1-2 µ
TM33B20KT
76 mm
3 µ
0.356 mm
2.0 Ω
1-2 µ
TM33C05
76 mm
1 µ
0.085 mm
0.5 MΩ
1µ
Package of 10
Multi unit and single unit recording and microstimulation
Multi unit and single unit recording and microstimulation
Multi unit and single unit recording and microstimulation
Multi unit and single unit recording and microstimulation
Multi unit and single unit recording and microstimulation
Multi unit and single unit recording and microstimulation
Recording from small tightly packed cells
Recording from small tightly packed cells
Recording from small tightly packed cells
Recording from small tightly packed cells
Recording from small tightly packed cells
Recording from small tightly packed cells
Recording from small tightly packed cells
Recording from small tightly packed cells
Multi unit and single unit recording and microstimulation
Multi unit and single unit recording and microstimulation
Multi unit and single unit recording and microstimulation
Multi unit and single unit recording and microstimulation
Multi unit and single unit recording and microstimulation
Multi unit and single unit recording and microstimulation
Single and multi unit recording and microstimulation
Single and multi unit recording and microstimulation
Single and multi unit recording and microstimulation
Single and multi unit recording and microstimulation
Single and multi unit recording and microstimulation
Single and multi unit recording and microstimulation
Single and multi unit recording and microstimulation
Single and multi unit recording and microstimulation
Single unit and stim / chronic use
unit
unit
unit
unit
unit
unit
recording,
recording,
recording,
recording,
recording,
recording,
stimulation,
stimulation,
stimulation,
stimulation,
stimulation,
stimulation,
Chronic implants
chronic implants
Chronic implants
chronic implants
Chronic implants
chronic implants
382
437
US$
382
US$
465
US$
382
US$
465
US$
US$
177
242
US$
177
US$
242
US$
177
US$
242
US$
177
US$
242
US$
177
US$
242
US$
177
US$
242
US$
177
US$
242
US$
170
US$
229
US$
170
US$
229
US$
170
US$
229
US$
170
US$
229
US$
170
US$
229
US$
170
US$
229
US$
170
US$
229
US$
177
US$
US$
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
25
NEUROSCIENCE
Each of these assortment kits includes electrodes with different impedance within each style. Use an assortment kit to determine which electrode you need
for your experiment. Ten electrodes per box, no mixing. See next page for electrode nomenclature.
Item
Contains the following electrode impedances by quantity (pkg of 10)
Price
US$
TM31/33Axx
TM33A05 (2), TM33A10 (3), TM33A20 (3), TM31A50 (2)
170
US$
TM31/33AxxKT TM33A05KT (2), TM33A10KT (3), TM33A20KT (3), TM31A50KT (2)
229
US$
TM33Bxx
TM33B01 (2), TM33B05 (2), TM33B10 (3), TM33B20 (3)
170
US$
TM33BxxKT
TM33B01KT (3), TM33B05KT (2), TM33B10KT (3), TM33B20KT (2)
229
US$
TM53Axx
TM53A05 (3),TM53A10 (3),TM53A20 (4)
177
US$
TM53AxxKT
TM53A05KT (3),TM53A10KT (3),TM53A20KT (4)
265
US$
TST33AxKT
TST33A05KT (3), TST33A10KT (4), TST33A20KT (3)
476
US$
TST53AxKT
TST53A05KT (3), TST53A10KT (4), TST53A20KT (3)
518
US$
PTM23Bxx
PTM23B05 (3), PTM23B10 (3), PTM23B20 (4)
382
US$
PTM23BxxKT
PTM23B05KT (4), PTM23B10KT (3) , PTM23B20KT (3) 437
NEUROSCIENCE
TM33C05KT
TM33C10
TM33C10KT
TM33C20
TM33C20KT
TM33C40
TM33C40KT
TM53A05
TM53A05KT
TM53A10
TM53A10KT
TM53A15
TM53A15KT
TM53A20
TM53A20KT
TM53B05
TM53B05KT
TM53B10
TM53B10KT
TM53B20
TM53B20KT
76 mm
76 mm
76 mm
76 mm
76 mm
76 mm
76 mm
127 mm
127 mm
127 mm
127 mm
127 mm
127 mm
127 mm
127 mm
127 mm
127 mm
127 mm
127 mm
127 mm
127 mm
Elgiloy®/Stainless
SSM33A05
76
SSM33A05KT 76
SSM33A10
76
SSM33A10KT 76
SSM33A20
76
SSM33A20KT 76
SSM33A70
76
SSM33A120
76
Tungsten
TST33A05KT
TST33A10KT
TST33A20KT
TST33C05KT TST33C10KT TST33C20KT TST53A05KT
TST53A10KT
TST53A20KT
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
0.145 mm
0.085 mm
0.145 mm
0.085 mm
0.145 mm
0.085 mm
0.145 mm
0.127 mm
0.216 mm
0.127 mm
0.216 mm
0.127 mm
0.216 mm
0.127 mm
0.216 mm
0.254 mm
0.356 mm
0.254 mm
0.356 mm
0.254 mm
0.356 mm
0.5 MΩ
1.0 MΩ
1.0 MΩ
2.0 MΩ
2.0 MΩ
4.0 MΩ
4.0 MΩ
0.5 MΩ
0.5 MΩ
1.0 MΩ
1.0 MΩ
1.5 MΩ
1.5 MΩ
2.0 MΩ
2.0 MΩ
0.5 MΩ
0.5 MΩ
1.0 MΩ
1.0 MΩ
2.0 MΩ
2.0 MΩ
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
Profile A
mm
3 µ
0.229 mm
0.5 MΩ
1-2
mm
3 µ
0.356 mm
0.5 MΩ
1-2
mm
3 µ
0.229 mm
1.0 MΩ
1-2
mm
3 µ
0.356 mm
1.0 MΩ
1-2
mm
3 µ
0.229 mm
2.0 MΩ
1-2
mm
3 µ
0.356 mm
1.0 MΩ
1-2
mm
3 µ
0.229 mm
7.0 MΩ
1-2
mm
3 µ
0.229 mm
12.0 MΩ
1-2
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
Profile B
76 mm
3 µ
0.356 mm
0.5 MΩ
1µ
76 mm
3 µ
0.356 mm
1.0 MΩ
1µ
76 mm
3 µ
0.356 mm
2.0 MΩ
1µ
76 mm
3 µ
0.216 mm
0.5 MΩ
1µ
76 mm
3 µ
0.216 mm
1.0 MΩ
1µ
76 mm
3 µ
0.216 mm
2.0 MΩ
1µ
127 mm
3 µ
0.356 mm
0.5 MΩ
1-2 µ
127 mm
3 µ
0.356 mm
1.0 MΩ
1-2 µ
127 mm
3 µ
0.356 mm
2.0 MΩ
1-2 µ
Pure Iridium Profile C
IRM23E01
50 mm
3 µ
0.106 mm
0.1 MΩ
2-3
IRM23E01KT 50 mm
3 µ
0.180 mm
0.1 MΩ
2-3
IRM23E05
50 mm
3 µ
0.106 mm
0.5 MΩ
2-3
IRM23E05KT 50 mm
3 µ
0.180 mm
0.5 MΩ
2-3
IRM23E10
50 mm
3 µ
0.106 mm
1.0 MΩ
1-2
IRM23E10KT 50 mm
3 µ
0.180 mm
1.0 MΩ
1-2
IRM23E15
50 mm
3 µ
0.106 mm
1.5 MΩ
1-2
IRM23E15KT 50 mm
3 µ
0.180 mm
1.5 MΩ
1-2
IRM23E20
50 mm
3 µ
0.106 mm
2.0 MΩ
1-2
IRM23E20KT 50 mm
3 µ
0.180 mm
2.0 MΩ
1-2
IRM23E25
50 mm
3 µ
0.106 mm
2.5 MΩ
1-2
IRM23E25KT 50 mm
3 µ
0.180 mm
2.5 MΩ
1-2
IRM23E30
50 mm
3 µ
0.106 mm
3.0 MΩ
1-2
IRM23E30KT 50 mm
3 µ
0.180 mm
3.0 MΩ
1-2
IRM23E50
50 mm
3 µ
0.106 mm
5.0 MΩ
1-2
IRM23E50KT 50 mm
3 µ
0.180 mm
5.0 MΩ
1-2
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
µ
Single unit and stim / chronic use
Single unit and stim / chronic use
Single unit and stim / chronic use
Single unit and stim / chronic use
Single unit and stim / chronic use
Single unit and stim / chronic use
Single unit and stim / chronic use
Deep penetrations for single and multi
Deep penetrations for single and multi
Deep penetrations for single and multi
Deep penetrations for single and multi
Deep penetrations for single and multi
Deep penetrations for single and multi
Deep penetrations for single and multi
Deep penetrations for single and multi
Deep penetrations
Deep penetrations
Deep penetrations
Deep penetrations
Deep penetrations
Deep penetrations
Package of 10
Recording and Stimulating
Recording and Stimulating
Recording and Stimulating
Recording and Stimulating
Recording and Stimulating
Recording and Stimulating
Recording and Stimulating
Recording and Stimulating
Package of 10
Stereotrode / Bipolar,
Stereotrode / Bipolar,
Stereotrode / Bipolar,
Stereotrode / Bipolar,
Stereotrode / Bipolar,
Stereotrode / Bipolar,
Stereotrode / Bipolar,
Stereotrode / Bipolar,
Stereotrode / Bipolar,
US$
unit
unit
unit
unit
unit
unit
unit
unit
recording
recording
recording
recording
recording
recording
recording
recording
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
stimulation
stimulation
stimulation
stimulation
stimulation
stimulation
stimulation
stimulation
staining)
staining)
staining)
staining)
staining)
staining)
staining)
staining)
154
229
US$
154
US$
229
US$
170
US$
230
US$
177
US$
177
measurements
measurements
measurements
measurements—extra fine
measurements—extra fine
measurements—extra fine
measurements
measurements
measurements
481
481
US$
478
US$
495
US$
495
US$
495
US$
497
US$
497
US$
497
(Prussian
(Prussian
(Prussian
(Prussian
(Prussian
(Prussian
(Prussian
(Prussian
differential
differential
differential
differential
differential
differential
differential
differential
differential
blue
blue
blue
blue
blue
blue
blue
blue
Package of 5
Multiunit & ERP recording & stimulation
Multiunit & ERP recording & stimulation
Single and multiunit recording and stimulation
Single and multiunit recording and stimulation
Single and multiunit recording and stimulation
Single and multiunit recording and stimulation
Single and multiunit recording and stimulation
Single and multiunit recording and stimulation
Greater selectivity & microstimulation
Greater selectivity & microstimulation
Greater selectivity - small cells
Greater selectivity - small cells
Greater selectivity - small cells
Greater selectivity - small cells
Greater selectivity - small cells
Greater selectivity - small cells
Platinum Iridium Profile D
PTM123B05KT 305 mm
3 µ
0.61 mm
0.5 MΩ
1-2 µ
PTM123B10KT 305 mm
3 µ
0.61 mm
1.0 MΩ
1-2 µ
PTM123B20KT 305 mm
3 µ
0.61 mm
2.0 MΩ
1-2 µ
Package of 5
Deep brain studies
Deep brain studies
Deep brain studies
Tungsten
TM123A05KT
TM123A10KT
TM123A20KT
Profile D
305mm
3 µ
0.406 mm
0.5 MΩ
1µ
305mm
3 µ
0.406 mm
1.0 MΩ
1µ
305mm
3 µ
0.406 mm
2.0 MΩ
1µ
Package of 5
Deep brain studies
Deep brain studies
Deep brain studies
Elgiloy®/Stainless Profile D
SSM123B05KT 305 mm
3 µ
0.61 mm
0.5 MΩ
1-2 µ
SSM123B10KT 305 mm
3 µ
0.61 mm
1.0 MΩ
1-2 µ
SSM123B20KT 305 mm
3 µ
0.61 mm
2.0 MΩ
1-2 µ
Package of 5
Deep brain studies
Deep brain studies
Deep brain studies
242
177
US$
242
US$
177
US$
242
US$
177
US$
242
US$
196
US$
292
US$
216
US$
265
US$
177
US$
242
US$
196
US$
265
US$
196
US$
242
US$
196
US$
242
US$
196
US$
242
US$
US$
US$
US$
US$
454
500
US$
454
US$
500
US$
454
US$
500
US$
454
US$
500
US$
454
US$
500
US$
454
US$
500
US$
454
US$
500
US$
454
US$
500
US$
US$
469
469
US$
469
US$
US$
409
409
US$
409
US$
US$
373
373
US$
373
US$
US$
Eligoy Steel *Cobalt/chromium/nickel alloy. The KT suffix refers to Kapton™ cladding.
All Metal Microelectrodes are available in custom lengths, blunt or heat treaded (extra charge).
Ordering:
Add the B suffix where blunt electrodes are desired. (For example, an IRM123A10KT ordered as a blunt will be IRM123A10KTB.)
Add the H suffix where heat treated electrodes are desired. (For example, an IRM123A10KT ordered as with heat treatment will be IRM123A10KTH .)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
26
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Ω
™
Millivolt and megohm meter measures impedance
of metal or glass capillary microelectrodes
Omega-Tip-Z was created especially for measuring impedance in
etched tung­sten, platinum-iridium* and steel microelectrodes, as well as
electrolyte-filled micropipettes. The meter’s AC impedance-measuring
circuit is unaffected by electrode offset or tip junction potentials. The
gold-plated miniature probe lets you conveniently monitor microelectrode impedance in electrolytes, and an electrode tip cleaning feature
lets you remove buildup quickly. Omega-Tip-Z can also measure DC
electrode tip potentials up to 2000 millivolts. The instrument operates for
hundreds of hours without battery failure.
NOTE: Metal microelectrodes which have been precalibrated at 1 kHz
should be baselined for use with Omega-Tip-Z. *See Metal Microelectrodes, page 24.
OMEGA-TIP-Z SPECIFICATIONS
OMEGA-Z
711P
5468
Ωmega-Tip-Z with Probe & Holder
Replacement Probe
Adapter to connect metal microelectrodes to
probe, 2 mm socket to .031 in. receptacle OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
NOVA
Novaflex Fiber Optic Illuminator (115v, 60HZ)
NOVA-Z
Novaflex Fiber Optic Illuminator (230v, 80HZ)
500186
Bifurcated Light Guide with lenses
NOVA-186 Novaflex Illuminator and bifurcated light guide
Rodent Brain Matrices
WPI offers one of the largest selections
of brain matrices available. Made
of acrylic, or stainless steel, these
matrices are sturdy and can be heated,
chilled, autoclaved (stainless steel only), scrubbed
— and stand up to rigorous daily use. Coronal matrices
have the additional feature of a mid-line sagittal cut to facilitate
splitting of the left and right hemispheres. Sections can be as fine as
1‑mm. The olfactory/spinal/notch is cut into each matrix.
INPUT RESISTANCE
INPUT LEAKAGE CURRENT
MAX. INPUT VOLTAGE SWING
VOLTMETER
Range
Accuracy
Resolution
OHMMETER
Range
Measurement Resolution
Accuracy
PROBE
PROBE HANDLE
PROBE CABLE
MAIN HOUSING
POWER
SHIPPING WEIGHT
1012Ω, typical
1 pA, typical
±2V
0 to ±2000 mV DC
± 0.1% of reading, ± 1 least significant digit
1 mV (3.5 digits)
0 to 20 MΩ (metal) 0 to 200 MΩ or 0 to 2000 MΩ (glass)
10 nA and 1 nA (500 Hz square wave)
10 KΩ
± 20%
1.2 cm diameter × 3.2 cm long
4.7 mm diameter × 8.9 cm long
1.5 m
7 × 4 × 2 in. (18 × 10 × 5 cm)
6 AA 1.5-volt alkaline cells, supplied
4 lb (1.8 kg)
• Large species selection
• From mouse to rat
• Repeatable sections to 1 mm
• Can be chilled and sterilized
• Available in acrylic or stainless steel
RBMA-200C
RBMA-200S
RBMA-300C
RBMA-300S
RBMA-600C
RBMA-600S
RBMS-200C
RBMS-200S
RBMS-300C
RBMS-300S
RBMS-600C
RBMS-600S
BLADES
Adult mouse, coronal slices, acrylic
Adult mouse, sagittal slices, acrylic
Rat, 175-300g, coronal slices, acrylic
Rat, 175-300g, sagittal slices, acrylic
Rat, 300g-600g, coronal slices, acrylic
Rat, 300g-600g, sagittal slices, acrylic
Adult mouse, coronal slices, stainless steel
Adult mouse, sagittal slices, stainless steel
Rat, 175-300g, coronal slices, stainless steel
Rat, 175-300g, sagittal slices, stainless steel
Rat, 300g-600g, coronal slices, stainless steel
Rat, 300g-600g, sagittal slices, stainless steel
Single-Edge Blades (pkg of 100)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
27
NEUROSCIENCE
Ωmega-Tip-Z
NEUROSCIENCE
Microforging, Micropipette Calibration
and Microinjection — in a single device!
The DMF1000 is a ‘state-of-the-art’ microprocessorcontrolled microforge offering unmatched
performance. Designed for fabrication of both small
patch clamp glass pipettes and larger injection
pipettes, the DMF1000 should find many uses in
the laboratory. The DMF1000 is based on a design
similar to that first used in WPI’s extremely popular
microforge model, the MF200. The extensive
improvements incorporated into the DMF1000 greatly
increase its versatility and performance, making it one
of the most powerful microforges on the market.
Digital Signal Processor (DSP)
Technology
The DMF1000 is powered by the latest digital signal
processor (DSP) technology. A digital timer is used
to precisely control the polish heating time. Ten
memories can be used to store settings of the heating
power and heating duration. All of the settings are
controlled and displayed digitally for better accuracy
and reproducibility. Two different operating modes
are provided: Manual and Auto. In the Manual mode,
the DSP will memorize the duration of the time that
is used to achieve a desired polishing. In Auto mode,
the heat will be applied for the duration of the timer
setting.
Unique Features of the DMF1000
System
The DMF1000 system includes a specially configured
WPI model H602 research grade compound
microscope equipped with a high quality metallurgic
40x long-working distance objective and a pair of 10x
eyepieces (a 15 x option eyepiece is also available). It
is the most powerful long-working distance objective
currently available on any commercial microforge. The
long working distance objective reduces the danger
of damage to the objective lens during the heating
process.
Other benefits of the DMF1000 design include
the use of a Kohler illuminator and Abbe condenser,
which provide the reduced glare and sharper image
contrast necessary when polishing pipettes as small as
half a micron (0.5 µm) in diameter.
Pressure Polishing
The DMF1000 incorporates a unique digital pneumatic
pressure feature that enables pressurized air to be
delivered through the pipette during fire polishing. In
the fabrication of patch pipettes, the pressurized air
can be used to blunt the taper at the pipette tip without changing the size of the tip opening. This reduces
Filament Holder mounts directly to objective to provide precise control
of heating element position.
DMF1000
electrical resistance of the tip, leading to lower noise
during patch-clamp recordings (Goodman & Lockery,
2000). Ease of use
The Heating Filament
With a conventional microforge often the most
difficult and time-consuming part of using a high
magnification objective is being able to move both
the heating filament and the pipette into the same
viewing area. Finding and moving both the heating
filament and the pipette without collision can be a
challenge. However, this difficulty is eliminated with
the DMF1000 because the heating filament is directly
attached to the microscope’s objective. Hence it can
be easily adjusted to any position within the viewing
area. The low heat capacity and low thermal
coefficient of linear expansion of the filaments
are key design features of the DMF1000. The low
heat capacity of the filament allows it to reach
fire-polishing temperatures without excessive
heat. This permits the user to bring the pipette
tip close to the filament during polishing without
fear of collapsing the pipette tip. Low heat
capacity eliminates the need for an auxiliary aircooling system. The low coefficient of expansion
characteristic of the filament ensures minimal
displacement of the filament during heating. This
feature eliminates much of the guesswork out of
tip placement in relation to the filament.
Two different heating filaments are provided with
the DMF1000 to accommodate various applications. The H5 filament is large gauge and can be reformed
into a “U” for fabrication of pipettes, air forming of
patch pipettes and other applications. The H4 is a
smaller gauge filament and is ideal for polishing patch
clamp pipettes.
The Pipette and Microscope Stage
Fire
Polishing
Large Tip
Sharpening
(contact
stretching)
Tip Sealing
Tip Reducing
(holding
pipettes)
Tip Bending
Carbon Fiber
Sealing in
Plastic Sensor
The pipette rests on a specially designed holder that
sits on top of the microscope stage. The position
of the pipette, relative to the heating filament, is
controlled by the (X, Y, Z) adjustment of the stage. This unique design makes locating and polishing the
pipette extremely easy. The stage of the microscope
has a high quality rail that gives precise, smooth
and stable control of the pipettes movement. This
configuration also eliminates the need and expense
of an additional micromanipulator to control pipette
movement. Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
28
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Typical applications of the DMF1000
H602 1000× Compound Microscope
Polishing the Patch Pipettes
It is well known that the proper fire polishing of patch pipettes is the single most
important factor for forming a stable giga-seal in patch clamp recording. This is
even more important than the type of glass capillary used. Difficulties often arise
in forming giga-seals because the polishing of patch pipettes using a conventional
low magnification microforge is inadequate. However, since the DMF1000 uses a
40X long-working distance objective, pipette polishing is much more accurately
controlled. Pipettes polished using the DMF1000 achieve excellent stable giga-seals
with a wide variety of cells. Both whole cell patch pipettes and single channel patch
pipettes can be conveniently polished with the DMF1000 to the highest quality and
reproducibility achievable with any microforge.
For the single-channel patch clamp pipettes the pipette needs to be pre-coated
with Sylgard 184 before polishing. For this procedure the user can follow a simple
and effective coating method described previously (Li, 1999)
NEUROSCIENCE
l Coaxial coarse
and fine focusing
control, including a locking
mechanism.
l Spring-loaded achromatic
objectives prevent broken
slides.
Microforging Holding Pipettes
l Centerable Abbe
condenser.
A holding pipette with a large blunt tip and a small opening is used to hold a
floating cell in place prior to microinjection by applying suction to the rear of the
pipette. The procedure for making holding pipettes involves three steps: squaring
off, large bore flame polishing, and tip reducing. These steps are accomplished with
a larger heating filament.
l 20-Watt solid state Kohler
illuminator with variable lamp
intensity control.
l Total magnification
of 1000x.
Microforging Beveled Injection Pipettes
Occasionally, a beveled large bore pipette is not sharp enough to penetrate a cell
without damaging the area around the pipette. With the DMF1000 and the large
heating filament, a sharp point can be formed on the beveled tip to assist the
penetration of the cell. This process is referred to as contact stretching.
l Stage is graduated in
both x- and y-axes.
Pipette Tip Calibration & Microinjection
The integrated digital pneumatic pressure system can be used to calibrate the
precise diameter (I.D.) of a micropipette tip, based on a technique described
previously (Hagag & Randolph 1990, Bowman & Ruknudin 1999). The pressure
system can also be used separately as a simple but highly accurate controller for
microinjection applications.
H602
1000× Binocular Microscope (120 V)
H602-240 1000x Binocular Microscope (240 V)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
14253
Replacement Lamp, 20W 6V (pkg of 5)
500292
Optional 15x Eyepiece (pair)
500329
25× Long-Working Distance Objective, 5 mm 0.50NA
800292
40× Long-Working Distance Objective, 3 mm 0.25NA
DMF1000 SPECIFICATIONS
DMF1000-1
DMF1000-2 DMF1000-M1
DMF1000-M2
Complete Microforge, incl H602 Stereo Microscope (110 v)
Complete Microforge, incl H602 Stereo Microscope (220 v)
Microforge without microscope (including 40X long working distance objective) (110v) Microforge without microscope (including 40X long working distance objective) (220v) OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
500292
Optional 15x Eyepieces (pair) for H600 Series Microscopes
Note: No reticle for 15x eyepieces
DMF1000-H5 Replacement heating filament (large gauge)
MF200-H4
Replacement heating filament (small gauge)
13142
Optional foot switch
DMF-UPGRADE Converts MF200 to DMF1000
Includes new metallurgical 40x objective
AC POWER MODULE
TIMER RANGE (for heater & timer)
NUMBER OF MEMORYS
PRESSURE ADJUSTING RANGE
PRESSURE RESOLUTION
FILAMENTS
HEATER AND TIMER CONTROL
OBJECTIVE EYEPIECE
RETICLE (10x eyepiece only)
DIMENSIONS: Control Unit
SHIPPING WEIGHT
MICROSCOPE
SHIPPING WEIGHT
100-240 VAC 50/60 Hz
0.01 to 360 sec
10
0.5 – 60 PSI (3.5 – 414 kPa
0.1 PSI (0.7 kPa)
H4 — Small filament for working with 40× long working distance objective. H5 — Large filament for working with 10× objective. Filament adjustment assembly provided for both objectives.
Auto or Manual via Pushbutton, TTL, or Optional Foot switch.
40× Long-Working Distance (3 mm)
10× (pair)
15× (pair) optional 1.25 µm/division (at 40×) 0 – 90º angle at 5º/division
10.2 × 17.8 × 4.8 cm (4 × 7 × 17⁄8 in.)
1.8 kg (4 lb.)
See H602, page 209
7.3 kg (16 lb.)
H602 SPECIFICATIONS
EYEPIECES
CONDENSER
ILLUMINATOR
POWER
SHIPPING WEIGHT
OBJECTIVES
10× Widefield, 18 mm field
Centerable Abbe, 1.25 NA
Kohler, 6 V 20-watt halogen
95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
(Specify line voltage & power cord.)
16 lb (7.3 kg)
4X 0.1 NA Achromatic WD 35.8 mm
10X 0.25 NA Achromatic WD 6.81 mm
40X 0.65 NA Achromatic WD 0.62 mm
100X oil 1.25 NA Achromatic WD 0.35 mm
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
29
NEUROSCIENCE
Sometimes the simplest designs work best.
The MF200 Microforge is a versatile instrument
designed specifically for the fabrication of
glass micropipettes and other related tools. The
system was developed in collaboration with Dr. Ming Li of the Department of Pharmacology,
University of South Alabama. It is perfect for
patch pipette tip polishing, tip size reduction,
contact stretching, in vitro fertilization pipette
production and a variety of other pipette
configurations. The MF200 simple, reliable and
is priced economically. MF200 Microforge
Features of the MF200
The MF200 system includes: An easy to use
analog temperature controller, a specially
configured WPI model H602 research grade
compound microscope, 40x long-working
distance objective and 10x eyepiece. 40x
magnification is essential when polishing
pipettes as small as half a micron (0.5 µm)
in diameter. Compared to a conventional
40x objective, the long working distance
objective reduces the danger of damage to
the pipette and/or objective lens during the
polishing process. It is also the only commercial
microforge using the Kohler illuminator and
Abbe condenser for illumination. This provides
less glare and sharper image of the pipette than
frosted glass illuminator, which was used on all
of the other commercial Microforge.
MF200 SPECIFICATIONS
MF200-1 Complete Microforge System, incl. H602 Microscope (110 v) MF200-2 Complete Microforge System, incl. H602 Microscope (220 v) MF200-M1 MF 200 without microscope (110v) MF200-M2 MF 200 without microscope (220v) 500292
Optional 15× Eyepieces (pair) for H600 Series Microscopes Note: No reticle available for 15× eyepieces
500329 25× Long-Working Distance Objective (fits most microscopes with a 160 mm Focal Length) MF200-H2 Replacement heating filament (large gauge)
MF200-H3 Replacement heating filament (medium gauge)
MF200-H4 Replacement heating filament (small gauge)
75070 Filament Adjustment Assembly for 10× Standard Objective (fits microscope model H602 only)
13142
Optional foot switch AC POWER MODULE
100-240 VAC 50/60 Hz
FILAMENTS (3)
H2, H3, H4
FILAMENT ON
Pushbutton Controlled or Optional Foot Switch Controlled
FILAMENT ADJUSTMENT ASSEMBLY For 40× and 25× Long-Working Distance Objectives: mounts on objective
OPTIONAL Filament Holder for standard 10× Objective (Model H602 microscope)
OBJECTIVE
40× Long-Working Distance (3 mm)
25× Long-Working Distance (5 mm)
OPTIONAL
EYEPIECE
10× (pair)
RETICLE (10× eyepiece only)
1.25 µm/division (at 40×)
0-90º Angle at 5º/division
OPTIONAL EYEPIECE
15× (pair)
GLASS HOLDER
Mounts on Microscope Stage
DIMENSIONS: Control Unit
10.2 × 17.8 × 4.8 cm (4 × 7 × 17⁄8 in.)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
1.4 kg (3 lb.)
MICROSCOPE See H602
7.3 kg (16 lb.)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
Microforge Feature COMPARISON
H602 Microscope
40x Long Working Distance Objective
Analog Controller
Digital Controller Pressurized Air Control
Microinjection Capability
Optional Foot Switch
Memory
Auto-sense of Filament Type
Digital Temperature Control
MF200
✔
✔
✔
—
—
—
✔
—
—
—
DMF1000
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
30
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
The only microbeveler system
with Guided Light!
NEUROSCIENCE
System now
includes PZMIII
stereo microscope
Bevel micropipette tips larger than 1 micron,
for ap­pli­ca­tions such as microinjection
l Tool holder on microscope keeps
pipette in focus during beveling
l Stereo zoom microscope PZMIII
Included in MBS system
l Steel base provides solid support for
beveler and other magnetic stands
l Variable speed, reversible
l Pipette tip illuminated internally via
Fiber optic illuminators
The advantage of WPI’s MicroBeveler over other types of solid-surface
bevelers is that the abrasive surface can be easily refreshed. Instead
of using a conventional solid abrasive disk, the MicroBeveler abrasive
surface is made of a high quality lapping film, widely used in the fiber
optics industry. When the surface is damaged or loaded up with glass
particles, the abrasive film can be easily replaced.
The solid polishing surface of WPI’s new MicroBeveler, turning at 6,000
rpm, provides sufficient cutting force for a very sharp tip in a very short
time. The cutting surface is very flat and turns very smoothly, ensuring
an undamaged tip.
48000 SPECIFICATIONS
Beveling Surface
3.5 inch diameter disk
Abrasive Material
alumina, diamond
Speed of Rotation
6000 rpm
Motor
Reversible Direction
Power Requirements 120 volts, 60 Hz or
240 volts, 50 Hz, 20 VA to sup­plied power supply
Dimensions
Base Plate
Overall Height
22 × 28 × 1 cm (8.7 × 11 × 0.4 in.)
8 cm (3 in.)
SHIPPING WEIGHT (48000)
16 lbs. (7.6 kg.)
SHIPPING WEIGHT (MBS) 35 lbs. (16 Kg.)
l Abrasive surface can be easily
replaced by several types of Diamond
and Alumina Lapping Film
MBS
MicroBeveler System
Includes all components pictured above: 48000 MicroBeveler,
NOVA illuminator, fiber optic cable, PZMIII Stereo Zoom Microscope
with tilting base especially adapted for use with MicroBeveler, tool
holder, and pipette holder FOIMPH.
48000
MicroBeveler
Specify line voltage
optional accessories
48015-03 Lapping Film, Alumina, 0.3 micron (50-pack)
48015-10 Lapping Film, Alumina, 1 micron (50-pack)
48015-30 Lapping Film, Alumina, 3 microns (50-pack)
48014-01 Lapping Film, Diamond, 0.1 micron (3-pack)
48014-05 Lapping Film, Diamond, 0.5 micron (3-pack)
48014-10 Lapping Film, Diamond, 1 micron (3-pack)
48014-30 Lapping Film, Diamond, 3 microns (3-pack)
48025
Fiber Optic Cable for Pipette Illumination
15934
Replacement Beveler Disk Plate
48300
Tilt Base Assembly for PZMIII binocular head
48200
PZM Tool Holder
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
31
NEUROSCIENCE
Glass
Micropipette
Beveler for
submicron
tips
Easier cell impalement results in
less damage and longer cell life
An optically-flat mirrored glass disk, wetted with an abrasive slurry, spins
at 60 rpm (120 V), producing sharply beveled tips on fluid-filled glass
microelectrodes of one micron or smaller. This eases cell impalement
and improves the electrode's linearity. The microelectrode’s resistance
can be monitored during beveling with WPI’s Ωmega-Tip-Z™ megohm
meter (see page 31). The beveler is permanently mounted on a precision
magnetic plate that gives stable support for the optional 1350M
Micropositioner shown. Start-up kit includes 0.05 µm alumina abrasive
powder #3531, “O” ring, wick electrode, and wick support.
1300M
Microelectrode Beveler & Start-Up Kit
(micropositioner not included)
Specify line voltage.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
2478
Replacement Mirrored Disk
3531
Alumina Abrasive, 0.05 µm (5 g) fine
3551
Alumina Abrasive, 0.30 µm (5 g)
2479
Replacement “O” Ring 1350M
Micropositioner and Magnetic Stand
OMEGA-Z Ωmega-Tip-Z with Probe & Holder
711P
Replacement Probe
5468
Adapter to connect metal microelectrodes to
probe, 2 mm socket to .031 in. receptacle NOVA
Novaflex Fiber Optic Illuminator (115v, 60HZ)
NOVA-Z
Novaflex Fiber Optic Illuminator (230v, 80HZ)
500186
Bifurcated Light Guide with lenses
NOVA-186 Novaflex Illuminator and bifurcated light guide
MES
Microelectrode Beveler System
Model 1350M Micropositioner — This package (shown with beveler
above) includes WPI’s M3301R Manipulator and an M10 magnetic
stand. The stand-manipulator assembly mounts di­rect­ly onto the beveler
baseplate, allowing convenient positioning of elec­trodes onto the
beveling surface. Three axes of adjustment, including coarse and fine
control in the axis of the electrode.
1300M SPECIFICATIONS
BEVELING SURFACE
7.8 cm diameter, optically flat reflective glass
MAXIMUM BEVEL
ALUMINA ABRASIVE POWDER
RPM MOTOR
POWER REQUIREMENTS
DIMENSIONS
Steel base plate
Overall height
Height of abrasive surface SHIPPING WEIGHT
0.5 µ , I.D.
0.05 µ size supplied (0.3 µ also available)
60 rpm at 120 V, 60 Hz; 50 rpm at 240 V, 50 Hz
AC synchronous
95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
8.5 x 11 x 0.375 in. (22 x 28 x 1 cm)
4 in. (10 cm)
2.75 in. (7 cm) above base plate
20 lb (9.1 kg)
MES includes: 1300M Microelectrode Beveler; 1350M Micropositioner
& Magnetic Stand; OmegaZ; 5052 Steel Base Plate; 5468 Adapter; M9
Magnetic Stand; 3485 Kit Ring stand Mount. Shipping Weight: 59 lb. (27 kg)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
32
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Programmable
Multipipette
Puller
NEUROSCIENCE
PMP-107
●Double top panel structure.
●Automatic 4-Barrel or 7-Barrel
Pipette Puller.
●Exclusive Optical-Digital Ruler
Measurement. ●Computerize Real-Time Feedback
Heater Control.
●Pneumatic Pulling Force and Very
Compact Size.
●Programmable and Savable
Sequences for Creation and
Reproduction.
PMP-107 SPECIFICATIONS
PIPETTES
Single- to 7-Barrel
EACH BARREL O.D.
1 mm (2 mm for single-barrel)
PULLING FORCE
Pneumatic
HEATER
Nichrome coil or foil
HEATER CONTROL
Microcontroller
●Manufacture Preset Pulling
Programs for 4 and 7-Barrel
HEATING
74 general heat levels (24-99), 64 automatic heat levels (45-98)
NUMBER OF SEQUENCES
25
●The PMP-107 has all the features of
the PMP-100 Micropipettes.
STEPS PER SEQUENCE
18
TAPER LENGTH SETTING
0.5 - 20 mm
PRESSURE 1
Adjustable 0.1 - 10 psi
With Just processing one key, the PMP107 Programmable Multipipette puller can
successfully pull a one to 7-barrel pipette. Equipped with a microcomputer, pneumatic
puling arm, pneumatic rotator, optical-digital
ruler and a new designed clamp, the PMP107 can automatically heat, twist and pull a
multibarrel pipette. There is no need for any
manual rotation or any inconsistent timing
interrupt control. The whole pulling processing
is programmable and under control of a preset
sequence. The PMP-107 is a new upgrade
model from the PMP-100 multipipette puller. The rotation (twist) speed is adjustable.
PRESSURE 2
Adjustable 0.1 - 60 psi
COOLING PRESSURE
Adjustable for rotation speed
GAS INPUT PRESSURE
30-60 psi
ACTIONS
Pull 1, Pull 2, Pull2/Cool, Rotation, Cool Air, Return
DISPLAY
20x4 LCD
POWER INPUT
110 / 240 VAC
POWER CONSUMPTION
Maximum 150 watts
DIMENSIONS
14 x 11 x 7 in. (35.6 x 27.9 x 17.8 cm)
WEIGHT
15 lb (6.8 kg)
PMP-107 Programmable Multipipette Puller (110 V)
PMP-107-Z Programmable Multipipette Puller (240 V)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
33
NEUROSCIENCE
Programmable two-stage
micropipette puller
PUL-2 is a microprocessorcontrolled two-stage puller for
making glass micropipettes
or microelectrodes used
in intracellular recording,
patch clamp studies, or
microinjection. It can produce
pipettes with tip diameters
from less than 0.1 micron to
tens of microns. Heat setting
is digitally controlled with
0.1% accuracy. Pulling length
can be adjusted to control the
taper of the pipette. This two-stage puller
is a compact, versatile,
reliable workhorse at a
very reasonable cost. The microprocessor in
combination with LED, digital
display and sound generator
makes the PUL-2 easy to
use and foolproof. Controls are intuitive and
self-explanatory. Every keypad function is
confirmed or rejected with an audible signal. The digital display indicates heat setting or
PUL-2 Specifications
Heater Element
Nickel-chromium coil
Pulling Force
Gravity, selectable at 250g & 330g
Max. Capillary Length 210 mm
Min. Capillary Length 55 mm
Memory
99 sets
Power
90-240 V, 50/60 Hz.
Dimensions
21x 21 x 20 cm
Shipping Weight
15 lb
PUL-2
502194
the status of an operation. An LED indicator
confirms that the glass capillary is properly
installed at the initial pulling position for better
reproducibility.
Two-stage pulling is automatically
accomplished according to the microprocessor
setting, with no need of hand intervention. Heat settings for both stages can be stored in
memory. The permanent memory stores up to
99 heat settings. Another unique feature of this puller is the
high quality switching power supply that not
only reduces size and weight and can be used
anywhere in the world without worry about
the line voltage differences, but also solves the
problem of pulling reproducibility due to line
voltage fluctuation. Heating voltage can be
controlled within 0.1% accuracy even when line
voltage fluctuates from 90 to 240 VAC.
Programmable Two-stage Micropipette Puller
Heating Coil, Nickel-Chromium, for PUL-2 (package of 5)
The importance of the
multistage puller
A single-stage puller is good only for
producing intracellular electrodes that have
less than 0.1 micron tips. When the pull
starts, the glass is too soft for a larger tip to
form. For pulling pipettes with a tip larger
than 0.1 micron, a two (or more) stage
puller is required. The first pulling stage
produces a thin section on the capillary. The pulling force is then more concentrated
on the thin section, on which the stress is
increased during the second pulling stage. With concentrated force during second
stage pulling, the capillary can be separated
at a lower temperature (i.e., higher glass
viscosity) to form a larger tip. By controlling
the pulling length of the first pull, PUL‑2
can produce tapers suitable for most
applications.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
34
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Physiology
Cardiovascular
TBM4M Transbridge 4-channel Transducer Amplifier....................................................................................................................................36
BP1 Blood Presure Monitor.................................................................................................................................................................................... 37
BLPR2 Blood Pressure Transducer....................................................................................................................................................................... 37
Using WPI Data Acquisition Systems in Cardiovascular Applications.........................................................................................................38
CELS Temperature Transducer...............................................................................................................................................................................40
LUME Light Transducer...........................................................................................................................................................................................40
PHYS IOLOGY — CARDIOVASCU LAR
PNEU Pressure Transducer.....................................................................................................................................................................................40
DSPL Displacement Transducer............................................................................................................................................................................40
FORT Force Transducers.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 41
Dual Range Force Transducer................................................................................................................................................................................. 41
25g Force Transducer............................................................................................................................................................................................... 41
FOMS Fiber Optic Measurement System for blood pressure........................................................................................................................ 42
ISO-DAM8A Modular DC Ampliers..................................................................................................................................................................... 44
Bridge8 Modular Transducer Amplifiers............................................................................................................................................................. 44
DBA8000 Digital Bridge Amplifier for Pharmaceutical Drug Screening...................................................................................................46
Myobath II Multi-Channel Tissue Bath...............................................................................................................................................................48
Haake DC10 Circulating Bath................................................................................................................................................................................. 53
Epithelial
EVC4000 Multi-Channel Voltage/Current Clamp............................................................................................................................................. 54
Acquiring Data from the EVC4000....................................................................................................................................................................... 55
Ussing System.............................................................................................................................................................................................................56
DVC-1000 Two-Channel Voltage/Current Clamp.............................................................................................................................................58
EVOM Epithelial Voltohmmeter.............................................................................................................................................................................59
EVOMX Epithelial Voltohmmeter with BNC output.........................................................................................................................................60
STX100 Electrodes for 24-well HTS plates........................................................................................................................................................60
CaliCell™ culture cup with synthetic membrane for testing electrodes and chambers........................................................................60
Multi-96 resistance measurement probe for 96-well PAMPA plates......................................................................................................... 61
Endohm™ chambers for TEER measurement of cell cultures in individual cups................................................................................... 61
REMS Automated TEER Measuring System....................................................................................................................................................... 62
REMS-KIT — add WPI’s TEER electrode to your own robot sampler........................................................................................................ 63
Miscellaneous
Microprobe Thermometers...................................................................................................................................................................................... 64
ATC1000 Animal Temperature Controller...........................................................................................................................................................66
MPS-2 Multichannel Perfusion System............................................................................................................................................................... 67
Vibroslice manual and motorized microtomes................................................................................................................................................68
IntegraSlice™ Oscillating Blade Microtome......................................................................................................................................................69
Peltier Temperature Controllers for Vibroslice....................................................................................................................................................69
Lab-Trax™ 4- and 8-channel data acquisition hardware............................................................................................................................... 70
WPI-118 High Performance Digital Data Recorder......................................................................................................................................... 71
Data-Trax™ software for data acquisition and analysis................................................................................................................................. 72
Data Analysis with Data-Trax™............................................................................................................................................................................ 74
FluoroDish™ glass bottom dishes........................................................................................................................................................................ 76
Cover Slips................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 77
ABM Audible Baseline Monitor............................................................................................................................................................................. 77
LPF30 Low-Pass Filter.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 77
900A Micropressure System................................................................................................................................................................................... 78
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
35
PHYS IOLOGY — CARDIOVASCU LAR
4-Channel Transducer Amplifier
Transbridge (TBM4M) is a
four-channel analog transducer
manifold, specifically designed
to amplify output voltage
signals from pressure, force,
displacement, and temperature
transducers as well as a
wide variety of other signal
sources. Analog output signals
available from each channel
can be recorded on magnetic
tape, displayed on an
oscilloscope or applied to the
input of a multichannel data
acquisition for digital signal
processing in a computer.
Each channel contains a
regulated 10-volt power supply
(+5 and -5 volts with respect to signal ground) to provide DC power to
transducers, and a precision differential amplifier with selectable voltage
amplification and variable position adjustment control.
Transducers can be connected to Transbridge via any of the 8pin connectors on the front panel. Four spare 8-pin DIN plugs are
provided with each instrument to allow you to rewire cables of other
manufacturers’ transducers and connect them to Transbridge. Each
Transbridge channel may be used in either Full Bridge or the Half Bridge
mode independently. For transducer types other than resistive bridges,
such as active transistor circuits, magnetic, photocell or piezoelectric
devices, the instrument’s differential amplifiers may still be used
effectively for signal amplification in differential (full bridge) and singleended (half bridge) modes. See WPI’s complete line of TRANSDUCERS for
physiological measurements.
TRANSDUCERS
CELS
Temperature Transducer PNEU01
Pressure Sensor, 1 psig
PNEU05
Pressure Sensor, 5 psig
PNEU15
Pressure Sensor, 15 psig
DSPL
Displacement Transducer
LUME
Photocell
FORT10-100Force Transducer, Dual Range (10 g and 100 g)
FORT25
Force Transducer (25 g)
FORT100
Force Transducer (100 g)
FORT250 Force Transducer (250 g)
FORT1000 Force Transducer (1000 g)
FORT5000 Force Transducer (5000 g)
3491
Probe Extension Cable
Caution: Extension cable may diminish signal-to-noise ratio.
FORT100
PNEU
DSPL
Transducers not included. See WPI’s complete line of transducers for
physiological measurement.
TRANSBRIDGE SPECIFICATIONS
Channels 4
Voltage amplification
x1, x10, x100, x1000
Voltage offset adjustment
> ± 50 mV
Noise
.4uV p-p (0.1 to 10Hz, G=100)
Linearity
+/-.001% of FSR G=1; +/-.01% of FSR, G-=1000
Output voltage swing
± 10 V
Maximum output current
2 mA
Input impedance, each input
1010 ohms
Transducer Excitation
10 V DC (±5 V) approx.
Bandwidth, small signal
1 MHz (x1), 80 KHz (x10), 10 KHz (x100), 1.0 KHz (x1000)
Dimensions
8.5 x 5.12 x 10 in. (21.6 x 13 x 25.44 cm)
Shipping weight
11 lb (5 kg)
TBM4M
Transbridge Transducer Amplifier
Specify line voltage
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
13024
Single Rack Mount Kit
13025
Dual Rack Mount Kit
500184 BNC-to-BNC cable, 10 ft
3161
8-pin DIN plug
3718
Package of 4, 8-pin DIN (startup kit)
See Transducers, pages 49, 52, 53
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
36
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Blood Pressure Monitor and Transducer
● Monitors pressure, force, temperature
● Monitors animal arterial or venous blood pressure
● Displays systolic, diastolic or average blood pressure
BP1
BP1 SPECIFICATIONS
AMPLIFICATION
x1, x10, x100, variable (x5 to x1000)
BANDWIDTH, SMALL SIGNAL (-3 dB)
300 kHz (x1)
30 kHz (x10)
3 kHz (x100)
0.3 kHz (x1000)
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING
± 5 volts
MAXIMUM OUTPUT CURRENT
2 mA
INPUT IMPEDANCE, EACH INPUT
100 kΩ || 0.01 µF
TRANSDUCER APPLIED VOLTS
10 V nominal, varies with load. 25 mA,
maximum
DIGITAL PANEL METER
0 to 1999 mV (calibrated in mm of Hg
pressure when supplied with pressure gauge). Meter reads average value or ± peak (1 to 20 Hz).
POWER
95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
DIMENSIONS
8.5 x 5.12 x 10 in. (21.6 x 13 x 25.44 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
11 lb (5 kg)
BLPR2 SPECIFICATIONS
WORKING PRESSURE
OVERPRESSURE
EXCITATION VOLTAGE
INPUT IMPEDANCE
OUTPUT IMPEDANCE
ISOLATION
SENSITIVITY
DYNAMIC RESPONSE
EIGHT HOUR DRIFT
MAXIMUM ERROR
ENVIRONMENTAL
Operating Temp. Range
Storage Temp. Range
Light Sensitivity
SHIPPING WEIGHT
-50 to + 300 mm Hg
-400 to +4000 mm Hg
1-10 VDC or RMS to 5 kHz
350 Ω ±10%
300 Ω ±10%
< 5 µA leakage at 120 VAC
5 µV‑/‑V‑/‑mm Hg
100 Hz
1 mm Hg after 5 minute warm-up
Total combined effects of Sensitivity, Linearity, Hysteresis (at 25°C and 5 µV/V/mm Hg) do not exceed ±2% or 1 mm Hg, whichever is greater.
+15°C to +40°C
-30°C to +60°C
Not affected by light under 3000 ft/candles (32,000 lux)
1 lb
ACCESSORIES
BLPR2
BPCABLE2
503067
13024
13025
3491
500184
14036-15
KZ1101
Pressure Monitor (transducer & cable not included)
Specify line voltage
NEW Blood Pressure Transducer & Cable
NEW Cable (12 ft) with DIN connector for BLPR2
BLPR2 Transducer without cable
Single Rack Mount Kit
Dual Rack Mount Kit
Extension Cable, 5 ft
BNC-to-BNC Cable, 10 ft
4-Way Luer Stopcock, Blue Tint (package of 15)
Micro Cannula, 3 inch
Note: BLPR2 is intended for animal research only and may not be
used for human blood pressure measurement.
BLOOD PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER
BLPR2 can be used for the direct arterial and
venous pressure mea­sure­ment in animal
blood vessels. Supplied sterile, BLPR2
is accurate, linear and stable with
temperature. May be sterilized cold
with Cidex or a similar bac­te­ri­cide.
BLPR2 is equipped with a
twelve-foot cable and connector
com­pat­i­ble with WPI’s four-channel
signal conditioning unit, TBM4M Transbridge, and the single-channel
BP1 blood pressure mon­i­tor. Cable has moisture-resis­tant locking
connector. A continuous, uniform lumen eliminates places for bub­bles to
form and lodge. The clear fluid path is easy to inspect. Easy to mount —
slotted transducer body accepts
Velcro strap.
To facilitate setup and
operation, a four-way stopcock
that al­lows easy filling, flushing,
and zeroing of the transducer is
in­clud­ed. Typically, the stopcock is
located between the trans­ducer and
the animal catheter where it can be
used to quickly zero, flush, or de-bubble the
transducer.
Stopcock #14036
included with BLPR2
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
37
PHYS IOLOGY — CARDIOVASCU LAR
BP1 accepts WPI’s BLPR blood pressure transducer (below) as well as other
blood pressure transducers.
An audio monitor provides a signal with variable pitch and am­pli­tude,
allowing you to hear changes in blood pressure. Digital LCD display pro­vides
average or peak signal values from 0 to 1999 mV. With an optional pressure
gauge (not provided — see PM015D/R, page 239), the user may cal­i­brate the
display to read mm Hg. Re­cord­er out­put con­nec­tor al­lows di­rect con­nec­tion to
a pen re­cord­er, os­cil­lo­scope or com­put­er via a data acquisition system.
Using WPI Data Acquisition Systems in
Cardiovascular Applications
PHYS IOLOGY — CARDIOVASCU LAR
Cardiac Hemodynamics
Hemodynamics is the study of the dynamic behavior of
blood as it flows around the heart, the lungs and the body.
Pressure is generated in various parts of the heart as a
result of this movement. These pressures can be measured
and monitored through catheters whose tips are placed in
the atria, pulmonary artery, or systemic arteries.
Hemo-dynamic studies require the measurement of
pressure, flow, and electrical signals from the heart, and
electrical signals from nerves, such as the vagus. WPI
has everything you need for research studies in hemody­
namics, and associated studies in cardiac electrophysiology and cardiopulmonary function.
Hardware
For complete description, see page 70.
The Lab-Trax 4/24T is the perfect recorder for
cardiovascular applications. The T Series has
built-in transducer amplifiers so blood pressure
transducers or other transducers plug directly
in. Each channel has its own independent
stimulator output so complex waveforms can
be generated as well as simple things like vagal
stimulation or extra stimulus pacing of cardiac
preparations. In addition, 8 programmable digital
I/O lines can control pumps or drug delivery in
the laboratory environment. The Lab-Trax series
connects to your computer via the USB port so
installation is truly plug and play.
Software
Online Analysis
Data-Trax can calculate rate, systolic,
diastolic and mean pressures, as well
as dp/dt and integral from any raw
data input in real time. All of the same
functions can be applied offline, too.
A powerful baseline-tracking
algorithm ensures that even if your
signal moves or changes shape, the
calculated rate or systolic/diastolic/mean pressure is faithfully reported.
Offline Analysis
All of the online functions can be
applied offline. In addition, a series of
functions applied from the Analysis
window can be used to reduce raw
data. Functions operate on a selection
of data and return a single value,
which can be written to the Data-Trax
Journal. Currently supported functions
Simultaneously record and
Automark LDEVP (Channel 1) and
systolic and dichrodic notch values
(Channel 2) from a blood pressure
curve.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
38
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
PHYS IOLOGY — CARDIOVASCU LAR
Capture data and post to the Marks Window to preview prior
to export.
include: mean, integral, area, dp/dt, mean dp/dt, mean systolic,
mean diastolic, and mean rate. Analysis window functions used in
conjunction with the Data-Trax Find command, can automatically
analyze the entire record.
Input/Output
The built-in stimulator allows delivery of a single, continuous, or
train of pulses. Pulse durations, frequencies and amplitudes can be
changed as the protocol is being delivered. The software also offers
full control of digital 1/0 lines that can be used to count events, or
control devices in the lab environment.
Display
Data-Trax allows you to easily convert voltage to real units, such as
mmHg or percent for pressure or flow measurements, respectively.
The display allows you to toggle between a preferred Y-axis scaling
(between 40 and 140 mmHg, for example) and the “best view” as
determined by the AutoScale feature. Alternately, you can zoomin or zoom-out by factors of two with a single mouse click. In a
similar fashion, X-axis scaling can be expanded or compressed by
factors of two with a single click.
XY Window
Easily export data to Excel or other analytical program for
further analysis.
Real Time Annotations
While recording, you can mark your data with text messages.
These marks are searchable and appear in the field of data to
which they apply. Marks are time locked to the record and can be
used to “Go To” any marked region of the data.
Data Reduction
Data can be analyzed and reduced in the Analysis window. Here,
selections of data can be averaged and written to a report. For
example, the software can be instructed to break the record up
into five-minute pieces, determine the average systolic or average
heart rate for the data in each segment, and write those values to
a report.
XY Window
Any channel can be displayed
in XY format. Data-Trax
supports area measurements
and segment slopes from such
plots. And, of course, you can
save the plots as pictures or
text.
Export
All recorded data can be
exported to a MatLab, DADiSP,
Excel or text file or as a
picture (.png), making reports
or posters much easier to
create. Of course, you can
always print your data from
any window at any scale.
For more information
about Data-Trax, see
pages 72-75.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
39
Transducers for Physiological Measurement
These transducers are designed for general use in data acquisition and recording instruments and systems. They are supplied
with 5-ft cables terminating in an 8-pin DIN connector which readily plugs into Transbridge, a 4­-channel analog signal
conditioner and Bridge8 . Transducers can be easily con­vert­ed with adapter cables and plugs to work with most standard
recording systems and polygraphic instruments.
PHYS IOLOGY — CARDIOVASCU LAR
CELS SPEC­I­FI­CA­TIONS
LUME SPECIFICATIONS
TEMPERATURE RANGE
10 to +100 degrees Celsius
POSITIVE SUPPLY VOLTAGE
+50 V, maximum
OUTPUT
10 mV per degree C ± 2%
NEGATIVE SUPPLY VOLTAGE
-20 V, maximum
OUTPUT RESISTANCE
270 Ω
PROBE
5 mm diam x 100 mm length, stainless steel, epoxy tip
LIGHT VOLTAGE
50 mV minimum (per 5 mW/cm2 with 2870°K source)
DARK OUTPUT VOLTAGE
100 µV max. (+ 5 V supply)
SUPPLY VOLTAGES
±25 V maximum
ANGULAR FIELD OF VIEW
± 12 degrees off axis
SUPPLY CURRENT
150 µA maximum
SPECTRAL RANGE
400 - 1200 nm (peak at 860 nm)
PROBE
5 mm diam x 100 mm, stainless steel
TEMPERATURE
LIGHT
Based on an integrated-circuit
tem­per­a­ture sensor, CELS mon­i­
tors tem­per­a­ture at the probe tip
and produces 10 mil­li­volts per
degree Celsius when pow­ered by
an excitation source of 10 volts
(±5 V). Stainless steel probe with
ep­oxy tip.
When powered by +2 volts or
more, LUME provides an output
voltage sig­nal pro­por­tion­al to inci­
dent light over the visible to near
infra red spectrum. Contain­ing a
min­ia­ture silicon pho­to­diode, the
slender stainless steel probe can
be easily mounted to do a wide
va­ri­ety of useful jobs, such as
mon­i­tor­ing trans­mit­ted, reflected
or in­ter­rupt­ed light beams. Optic
fi­bers up to 2 mm di­am­e­ter may
be in­sert­ed into the tip.
CELS Temperature Transducer
3491 Probe Extension Cable
Caution: Extension cable may
diminish signal-to-noise ratio.
PNEU
CELS
PRESSURE
PNEU transducers are ac­cu­rate
dif­fer­en­tial pressure mea­sur­ing
de­vic­es for noncorrosive gas­es
and gaseous fluids. Lin­ear and
re­peat­able, with little tem­per­a­ture
drift, they con­vert hy­dro­stat­ic
pressure levels to sta­ble and
proportional voltage sig­nals.
DSPL
PNEU01
Pressure Sensor, 1 psig
PNEU05
Pressure Sensor, 5 psig
PNEU15
Pressure Sensor, 15 psig
3491
Probe Extension Cable
Caution: Extension cable may diminish signal-to-noise ratio.
PNEU01, PNEU05, PNEU15 SPEC­I­FI­CA­TIONS
WORKING PRESSURE
PNEU01
0-1 psi, differential (52 mm Hg)
PNEU05
0-5 psi, differential (260 mm Hg)
PNEU15
0-15 psi, differential (780 mm Hg)
MAXIMUM PRESSURE
3x Full Scale Pressure
TRANSDUCER SENSITIVITY
PNEU01: 18 mV, Full Scale (±10% at 10 V)
PNEU05: 60 mV, Full Scale (±10% at 10 V)
PNEU15: 90 mV, Full Scale (±10% at 10 V)
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
10 V (±5 V)
INPUT & OUTPUT RESISTANCE
4 kΩ, nominal
LINEARITY ERROR
0.5% maximum
LUME Photocell
3491
Probe Extension Cable
Caution: Extension cable may
diminish signal-to-noise ratio.
LUME
DISPLACEMENT
DSPL smoothly converts
mechanical displacement into
a pro­por­tion­al voltage with
virtually infinite resolution and essentially zero frictional drag. Based on
the Hall effect, which uses a magnetic sensor.
DSPL
3491
Displacement Transducer
Probe Extension Cable
Caution: Extension cable may diminish signal-to-noise ratio.
DSPL SPECIFICATIONS
DISPLACEMENT
OUTPUT VOLTAGE RANGE
OUTPUT RESISTANCE
NOISE
DRIFT
EXCITATION VOLTAGE
CURRENT DRAIN
LINEARITY
STYLUS WEIGHT
STYLUS STATIC FRICTION
24 mm (±12 mm)
16 mV /mm (± 10% with 10 V DC applied)
10 kΩ, differential
0.5 mV p/p (10 kHz bw), typical
0.05% Full Scale / change in °C
7 V DC minimum to 12 V DC maximum
10 mA typical, 20 mA, maximum
2%
2.5 grams
1.0 gram
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
40
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
FORT
5000
FORT
FORCE TRANSDUCERS
1000
FORT
These rigid-lever force transducers transform applied force into pro­por­
tion­al voltage. Using balanced strain gauges, FORT transducers produce
lin­ear output volt­age vs. applied force input with very little deflection.
To use, clamp the handle of the FORT transducer in a horizontal
position and apply the forces to be mea­sured to a rivet or hook mounted
in the hole at the end of the flat sensing leaf.
250
100
FORT100
FORT250
FORT1000
FORT5000
Force
Force
Force
Force
Transducer
Transducer
Transducer
Transducer
(100 g)
(250 g)
(1000 g)
(5000 g)
FORT SPECIFICATIONS
FORT10-100
10 grams or 100 grams
75-100 µV/V/g, 7.5-10 µV/V/g
N/A
0.03% of full scale force
—
< 0.1% of full scale
± 5V DC
1× rated full scale force
<30 mg/hr, thermally
compensated
FORT100
100 grams
7 µV/V/g
350 Ω
0.01% of full scale force
300 Hz
Less than 0.1% of full scale
10 V AC or DC
3× rated full scale force
FORT250
250 grams
3 µV/V/g
350 Ω
0.01% of full scale force
300 Hz
Less than 0.1% of full scale
10 V AC or DC
3× rated full scale force
FORT1000
1000 grams
0.84 µV/V/g
350 Ω
0.01% of full scale force
300 Hz
Less than 0.1% of full scale
10 V AC or DC
3× rated full scale force
FORT5000
5000 grams
0.38 µV/V/g
350 Ω
0.1% of full scale force
60 Hz
Less than 0.1% of full scale
10 V AC or DC
3× rated full scale force
thermally compensated
thermally compensated
thermally compensated
thermally compensated
DIMENSIONS
1.125” x 3” x 0.6”
Handle 2.54” x 0.38” diam
0.3 inch diam × 4 in.
(7.6 mm diam × 10.2 mm)
0.3 inch diam × 4 in.
(7.6 mm diam × 10.2 mm)
0.3 inch diam × 4 in.
(7.6 mm diam × 10.2 mm)
0.3 inch diam × 4 in.
(7.6 mm diam × 10.2 mm)
WEIGHT (excluding cable)
____________
0.3 oz (8 g)
0.3 oz (8 g)
0.3 oz (8 g)
0.3 oz (8 g)
FORCE RANGES, FULL SCALE
OUTPUT SENSITIVITY (± 10%)
INPUT & OUTPUT RESISTANCE
RESOLUTION
RESONANT FREQUENCY
LINEARITY ERROR
MAX. OPERATING VOLTAGE
MAXIMUM APPLIED FORCE
DRIFT
25g Force Transducer
Dual Range Force
Transducer
The FORT10-100 is a high sensitivity dual-range research grade force
transducer designed to measure forces in the 0.005 to 10 gram and
0 to 100 gram ranges. The FORT10-100 exhibits excellent isometric
properties. In addition, its unique optical technology makes it resistant
to drift and offers intrinsically low noise characteristics. The FORT10100’s on-board amplifiers reduce gain and adjustment requirements on
recording amplifiers to which it may be connected.
The transducer is highly resistant to mechanical damage; its body is
machined from aluminum and mounts to a standard ring stand or, with
the handle removed, clamp mounts. The cable that connects the FORT10100 to the recording amplifier is detachable, allowing for multiple cables
to be configured for the user’s choice of amplifiers. FORT10-100 requires
a transducer conditioning amplifier such as the Bridge8 or TBM4M.
FORT10-100
Force Transducer (10g and 100g)
This 25-gram force transducer is a reliable tool for high precision
force measurement. Using balanced semiconductor strain gauges,
FORT25 produces linear output
voltage vs. applied force input with
very little deflection. The rigid lever
force transducer transforms the
applied force into a proportional
voltage. It is a temperature-compensated full-bridge configuration with
four high sensitivity semiconductor strain gauges. FORT25 has a broad
dynamic measuring range and a very high sensitivity.
To use, clamp the handle of the FORT25 transducer in a horizontal
position and apply the forces to be measured to a rivet or hook mounted
in the hole at the end of the flat sensing leaf.
FORT25
Force Transducer (25g)
FORT25 Specifications
Force Range, full scale
0-25 grams
Output Sensitivity
300 µV/volt/gm, nominal
INPUT & OUTPUT ResistANCE
1500 Ω
Resolution
< 2mg
Resonant Frequency
450 Hz
Linearity Error
0.5%
Maximum Operating Voltage 10 V DC (-5V ~ +5V or 0 ~ 10V)
MAXIMUM APPLIED FORCE
3× rated full scale force
Dimensions
40mm × 22mm × 19mm
Weight
100 gram
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
41
PHYS IOLOGY — CARDIOVASCU LAR
FORT
PHYS IOLOGY — CARDIOVASCU LAR
Fiber Optic Measurement System
Immune to EMI/RFI and MRI, MW/RF compatible ● Small sensor size: diameter = 590 µm, 1.8F
Intrinsically electrically isolated ● Fast, automated calibration of sensors
1000 Hz bandwidth ● Biocompatible
Sensors are re-usable ● High accuracy and fidelity
an external transducer. Furthermore, the use
of noise-immune fiber optic communication
eliminates problems associated with electrically
energized transducers when recording data
in strong electromagnetic or RF fields, such
as those generated by electronic scalpels or
MRI systems. WPI also offers fiber optic blood
pressure sensors with extra long 60 ft (18 m)
fiber connection length for MRI applications.
This allows the FOMS instrument to be located
an adequate distance from the MRI field coil
to ensure the lowest possible noise. No signal
is lost across the length of the fiber. Like the
entire family of FOBPS sensors, the FOBPS MRI
sensors are MRI translucent and have
complete immunity to EMI, RF, ESD,
FOMS SPECIFICATIONS
and MRI field potentials. These new
Number of Channels
1
sensors are available in all standard
Measurement Range
-50 to 300 mmHg
sizes (FOBPS-14LG: 1.4 F; FOBPSAccuracy
±2 mmHg or ±3% at reading,
18LG: 1.8F; and FOBPS-28LG: 2.8F).
FOBPS is a unique family of fiber optic
pressure sensors incorporating the design
advantages of both internally placed cathetertip sensors and more conventional invasive
methods in which catheter fluid is coupled
directly to an external transducer (WPI
#BLPR2). The tips of the FOBPS sensors
range from 1.3 F (430 μm) to 2.8 F (914 μm)
so that they can be implanted directly at
the measurement site (e.g., intra cardiac,
blood vessel) for different sized animals. This
sensor is not subject to the physical artifacts
typically associated with similar invasive blood
pressure measurement devices which utilize
whichever is greater
Display Resolution
1 mm Hg
Principles of Operation
Output Voltage Range
-0.5 to 3.0 VDC, 10 mV/mm Hg
Frequency Response
DC to 1000 Hz
Temperature
15 to 35°C
Display
4-digit LED display
Power Requirement
110/220 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Dimensions
10 x 10 x 2.75 in
Weight
4.5 lb. 2.25 kg
A small cavity is embedded in
the sensor tip. Blood pressure is
measured by observing the changes
in length of the cavity by way of an
optical signal conditioner using a
measurement scheme based on white
light interferometry. Sensing light
is transmitted to and reflected back
from the detecting diaphragm and
cavity of the sensor tip via a multimode fiber
with an outer diameter of 170 μm (0.5 F). The
measurement tip is insensitive to any pulling
or manipulation of the fiber. All the materials
used in the sensor tip are biocompatible and
are anti-thrombogenic. As such, the sensor can
be positioned even in regions where the blood
flow rate is high, e.g., the abdominal aorta.
Fiber Optic Measurement System
In order to obtain blood pressure measurement, the FOBPS must be connected to the
Fiber Optic Measurement System (FOMS),
which is dedicated for use with the FOBPS and
offers 1000 Hz bandwidth (via analog ouput).
This bandwidth is fast enough to capture
any details of pressure tracing (e.g., dicrotic
notch), especially for small animals such as
rats or mice. The FOBPS design incorporates a
memory chip that stores its unique calibration
parameters. This elegant design makes the
system very convenient to use. Once the
FOBPS is connected to the FOMS, the meter
captures the calibration parameters and adjusts
automatically to deliver precise pressure
measurement data. The user can easily
establish an arbitrary zero reference point (i.e.,
for 0 mm Hg) within the pressure operating
range by pressing a single button. These two
steps encompass the entire calibration process
for the measurement system.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
42
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
with biologically compatible pressure sensors
FOBPS SPECIFICATIONS
FOBPS-13
FOBPS-13LG
FOBPS-18
FOBPS-18LG
FOBPS-28
FOBPS-28LG
Sensor 1.3 F (430 μm)
1.3 F (430 μm)
1.8 F (590 μm)
1.8 F (590 μm)
2.8 F (914 μm)
2.8 F (914 μm)
Catheter -
-
0.5 F (170 μm)
0.5 F (170 μm)
2.8 F (914 μm)
2.8 F (914 μm)
Effective length
2”, 5cm
2”, 5cm
12”, 30 cm
12”, 30 cm
12”, 30 cm
12”, 30 cm
Total Catheter length
6’, 180 cm
60’, 18 m
6’, 180 cm
60’, 18 m
6’, 180 cm
60’, 18 m
Catheter material
Polyimide
Polyimide
Polyimide
Polyimide
Nylon
Nylon
RatYesYesYesYesYesYes
No
No
Repairable
No
No
No
No
No
No
PHYS IOLOGY — CARDIOVASCU LAR
MouseYesYesYesYes
ReusableYesYesYesYesYesYes
0.5 F (170 µm)
50 mm
1.3 F
430 µm
5 mm
1.8 F (590 µm)
FOBPS-13
FOBPS-18
Optical Fiber
Diam: 0.5 F (170 µm)
30 cm
2.8 F
914 µm
5 mm
1.8 F
590 µm
FOBPS-28
Blood pressure tracing in aorta of a rat
Typical pressure tracing in left ventricle of a rat
140
120
120
Pressure (mmHg)
Pressure (mmHg)
Optical Fiber
100
80
60
40
20
0
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
Time (Seconds)
A recording was made with the FOBPS sensor located within
the left ventricle of a rat. The relative smoothness of the waveform peaks indicate an absence of “whipping effect”, which can
occur with sensors that are too large to avoid contact with the
ventricular walls during contraction.
FOMS
FOMS-13
FOMS-18
FOBPS-13
FOBPS-13LG
FOBPS-18
FOBPS-18LG
FOBPS-28
FOBPS-28LG 2851
110
100
90
80
70
60
50
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
Time (Seconds)
A recording was made with the FOBPS-18 sensor located in the
aorta of a rat. The resolution of the sensor is demonstrated by
the articulation of the dichrotic notch.
Fiber Optic Measurement System
FOMS and FOBPS-13 Sensor
FOMS and FOBPS-18 Sensor
Fiber Optic Blood Pressure Sensor, 1.3 F, length 6 ft (180 cm)
Fiber Optic Blood Pressure Sensor, 1.3 F, length 60 ft (18 m)
Fiber Optic Blood Pressure Sensor, 1.8 F, length 6 ft (180 cm)
Fiber Optic Blood Pressure Sensor, 1.8 F, length 60 ft (18 m)
Fiber Optic Blood Pressure Sensor, 2.8 F, length 6 ft (180 cm)
Fiber Optic Blood Pressure Sensor, 2.8 F, length 60 ft (18 m)
Cable, Standard BNC, 6 ft (1.8 m)
See Lab-Trax data acquisition system, page 82.
Applications
In vivo pressure monitoring:
● Blood Pressure
Intra-uterine
Intra-cranial
Intra-ocular
Intra-peritoneal
● Research Applications
● Product Development
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
43
PHYS IOLOGY — CARDIOVASCU LAR
ISDB System lets you combine
Iso-DAM8A Modules Isolated Low Noise Bio-Amplifier
The ISO-DAM8A is a compact modular standard rack-mountable DC
amplifier system. Each channel is electrically isolated from the others
and from ground. No current can flow from the input terminals and
electrodes, thus, the instrument is intrinsically safe and cannot cause
any electrical stimulus or shock to the preparation, in addition ground
loop noise is minimized. Systems can be purchased with one, two,
three or up to eight preamplifier modules or mixed with Bridge8
transducer amplifier modules (see next page). The user can then select
an appropriate low pass filter setting, gain and offset on the channel
amplifier panel. A notch filter has been added to reduce line frequency
interference. An optional headstage preamplifier (10x gain) allows low
noise extracellular (DC) recording with Iso-DAM8A and adds greater
signal bandwidth than a shielded cable of the same length. The IsoDAM8A amplifier and headstage configuration is optimally suited for
use with our metal microelectrodes and can be easily configured for
many applications. Each amplifier channel has a coaxial (BNC) connector
located on the rear panel.
Optional
Recording probe
#74040 plugs into the
Iso-DAM8A input jacks.
ISO-DAM8A SPECIFICATIONS
EACH CHANNEL
INPUT IMPEDANCE
> 1012 Ohms
INPUT LEAKAGE CURRENT
10 pA (typical)
INPUT DC OFFSET
± 100 mV
GAIN
×10, ×100, ×1000, ×10,000
COMMON MODE REJECTION > 100 dB @ 50/60 Hz
EQUIVALENT NOISE SIGNAL INPUT
< 0.36 µV rms (1.8 µV p-p) 0.1-10 Hz, Gain>10
< 1 µV rms (5 µV P-P) 0.1-10 kHz
BANDWIDTH FILTER SETTINGS
High Filter (Low Pass) (kHz)
0.1, 0.5, 1, 3, 10
Low Filter (High Pass) (Hz)
0.1, 1, 10, 300
Notch Filter (Hz)
50, 60
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING ± 7.5 Volts
OUTPUT RESISTANCE
220 Ohms
SYSTEMS
ISDB-1
ISDB-2
ISDB-3
ISDB-4
ISDB-5
ISDB-6
ISDB-7
ISDB-8
Specify any combination of ISO-DAM8A or BRIDGE8 module (s)
Bio-amplifier System (1 channel) Specify ISO-DAM8A or BRIDGE8 module
Bio-amplifier System (2 channels) Specify ISO-DAM8A or BRIDGE8 modules
Bio-amplifier System (3 channels) Specify ISO-DAM8A or BRIDGE8 modules
Bio-amplifier System (4 channels) Specify ISO-DAM8A or BRIDGE8 modules
Bio-amplifier System (5 channels) Specify ISO-DAM8A or BRIDGE8 modules
Bio-amplifier System (6 channels) Specify ISO-DAM8A or BRIDGE8 modules
Bio-amplifier System (7 channels) Specify ISO-DAM8A or BRIDGE8 modules
Bio-amplifier System (8 channels) Specify ISO-DAM8A or BRIDGE8 modules
Each configuration above includes enclosure, power supply, and blank panels for empty slots.
SYSTEM
ENCLOSURE DIMENSIONS
7 × 17 × 9.2 in.
(18 × 43 × 23 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT 10 to 21 lb (4.5 to 9.5 kg)
Included with each ISO-DAM8A bioamplifier:
8-pin DIN connector with shielded, unterminated 5-ft cable.
Specify line voltage
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
44
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
modules in the same chassis
PHYS IOLOGY — CARDIOVASCU LAR
Bridge8 Modules
Low Noise Transducer Amplifier
Bridge8 is a modular, rack-mountable amplifier system based on
a similar architecture to the popular ISO-DAM8A amplifier system.
Bridge8 is specifically designed to be used as a signal conditioning
amplifier with strain gauges and other powered transducers. Bridge8
includes differential amplifiers featuring high input impedance, high
common mode rejection and low current leakage input terminals for
low noise operation. The Bridge8 also features a half bridge switch and
channel offset A wide variety of WPI transducers are available for force,
temperature, pressure and light measurements. The Bridge8 amplifier
is a clear choice where convenience and quality are required. Any
combination of ISO-DAM8 or Bridge8 modules may be combined in the
same enclosure. The ISO-DAM8A module is also available in this rack
configuration.
BRIDGE8 SPECIFICATIONS
Input impedance
> 1012 Ohms
Amplification
1, 10, 50, 100, 500, 1000 & Adjustable
Input leakage current
0.1 pA at 25 °C
Voltage offset adjustment
±50 mV (low); ±100 mV (high)
Amplifier output voltage
±4.4 volts (10 mA, max.)
Excitation Voltage
10 volts (±5.0 V) 100 mA, max.
Equivalent noise signal input
< 0.4 µV RMS (2 µV p-p) 0.1-10 Hz Gain >10 < 3 µV RMS (15 µV p-p) 0.1-100 Hz Gain >10
Low pass filter band (KHz)
0.03, 0.1, 0.3, 1, 5, 10, "Wide Band" R-C Butterworth 6 dB /octave
System enclosure dimensions
7 x 17 x 9.2 in.
Shipping weight
10 to 21 lb ( 4.5 to 9.5 kg )
Yes, Bridge8
and Iso-DAM8A modules can be
mixed in the same chassis!
Optional Accessories
FORT25
Force Transducer 25 g
FORT100
Force Transducer 100 g
FORT250
Force Transducer 250 g
FORT1000 Force Transducer 1000 g
47610
Force Transducer 100 g Myobath only
BLPR
Blood Pressure Transducer & 12‘ (3.6m) Cable
PNEU01
Pressure Sensor, 1 PSIG (6.8 Kpa)
PNEU05
Pressure Sensor, 5 PSIG (34.4 Kpa)
PNEU15
Pressure Sensor, 15 PSIG (103.4 Kpa)
DSPL
Displacement Transducer (± 12mm)
CELS
Temperature Transducer –10 to 100 °C
LUME
Photocell (50mV / 5mW/cm2)
74020
Iso-DAM8A Single Channel Module
74030
ISDB chassis and power supply
74040
Iso-DAM8A Active Headstage (separate)
74050
ISDB Blank panels
BRIDGE8
Bridge8 Transducer Amplifier Module
2933
ISDB Rack Mount Kit, 51/4-in. High
500184
BNC to BNC 10 foot cable
3161
8-pin DIN plug
3718
Package of 4, 8-pin DIN (startup kit)
3491
Extension Cable (DIN male, DIN female), 5 ft (1.5m)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
45
PHYS IOLOGY — CARDIOVASCU LAR
DBA8000
●The World’s Most Advanced Digital Bridge Amplifier
●Eight Analog Output Channels
●Eight Analog Inputs With Independent Excitation Voltages
●LCD With Touch Screen Input And Scope Screen Dump
●Serial Port and/or Ethernet Telnet FTP Communications
●Direct Digital Output Via TCP/IP (Compatible With Generic
Acquisition Software)
●Parameter Menus Store Different Experimental Setups
●Easy Transducer Calibration and Testing
●Selectable and Programmable Output Gains
●GLP /GCP Compliant With Password Protection
The DBA8000 is a compact state-of-the-art Digital Bridge Amplifier. It
is built to the latest standards in digital and analog technology. WPI’s
Digital Bridge Amplifier (DBA8000) has 8 identical channels that can
be configured and calibrated independently and used as a Full Bridge
Amplifier, Half Bridge Amplifier or as a Differential Amplifier (DC coupled).
In any of these modes, analog input signals are converted in real-time
into digital values (24-bit resolution) and processed by a Digital Signal
Processor (DSP) microcontroller. Real-time digital signals are then
converted into analog signals that are available from the BNC output
sockets. This same digital data are also made available at the Ethernet
port or displayed on the LCD in a resolution up to five significant figures.
In the bridge amplifier mode, eight digital signal synthesizers generate
the excitation amplitudes (with the desired phase and frequency) for
the bridges. All parameter settings can be stored in up to 10 different
parameter memories to ensure quick installation and start-up. The
DBA8000 is fully menu driven using the touch screen LCD that displays
menus and enables the operator to select or enter data. A password
protected hierarchical structure limits the privileges for users and
owners; the administrator always has full control over all parameters
of the DBA8000. The Digital Bridge Amplifier’s programmed software
parameters and, or, memories can be exported to (or imported from)
an FTP server for easy updates. The DBA8000 is fully compatible with
most brands of biomedical transducers and is pre-configured for WPI’s
popular FORT force transducers. What makes this amplifier so unique is
that measurements from experimental subjects can be displayed in the
standard units (such as mmHg, mmO2, mV, KPa) or any other units that
can be programmed with defined parameters. Indeed the DBA8000 is
the new workhorse of Bridge Amplifiers!
4
des of
u
l
c
s
In
ucer e!
d
s
tran r choic
you
Calibration Settings Screen
The Calibration Settings Screen is used to assign minimum and maximum display values to acquired reference measurements. The acquisition
time over which a calibration value will be averaged can be adjusted to
enable correct calibration with minimum noise. Use the “Min. & Max.”
and “Acquisition” functions keys to copy the calibrated values and acquisition time from channel one to all channels. This time saving feature
eliminates the tedious process of calibrating each channel independently
when using the same transducer in multiple channels. Note that the units
of measurement are shown for each channel.
DBA8000
15657
Digital Bridge Amplifier
Includes 4 transducers — specify when ordering
Grass Transducer Cable
See transducers, pages 52, 53.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
46
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
for pharmaceutical drug screening
This screen is used is used to set the magnitude of the excitation voltage
for each channel. Excitation voltages can be either AC or DC. The AC mode
allows the user to choose from 12 preset frequencies which can be set independently for each channel. The DC mode is adjustable to 10 volts.
Measurement Settings Screen
The Measurement Settings Screen summarizes the operating display
mode for each channel. Submenus can be accessed from this screen
that allow the user to select from a variety of data display options for
each channel. The Bridge option allows the user to select between
“Normal” and Minimum, Maximum and Mean mode. Bridge mode
permits a selection of different output formats, e.g., scaling the output
of the transducer to display standard units of force, pressure, or
displacement “cal”, direct transducer output (mv), or the bridge balanced.
The output can also be configured to display the unscaled 24 output bits
from the ADC.
DBA8000 SPECIFICATIONS
Bridge Settings Screen
The Bridge settings Screen lets the user configure each channel as a
full wave bridge, half wave bridge or as a straight differential amplifier.
The maximum input signal voltage range a can be adjusted in order
to achieve maximum analog to digital conversion resolution. Lowpass
(bandwidth ) filter settings can also be adjusted to reduce unwanted
noise. The user can assign a unique name for each channel. The
frequency response characteristic
(attenuation ) of the channel is
provided at 50 Hz, 60 Hz and at a
user defined frequency.
Number of channels
8 independent channels.
Bridge input modes
Full bridge, half bridge, differential amplifier
Bridge excitation
Fully differential, 0 to 15 V DC or 0 to 10Vrms, 500 to 15,000 Hz (sine wave)
Bridge digital output
Via Serial or TCP/IP socket over Ethernet at up to 1000 samples/sec maximum
Bandwidth
1000 Hz
Filtering: Low Pass
4 Hz to 1000 Hz
Filtering: 50/60 Hz Variable to 120 dB depending on band pass (120 dB @50/60 Hz / 6 Hz pass)
Digital remote control
24 digital I/O lines
Absolute max. input voltage
+ or – 12 V DC
Absolute max. input current
+ or – 50 mA
Sample frequency
240 kHz before the digital LPF (Low Pass Filter), 125 to 3750 Hz after the LPF
Input impedance
110K ohm (+/-10V) 1 G ohm (20 mV to 1280 mV ranges)
Max. output voltage
-10 to +10 V @ +/_ 10mA
Output impedance
0.1 Ohm typical
Digital I/O
5V max 10 mA (input) ; 25V @ 500mA max. (16 open collector outputs)
See Myobath — page 48.
Mains voltage
85-260 V AC, 45-65 Hz 50W
EMC
CE certification pending
Dimensions
13.3 cm x 42.5 cm x 25.4 cm
(5.25” x 16.73” (19” rack) x 10” )
Weight
Approximately 9 lb (4.0 kg)
Environment
-10 to +40 °C
Humidity
Max. 95% relative humidity, non-condensing
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
47
PHYS IOLOGY — CARDIOVASCU LAR
Excitation Settings Screen
PHYS IOLOGY — CARDIOVASCU LAR
Myobath II
System Overview
For more than 100 years
pharmacologists and physiologists
have been studying cardiac and
smooth muscle in tissue baths. WPI’s
multi-channel isolated tissue bath
system was developed over a period
of several years in collaboration with
top cardiovascular research scientists.
The result is a feature packed, costeffective system for the in vitro study
SYSTEMS
MYOBATHII-2
MYOBATHII-4
MYOBATHII-8
Multi-Channel
Tissue Bath
System
of vascular and non-vascular smooth
muscle. Tissue holders are also
available for cardiac muscle and other
tissue preparations.
The Myobath is available in 2-,
4- and 8-channel configurations. Its
modular design allows up to four
individually mounted baths to be
studied simultaneously. Multiple
systems can be linked together
if more bath setups are required.
The convenient compact bench-top
design of Myobath II enables the
system to be readily located even
in tight quarters. WPI’s Custom
tailored systems are sold complete
with every hook, every hanger
and all of the tubing and fittings
you need to get right to work. We
provide well documented, clear
assembly/operation instructions and
free telephone support in case you
encounter a problem.
Myobath II, 2-channel (choose 2 each — baths, positioners, tissue holders — from price tables on following pages)
Myobath II, 4-channel (choose 4 each — baths, positioners, tissue holders — from price tables on following pages)
Myobath II, 8-channel (choose 8 each — baths, positioners, tissue holders — from price tables on following pages)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
48
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Automated Filling and Draining
WPI offers five different tissue baths:
2 mL, 5 mL, 10 mL, 25 mL, and
50 mL. This range is sufficient to
cover a broad variety of applications
including those involving smaller
vessels and tissues from mice or
other small animals.
Each tissue bath has 6 ports. The
baths are jacketed to maintain the
temperature of the perfusate in the
center well. The jacket has in inlet
and an outlet. A separate inlet with
a ceramic frit is used to aerate the
perfusate. The frit is designed to
produce smaller bubbles that are
less prone to strike the tissue or supporting hangers hard enough to
cause a perturbation in the force signal. The bath is also provided with
a drain port at the bottom of the chamber, an overflow port and a fill
port positioned at the top. The overflow insures that perfusate delivered
into the bath will not overflow the chamber and contaminate the work
surface. It is also critical for automated fill and drain operations using the
optional valve bank and valve controller.
In the standard configuration, both the filling and draining are fed by
gravity. Optional automated control of filling and draining is available for
four-bath configurations. This option provides efficiency and statistical
stability in multi-channel experiments by reducing human interaction. In
this configuration, each channel has a solenoid valve control in the filling
connection and a solenoid valve control in the draining connection.
While filling is still fed by gravity, draining is enhanced with a built-in
pump. The solenoid valves are controlled with SVC108 controller, which
has 9-pin D-Sub connector for external TTL control signals. The 4-channel
auto filling and draining system 472-4AFD includes two 4-channel
solenoid valves and one 8-channel solenoid valve controller.
Baths
47262
47263
47264
47265
47266
Tissue Bath 2 mL
Tissue Bath 5 mL
Tissue Bath 10 mL
Tissue Bath 25 mL
Tissue Bath 50 mL
Perfusion and Manifolds
FILLING & DRAIN OPTIONS
472-4AFD 4-channel Auto Filling and Draining System
SVC108
8-channel Solenoid Valve Controller
472-4SV
4-channel Solenoid Valves
Stands and clamps
The skeleton of WPI’s tissue bath system is constructed of a system of
bases, rods and clamps. The modular design allows systems of almost
any number of baths to be created and, systems can be expanded at a
later date. The base system is comprised of a weighted base, 4 steel rods,
a stabilizing bar and a jacketed 1-liter perfusate reservoir with stand and
support.
Positioners
Micrometer Positioner/Tensioner
The optional Micrometer
Transducer Positioner
(#47700) can be used
to precisely tension
tissues and keep track
of the exact position or
extension of the tissue.
The Y axis position can
actually be read out from
the positioner and fed to
a channel of the data system so
length and tension can be simultaneously
plotted. The user should specify P (for transducer position) or
M (micrometer head) in the name.
Classic leadscrew driven positioner/tensioner
Aeration
A 6-channel aeration manifold, designed to regulate the flow of O2/CO2
mixtures, is mounted on the top of the center stainless steel post. Four
regulators (needle valves) are used to regulate the flow of O2/CO2 to each
individual tissue bath. The remaining two regulators are used to supply
O2/CO2 to the buffer reservoir and dissection dish. The buffer reservoir
holds warmed, oxygenated buffer solution to fill the tissue baths. The
tissue baths and the buffer reservoir are jacketed and require a heating
and circulating pump to maintain the desired temperature (e.g., WPI
#500787).
Drain Manifolds
One five-port drain manifold with mounting clamp is supplied with each
two channels ordered. Each channel bath connects its drain and overflow
ports to the manifold. Five ports are sufficient to accommodate two baths.
The fifth port is connected to waste. The advantage of using a manifold
is that vacuum may be optionally connected to the waste port, greatly
reducing drain times.
The Transducer Positioner (#502198) holds any transducer
firmly on a stand or rack. The transducer carrier is slotted
to accommodate transducers that have their connecting
cable exiting from the handle. The device allows
the vertical position of the transducer to be easily
adjusted with excellent resolution. The compact
design keeps the distance between transducer and
mounting pole to a minimum. This results in better
stability and less vibration pickup. A release button on
the positioner allows it to slide freely up or down for
quick coarse adjustment. Fine adjustment is achieved by
turning the knob on the top.
The positioner can be mounted on a pole with
a diameter of up to 12.7 mm (1/2-in.). Transducer
handles from 7 mm to 11 mm can be mounted
on the holder block. Sensor cables can be fed
through the open slot in the clamp so that transducers
with both ends larger than 11 mm can still be mounted.
Total end-to-end travel is 85 mm.
Positioners
47700 Micrometer Positioner/Tensioner
502198 Classic Lead Screw driven positioner/tensioner
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
49
PHYS IOLOGY — CARDIOVASCU LAR
Tissue Bath
Tissue Holders
The devices that actually hold tissue for experimentation in a tissue bath
are critical to success. They need to be robust, appropriately sized and
well thought out in terms of the attachment to the tissue. Since many
different sizes and types of tissue can be used in the study of smooth
muscle, variety is also critical. WPI offers 10 different application specific
tissue support devices.
Five types of tissue holders are available for 10-50 mL organ baths
and five types of Miniature Tissue Holders are available for smaller tissue
preparations.
In many applications it is desireable to deliver electrical stimulation to
the tissue. WPI offers a series of tissue holders with built in stimulation
electrodes. Connection to the stimulation device is accomplished with low
mass connectors and wire. These ultimately connect to BNC connectors
mounted in the stabilizing par of the frame. Connections to isolators or
stimulators can then be made with standard coaxial cables.
PHYS IOLOGY — CARDIOVASCU LAR
Micrometer allows fine adjustment (0.01‑mm) of
tension on tissue sample.
Glass Hook (G)
The glass hook is a universal design
utilizing made from a glass rod
terminating in an S-shaped glass hook.
Stainless steel hooks or fine wire hangers
are used to secure the tissue between the
glass hook and the force transducer. The
glass rod has a diameter 6.5mm and the
hook is 2.5 mm away from the side of
the glass rod.
Transducer
adapter
sleeve
Force transducer
AS Holder (#47030)
Electrical connection from
stimulation manifold
point stimulation
electrodes
Tissue is held under
tension between
holder and force trans­
duc­er. S­-hooks (2‑mm
high, of 30‑ga. wire)
are used for atria and
other tissues.
Heated water
outlet
The AS holder is used for mounting atrial
muscle preparations. This holder is equipped
with stimulation electrodes. The tissue is
mounted onto the two S-shaped hooks (made
from 301/2 gauge needles), The S-hooks
measure 2 mm in diameter on both ends
with a sharp tip on one end where tissue is
pieced. The two point stimulation platinum
(Pt) electrodes on the holder are 2.54 mm
(0.1in.) apart.
V Holder (#47040)
The V holder is used to mount vascular rings.
The bottom hook consists of a U-shaped wire.
The top hook is an L-shaped wire. The tissue
is mounted as shown. The hooks are made
from 0.48 mm (0.019 in.) stainless steel wire.
The U-shaped hook measures 6.35 mm (0.25
in.) in base.
VS Holder (#47050) V Holder with Stimulation
The VS holder uses the same tissuemounting mechanism as the V holder, but
has two 5 mm flexible platinum stimulation
electrodes, which can be positioned around
the tissue. The stimulation connector and
electrodes are designed to be replaceable.
The VS holder can only be used in the 25mL
or 50mL baths.
Overflow
Tissue bath
Oxygen aeration
inlet with built-in
bubbling frit
B Holder with Stimulation (BS)
The B holder is designed for custom-made
hooks. The bottom tissue hook is secured with
a nylon screw. Stainless steel wire (0.56 mm
or 0.022 in.) provided in the startup kit can
be used to make the top hook that connects
to the strain gauge. Platinum electrodes for
point stimulation are identical to those on the
AS holder.
Heated
water inlet
Drain
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
50
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Microtissue holders
(MH1, MHS1, MV100,
MVS100 and MVS200)
are not supplied with
the Myobath system
and must be purchased
separately.
For use with FORT100
transducer and >5 mL bath
Microvessel (7500600 µm (I.D.)
Micro Tissue Holder
MHS1 (#47075)
— For force measurments
smaller than 5-10 g
Stainless steel
(250 µm in diameter)
Micro Tissue Holder
MVS200 (#47130)
For vessels as small as
500-600 microns (I.D.)
Stainless steel wire
(250) µm in diameter)
FORT-100 Transducer
Micro Tissue Holder
MV100 (#47110)
Micrometer
Connect to
Microsensor
Cable #15810
2 mL or
5 mL baths
Held in micromanipulator
Micro Tissue Holders
With the wide use of transgenic mice in studies of this kind, the need for
tissue support mechanisms capable of handling the extremely small size
of vessels and muscle strips harvested from small animals is paramount.
WPI offers five micro-tissue holders for use with micro tissue strips, micro
vessels and other tissues where the force measurements are less than
10 g.
Micro tissue holders are designed to be used with the 2 mL and 5 mL
volume tissue baths and FORT 25 transducer. Microtissue Holders MH1
and MHS1 are designed for muscle strips as small as 0.5 mm in width
and 5 mm in length. The muscle strip is held between two miniature
vessel clips with a clamping pressure of 60 grams. These holders are
most suitable for measuring isometric force of less than 5-10 grams.
MHS1 differs from MH1 only in that it has an in-built stimulation circuit
and electrodes.
Micro vessel holders MV100, MVS100 and MVS200 require a tissue
bath larger than 5 mL and the use of FORT 25 or comparable transducer.
These holders are designed for studying tension in vascular rings. When
used with the micrometer driven tensioner/positioner they can also be
used for measuring the lumen diameter of vessel preparations. The
MV100 and MVS100 can be used for micro vessel preparations as small
as 500-600 microns (ID). MVS200 is designed for larger vessels (> 2 mm
ID). MVS100 and MVS200 feature specially designed spiral stimulation
electrodes fabricated from 250-micron diameter platinum wire. The twoand-a-half turns of each spiral electrode span appropriately 4-5 mm.
The positions of the spiral electrodes can be adjusted with respect to
the tissue placement, a feature that is very useful in controlling stimulus
intensity.
L-Shaped Free Radical
Sensor (nitric oxide,
hydrogen peroxide,
oxygen)
3 mm
carbon fiber
10 mm
Bath
≥ 10 mL
Holders
503201
47040
47050
47030
47060
47110
47120
47130
47070
47075
Glass Hook
Vascular Hook Style V
Vascular Hook with Stimulation Style VS
Atria Holder with Stimulation Style AS
Blank Holder with Stimulation Style BS
Mini Vessel Holder Style MV
Mini Vessel Holder with stimulation, size 1 - Style MVS1
Mini Vessel Holder with stimulation, size 2 - Style MVS2
Mini Tissue Strip Holder Style MH1
Mini Tissue Strip Holder with Stimulation - Style MHS1
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
51
PHYS IOLOGY — CARDIOVASCU LAR
Pt Spiral
stimulation
electrodes
Micro Tissue Holder
MVS100 (#47120)
Point stimulation
electrodes
(MHS 1 Only)
Vessel
(> 2 mm
ID)
Stainless steel
(1mm in diameter)
Data Systems
Hardware — Lab-Trax
Transducers
PHYS IOLOGY — CARDIOVASCU LAR
FORT25
The rigid-lever force transducers transform applied force into proportional
voltage. Using balanced strain gauges, FORT transducers produce linear
output voltage vs. applied force input with very little deflection. The
MYOBATH II system is designed to use together with WPI’s force
transducers, including the FORT100 (full scale, 100 g) and FORT25
(full scale, 25 g). These transducers can be directly connected to
either the 4-channel Transbridge™ amplifier or the more advanced
8-channel Bridge8 or digital DBA8000 amplifiers. Bridge8 and
DBA8000 are the preferred amplifiers for small vessel applications
because they provide additional noise filtration (0.03-10Hz). In this
way, the noise produced by increased sensitivity of the FORT25
transducer can be significantly attenuated.
FORT10-100
The FORT10-100 is a high sensitivity dual-range research grade force
transducer designed to measure forces in the 0.005 to 10 gram and 0
to 100 gram ranges. FORT10-100 exhibits excellent isometric properties.
In addition, its unique optical technology makes it resistant to drift and
offers intrinsically low noise characteristics. FORT10-100’s on-board
amplifiers reduce gain and adjustment requirements on recording
amplifiers to which it may be connected. Although the WPI tissue bath can be configured to work with any data
acquisition system, WPI’s Lab-Trax is the preferred recording platform.
Each channel in the Lab-Trax contains its own 24-bit analog-to-digital
converter, an independent stimulator output and a built-in variable
gain bridge amplifier. In addition, 8 programmable digital outputs
are provided. These are easily configured and are used to control the
automated filling and draining of individual baths. By combining all
of these functions into a 4- or 8-channel device, cost goes down and
performance goes up. The low-profile box fits virtually anywhere and
because all functions are integrated into the same instrument, system
noise is low — and best of all, the wiring hookup is reduced to plugging
in transducers and power. The bundled Data-Trax software includes dose
response software that can manage multiple runs, calculate ED-50 and
draw Schild plots.
SoftWare — Data-Trax
Grass/Narco/Kent/Harvard
WPI positioners, baths, amplifiers, and data systems are completely
compatible with sensors from Grass, Narco, Kent and Harvard.
Amplifiers
Transbridge
All of the transducers above
can be directly connected to
the 4-channel Transbridge™
amplifier. This basic device
offers 4 channels of variable
gain transducer conditioning.
Each channel has x1 x10
x100 and x1000 gain and
offset control. Bandwidth is
fixed at 1kHz.
Although the bundled Data-Trax software can be seen as a general
purpose digital chart recorder, there are many features that make
recording and analysis of isolated tissue bath data easier and less time
consuming.
The Data-Trax software allows you to easily convert voltage to real
units, such as grams or mmHg. The display allows you to toggle between
a preferred y-axis scaling (between 0 and 6 grams, for example) and
the “best view” as determined by the AutoScale feature. Alternately, you
can zoom-in or zoom-out by factors of two with a single mouse click.
In a similar fashion, x-axis scaling can be expanded or compressed by
factors of two with a single click. Where multiple channels are being
viewed simultaneously the user can define additional “Views”of the
data. For example in addition to the main or default display showing all
channels, the user might create additional views, each showing only a
few channels to allow a better online presentation of the data
While recording, you can mark your data with text messages. These
marks are searchable, and appear in the field of data to which they
apply. Marks are time locked to the record and can be used to “Go To”
any marked region of the data. They are also used post recording by the
DOSE RESPONSE software to calculate ED50 values and Draw Schild
plots.
Bridge 8/IsoDam Rack
Bridge8 is the preferred amplifier system for microvessel applications
because it provides additional signal filtration (0.03-10Hz). In this way,
the noise produced by more sensitive tansducers such as the fort 25 can
be significantly attenuated.
Record dose response.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
52
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
ABE
Options
Heating Circulator
Ideal for controlling temperatures of external systems. This heating
circulator features a polyphenyleneoxide (PPO) construction with a
powerful 17 liter per minute flow rate pump for optimum heat exchange
with a 12 mm hose. The working temperature range is 25-100°C. A tap
water cooling coil (with a working temperature range of 20-100°C) is
fitted as a standard feature. The unit comes with a stainless steel cover.
The 115 V model is equipped with a 1200-watt heater and the 230 V
model comes with a 2000-watt heater.
The bath has a volume of 5 liters and an opening of 13 x 17 x 16
cm. The overall dimensions of the unit are 16 x 33 x 36 cm. Shipping
weight: 22 lb (10 kg).
Use a custom script to build dose response graphs ...
Menu-driven control module allows
easy temperature setting, cor­rec­
tion and display. Temperature
ac­cu­ra­cy of ± 0.02°C.
Heated bath
inflow and
outflow
Fluid ports
for external
cooling.
Stainless steel
bath cover.
... and Shild plots.
Data-Trax also controls the built in stimulator in The WPI-118 and Tseries recorders. Pulse protocols can be created in advance, stored and
delivered automatically or on command. Pulse durations, frequencies
and amplitudes can be changed as the protocol is being delivered. The
software also offers full control of digital I/O lines that can be used to
count events, or control devices in the lab environment such as valves or
injectors. Using WPI’s AUTODRAIN together with the Data-Trax protocol
generator, the entire process of draining, filling, and drug delivery can be
automated.
Bath made from
polyphenylene
oxide (PPO).
500787
500788
500789
Haake DC10-P5/U Circulating Bath (115 V)
Haake DC10-P5/U Circulating Bath (230 V)
Haake DC10-P5/U Circulating Bath (100 V)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
53
PHYS IOLOGY — CARDIOVASCU LAR
Automark and extract maximum response values.
The dose response software provided is based on ABE, an open source
freeware Module written by Gordon Webster. The package as provided
has been modified to accept Data trax formated data and provide a
smooth transition from recording to analysis
ABE is written in Python 2.2 and uses the Tkinter graphic library to
generate a friendly graphical user interface (GUI) for manipulating and
visualizing the data.
For the data modeling, ABE uses the nonlinear regression routines
from the Scientific Python (SciPy) and Numeric libraries as well as the
polyfit function from Raymond Hettingers Public Domain Matfunc module
for computing the fitted polynomial coefficients from the supplied data.
Functions for computing the derivatives of the fitted polynomials, solving
polynomial roots and estimating the initial parameters for the nonlinear
regression were added by the author and are included in the body of
the main Abe module. In addition to the libraries of the standard Python
distribution therefore, only the SciPy, Numeric and Matfunc modules
need to be included in the Python path for ABE to be run. These are
provided on the Data-Trax install disk
Multi-Channel Voltage / Current Clamp
EVC4000-4 (complete four-channel system)
PHYSIOLOGY — EPITHELIAL
EVC4000
More channels and a wider range of voltage clamp commands than WPI’s classic
DVC-1000. The superior design of the cartridge electrodes makes 100-volt current
excursion unnecessary, so this safe, low-voltage system is easier to adjust and use.
A four-channel Voltage/Current clamp apparatus, EVC4000 employs
the voltage clamp technique to monitor membrane permeability as a
function of membrane voltage or applied chemicals. When combined
with WPI’s patented EKC and EKV cartridge electrodes, EVC4000 can
efficiently voltage or current clamp up to four sample membranes
simultaneously using safe moderate voltages on the current wire leads.
The superior design of the cartridge electrodes makes 100-volt current
excursion unnecessary, so this safe, low-voltage system is easier to adjust
and use. Extremely stable and accurate, each module, with its companion
preamplifier, can operate independently in one of three different modes:
Voltage Clamp (VC), Current Clamp (CC), or Open Circuit Potential (PD)
measurement. EVC4000 can be controlled from the front panel of the
instrument or from computer generated commands applied at the rear
panel of the instrument. A feature unique to EVC4000 is an electronic
potentiostat in the preamplifier box that maintains the serosal electrode
invariant potential at zero relative to system ground. The preamplifier
apparatus actively maintains one surface of the test membrane close to
ground potential under all operating conditions.
References
W. K. MacNaughton (2000) “Role of constitutive cyclooxygenase-2 in
prostaglandin-dependent secretion in mouse colon in vitro.” Journal of
Pharmacology and experimental Therapeutics 293, 2, 539-544
EVC4000-4
EVC4000-3
EVC4000-2
EVC4000-1
4-Channel Volt­age Clamp & preamps (shown above)
3-Channel Voltage Clamp & preamps
2-Channel Voltage Clamp & preamps
1-Channel Voltage Clamp & preamp
Specify line voltage
EVC4000 SPECIFICATIONS
PREAMPLIFIER
Input Resistance
Input Leakage Current
Maximum Input Voltage
VOLTAGE CLAMP Panel Display
Clamp Voltage / External Input
Range of Voltage Electrodes
Max. Clamp Voltage
Fluid Resistance Compensation
CURRENT CLAMP
Panel Display
Maximum Clamp Current
Current Clamp Output
DISPLAY RESOLUTION Voltage
Current
DIMENSIONS
SHIPPING WEIGHT (EVC4000-4)
1012 Ohms
100 pA, max. ±15 volts ±200 mV ±0.1 mV 100 mV per Volt ±32 Volts ±100 mV 0 to 1000 Ohms
±999 µA ±1 µA
±1 milliampere 1 µA / mV
0.1 mV 1 µA
18.25 x 7.2 x 9.6 in. (46 x 18 x 24 cm)
26 lb (12 kg)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
EVC4000 Replacement Voltage Clamp & EVC3 Preamplifier
EVC3
Replacement Preamplifier Module
EK1
Ussing Electrode Kit (2 voltage, 2 current)
EKV
Extra Ussing Voltage Electrode (each)
EKC
Extra Ussing Current Electrode (each)
2851
BNC Cable
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
54
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Acquiring Data from the EVC4000 Current/Voltage
The use of Lab-Trax hardware and bundled Data-Trax software not only
provides an easy, low cost system to record epithelial voltage clamp data,
but also provides powerful tools for experimental control and analysis.
Digital outputs can be used to change the clamping mode and state
(Current/Voltage or from zero to a preset value). Since there is no natural
limit to how long you can record with Data-Trax, it is ideally suited to
long experiments. In addition, searchable marks and a point-and-click
interface to control the x-axis scaling make navigation of long records
easy.
Analytical routines designed to follow conductance changes in
the membrane are easy to create and can be adjusted according to
experimental requirements.
PHYSIOLOGY — EPITHELIAL
Hardware
WPI-118 (see page 71) offers the higher
speed recording necessary to perform
membrane surface estimations. It has
8 digital outputs for control and 2
independent DACs that can be used to
command clamp level.
%XTERNAL0ROGRAMMED6OLTAGEOR#URRENT#LAMPING
70)ANALOGOUTPUTPROGRAMMEDFORRAMPSORVARIABLE
VOLTAGESWITHMANUAL##OR6#SELECTION
%XT#LAMP
#URRENT#LAMP
6OLTAGE#LAMP
70)ANALOGOUTPUTPROGRAMMEDFOR44,PULSEOFVARIABLEWIDTH
#URRENT2EC
6OLTAGE2EC
%XT#LAMP
#URRENT#LAMP
6OLTAGE#LAMP
)NTERNAL0ROGRAMMED6OLTAGEOR#URRENT#LAMPING
".#".#FTELEVEN
#URRENT2EC
6OLTAGE2EC
%XT#LAMP
#URRENT#LAMP
6OLTAGE#LAMP
%XT#LAMP
#URRENT#LAMP
6OLTAGE#LAMP
#URRENT2EC
6OLTAGE2EC
#URRENT2EC
6OLTAGE2EC
%6#
".#h4vNINE
COAXNINE
Lab-Trax 4/16 (see page 70)
provides four channels of
recording at an affordable price.
The S-series recorder has 2/4
digital outputs and does not offer
a DAC.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
55
Ussing
System
Glass
cir­cu­la­tion
reservoir
#5210
For electrophysiological investigation
of epithelial transport
PHYSIOLOGY — EPITHELIAL
● Direct connect low-resistance electrodes
● Simplified operation, easy to control temperature and
clean after use
Ussing
Chamber
● Luer type leak-free attachement of tubing and
electrodes
● Recessed electrode ports to avoid air bubble formation
● Secure membrane holding by sharp stainless steel pins
or O-ring
● Specialized chamber adapts cell culture insert (Costar Snapwell) for monolayer cell culture
● Chambers with rectangular openings for tubular tissues
from small animals
WPI’s Ussing System offers researchers a quick, effective means of
making low-resistance electrical connections to the Ussing chamber
without need of long agar bridges or Calomel half-cells. Ag/AgCl halfcells screw into short tubes which plug firmly into place in the chamber’s
luer ports. These direct-connect elec­trodes eliminate the inconvenience
and expense of Calomel half-cells in open liquids. The System includes
one Ussing Chamber (eight sizes available), Support Stand, Electrode Kit,
Glass Circulation Reservoir (two sizes available), and a Tub­ing start-up kit
(25 feet of 0.375-in. tubing, 10 feet of 0.156-in. tubing, plus four male
luer fittings, two compressor clamps, one Y-connector, and one clip). Six­
teen possible system configurations are list­ed at right. Com­po­nents are
also avail­able sep­a­rate­ly. (Preamplifier in pho­to not included.)
Ussing Chambers
Two small chambers with rectangular openings are designed for tubular tis­sue from small an­i­mals such as the mouse intestinal tract membrane (CHM6) and rat in­tes­ti­nal tract mem­brane (CHM7). The rect­an­gu­
lar open­ing more close­ly match­es the shape of the tissue than would a
circular open­ing, sig­nif­i­cant­ly increasing the mem­brane area available
for testing. The larger mem­brane area increases the transport rate of low
permeability chemicals; it also reduces the electrical re­sis­tance of the
system for easier current clamp­ing.
Optional Drains
Drains may be added to Ussing chambers to allow quick and complete
evac­u­a­tion of radioactive or tox­ic sub­stanc­es. To have drains added at
the time of or­der, add a “D” to the part number (such as “USS1LD”);
$100 will be add­ed to the cost of the cham­ber or sys­tem you or­der­.
Cartridge Electrodes
The Electrode Kit contains four
voltage/current electrodes, plus four
luer-tipped cartridges. Elec­trodes are
thread­ed and screw securely into the
end of each car­tridge. The luer tip
then plugs securely into the luer open­
ings of the cham­ber. The ca­ble from
each elec­trode ter­mi­nates with a 2
mm pin which may be plugged into
voltage/current clamps such as WPI’s
EKV and EKC
DVC1000 or EVC-4000.
Cartridge Elec­trodes
The miniature electrode-gel cartridge
is a small plastic tube with a male luer tip identical to those at the tip of
hy­po­der­mic syringes. The tube may be filled with different gel ma­te­ri­als;
agar is com­mon­ly used but other gel ma­te­ri­als may also be sat­is­fac­to­ry.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
56
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
U.S. Patent No. 4,912,060
WPI’s classical Ussing Chambers are well established perfusion chambers
that are easy to operate, easy to control temperature, and easy to clean
after use. Hundreds of them are used daily by scientists in the field.
Ussing Cham­bers are machined from solid acrylic with eight entry ports
for fluid lines, elec­trodes, or agar bridges. For easy, leak-free attachment
of tubing and elec­trodes, all eight ports are luer type. The four ports
for volt­age and current electrodes are re­cessed to prevent formation of
air bubbles in the chamber. The fluid com­part­ments in each side of the
chamber are sep­a­rat­ed by the epithelial membrane being stud­ied. Sharp
stainless steel pins on one side of the chamber hold the mem­brane in
po­si­tion and mate with holes in the opposite chamber in­ter­face. (In the
CHM4, tissue is held by an O-ring instead of pins.)
The CHM5 chamber adapts the Costar Snapwell, a cell cul­ture in­sert
for mono­lay­er cell culture, into WPI’s “classical” ep­i­the­lial volt­age clamp
sys­tem. Until now, classical Ussing Cham­bers have not been widely used
for mono­lay­er cell culture in­serts be­cause most inserts have a very deep
pro­file, limiting good fluid per­fu­sion at the surface of the mem­brane —
and limiting voltage elec­trodes from measuring the po­ten­tial close to the
sur­face of the mem­brane. CHM5 solves these problems: Per­fu­sion fluid is
in­tro­duced into the chamber at an angle so that it will flow directly to the
surface of the mem­brane. The volt­age elec­trode is also in­sert­ed into the
cham­ber at an angle so as to reduce the distance between the surface of
the membrane and the electrode.
Complete Ussing System in­cludes stand, glass res­er­voir, electrodes,
Ussing chamber and tubing (EVC3 preamp and ringstand clamp not
in­clud­ed—see page 54).
CHM8
New CHM8 Chamber
12 mm
9 mm
17 mm
12 mm
CHM4
Fluid in
CHM3
CHM5
4 mm
13.5 mm
6 mm
18.5 mm
CHM6
Luer ports allow easy fitting
of fluid lines and electrodes
14.5 mm
16.5 mm
12 mm
CHM7
30 mm
32 mm
9 mm
Current
Current
Electrode
Electrode
Alignment
Dots
Guide
Pins
5.5 mm
7 mm
Optional
Optional drain
drain
for
for hazardous
hazardous
material
material also
also
available
available
CHM1
4 mm
7 mm
Suture quality pins
minimize tissue damage
Reservoir
openings and
pins
Fluid out
Voltage
Electrode
5 mm
Clear acrylic chambers let you see
your experiment in progress . . .
CHM2
0.5 mm
pins
CHM2
(Small)
CHM3
(Large)
CHM4
(Ex­tra Small)
CHM5
(Snap)
CHM5M12
(MilliCell)
CHM6
(Rect., Small)
CHM7
(Rect., Large)
CHM8
(Extra Small)
12 mm
9 mm
13.5 mm
4 mm
12 mm
10 mm
5 x 14.5 mm
7 x 30 mm
4 mm
Half-Chamber Volume
1.0 mL
0.75 mL
1.2 mL
0.5 mL
1.7 mL
1.25 mL
0.8 mL
5.5 mL
0.5 mL
Pin Circle Diameter
17 mm
12 mm
18.5 mm
6 mm*
N/A
NA
7 x 16.5 mm
9 x 32 mm
5.5 mm
Reservoir Opening
Assembled chambers are 101.6 mm (4 in.) long.
*O-ring diam.
Circulation Reservoirs
Hand-blown boro­sil­i­cate glass, with jacketed cham­
bers for tem­per­a­ture con­trol. Avail­able in two siz­es
— #5210 holds 20 mL per side, and #5362 (at left)
holds 10 mL per side (use­ful when ex­pen­sive chem­i­
cals are in­volved). Res­er­voir con­dens­er caps pre­vent
air bub­bles and tur­bu­lence in flu­id res­er­voirs.
Water Bath
The Haake DC10-P5/U Constant
Tem­per­a­ture Water Bath has been
test­ed at WPI and found to be ideal
for WPI’s Ussing sys­tem. It can
pro­vide si­mul­ta­neous warm­ing for up to 16 sys­tems.
Menu-driv­en con­trol mod­ule al­lows easy tem­per­a­
ture set­ting, cor­rec­tion and dis­play, with tem­per­a­ture
ac­curacy of ± 0.02°C.
USSING SYSTEMS, LARGE RESERVOIR
USS1L
Medium Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS2L
Small Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tub­ing
USS3L
Large Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tub­ing
USS4L
Extra Small Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS5L
Snap Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS5M12L
Millipore Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS6L
Small Rectangular Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS7L
Large Rectangular Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS8L
Extra Small Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tub­ing
USSING SYSTEMS, SMALL RESERVOIR
USS1S
Medium Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS2S
Small Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tub­ing
USS3S
Large Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tub­ing
USS4S
Extra Small Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS5S
Snap Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS5M12S
Millipore Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS6S
Small Rectangular Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS7S
Large Rectangular Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS8S
Extra Small Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tub­ing
* Add EVC4000 at reduced price when buying Ussing System with
equivalent number of channels
EVC4000-1
EVC4000-2
EVC4000-3
EVC4000-4
1-Channel Voltage Clamp & Preamps
2-Channel Voltage Clamp & Preamps
3-Channel Voltage Clamp & Preamps
4-Channel Voltage Clamp & Preamps
Ussing chamber
for Millipore
Millicell 12mm
tissue insert
New to our family of Ussing chambers is one designed specifically for the
Millipore Millicell 12 mm tissue insert. This is the first chamber on the market
to compensate for the deep profile of the Millipore insert. This deep profile
makes it difficult to bring either the voltage measuring electrodes or fluid
flow to the surface of the tissue membrane. Our innovative design virtually
eliminates the “unstirred layer” of fluid which would otherwise slow down the
response of perfusion experiments. In addition, voltage measurements are
brought right up to the surface of the tissue membrane, facilitating voltage
clamping, current clamping and TEER measurements.
System components also available separately:
xxxxD
Drain option (add “D” to part number of chamber or system)
CHM1
Medium Chamber
CHM2
Small Chamber
CHM3
Large Chamber
CHM4
Extra Small Chamber with O-Ring Seal
CHM5
Snap Chamber (fits Costar Snapwell cups)
CHM5M12
Millipore Chamber (fits Millipore 12 mm insert)
CHM6
Small Rectangular Chamber
CHM7
Large Rectangular Chamber
CHM8
Extra Small Chamber with Mounting Pins
EK1
Ussing Electrode Kit (2 voltage, 2 current)
EKC
Extra Ussing Current Electrode (red) (each)
EKV
Extra Ussing Voltage Electrode (blue) (each)
DRIREF-L
Reference Electrode w/ Luer Tip
5210
Large Glass Circulation Reservoir, (20 mL per side)
5233
Replacement Stopper for 5210
5362
Small Glass Circulation Reservoir, (10 mL per side)
5361
Replacement Stopper for 5362
3955
EKV Cartridges, 35 mm (pkg of 12)
3960
EKC Cartridges, 58 mm (pkg of 12)
3669
Tubing Kit (flexible hose and luer fittings)
3579-20
Replacement luer fittings for tubing connections (pkg of 20)
5153
Support Stand
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
57
PHYSIOLOGY — EPITHELIAL
CHM1
(Medium)
Two-Channel Voltage / Current Clamp
PHYSIOLOGY — EPITHELIAL
DVC-1000
The FIRST — and still
the most popular, with
thousands of users
around the world!
WPI’s DVC-1000 Two-Channel Voltage/Current Clamp is well-known
and widely used for studying epithelial tissues. Each DVC-1000 consists
of two separate clamp instruments, one for clamping a control tissue,
another for clamping a test tissue. This dual clamp technique lets you
monitor changes in membrane permeability as a function of voltage
or applied chemical agents. Either clamp unit operates in five modes.
Voltage clamp: Clamps the tissue voltage to a given level and displays
the current required to maintain that level. Amplify: Shows the potential difference between the two voltage electrodes. Current clamp:
Lets you deliver a constant current between the two current electrodes
while simultaneously monitoring voltage changes at the tissue. Timer:
Functions in either current clamp or voltage clamp experiments, letting
you cycle automatically between zero clamp and a preset clamp level.
Remote: Allows you to control clamp operation from a computer or
other logic level source. Small preamplifiers (included) which mount close
to the chamber let you connect to voltage and current electrodes without
long cables or agar bridges. DVC-1000 also features a unique ±100 V
power supply capable of delivering up to 1 mA of clamp current. Each
clamp lets you correct for input offset voltages and fluid resistance error.
DVC1000 Voltage/Current Clamp
Includes two DVC3 preamps and one DVC2 dummy membrane.
Specify line voltage
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
DVC2
Replacement Dummy Membrane
DVC3
Replacement Preamplifier
2935
Rack Mount Kit
EK1
Ussing Electrode Kit (2 voltage, 2 current)
EKC
Extra Ussing Current Electrode (red) (each)
EKV
Extra Ussing Voltage Electrode (blue) (each)
3485
Ringstand Mounting Kit (see page 7)
DVC-1000 SPECIFICATIONS
PROBES
INPUT IMPEDANCE
LEAKAGE CURRENT
MAXIMUM INPUT VOLTAGE
VOLTAGE CLAMP
CLAMP VOLTAGE RANGE:
SET CLAMP POT
EXTERNAL COMMAND
COMMAND FACTOR
MAX. CLAMP CURRENT
CURRENT CLAMP
CLAMP CURRENT RANGE:
SET CLAMP POT
EXTERNAL COMMAND
COMMAND FACTOR
COMPLIANCE
INPUT OFFSET RANGE
FLUID RESISTANCE
COMPENSATION RANGE
TEST CURRENT
OUTPUT RESISTANCE
TIMER RANGE
LCD METER
TYPE
MAX. READING
POWER REQUIREMENTS
DIMENSIONS
SHIPPING WEIGHT
1012 Ω
100 pA max
10 V
±100 mV
±1 V
10 mV/mV
±1 mA
±1 mA
±1 mA
1 mV/µA
±100 V
±130 mV
0-1000 Ω
10 µA to 180 µA adjustable
100 Ω
500 ms to 500 s each side
31⁄2 digits with Noiselok™
2000 µA, 200 mV
95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
17 x 8.75 x 9.5 in.
(43 x 22 x 24 cm)
21 lb (9.5 kg)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
58
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Trans Epithelial Electric Resistance (TEER)
During the last two decades TEER measurements have
become universally established as the most convenient,
reliable and non-destructive method to evaluate and
monitor the growth of epithelial tissue cultures in vitro. The
confluence of the cellular monolayer is quickly determined
by a sharp increase in TEER. Recently there has been a
significant surge of interest in introducing a combined
EVOM
electrode for resistance measurements in the Millipore
96-well PAMPA (parallel artificial membrane permeability
assay) plate.
TEER measurement technology, which was first
introduced by WPI in the mid-1980’s, has since been
perfected and expanded to include a range of TEER related
manual and automatic instrumentation.
™
The EVOM was the first instrument designed specifically to
perform routine TEER (Trans Epithelial Electric Resistance)
measurement in tissue culture research. The battery-powered
EVOM produces an AC current that avoids adverse effects
on tissues, which can otherwise be caused, by a DC current
— including electrode metal deposits. The EVOM has an easyto-read LC display and is also available with a BNC recorder
output (EVOMX). Input impedance of the EVOM is greater than
1010 ohm, and resistance ranges from 0 to 1999 ohm; and 0
to 20,000 ohm can be monitored using the switchable range
setting located on the instrument front panel.
One unique feature of the EVOM is that resistance readings are
unaffected by membrane capacitance and membrane voltage.
The membrane voltage reading range is ±200‑mV. EVOM comes
complete with the popular STX2 “Chopstick” electrode set. The
STX2 consists of a fixed pair of double electrodes, 4 mm wide
and 1 mm thick. Each stick of the electrode pair contains a silver/
silver-chloride pellet for measuring voltage and a silver electrode
for passing current. The small size of each electrode is designed
to facilitate placement of the electrodes into cell culture wells.
STX2 can be used with all tissue culture inserts currently on the
market. For more accurate quantitative measurements and/or for
lower resistance measurements (e.g., endothelial tissue cultures)
the EVOM can be used in conjunction with the optional Endohm
chambers.
PHYSIOLOGY — EPITHELIAL
Epithelial
Voltohmmeter
● Manual TEER measurement of epithelial cells in
24- and 96-well plates
● Battery powered electrically isolated meter
● AC current avoids adverse effects on tissue
● Compatible with Endohm chambers
● STX2 manual electrode enclosed with meter
● STX2 can be sterilized with EtO, alcohol or a
bactericide
EVOM SPECIFICATIONS
MEMBRANE VOLTAGE RANGE
±199.9 mV
INPUT IMPEDANCE
>1010 Ω
EVOM
RESISTANCE RANGES
0 To 1999 Ω, 0 to 20,000 Ω
REPLACEMENTS AND ACCESSORIES
STX2
Replacement “Chopstick” Electrode Set
STX3
Adjustable Tip Spread “Chopstick” Electrode Set
3993
Electrode Adapter (for electrodes with 2 mm pins)
500168 4-Way Switchbox
AC SQUARE WAVE CURRENT
±20 µA at 12.5 Hz
POWER
One 9 V alkaline battery, and six
1.5 V alkaline AA batteries, supplied
SHIPPING WEIGHT
3 lb (1.4 Kg)
Epithelial Tissue Voltohmmeter (includes STX2 electrode set)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
59
TEER measurements in High Throughput
EVOMX
STX100
Series Electrodes
PHYSIOLOGY — EPITHELIAL
● BNC output for Data Acquisition System
● Toggle switch for continuous measurement
For use with HTS plates, the
EVOMX is modified so that
the “Mea­sure­ment” button
stays on while you move the
electrode from well to well.
● Designed for 24-well HTS plate (Corning Costar
and BD Falcon) and with 96-well plates (Millipore
and BD Falcon)
● Improved accuracy down to 5 Ohm
● Sterilized with EtO, alcohol or bactericide
With the development of a High Throughput Screening (HTS) protocol
for faster drug discovery, a new line of cell culture filter plates have
been introduced by several major cell culture insert manufacturers.
These HTS plates normally have either 24 or 96 individual cell culture
inserts “bonded” together as one plate so that it can be handled by a
robot apparatus. In response to these developments, WPI has developed
an automatic REMS system and a manual electrode, STX100, for TEER
measurements using HTS plates.
STX100’s design is based on the same reliable design principle
as the universally used STX2 electrode, with several important
modifications. The size of the electrode tip has been reduced to 1.5 mm
to facilitate positioning through the narrower slit of the HTS plate. The
STX100 electrode itself is constructed using a stronger material for higher
durability and maximum usage applications. The bottom section of the
electrode is shaped to fit neatly into the “keyhole” shaped filter well.
This enables the STX100 electrode to produce increased accuracy and
reproducibility of TEER readings (±5Ω) compared to the standard STX2.
Several versions of STX100 are available, designed to fit the Corning
Costar 24-well HTS plate, the Falcon 24 well HTS plate, the Millipore
Multiscreen CaCo 96-well plate, and BD Falcon HTS 96-multiwell plate.
Measurement can be directly performed when the HTS plate is in either
a common or divided tray, reducing the possibility of contamination as
well as mechanical damage to the cultured cells.
EVOMX is a modified version of the EVOM and is recommended for use
with STX100 series electrodes. Its measurement switch and circuits have
been modified to remain ON continuously. This enables the user to have one
hand free to move the electrode while using the other to note the readings.
A BNC recorder output connector is provided on the EVOMX to permit direct
recording of TEER measurements to a chart recorder or computer-based dataacquisition system.
EVOMX
EVOM with switch adaptation for multi-well testing
STX100C STX100 for Corning Costar HTS Transwell-24
STX100F
STX100 for Falcon HTS Multiwell Insert System
STX100M STX100 for Millipore MultiscreenTM CaCo 96 Well Plate
STX100F96 STX100 for BD Falcon HTS 96 Multiwell Plate
STX100C96 STX100 for Corning HTS 96 Well Plate
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
13685
Modular Cable, 7 ft
13347
Chart Recorder Adapter
2851
Standard BNC Cable, 6 ft (1.8m)
500184
Standard BNC Cable, 10 ft (3m)
See Chart Recorders — page 186
CaliCell™
Cell culture cups with synthetic membrane for testing
STX electrodes, Endohm and Ussing chambers
It takes a long time and a lot of work to grow a batch of cells, so you will want to make
certain that your test ap­pa­ra­tus is func­tion­ing properly. The CaliCellTM provides a quick and
positive way to test STX electrodes, EVOMs, Endohm, and Ussing chamber.
The CaliCellTM is a major improvement in TEER electrode calibration. Its membrane makes
use of our unique electric current constriction technology to produce resistance readings
comparable to those obtained with real cell cultures. The CaliCellTM does not have to be
refrigerated, and can be cleaned and sterilized with alcohol. Readings will not drift over time
as long as the unit is kept in good physical condition.
CALICELL-12
CALICELL-24
12 mm Calibration Cell for Endohm-6/Endohm-12
24 mm Calibration Cell for Endohm-24
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
60
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Screening (HTS) cell culture filter plates
Multi-96
Resistance measurement with 96-well
PAMPA (parallel artificial membrane
permeability assay) plates
MULTI-96 Endohm for Millipore MultiScreen 96-well PAMPA plate
Endohm™
For TEER measurement of endothelial cell cultures in individual cups
● Compatible with EVOM and EVOMX
● Improved accuracy of 1-2 Ohm
● Accommodates 6mm, 12mm, 24mm cups
and Costar Snapwell cup
● Sterilized with EtO, alcohol or a bactericide
Also for use with Millicell ERS
Using WPI’s EVOM resistance meter,
Endohm chambers provide reproducible resistance measurements of
endothelial tissue in culture cups.
Transfer cups from their culture wells to
the Endohm chamber for measurement
rather than using hand-held electrodes.
The chamber and the cap each contain
a pair of concentric electrodes: a
voltage-sensing silver/silver chloride
pellet in the center plus an annular
current electrode. The height of the
top electrode can be adjusted to fit cell
culture cups of different manufacture.
Endohm’s symmetrically apposing
circular disc electrodes, situated above
and beneath the membrane, allow a
more uniform current density to flow
across the membrane than with STX2
electrodes. The background resistance
of a blank insert is reduced from 150 Ω
(when using WPI’s hand-held STX2
electrodes) to less than 5 Ω. With
Endohm’s fixed electrode geometry,
variation of readings on a given sample
is reduced from 10-30 Ω with STX2
electrodes (depending on the experience of the user) to 1-2. Compared
with other resistance measurement
methods, Endohm with EVOM offers a
much more convenient and economic
solution to “leaky tissue” measurement.
Because of the uni-form density of the
AC square wave current from EVOM,
errors owing to electrode polarization
or membrane capacitance are largely
eliminated. Endohm together with
EVOM offers the most accurate and
economical endothelial ohmmeter now
avail-able. To date, cups from Costar,
Millipore, ICN Biomedicals, and Falcon
have been tested. Endohm chambers
may be sterilized with EtO, alcohol or a
bactericide (also see: Cidex, Microsurgery section); not autoclavable.
ENDOHM-6
End­ohm for 6 mm culture cup (24 wells per plate)
ENDOHM-12
Endohm for 12 mm culture cup (12 wells per plate)
ENDOHM-24SNAP Endohm for 24 mm & Costar Snapwell™ cup (6 wells per plate)
Requires EVOM or EVOMX to operate
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
61
PHYSIOLOGY — EPITHELIAL
Non-cell based 96-well PAMPA assays have been designed for predictive
drug candidate testing. To ensure that the donor/acceptor fluxes are
not due to porous or unstable hexadecane layers, the stability of the
hexadecane membrane can be tested at the end of the incubation period
by electrical resistance measurements. To conduct the measurement a
PAMPA plate is transferred to MULTI-96. Like the other Endohm models
(designed for individual cell culture cups), the base of MULTI-96 is a fluidfilled receptacle for the PAMPA plates, also serving as the bottom half
of the electrode pair. Inserting the top electrode into each well allows
the user to obtain the resistance of the synthetic membrane layer of
that well. MULTI-96 provides a stable and reproducible reading of tissue
culture resistance. EVOMX is recommended for use with MULTI-96.
PHYSIOLOGY — EPITHELIAL
Automated TEER Measuring System
The REMS AutoSampler automates measurements of electrical
resistance of transepithelial, transendothelial or Caco-2 cell
membranes being grown to confluence on microporous filters of
high throughput screening (HTS) 24- and 96-well microplates. It is
a PC-controlled, tissue resistance measurement system that offers
reproducibility, accuracy, flexibility and ease-of-operation for this
kind of measurement. Automated measurement of tissue resistance
in cell culture microplates provides the important advantages of
speed, precision, decreased opportunity for contamination and the
instant availability of measured resistance data on a computer. These
measurements are useful in applications such as drug bioavailability
studies and studies on the mechanisms of drug transport.
The main components of the REMS AutoSampler include: the
robotic sampler that moves the electrode over each well of the
microplate, the electrode which is located on the robotic arm, a base
plate for the 24- and 96-well tray, a Windows-based data acquisition
card, the REMS interface unit and the REMS software to operate the
system on a Windows-based computer.
The REMS AutoSampler automates TEER measurements previously
made with WPI’s EVOM Epithelial Voltohmmeter. Automated tissue
resistance measurements up to 20 kΩ can be performed on 24- or
96-well HTS microplates. Microplates presently supported include
the Corning Costar HTS Transwell-24, Falcon HTS Multiwell insert
systems, and Millipore Multiscreen™ CaCo 96-well plate.
The REMS AutoSampler is designed to facilitate integration with
other robotic systems. Special locating bars are installed on the
REMS base platform that allow other system robots to place an HTS
tray into a precise location on the REMS base.
The REMS AutoSampler will automatically measure and record
tissue resistance from a user-specified matrix of culture wells on
the microplate. According to the specified sequence, the robotic
arm moves over the identified wells taking TEER measurements.
By means of a x-y-z locating system, the electrode-containing arm
is positioned precisely and reproducibly over each well. The ability
of the REMS AutoSampler to reproducibly and precisely locate
the electrode results in highly reproducible TEER measurements.
TEER measurements are stored in the computer as the electrode
moves from one well to the next. The Windows-based software
provides user-friendly features to acquire, display and store the tissue
resistance measurements.
The REMS electrode is very compact and robust in design. Each
of two rod-shaped probes, 1.5 mm in diameter, consists of a pair
of electrodes: one electrode for injecting current and the other
for measuring the voltage. The use of two pairs of electrodes
eliminates the error caused by the electrode-liquid interface. To take
a measurement, the robot inserts one probe into the center of the
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
62
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
filter well and the other into the opening slot of the 24- or 96-well
plate. The use of AC current to measure resistance provides several
advantages over DC current, including:
REMS AUTOSAMPLER SPECIFICATIONS
MEMBRANE RESISTANCE RANGE
0 to 2000 Ω and 0 to 20 kΩ
● Absence of offset voltages on measurements;
AC SQUARE WAVE CURRENT
+/- 20 µA @ 12.5 Hz
● There is a zero net current being passed through the membrane and therefore it is not adversely affected by a
current charge;
ELECTRODE POSITIONING
Resolution in X, Y and Z: +/- 1 mm
● No electrochemical deposition of electrode metal.
ELECTRODE PERFORMANCE
Repeatability in X, Y and Z: +/- 0.25 mm
ELECTRODE ARM SPEED
X- and Y-axis: 250 mm/sec
Z-axis: 247.3 mm/sec
ACCESSORIES
REMS-24
Replacement REMS STX Electrode for 24-well HTS Plate REMS-96
Replacement REMS STX Electrode for MilliporeTM 96-well Plate
CALICELL-HTSF Optional Calibration Cell for REMS System
Specify type: 24- or 96-well, Millipore, BD, or Corning plate
Contact WPI for detailed information.
Give your HTS
system the ability to
perform REMS TEER
measurements
WPI’s REMS TEER measurement system is also available in a fully
customizable package that does not include the robot. The REMS-KIT
is designed to enable manufacturers and users of robotic and HTS
systems to incorporate TEER measurement capability into their own
automated protocols. Essentially the REMS-KIT provides the same
TEER measuring system as the REMS but without the robot positioner.
Control over TEER measurement is accomplished using the DDE
protocol. Virtually any Windows-compatible programming language
that uses the DDE protocol (including LabView and Visual Basic)
can be used. The REMS-KIT is designed for use with Corning Costar
HTS Transwell-24, Falcon HTS Multiwell Insert System and Millipore
MultiscreenTM CaCo 96-well plates. The system includes the following
components:
● REMS TEER electrode with 5-ft cable
● Dummy TEER electrode for training robot
● REMS TEER measurement electrode interface unit
● Windows PCI A/D data acquisition card
● Interface software using the DDE protocol
● Instruction Manual
REMS KIT Specifications
Resistance range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 20 k Ohms
Time for each measurement . . . . . . . 1 to 2.5 seconds
Minimum Configuration: Pentium processor (90 MHz) running on
Windows 95 or Windows 98 and having at least 16 Mb of RAM. 10
Mbytes of free disk space.
REMS KIT includes one electrode which fits either the Corning
Costar 24-well microplate, the Falcon 24-well microplate, or
the Millipore Multiscreen CaCo 96-well microplate.
REMS-KIT REMS-KIT-M REMS Kit for Corning Costar HTS Transwell-24 or Falcon HTS Multiwell Insert System
REMS Kit for Millipore MultiscreenTM CaCo 96-well
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
63
PHYSIOLOGY — EPITHELIAL
TYPICAL MEASUREMENT TIME
The REMS AutoSampler also features a rinse and calibration
24-WELL
1 min, 10 sec
check station. If occasional rinsing of the REMS electrode is
SCAN PATTERN
Choice of any well pattern sampling
required it may be sent to a rinse station by pressing the rinse
LINE VOLTAGE
User specified: 100/120 V or 220/240 V
station button on the menu bar. The rinse station can also function
as a calibration check station when fitted with a calibration cell
DIMENSIONS
53.5 × 43.7 × 37.1 cm
(213⁄32 × 173⁄16 × 145⁄8 in.)
containing a synthetic membrane (WPI’s optional CALICELL-HTSF).
WEIGHT
24 kg (52 lb)
The use of this calibration cell, which mimics a confluent epithelial
membrane’s resistance in fluid, provides a
REMS
Automated Tissue Resistance Measuring System
quick and effective test to determine when
Includes robot sampler, data acquisition board, base plate, software with Win­
the REMS measurement system is fully
dows 95, 98, 2000, NT, and electrode for either 24-well plate (Corning Costar
initialized following start-up and to check its
HTS Transwell-24 or Falcon HTS Multiwell) or 96-well plate (Millipore Multiscreen
functionality during operation.
CaCo) — SPECIFY WHEN ORDERING.
Microprobe Thermometers ● Super Accuracy ● Fast Response
● Analog output signal ● Multiple inputs
● Differential Temperature Measurement
BAT-10
Stand sold
separately
PHYSIOLOGY — MISCELLANEOUS
BAT-12
A Microprobe Thermometer is the instrument of choice for biological and laboratory
temperature measurements. These thermometers are very versatile, providing
fast response, high accuracy and stability with digital display and analog signal
for connection to a computer or recorder. With the wide selection of probes, the
instruments can be used in almost any application.
BAT-12 This thermometer has a sealed construction making it water, dust and
fume resistant. The BAT-12 has a single microprobe input and a single range with
the same high accuracy as the BAT-10. Comes complete with carrying case.
The thermometers can be used with any “Type T” thermocouple. Select a
temperature microprobe on the following page for your specific application.
BAT-10 This is the most versatile thermometer available. The instrument has
a wide temperature range and fast response with most microprobes. The BAT-10
accuracy is NIST traceable and in each of the two temperature ranges, the accuracy
is the same as the resolution. There are three microprobe inputs, 1 and 2 can be
selected as separate inputs while 2 and 3 will read the differential temperature
measurement between the two. The instrument has automatic warnings for low
battery or faulty probes on the digital display. The linearized analog output (LOP)
signal allows ease of connection to a data acquisition system or recorder.
BAT-10R/LOP
Multiple Input Type T Thermocouple Thermometer, rechargeable NiCad battenes and 110 VAC adapter (microprobes ordered separately)
BAT-10R/LOP-220
Multiple Input Type T Thermocouple Thermometer, rechargeable NiCad battenes and 220 VAC adapter (microprobes ordered separately)
BAT-12R
Single Input Type T Thermocouple Thermometer, rechargeable NiCad battenes and 110 VAC adapter (microprobes ordered separately)
BAT-12R-220
Single Input Type T Thermocouple Thermometer, rechargeable NiCad battenes and 220 VAC adapter (microprobes ordered separately)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
EXT-6
Probe Extension Lead, 180 cm long
SBT-5
Thermocouple Switch Box, 5 probe inputs on back with numbered push button switches on the front. Connects 5 microprobes to one BAT-12R
501608
Tripod Stand for BAT-12
MICROPROBE THERMOMETER SPECIFICATIONS
BAT-10
Temperature Range
& Resolution
-200°C to +400ºC, 1ºC resolution
-100°C to +199.9ºC, 0.1ºC resolution
-100°C to +199.9ºC, 0.1ºC resolution
BAT-12
Differential Temp. Range
-19.99°C to +19.99ºC
N/A
Linearization centered at 40°C
0.01°C resolution
ACCURACY
1° Range
1°C ±1 least significant digit
0.1°C ± 1 digit between 0-50°C
0.1° Range
0.1°C ± 1 least significant digit
0.1% ± 1 digit over full range
Diff. Range
0.01°C ± 1 least significant digit
REPEATABILITY
± 1 least significant digit
Calibration CONFORMITY
Conforms to NIST tablesFollows NIST thermocouple tables
within 1 digit
Display
31⁄2 Digit LCD
INPUT SOCKET
Miniature, quick disconnect, copper-constantan Miniature, quick disconnect, copper-constantan
31⁄2 Digit LCD
Analog output
Non-linearized set at 1.6 V, corresponding to temperature of 401°C
≈ 10 mV per degree C
POWER SUPPLY / BATTERIES
BAT-10: 4 alkaline “C” cells (life: 1000 hr)
BAT-10R: 4 Ni-Cad “C” cells (rechargeable unit)
BAT-12: 9V cell
BAT-12R: 9V Ni-Cad with charger
SensorS
Three Type T thermocouple inputs
One Type T thermocouple input
AMBIENT OPERATING RANGE
15-45°C
Auto-compensated to 0.1°C from 0°C to 50°C
dimensions
21.6 x 22.9 x 8.9 cm (8.5 x 9 x 3.5 in.)
12.7 x 6.4 x 15.2 cm (5 x 2.5 x 6 in.)
WEIGHT
1.6 kg (3.5 lb), including carrying case
1 kg (2 lb), including carrying case
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
64
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Temperature Probes
● Flexible Teflon microprobes are used for implantation in tissue, in
spectrophotometer cuvettes, rectally in neonatal mice, in water baths,
PCR thermal cyclers, etc.
● Animal rectal temperatures during surgical procedures and pyrogen
testing.
● Skin temperature measurement during exercise physiology studies.
When precise temperature measurements
are required, WPI can provide you with a
very accurate monitor and thermocouple
microprobes. WPI monitors have both resolution
and accuracy of 0.1°C in the 0-50°C range
and are traceable to NIST standards, whereas,
other competitive electronic thermometers have
Time
Isolated
Constant
Max.
Temp.
Lead
Length
Description
PHYSIOLOGY — MISCELLANEOUS
Probe Type
Size
Style
an accuracy that is usually to 0.5°C or worse.
Furthermore, all our type T clinical probes
are guaranteed accurate to 0.1°C, due to our
stringent wire standards. These are five times
more accurate than competitive probes made
with regular “Special Limits” wire.
NEEDLE MICROPROBES
Fast-response needle probes for instant readings in tissue, semisolids, liquids, very small specimens, powders and materials. Needle tip is sealed to ensure only stainless steel contacts specimen.
MT-29/1
29 ga / 1 cm
A
0.125 sec
No
200°c
5 ft
29 gauge approximately 0.013-in
MT-29/2
29 ga / 2 cm
A
0.125 sec
No
200°c
5 ft
MT-29/3
29 ga / 3 cm
A
0.125 sec
No
200°c
5 ft
MT-29/5
29 ga / 5 cm
A
0.125 sec
No
200°c
5 ft
MT-26/2
26 ga / 2 cm
A
0.1 sec
No
200°c
5 ft
26 gauge approximately 0.018-in
MT-26/4
26 ga / 4 cm
A
0.1 sec
No
200°c
5 ft
MT-26/6
26 ga / 6 cm
A
0.1 sec
No
200°c
5 ft
MT-23/3
23 ga / 3 cm
A
0.15 sec
No
200°c
5 ft
23 gauge approximately 0.125-in
MT-23/5
23 ga / 5 cm
A
0.15 sec
No
200°c
5 ft
MT-23/8
23 ga / 8 cm
A
0.15 sec
No
200°c
5 ft
MT-4
29 ga / 1 cm
A
0.025 sec
No
200°c
5 ft
Similar to MT-29/1 but has a blunt tip. Good for instant skin and surface temperatures, liquids
MT-D
—
C
0.025 sec
No
200°c
5 ft
Fast response surface probe (stainless steel for locating inflammation, arteries, etc. Also for dental use.
MT-29/1B 29 ga / 1 cm
B
0.015 sec
No
150°c
5 ft
Insect Probe. Similar to MT-29/1 except sensor is welded into tip for maximum heat transfer. Other sizes made to special order.
FLEXIBLE IMPLANTABLE PROBES
Designed for high accuracy on extremely small specimens such as insects, seeds, etc. Maximum insertion depth 1/8". Totally sheathed in chemical resistant Teflon.
Sensor
Lead Diameter
IT-14
0.050" dia
D
0.3 sec
Yes
150°c
3 ft
IT-18
0.025" dia
D
0.1 sec
Yes
150°c
3 ft
IT-18EXLONG0.025” dia.
D
-
Yes
150°c
5 ft
IT-21
0.016" dia
D
0.08 sec
Yes
150°c
1 ft
IT-23
0.009" dia
E
0.005 sec
Yes
150°c
3 ft
IT-1E
0.025" dia
F
0.005 sec
Yes
150°c
3 ft
For ultra fast measurements and for use on micro-size specimens. Tissue implantable with 239a. Needle (supplied). Rather fragile. Teflon coated.
As IT-18 sensor except bead exposed. Combines ultra-
fast reponse of IT-23 with sheath strength of IT-18.
RECTAL PROBES
RET-2
-
G
0.8 sec
No
125°c
5 ft
RET-3
-
G
0.5 sec
No
125°c
5 ft
Rectal probe for rats typically for fast intermittent measurements. Smooth ball tip (0.125-in. dia.) with 1" long (0.59-in. dia) stainless steel shaft.
Rectal probe for mice similar to RET-2 except tip diam. 0.063-in. and shaft 3/4-in. long (0.028-in. diam.)
GENERAL PURPOSE
HT-1
H
0.5 sec
No
400°c
5 ft
HT-2
H
0.5 sec
No
400°c
5 ft
BT-1
I
0.15 sec
No
240°c
5 ft
“Workhorse” probe for liquids, gases, semi-solids. Plastic handle with straight stainless steel shaft. Not good for surface temperatures.
Like HT-1 except shaft length is 9-in.
Plastic handle with welded stainless steel, immersible shaft used for surface temperatures of solids, liquids, gases and semisolids. Tip is 0.02-in. diam., at right angle to probe to facilitate surface measurement.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
65
PHYSIOLOGY — MISCELLANEOUS
Animal Temperature Controller
l PID control for maximum temperature stability
l Low noise DC heater
l Flexible pad or rigid plate option
l Dual temperature sensor inputs
l Audible alarm protects the pad/element from overheating
ATC1000 is a low noise heating system for maintaining animal
body temperature during experimental procedures. The DC heater
is extremely quiet in terms of electromagnetic radiation. This is
essential in electrophysiological recordings which are very sensitive to
electromagnetic interference.
The controller uses proportional, integral, and derivative (PID)
technology in adjusting the DC voltage output. Compared with switched
on/off type controllers, PID controllers provide a much more precise and
stable control of temperature. The PID approach is also more immune
to the variation of the experimental conditions such as change in animal
size and unexpected disturbances.
The controller has dual temperature sensing inputs. One input is
used to monitor and control the animal temperature. The other is used
to monitor the temperature sensor in the heating pad to prevent the
localized hot spots under animal. The auto tuning feature of the fuzzylogic PID controller is easy to use and the manual setting of parameters
provides the extra control ability if need. The temperature resolution
of the controller is 0.1 °C. A rectal temperature probe has a 6-ft ultraflexible shield cable and an RTD sensor. It makes convenient and precise
animal temperature measurement.
Two different types of heaters are offered, a metal heating plate and
a flexible silicone heating pad. The heating plate is compatible with
stereotaxic systems. Its rigid flat surface fits under the U frame. The plate
has a built-in temperature sensor inside. The flexible silicone heater is
designed to provide the ability to fit different platform shapes and to
wrap or cover the animal. It has no built-in sensor inside. All heaters are
washable with water and detergent.
ATC1000 Specifications
Resolution..................................................... 0.1 °C
Accuracy......................................................... ±0.3 °C
Sensor.............................................................. RTD ∅ 2.0 mm x 25 mm
Maximum DC Output................................. 27 V, 1A
TEMPERATURE RANGE................................... Up to 45 °C
Power................................................................ 90-240 V, 50-60 Hz
DIMENSIONS.................................................... 45 x 30 x 7 cm
WEIGHT.............................................................. 11 lb (5 kg)
ATC1000
Animal Temperature Controller
Including rectal probe and one heating plate (specify small or medium)
OPTIONAL Accessories
ATC
Animal Temperature Controller with rectal probe
502195
Small Heating Plate with built-in RTD sensor, 10 x 15 cm
502196 Medium Heating Plate with built-in RTD sensor, 15 x 25 cm
502197Rectal Temperature Probe
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
66
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
MPS-2
Multichannel
Perfusion
System
for single ion channel and
whole-cell solution exchange
● Manual or Programmable PC control
with user-friendly GUI interface
● Fast LAFF solenoid valve
● Color-coded polyurethane tubing for
easy identification
● Super low dead volume (<80 nL)
micromanifold
● Economically priced
inputs from 1/16” ID tubing
internal
passage ID:
250 µm
14 mm OD
internal junction
OD: 600 µm
Micromanifold closeup: Fluid-filled passages are shown in magenta.
MPS-2 is a programmable 8-channel perfusion system designed for single
channel and whole-cell patch preparations. It offers the best combination
of performance and value. The MPS-2 incorporates the same high quality
solenoid valves found on similar but much more expensive systems.
Unlike other perfusion systems on the market, which often compromise
performance to fit every possible application. The MPS-2 is the only
perfusion system designed and optimized specifically for single-channel
and whole-cell patch perfusion applications. The MPS-2 is therefore the best
perfusion system on the market for these specific applications and is offered
at a very attractive price.
The system can be controlled manually (i.e., via membrane switches on
the front panel) or through a PC. Two different manual control modes are
offered. One controls each channel independently and the other mode
allows the user to assign a master channel that will keep the system flow
when all other channels are switched off. User-friendly graphic timing
software is included, and the programmed perfusion sequence can be
started by computer, a patch clamp amplifier or other external trigger, or
manually by the user
The perfusion fluid flows through specially designed color-coded
polyurethane ribbon style tubing. The color-coding allows the user to
easily trace each channel for diagnostic or set up. The ribbon style of
the tubing keeps the system very neat and clean. Unlike PVC based
tubing, polyurethane tubing contains no plasticizer, which can caused
contamination. The tubing ribbon is designed as an economical disposable
item, which is often critical when cleanness is needed.
The most unique feature of the MPS-2 is its perfusion micromanifold.
Using the latest microfluidic techniques, the injection molded micromanifold
provides the least flow resistance and
MPS-2
Multichannel Perfusion System & Control Software
dead volume of any product on the
Replacement Parts
market. The flow channel inner diameter
502109
Color-coded Polyurethane Tubing, 1/16” ID x 8 Channels, 15 ft
is approximately 1.0 mm, except for the
502110
Micromanifold, 100 µm ID tip, 2 pcs/pk
last 5 mm before the junction point. This
502125
Micromanifold, 200 µm ID tip, 2 pcs/pk
design allows a fast flow rate without
Specify line voltage and Micromanifold tip OD when ordering.
using a pressured system. The maximum
flow rates are 1 and 16 microliter per
second for the 15 mm long 100 µm
MPS-2 SPECIFICATIONS
and 200 µm ID tips, respectively. Small
Channels
8
channels and a unique design at the
Valve Response Time
2 ms
merging point further reduce the chance
Valve Control
Serial Port, TTL, and Manual
of cross contamination. Dead volume is
Syringe Reservoir Volume
10 mL
less than 80 nL.
Manifold
8 to 1
Tip ID
200 micron and 100 micron.
Maximum Flow Rates (gravity fed)
100 µm ID tip, 60 µL/min. (equivalent linear speed: 12.7 cm/sec)
200 µm ID tip, 960 µL/min. (equivalent linear speed: 51 cm/sec)
Dead Volume
< 80 nL excluding the single outlet tubing
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
67
PHYSIOLOGY — MISCELLANEOUS
output: 100
or 200 µm ID
quartz/polymide
tubing
mounting rod
connector
An economical, easy-to-use precision microtome
for preparing live tissue sections for physiological,
pharmacological and biochemical research
Blade speed up
to 4500 rpm
Sensitive parts sealed to avoid
damage from spillage
NVSL
(manual)
PHYSIOLOGY — MISCELLANEOUS
Removable molded
top cover for easy
maintenance
Model NVSL offers a manual advance for positioning the specimen holder and bath chamber.
Sample positioning on Model NVSLM1 is motorized. Other features include independent, re­mov­
able specimen holder and bath chamber, vari­able
advance speed and hands-free operation via a
footswitch.
Advance speed as
low as 0.07 mm/sec
Blade angle variable
through 90 degrees
from horizontal to
vertical
NVSL & NVSLM1
SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION THICKNESS
MINIMUM
MAXIMUM
STEP SIZE
20 µm (fixed tissue)
50 µm (fresh tissue)
700 µm
5 µm
CHAMBER DIMENSIONS
21⁄8 × 31⁄4 × 11⁄4 in.
(55 × 82 × 31 mm)
VOLUME
8.5 cu. in. (140 mL)
NVSLM1
(motorized)
Vibroslice uses a vibrating blade to slice tissues with­out the
trau­ma pro­duced by other meth­ods. Live brain or other tis­
sues can be cut into slices 50- to 700-mi­crons thick. Fixed
tissues can be cut down to 20-mi­cron slices (these need not
be embed­ded or fro­zen). Particularly useful for improv­ing
the access for cer­tain his­to­log­i­cal reagents (e.g., during pro­
cess­ing for horse­rad­ish perox­i­dase).
The blade has a lateral dis­place­ment of about 1 mm, and
its os­cil­lat­ing fre­quen­cy may be var­ied between 60 and
4500 rpm. This al­lows you to achieve clean cuts in tissues
of dif­fer­ent mechanical con­sis­ten­cies.
BATH
ADVANCE SPEED 0.07 to 1.6 mm/s (NVSLM1) (continuously variable)
REVERSE SPEED
4 mm/s (NVSLM1)
VIBRATION
SPEED
AMPLITUDE
60 to 4500 rpm
1 mm (approx.)
POWER
95-135 V, 50/60 Hz, or
220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
SHIPPING WEIGHT
19 lb (8.6 kg)
NVSL
NVSLM1
Manual Vibroslice
Motorized Vibroslice
Specify line voltage
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
VSLM1H Spare Specimen Holder
VSLM1C Spare Bath Chamber
5450Replacement Belts for NVSL (2)
5451Replacement Belts for NVSLM1 (4)
BLADES Blades, Single Edge (100)
7600
Petlier Temperature Controller, Standard Power
7600S
Peltier Temperature Controller, High Performance
See adhesives, in Lab Supplies section. See Cidex, in Microsurgery section.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
68
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
IntegraSlice™
Fully Programmable Oscillating Blade Microtome
INTEGRASLICE SPECIFICATIONS
IntegraSliceTM design combines accuracy, speed
and the flexibility to remove the tissue bath and
mounting for transport of the tissue, for cleaning and
autoclaving. integrasliceTM is supplied with a standard
tissue bath and holder, which can be replaced by the
autoclavable version or the temperature controlled
version.
Arcuate with minimal vertical movement
OSCILLATION SPEED
Linear from 20-120 Hz
AMPLITUDE OF CUT
Nominally 0.5 to 1.5 mm
BLADE ADVANCE SPEED
Between minus 1.00 mm to plus 3.00 mm/sec in 0.01 mm steps
BLADE RETURN SPEED
4.0 mm/sec whilst tissue is automatically lowered from blade
VERTICAL RANGE
32 mm total, in 1 µm steps or maximum speed of 1 mm/sec
SECTIONING RANGE
1-40 mm
MAXIMUM SIZE OF SPECIMEN
30 x 40 mm
TISSUE BATH OPTIONS
Standard, Autoclavable, or Temperature Controlled
CUTTING HEAD OPTIONS
Standard or autoclavable
BLADES
Stainless steel or ceramic single bevel
OBSERVATION
Inspection Microscope 10x-40x with zoom and “Clearview” window
VOLTAGE INPUT
115/230 Volts
RATED FREQUENCY
50-60 Hz
IntegraSliceTM is controlled using sealed Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) with associated membrane keypad to set
the cutting parameters of blade speed, advance speed and section thickness. There is a rotary brightness control
for the cold light source. The IntegraSliceTM operation is commenced by actuating the two-stage footswitch. The
first stage starts the oscillating blade and the second stage starts the advance of the blade.
Two models available:
IntegraSlice-P — Fully programmable cutting profiles of speed, distance, section thickness
●Dynamically Adjustable Speed and Amplitude (DASA) - both the speed and the amplitude of
the cut can be dynamically adjusted, whilst the blade is in motion
●Instrument “learns” manually controlled cycle, which can be repeated automatically
●Cutting profiles can be set and stored
IntegraSlice-M — Motorized or Manual advance of the oscillating blade
●A set speed motorized advance or manual advanced controlled by rotary knob dial
INTEGRASLICE-P Programmable Vibroslice for Speed, Distance and Section Thickness
INTEGRASLICE-M Vibroslice with Motorized and Manual Control
Specify line voltage
Accessories
501634
Magnifying Glass, integrally mounted
501629
Inspection Microscope, integrally mounted 10x-40x
501630
Cold Light Source, integrally mounted
501631
Ceramic Blades (5)
501632
Stainless Steel Blades (50)
Tissue Bath Coolers for Vibroslice
A
Once removed from the animal, tissue must be
immediately cooled to lower the oxygen demand and
prevent anoxia. Holding the tissue close to 4°C must
continue throughout the slicing procedure. This can
be done with passive cooling where a known amount
of ice is used to maintain the cooled a.c.s.f. or with an
electronically controlled Tissue Bath Cooler.
The control unit supplies power to the Peltier
thermoelectric elements in the base of the tissue
bath. These act as energy transfer units so that heat is
drawn off through the heat exchanger and removed
by tap water flow. The unit uses P.I.D. (proportional
integral derivative) temperature control to
take the bath temperature to within
0.5ºC at the point of measurement.
The temperature feedback thermistor
is located in the bath floor and
software calculates an offset
B
automatically.
Immediate cooling of the tissue prevents anoxia by
lowering the oxygen demand. Once removed from the
animal tissue should be immediately place in cooled
saline or sucrose buffer before mounting in the tissue
bath. (See adhesives, pages 166-168.)
7600
7600S
MODEL 7600
SPECIFICATIONS
Display Resolution:
0.1 ºC
Temp. Accuracy:
+/- 1 ºC
Temperature Range:
+8ºC to 0ºC
(Note that the actual temperatures achievable
will be dependent upon the solutions used and
local temperature conditions)
Voltage requirements: 230V 50Hz or 115V 60Hz
Power Rating:
60W
Inlet Fuse Rating:
2A
Controller & Standard Tissue Bath Cooler (A)
Controller & Autoclavable Tissue Bath Cooler (B)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
69
PHYSIOLOGY — MISCELLANEOUS
The unprecedented quality of slice of IntegraSliceTM
stems from its technical design features including
cutting head mounted upon a parallel leaf-spring
assuring blade travel along a line and arcuate path
of the blade avoiding static contact of the blade with
the advancing tissue. Sophisticated control allows the
advance speed to be varied from minus 1.00mm/sec
and up to 3.00mm/sec in steps of 0.01mm. During
blade return the machine automatically lowers the
tissue away from the blade and then readjusts to
the original height once blade retraction has been
completed. In all operations, even at the slowest
rates, blade advance and blade speed is accurately
maintained exactly as the user has specified due
to constant feedback control. Slice thickness can be
incremented in 1 micron steps and controlled to a
maximum speed of 1 micron per second.
BLADE MOTION
Enjoy the easiest, most powerful data acquisition with
Lab-Trax
rful
we
es po
d
Inclu
™
re!
ftwa
PHYSIOLOGY — MISCELLANEOUS
so
New T-Series Lab-Trax includes built-in transducer amplifiers.
Lab-Trax hardware is available in
4-channel configurations and may
include, at the user’s option, builtin amplifiers for force or pressure
transducers.
S-Series (standard) devices offer 16bit resolution over the ± 10 volt input
range and exhibit less than a millivolt
of noise. Data communication as well
as power is managed over the USB
port, making it easy to use a laptop
or a low-profile desktop computer that
may not be equipped with expansion
slots or serial ports.
Data is delivered to the recorder
by way of very standard front-panelmounted BNC connectors.
T-Series devices offer the same high
quality recording capability but are line
powered and have built-in transducer
amplifiers. A wide range of force,
displacement and pressure sensors can
be plugged directly into the recorder
using the DIN-8 connectors on the
front panel.
The available Lab-Trax hardware
together with WPI’s range of signal
conditioners and the Data-Trax software
make it the perfect choice for research
systems addressing cardiovascular
studies, blood pressure, cardiac
electrophysiology, hemodynamic
studies of the pulmonary and coronary
systems, and studies of isolated tissues
in organ or tissue baths. Equipment
from WPI can also be used to tailor
systems for epithelial studies, and
many applications in neurophysiology.
Lab-Trax S-Series
Number of Inputs.............................. 4
ADC Resolution.................................. 16 bit
Maximum Sampling Rate................ 10,000 samples / sec aggregate
Input Connectors............................... BNC, 50 ohm (T-series: DIN-8)
For higher speed applications, see
WPI-118 (next page). This 8-channel
device will acquire at 100,000 samples
per second at 16-bit resolution.
Input Impedance................................ 1M Ohm
Gang multiple 4-channel
systems in the same copy of
Data-Trax
Power Source...................................... Powered via USB (T-series: 120/240V)
Multiple Lab-Trax units can be “ganged”
using the Data-Trax software (version
2.0). When pluged into different USB
ports of a computer, the Lab-Trax
inputs are collected by Data-Trax and
displayed just as channels from a single
source. For example, two 4-channel
units can be ganged to produce an 8channel acquisition system. As many
as eight units can be ganged to collect
as many as 32 channels at once. The
Views feature in Data-Trax makes it
easy to keep track of all the channels.
And, of course, all analytical features
are incorporated — including scripting
and Matlab compatibility.
Maximum Input Voltage.................. 10 volts (100 with x10 probe)
Input Range......................................... +/- 10 V
System Noise...................................... < 1mV (1 part in 20,000)
Digital Input/Output.......................... 4 inputs 4 outputs
Operating Current ............................ 100 mA
PC Interface ....................................... USB 1.1
Lab-Trax T-Series
Number of inputs.............................. 4/16 differential
Input Connectors............................... DIN-8
PC Interface ....................................... USB 2.0 full speed
Excitation Power................................ ± 5 volt (±10%)
Input Impedance................................ 10 G ohm
Input Range......................................... ± 10 volt
CMR
Gain = 1................................... >80 dB (minimum)/>92 dB (typical)
Gain = 10................................. >95 dB (minimum)/ >110 dB (typical)
Gain = 100.............................. >110 dB (minimum)/>120 dB (typical)
Gain = 1K ............................... >112 dB (minimum)/ >135 dB (typical)
LAB-TRAX-4
4-Channel Data Acquisition System
LAB-TRAX-424T 4-Channel Data Acq Sys w/ Transducer Amps
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
2851
BNC-to-BNC Cable, M-M, 6 ft
3491
DIN8 Extension Cable, M-F, 5 ft
Noise.................................................... <10 mV (RTI)/< 2µ volt (RTI)
Frequency Response ....................... 100 Hz (±10%) 8-pole low pass Bessel filter
Gain .................................................... 1 to 10k (set by transducer)
Power.................................................... 120/220 V AC, 60/50 Hz (switched)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
70
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
High Performance Digital Data Recorder
l 100 KHz max. sample rate
l Low noise
l Two independent DAC
stimulator outputs
l 16 programmable I/O lines
l USB interface
Key Hardware Features
Analog Outputs — WPI-118 offers two +/- 10V Analog Outputs (DACs). Each
is independently programmable and can be synchronized to work together.
Basic stimulus parameters for each DAC, such as pulse width, frequency and
amplitude, can be changed on-the-fly using handy controls located in the
Data-Trax software toolbar. Standard protocols include pulse, train, and step
waveforms. Each standard protocol allows the quiescent state to be a holding
voltage, thereby making it ideal for voltage clamping applications.
Resolution and Noise — WPI-118 employs a 16-bit A/D converter to sample
data over its 10-Volt input range. Typical noise on any input is less than 1
millivolt. This allows the recording of signals from 10 mV to 10 V without
the need for additional external gain.
Digital Input/Output — Eight digital output lines are available. The digital
output connectors are industry standard BNC, eliminating the need for custom
cables. Programming the output lines is point-and-click easy as well, no
complicated scripting language is required. Four digital input lines are also
provided, with one configured as an external trigger.
Speed — The WPI-118 is a fast recorder. At top speed it can collect 100,000,
16-bit samples per second on a single channel. With eight channels enabled,
it can collect data at 10,000 samples per second on each of the open
channels.
USB Connection — Connection to the computer is accomplished over the
popular USB port. This eliminates the need to install special interface cards
and even makes the WPI-118 compatible with notebook computers. The WPI118 has a small footprint, so it fits in even the tightest rack spaces.
System Requirements — WPI-118 requires a minimum Pentium II-level
computer running Windows 98, ME, 2000 or XP with at least 64 megabytes
of RAM, and at least 10 megabytes of free space on the hard drive. Internet
connection is required for free automatic upgrades.
See complete specifications at www.wpiinc.com
WPI-118
High Performance Digital Data Recorder
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
2851
BNC-to-BNC Cable, M-M, 6 ft
3491
DIN8 Extension Cable, M-F, 5 ft
WPI-118 Specifications
Input
Number of Inputs
8 single-ended BNC
Input Impedance
1 MOhm
Input Range
±10V
Noise
1 LSB (1mV typical)
Gain
x1
Digital Input Lines
8 (4 dedicated and 4 programmable)
Output
Number of DACs
2
DAC Resolution
12 Bit
DAC Speed
100k s/sec, independent of sample speed
DAC Output Range
±10V
DAC Modes
Pulse, Train, Step, DC
DAC Performance
Pulse Width
0.01ms-6,500 ms (pulse mode)
Frequency
0.2Hz-50kHz (pulse Mode)
Digital Output
Lines
8 (4 dedicated and 4 programmable)
Digital Output ConnectorBNC
A/D Converter
Sample Speed
1 sample/second - 100k samples /second
Resolution
16 bit
InterfaceUSB
Enclosure
Aluminum (CE compliant)
Power
120V/220V, 50/60Hz
Software
Data-Trax
Trigger ModesExternal Trigger, Threshold Trigger from Data, User
Trigger
DisplayReal time, user definable screen time independent
of sample rate, user definable units, AutoScale,
full scale or user defined scale
Upgrades
Software and firmware upgrades are free, and are
automatically delivered to registered users via the
Web. Data-Trax software may be freely distributed.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
71
PHYSIOLOGY — MISCELLANEOUS
WPI-118 is a fast, high-resolution data acquisition system suitable for
most data recording studies in the research laboratory. It offers eight
analog input channels, eight digital outputs, four digital inputs and
two DACs. The hardware connects to PC-compatible computers via the
popular USB interface, so setup is plug-and-play easy. The small physical
size of the WPI-118 requires very little bench space.
Record and analyze your data with
PHYSIOLOGY — MISCELLANEOUS
Powerful software
included with Lab-Trax™
The acquisition and data display in Data‑Trax
is easy and straight forward. It supports real
units and a time-based display that is not
coupled to sample rate. You can display up
to 1,000,000 data points per channel on
the screen. Scrolling, zoom-in and zoom-out
tools, together with a searchable list of user
interventions, make finding important areas
of data easy. And, of course, you can print or
export anything that you see.
The Main Display
Data recorded with Data-Trax is presented
as distance-per-unit of time, e.g., cm/sec,
exactly as it would be on a traditional
paper chart recorder. The x-axis display
is compressed or expanded using point
and click icons in the Data-Trax toolbar.
Data-Trax’s display can smoothly scroll
data at any speed. The display scroll rate
is not determined by sampling rate, so
you have full control over resolution and
display. This is particularly useful when
you want to compress high-resolution
data on the time axis to create a data
overview. Currently the software can
display 100,000 points per channel
online and one million points per channel
offline so you can see quite a bit of data
at a glance.
Data-Trax’s Main Window currently
supports functions that can show you
the real-time rate, integral or any of
16 online analyses. Each of these is
set up from a single click in the Main
Window. Data-Trax also has an “Analysis
Window” where students can make more
in-depth measurements and build lab
reports. There are 31 different kinds of
measurements supported in this window.
Main Display
WPI’s coordinated system of hardware
and software allows life science
researchers to record and analyze a range
of data types with ease and simplicity. Low profile,
low cost, high flexibility and utility make Lab-Trax devices
the perfect choice for applications involving tissue and organ
bath recordings, epithelial voltage clamp studies and a host of
cardiovascular applications — just to mention a few.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
72
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
AutoScale
A single button allows you to find the data on
a channel, wherever it is, center it and expand
it to fill the available channel space. AutoScale
used with high-resolution recorders ensures that
you will never again lose data because they are
“out of range or off scale“.
Cursors
Most measurements students make on
recorded data involve a distance in time or
a difference in amplitude. For this reason,
Data-Trax places two easy-to-move cursors in
Real-Time Marks
Researchers can insert
“Text Marks” from the
keyboard into their
data to indicate when
events like drug delivery
or stimulus points are
occuring. Marks are easy
to search and the ”Go
To Mark” feature will
take you to a selected
event from anywhere in
the data. For reporting,
researchers
can position
the text in
a given mark over the data it
applies to, just like writing on
chart paper.
Data-Trax allows you to program
two independent analog outputs.
They can be used as independent
stimulator outputs, or as linear
controls for pumps or other
hardware that accept an analog
voltage as control. Built-in wave
protocols include pulse, step, pulse
train and DC. The two outputs can
be combined to produce more
complex protocols.
Units Window
each display of data. Data-Trax displays the
difference in time and the difference in voltage
(or calibrated units) between the cursors.
Cursors can be moved with the mouse, or for
precise placement, with the arrow keys on the
keyboard.
Real World Units
Data-Trax allows you to calibrate the displayed
data in any unit that you choose. Reading your
data in mmHg or grams or micro amps takes
the guesswork out of analysis.
Marks Window
Digital Inputs
Up to eight digital inputs can be
configured from Data-Trax. Raw data, count
frequency, and open times can be displayed in
real time.
Digital Output
Up to eight digital outputs can be configured
from the Data-Trax software. Digital outputs
can be used to control valves or relays in the
experimental rig, or they can be configured in
parallel to control
serial devices.
Output
sequences of
events are created
from an easy-to-use sequence builder that
can include both the digital outputs and the
analog outputs. Sequences are remembered
by Data-Trax and can be called manually or
automatically.
Lab Settings
Settings or templates for the various lab
protocols are stored in the program’s settings
menu. Each setting can include a Lab procedure
and Journal format, as well as the program
acquisition and analysis settings. This makes
changing program settings to accommodate
different experiments point-and-click easy.
Free Upgrades and Built-in Site License
Data-Trax software upgrades are free. Better yet,
Data-Trax may be freely distributed and copied
to other lab computers.
That means that researchers can record data
in the lab and work on analysis and lab reports
at their leisure in different locations.
Data-Trax is provided on an open license so
you can record data in the lab and analyze it
in your office without buying multiple copies of
the software..
Input/Output Window
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
73
PHYSIOLOGY — MISCELLANEOUS
Twin DACs (WPI-118 only)
Stimulator Window
PHYSIOLOGY — MISCELLANEOUS
Not just data acquisition, but powerful analysis too!
Today’s analog to digital converters make
acquiring data very easy. The challenge to all
users is to extract meaning from the mountains
of recorded data in order to generate conclusions,
reports, and Nobel Prizes. This process is called
analysis.
Built into the Data-Trax data recording software is
a powerful array of data analysis tools. The variety
of tools available strike a balance between the
Analyses of the First Kind —
Wave-to-Wave Transforms
Each of these functions takes all of the
data in a channel and applies a transform
to the data. The transform converts the
entire waveform described by the data
points into a completely new wave that
is displayed on an adjacent channel.
Examples of these functions are the 1st
derivative and the integral. Currently there
are 27 functions of this type included in
the Data-Trax program. They are called
from the right-click menu of a channel
and can be used on-line or off-line. When
straightforward, general operations that everyone
uses and the vertical, complex routines that only
YOU use. So, Data-Trax is a powerful analytical
tool that can go to work on data right away, or
be customized to execute very specific, complex
analysis routines.
Analysis in Data-Trax is divided into five types
or kinds, each addressing specific analytical
requirements.
used on-line, they can operate at the top
acquisition rate of the program, 100,000
samples per second.
Analyses of the First Kind that are
supported, include: Rate, Frequency,
Period, Minimum, Maximum, Mean,
RMS, Regular Integral, Absolute Value
of Integral, First Derivative, Second
Derivative, User Definable Channel Math
Function, Digital Filter, Power, Gain
Telegraph (25 amplifiers supported),
Calculated Cardiogram Leads (4), Cardiac
Angle, HRV Power (3 bands), Spirometry
Volume.
Analyses of the Second
Kind — Reduced Data
Functions in this class take a user-selected
group of data points and “digests” them to a
single value. These values are then saved to an
on-board Journal where they can be saved or
exported to other programs. There are currently
31 functions of this type available within the
Data-Trax software.
Analyses of the Second Kind that are
supported, include: T1,Y1,T2,Y2,T2-T1 Y2-Y1,
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
74
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Maximum, Minimum, Maximum-Minimum, Mean, Mark, Count, Units,
Standard Deviation, RMS, Maximum dV/dt, Minimum dV/dt, Mean dV/dt,
dV1/dt, dV2/dt, Area, Integral, Absolute Value of Integral, Average of
Maximums, Average of Minimums, Average of Means, Average Period,
Count, Average of Maximum-Minimum
Analyses of the Third Kind — Redisplayed
Data
Capture “R” wave values and pass to the Marks Window prior to export.
Redisplayed data involves the plotting of recorded data in an “Other than
Y, T” format. Examples include the XY plot or the Fast Fourier Transform
(FFT). Currently, Data-Trax 1.8 supports XY and FFT. Measurements of
areas, segment lengths and slopes, as well as data point values are
available as “Second Kind” analyses from these windows.
Analyses of the Fourth Kind — Detected
Data Conditions
Data-Trax software can be used to identify Regions of Interest (ROI) in
recorded data. Measurements can be extracted from these detected
data points or areas, and then, be sent to the Journal where the
Analyses of the Fifth Kind — Scripting
Record and Automark the “R” wave.
measurements can be included in a report. The measurements can also
be exported in a variety of formats.
Data-Trax can detect events in two categories: general and specific.
GENERAL events are the ones located in the Find dialog. Using stock
parameters, Data-Trax can identify Minimums and Maximums, data
It is impossible to include all of the analyses and plotting capabilities
required for biological research in a single program. We have provided
what we believe to be useful tools for the most common kinds of
analyses. In those circumstances where the built-in analysis tools fall
short of what is required, we have provided a scripting function. A script
is a program written in
any of the languages
supported by DataTrax. Scripts appear as
items in the Data-Trax
Scripting menu. When
elected, the script
takes a user selected
range of recorded data
and executes the script
on the data.
Scripting languages
supported: DADiSP,
Python, MatLab,
LabView, C++.
Easily export “R” values to Excel or other analytical program for further analysis.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
75
PHYSIOLOGY — MISCELLANEOUS
Analysis of the Third Kind (FFT)
above or below a specified level, or data at a particular time. The
program can look for values at a mark containing a particular string,
or any combination of these (e.g. look for a value 10 seconds after a
comment containing the string “DRUG”). The Find command can be made
to automatically drop the values that it finds into a tab-delimited table
that can later be opened in Excel, Matlab, or other analysis programs.
SPECIFIC events are detected using algorithms to find the point or
region of interest. The Left Ventricular End Diastolic Pressure (LVEDP) and
finding R waves or P waves in an ECG are good examples. Detection of
these data points requires specific software that resides in the Data-Trax
program, accessible from the Auto Mark menu. AutoMark allows the
user to choose a detection algorithm and a data set. When the detection
algorithm is completed, the software marks the record with comments
at the appropriate places. Commenting or marking in this context
accomplishes two things; it identifies the data points that need to be
operated on, and it also provides the user with visual cues as to whether
or not the software did its job in detecting the points that it was to find.
Data-Trax can be directed to export the found data as text or load it into
a user-defined script. The Auto Mark can currently detect LVEDP, the QRS
components of the ECG dichrotic notch, maximal response for organ or
tissue bath studies, and spikes.
Analyses of the Fourth Kind include: Auto Find: Min, Max, Threshold,
Mark with Specific String, Time Auto Mark: R waves, LVEDP, Dichrotic
Notch, Maximal Response, Spike Detection, ECG Analysis.
FluoroDish
™
Cover-glass bottom for observing
and growing cells in imaging related
research
l Optical quality glass bottom for better
imaging quality (RI=1.525)
l Low sample volume for expensive
chemicals
l Lowest access angle for micropipette
PHYSIOLOGY — MISCELLANEOUS
l Available in black wall for low
background fluorescent measurement
l Low toxicity adhesive for embryo
research
WPI’s FluoroDish™ tissue culture dishes are
now available in a larger range of sizes, color
and coatings. These polycarbonate dishes
provide exceptional imaging quality for many
applications requiring the use of inverted
microscopes such as high resolution image
analysis, microinjection and electrophysical
recording of fluorescent-tagged cells. Taking
advantage of WPI’s extensive experience
with low toxicity adhesives, FluoroDish uses a
specially formulated adhesive that is optically
clear, durable and with extremely low toxicity.
Tests by an independent laboratory have shown
that the 96-hour surviving rate of embryos is
100% when kept in FluoroDish, substantially
better than some other brands. The bottom
glass has superior UV transmission (30%
transmission at 300 nm, compared to less
than 7% for the most popular German glass).
Stringent quality control ensures that glass
thickness stays within the 0.17 ±0.01 mm
range.
background scattering of light and reduced
intrinsic “auto” fluorescence, which occurs when
using standard plastic bottom dishes. The glass
bottom permits the use of immersion objectives
with medium such as water, glycerin or oil for
the highest magnification possible. To optimize
heat-exchange, WPI’s glass-bottom dish is
designed to be flush (flat) with the microscope
stage or heating unit, therefore eliminating the
air gap that exists with modified plastic dishes
in which a glass cover slip has been inserted.
Three different sizes of FluoroDish are offered,
one type of 50 mm diameter dish and two
types of 35 mm diameter dishes. An inner well
is created within the dish by the glass bottom
and the tissue culture grade plastic which
forms the sides of the dish. All WPI dishes have
the advantages of low toxicity and good UV
transmission bottom glass. They are individually
packed and gamma sterilized.
to the uncoated glass bottom dish. The polyD-lysine coating has been reported to improve
the adhesion of neuron cells, and type I rat
tail collagen has been reported to improve the
adhesion of muscle cells. The users can also
apply to the uncoated dish any special coating
that is best for their cell line.
The 10 mm glass window dish (FD3510) is
available with clear wall and black wall. It has
low sidewall for easy microelectrode access and
low solution volume. The low microelectrode
access angle is the lowest among all of 35 mm
dishes on the market (very close that of a 50
mm dish). The dish needs only 100 ~ 200 mL
to cover the bottom well, an important feature
when using expensive drugs and chemicals.
The 50 mm dish (FD50) has a large growth
area (35 mm well diameter), a low access
angle for microelectrodes, and grips for easy
handling. They are available with clear wall and
black wall.
The 35 mm dish has outside dimensions
similar to that of a Corning 35 mm dish and
Conventional plastic dishes and chambers
has ø23.5 mm glass window (FD35) or
OD
limit the utility of the inverted scope for many
ø10 mm glass window (FD3510). Most
ID
applications because the thick plastic bottom
heaters and perfusion adapters designed
requires a long working distance objective
for the Corning 35 mm dish will also fit
available only in lower magnifications. Each
this dish. The 23.5 mm glass window dish
Access
h
WPI dish has a flat (0.17 mm thick) optical
Angle
is available uncoated, poly-D-lysine-coated, H
quality glass bottom, allowing the use of a
or collagen-coated with clear wall and
much shorter objective working distance,
uncoated with black wall. Certain types of
larger numerical aperture (NA), and a higher
cell lines (e.g., PC3 and HEK) adhere well
Glass Ø
magnification (up to
100x). The larger NA
ID (mm
OD (mm)
Glass Ø (mm)
height (inside) Height (outside) Access Angle
and higher magnification Part Number
FD35
33
35.5
23.5
7.8
9
29°
provide superior quality FD3510
10
35.5
10
1.5
4.65
17°
imaging for both classical FD5040
47.5
49.82
35
7.25
7.4
17°
and fluorescence
microscopy. Higher
effective NA yields
brighter images for
fluorescence and
FD35-100
FluoroDish Sterile Culture Dish, clear wall, 35 mm, 23 mm well, box of 100
higher resolution in
FD35B-100
FluoroDish Sterile Culture Dish, black wall, 35 mm, 23 mm well, box of 100
Image Analysis. The
FD35COL-100 FluoroDish Sterile Culture Dish, Collagen Coated, clear wall, 35 mm, 23 mm well, box of 100
glass bottom dish with FD35PDL-100 FluoroDish Sterile Culture Dish, Poly-D-Lysine Coated, clear wall, 35 mm, 23 mm well, box of 100
black colored wall is
FD3510-100
FluoroDish Sterile Culture Dish, clear wall, 35 mm, 10 mm well, low sidewall, box of 100
particularly suitable
FD3510B-100 FluoroDish Sterile Culture Dish, black wall, 35 mm, 10 mm well, low sidewall, box of 100
for fluorescence
FD5040-100
FluoroDish Sterile Culture Dish, clear wall, 50 mm, 35 mm well, box of 100
imaging which
FD5040B-100 FluoroDish Sterile Culture Dish, black wall, 50 mm, 35 mm well, box of 100
requires lower
l Choose from poly-D-lysine or collagen coated, or uncoated
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
76
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Cover Slips
These cover slips made of German glass
can be used for growing and culturing
cells that normally have poor adhesion to
plastic surfaces. They are small enough to
be placed in the micro plate or other cell
culture devices. The 5 mm size will fit inside
the 96-well culture plate and leave enough
room to pick it up from the bottom of the
well with forceps. The 8 mm size fits inside
the 24-well plates.
Diameter
Thickness
Quantity
502040
5 mm
#1.5 (0.16 - 0.19 mm)
100
502041
8 mm
#1.5 (0.16 - 0.19 mm)
100
Audible Baseline Monitor
The ABM, a bat­tery-op­er­at­ed volt­age-con­
trolled os­cil­la­tor, lets you monitor po­ten­tial
au­di­bly. ABM is par­tic­u­lar­ly use­ful be­cause
it allows the user to es­ti­mate volt­age lev­els
when us­ing a mi­cro­scope or en­gaged in oth­er
tasks which do not al­low viewing an os­cil­lo­
scope or re­cord­er. An audible tone is gen­er­at­
ed with increasing pitch as the input volt­age
becomes in­creas­ing­ly positive.
ABM
Price
PHYSIOLOGY — MISCELLANEOUS
Order Number
ABM SPECIFICATIONS
FREQUENCY RANGE
Audible
INPUT RESISTANCE
1012 Ω
MAXIMUM APPLIED INPUT VOLTAGE
±10 V
POWER
Nine-volt alkaline battery, supplied
PITCH (VOLTAGE SENSITIVITY)
1 octave per 100 mV @ 1 kHz
DIMENSIONS
3 × 2.75 × 2 inches (8 × 7 × 4 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
2 lb (0.9 kg)
Audible Baseline Monitor
Low-Pass Filter
A complete, ready-to-use instrument
LPF30 SPECIFICATIONS
INPUT IMPEDANCE
1 MΩ
GAIN
×1, ×10
BANDWIDTH FILTER
100 Hz to 30 kHz (2 pole R/C)
SHARPNESS
40 dB/decade
EQUIVALENT SHORTED INPUT NOISE AT x10 GAIN
100 Hz Bandwidth
10 µVpp
30 kHz Bandwidth
30 µVpp
Upper frequency band limit can be smoothly varied between 100 Hz and
30‑kHz using a single knob. WPI’s new low-pass filter is small, con­sumes
little power, and can be located almost anywhere in your workspace.
Features switch-selectable gain of ×1 or ×10 and low noise. An ideal tool
for filtering an analog signal before digital conversion by data acquisition
systems.
OUTPUT VOLTAGE RANGE
±8 V
MAX. INPUT VOLTAGE
±10 V
OUTPUT RESISTANCE
100 Ω
LOW BATTERY INDICATOR
LED lights when approximately 60 hours of battery life remain.
POWER
2 nine-volt alkaline batteries, supplied
BATTERY LIFE
About 400 hours
DIMENSIONS
5 × 3 × 2 inches (13 × 8 × 5 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
2 lb (0.9 kg)
LPF30
Lo-Pass Filter
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
77
PHYSIOLOGY — MISCELLANEOUS
Measure hydrostatic pressure
in small vessels and oocytes
Model 900A Micropressure System
● Simultaneously measures elec­tric potential and pres­sure
● Preset internal mi­cro­elec­trode pressure
● Air-filled system — no de­bub­bling
Model 900A is designed to measure hydrostatic
pres­sure in small vessels and cells. Pressure ranges
of -200 to +400 mm Hg can be measured with
stability and accuracy. The system’s sensing element
is an electrolyte-filled glass microelectrode with a tip
di­am­e­ter range of 2 to 5 microns.
Pressures of electrolyte solutions are measured
by maintaining a salt concentration gradient at the
tip of the sensing electrode in dynamic equilibrium
by applying an equal air pressure inside the mi­cro­
elec­trode. The pressure reading appears on the front
pan­el display and via the BNC recorder output.
Because the piezoelectric pressure controller uses
external pressure and vacuum sources, pressures
low­er than -200 to greater than +400 mm Hg can
be quickly and accurately measured at the mi­cro­
elec­trode tip.
The open pressure chamber is almost immune
to vibrations and movements and, unless they are
ex­treme­ly large, the open system is unaffected
by leaks. The pressure controller is contained in
a small, light­weight enclosure that can easily be
mounted near the micropipette to help reduce dead
space. It in­cludes an amplifier, a piezoelectric valve
and a pres­sure transducer. The user supplies fluidfilled mi­cro­elec­trodes, +500 mm Hg pressure source
and a -300 mm Hg vacuum source.
Measuring electric potential and pressure si­mul­ta­
neous­ly lets you use potential recording as an ad­di­
tion­al cue for locating the electrode where vis­i­bil­i­ty
is limited, or correlate pressure and potential when
this is meaningful.
The unique “Set Pressure” mode lets you preset
the internal pressure of the microelectrode — select
a positive pressure for flushing the tip, or a negative
pressure for pulling solution into the tip. By dis­con­
nect­ing the microelectrode holder and attaching the
tubing to a manometer, you can check the cal­i­bra­
tion against a standard.
A built-in alarm sounds to indicate maximum pres­
sure. The alarm also sounds when the tip is blocked
or electrical continuity is bro­ken (e.g., the mi­cro­
elec­trode comes out of the so­lu­tion, too little filling
so­lu­tion to cover the Ag/AgCl pellet, dis­con­nect­ed
ground reference, etc.).
The piezoelectric pres­sure controller regulates in­ter­
nal pipette pressure by con­trol­ling air flow into and
out of a small pressure cham­ber. A vacuum source
is con­nect­ed on the outlet side of the cham­ber, and
a pi­ezo­elec­tric valve meters air en­ter­ing the pres­sur­
ized cham­ber. The re­sid­u­al vol­ume of the pres­sure
cham­ber includes the mi­cropi­pette, the con­nect­ing
tub­ing and the pres­sure trans­duc­er on the outlet
side of the piezo­elec­tric valve. The 900A ac­cu­rate­ly
con­trols and ad­justs the pres­sure in the cham­ber to
match pres­sures ap­plied ex­ter­nal­ly to the mi­cro­elec­
trode tip.
The response time of the piezoelectric valve is
0.5 ms from fully closed to fully open. Overall sys­
tem response time de­pends large­ly on the amount
of residual vol­ume in the tub­ing. When this volume
is small, the system re­sponds very rap­id­ly (typically
10 mil­li­sec­onds).
The lightweight pres­sure controller pod may be
mounted close to the mi­cro­elec­trode using smallbore tubing, to min­i­mize system dead space.
Microelectrode holders MEH6RF and MEH6SF
for 1.0 mm O.D. capillary glass included. (1.2, 1.5
and 2.0 mm also available — please specify when
or­dering.)
900A
Micropressure System
System price includes a one-day technical training session at WPI in Sarasota, Florida.
Specify line voltage
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
900APReplacement Probe
CAL900A
Pressure Calibration Chamber
3491
Probe Extension Cable
2933Rack Mount Kit
5332Replacement Liquid Trap
MEH6RF
Micropipette Holder (1.0, 1.2, 1.5 or 2.0 mm — Specify O.D.)
MEH6SF
Micropipette Holder (1.0, 1.2, 1.5 or 2.0 mm — Specify O.D.)
TIPTW900A Prepulled Micropipette for 900A (1 mm thin-wall, 2 µTip) (pkg of 10)
LV140-Y
Vacuum Pump (120V)
900APPReplacement Pressure Pod
PM015D
Pressure Manometer (15 psi)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
78
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Biosensing
Sensor Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Hypodermic Sheath . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Free Radical Detection
Hydrogen Peroxide & Oxygen Sensor Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
ISO-HPO-2, ISO-HPO-100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
ATP Sensors WSA2001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
NEW APOLLO 1000 One-channel Free Radical Analyzer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
APOLLO 4000 Free Radical Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Multi-Port Measurement Chambers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
SuperLuminol Superoxide/Reactive Oxygen Species Determination Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
PeroxiLuminol Hydrogen Peroxide Determination Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
GSH Assay Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Nitric Oxide Detection
Nitric Oxide Sensor Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
BIOS EN S I NG
ISO-NOP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
ISO-NOPNM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
ISO-NOPF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
ISO-NOPMC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
ISO-NOP007, ISO-NOP30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
ISO-NOP30-L, ISO-NOP70-L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
NSA NO Sensor Pre-Polarizer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
JUV ISO-NOP Rejuvenator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
SNAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
GSNO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Nitralyzer-II Nitrate to Nitrite Reduction Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
GRNK Griess Reaction Nitrite Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Neurotransmitter Detection
Micro C Carbon Fiber Potentiostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Carbon Fiber Microelectrodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Oxygen Detection
OxyMini & OxyMicro Fiber Optic Oxygen Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
ISO2 Dissolved Oxygen Meter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
pH Meters and Electrodes
pHOptica™ Fiber Optic pH System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Beetrode™ Micro pH Electrodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
pH Meters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
CALBUF Calcium Calibration Solutions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Dri-Ref™ Reference Electrodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Kwik-Tip™ Ion-selective Electrodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Liquid Ion Exchangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
79
Sensors
Macro sensors
Species
Nitric Oxide
Hydrogen
Peroxide
Oxygen
Hydrogen Sulfide
Order Number
Iso-Nop
ISO-HPO-2
ISO-OXY-2
ISO-H2S-2
2 mm
< 5 sec
1 nM
2 pA/nM
None
Yes
None
#5436
#7325
#5435
2 mm
< 5 sec
< 100nM to 100mM
0.02 pA/nM
0.1pA/min
Yes
None
#600012
#100042
#600011
2 mm
< 10 sec
1%-100%
N/A
< 1%/min
Yes
None
#5378
#7326
#5377
2 mm
< 5 sec
< 5nM
2 pA/nM
Species
Nitric Oxide
Hydrogen
Peroxide
Oxygen
ATP
Order Number
ISO-NOPF
ISO-HPO-100
ISO-OXY-100
WSA2001 (starter kit)
(pkg of 2)
(pkg of 3)
(pkg of 2)
(pkg of 5 + 5 null)
100 & 200 µm
2 mm, 4 mm
< 5 sec
0.2 nM
10pA/nM
none
slight
100 µm
2 mm, 4 mm
< 5 sec
< 10 nM-1mM
1 pA/nM
1.0 pA/min
slight
Yes
#15810
ISO-HPO-100H
(pkg of 3)
ISO-HPO-100L
(pkg of 3)
100 µm
disk
< 5 sec
0.1%-100%
N/A
< 1%/min
slight
Yes
#15810
ISO-OXY-100H
(pkg of 2)
50 µm
0.5 mm, 2 mm
10-90% rise time 10 sec
0.5 µM to 50 µM
0.5 nA per µM
none
slight
Yes
Price
BIOS EN S I NG
Available Diameters
Response Time
Detection Limit/Range
Sensitivity
Drift
Temperature Dependent
Physiological Interference
Replacement Sleeves (pkg of 4)
Filling Solution
Start-up Kit
Yes
None
#600016
#100084
#600015
Mini Sensors
Price
Available Diameters
Available Length
Response Time
Detection Limit/Range
Sensitivity
Drift
Temperature Dependent
Physiological Interference
Microsensor Cable
Available with Hypodermic Sheath
#15810
ISO-NOPFH
Price (pkg of 2)
Available as “L”-shaped for tissue bath ISO-NOP70L
Price (pkg of 2)
Micro Sensors for NO
Order Number
ISO-NOP30
ISO-NOP007
ISO-NOPNM
Price
Available Diameters
(pkg of 3)
(pkg of 3)
(pkg of 3)
30 µm
7 µm
100 nm
Available Length
0.5 mm, 2 mm
0.1mm, 2 mm
0.2 mm
Response Time
Detection Limit/Range
Sensitivity
Drift
Temperature Dependent
Physiological Interference
< 3 sec
1nM
1~4pA/nM
none
yes
none
< 3 sec
0.5 nM
1~4pA/nM
none
yes
none
< 3 sec
0.5 nM
0.5 pA/nM
none
some
none
Cable
#15810
#15810
#15810
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
80
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Applications
Nitric Oxide
Hydrogen
Peroxide
Hydrogen Sulfide
Oxygen
ATP
Cell Culture
ISO-NOP
ISO-HPO-2
ISO-H2S-2
ISO-OXY-2
WSA2001
Cell Suspensions
ISO-NOP
ISO-HPO-2
Mitochondria
ISO-OXY-2
ISO-OXY-2
Subcutaneous
ISO-NOPF
ISO-NOPF3
ISO-NOP30
ISO-NOP007
Brain Slice
Arteries
ISO-NOPF
ISO-NOP30
Microvessels
ISO-NOPF
ISO-NOP30
Kidney Tubules
ISO-NOP007
ISO-HPO-100
ISO-NOPNM
Tissue Bath
ISO-NOP30-L
ISO-NOP70-L
WSA2001
WSA2001
Tissue
Single Cell
ISO-OXY-100
ISO-HPO-100
ISO-OXY-100
ISO-HPO-100
ISO-OXY-100
WSA2001
ISO-HPO-100L
ISO-OXY-100L
WSA2001
BIOS EN S I NG
in vivo
WSA2001
FORT-100 Transducer
*
Micrometer
connect to
Microsensor
cable #15810
Hypodermic Sheath
Any of the 100 micron electrochemical mini-sensors can
be purchased (at extra charge) with a hypodermic
sheath. This implementation uses a 24-ga.
hypodermic needle to mechanically shield
the sensor from damage. Its use allows
effortless insertion into blood vessels,
muscle and
tissue of all
kinds without
breakage.
Held in micromanipulator
3 mm
carbon fiber
Specify "NEEDLE" when ordering.
10 mm
Organ & Tissue Bath Studies
The L-shaped 100 micron electrochemical mini sensors were designed
specifically for use in tissue bath studies and similar applications. The shape of
the sensor has been engineered to facilitate placement of the electrode within
the lumen of the tissue vessel under study. The ISO-NOP70-L is similar in
construction to the ISO-NOP30 but with the advantage of having a flexible tip
(70 µm diameter).
Bath
≥ 10 mL
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
81
Nitric Oxide Sensor Guide
All WPI NO sensors are 100% compatible with the original ISO-NO, the more recent ISO-NO Mark II (NOMK2)
and the new APOLLO 4000 Free Radical Analyzer.
Cell Cultures,
NO2- , NO3- ,
Tissue Bath
Tissue Bath
Microvessels
Microvessels
Single Cell
ISO-NOPF
ISO-NOP
ISO-NOP30L
ISO-NOP70L
ISO-NOP30
ISO-NOP007
ISO-NOPNM
100 & 200 µm
< 5 sec
0.2 nM
some
none
10 pA/nM
none
2 mm
< 5 sec
1 nM
yes
none
2 pA/nM
none
30 micron
< 3 sec
1 nM
yes
none
1.4 pA/nM
none
70 micron
< 3 sec
1 nM
yes
none
1.4 pA/nM
none
30 micron
< 3 sec
1 nM
yes
none
1.4 pA/nM
none
7 micron
< 3 sec
0.5 nM
yes
none
1 pA/nM
none
100 nm
< 3 sec
0.5 nM
some
none
0.5 pA/nM
none
Selectivity of WPI’s NO sensors
The ideal NO sensor should be insensitive to other reactive species likely
to be present within the measurement environment. Conventional Nafion
coated carbon fiber NO sensor exhibits a large response to such species.
BIOS EN S I NG
ISO-NOP – The original nitric
The ISO-NOP is a popular, robust and high
performance sensor encased within a 2 mm
diameter disposable stainless steel protective
sleeve. The tip of the sleeve is covered with
a NO-selective membrane. Replacement
membrane sleeves can be purchased
separately (WPI #5436) and require an
internal electrolyte (WPI #7325).
The ISO-NOP is an excellent general purpose
NO sensor and is included with each
NOMK2.
ISO-NOPNM – The world’s
smallest nitric oxide NanoSensor, designed
for measurement of NO at the cellular level.
Sensing
Element
WPI
Membrane
100 nm
≈150 µm
Schematic drawing of the new integrated NO
nanosensor. (US Patent Pending)
The ISO-NOPNM NanoSensor has a tip
diameter of just 100 nm (0.1 µm) and a
detection limit for NO of less than 0.5 nM
A simple change in experimental protocol will
enable the ISO-NOP to be conveniently used
for rapid accurate determination of nitrite
(NO –2) and nitrate (NO –3) concentration in
samples. Using this method a detection limit
for NO –2 or NO –3 as low as 1 nM is routinely
possible.
Abdominal X-ray showing the appratus
consisting of two customized ISO-NOP nitric
oxide probes, 4-channel pH catheter, and
Teflon nasogastric tube. (Courtesy Prof. K.E.L.
McColl, University Department of Medicine
and Therapeutics, Western Infirmary, Glasgow,
Scotland.) Iijima, K., et al. Gastroenterology
2002: 122: 1248-1257.
ISO-NOP
5435
5436
7325
7521
5399
Replacement 2 mm shielded sensor and cable
ISONOP Startup Kit (recommended with first purchase)
Replacement Sleeve Kit for 2 mm sensor, pkg of 4
ISO-NO Electrolyte (10 mL)
ISO-NO Electrolyte, CO2-insensitive (10 mL)
T-Adapter Kit (pkg of 3) for ISO-NOP
— making it indisputably the smallest and
most sensitive NO sensor in the world!
The ISO-NOPNM is based on a novel design
in which an electrochemically “activated”
composite graphite nanofibre is used as
the NO-sensing element. The surface of the
NanoSensor is then modified using a unique
multi-layered NO-selective membrane. Figure
at right illustrates the response of the ISONOPNM following successive additions of
nanomolar concentrations of NO. The ultralow noise of the ISO-NOPNM (0.5 pA) enables
a detection limit of just 0.5 nM NO. The
response time of ISO-NOPNM is less than 3
seconds.
ISO-NOPNM
15810
800
y = 0.5968x + 6.4967
R2 = 0.9973
600
400
200
0
0
300
600
900
1200
Concentration / nM
Time / S
Amperometric response of the NO nanosensor (ISONOPNM) to the successive additions of 2nM, 4 nM,
8 nM NO into 0.1 M PBS (pH=7.4).
100 nm NanoSensor, pkg of 3 (requires cable #15810)
Microsensor Adapter Cable
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
82
NO–3 and NO–2 Detection
oxide probe – ideal for cell cultures, cell
suspensions and many other applications
Ag/AgCl
WPI’s unique NO sensor technology utilizes an novel surface membrane
which amplifies the response to NO whilst eliminating responses to a vast
range of reactive species, including nitrite, absorbic acid, hydrogen peroxide,
catecolamines, and much more.
Current / pA
SENSOR
SENSOR DIAMETER
RESPONSE TIME (with NOMK2)
LOWEST DETECTION LIMIT
TEMPERATURE SENSITIVITY
DRIFT
SENSITIVITY
PHYSIOLOGICAL INTERFERENCE
in vivo
Current / pA
APPLICATIONS
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
ISO-NOPF electrodes are the newest addition
to WPI’s nitric oxide sensor family and are
available in 100 µm and 200 µm diameters.
Utlilzing the latest advances in nanotechnology and material science, scientists at
WPI’s Sensor Laboratory have created these
completely flexible and virtually unbreakable
NO sensors. The new sensors are based on
a composite graphite NO-sensing element
combined with a reference electrode. The
surface of the sensor is then coated with a
unique multi-layered NO-selective membrane.
Sensor Body
60 mm x < 2 mm diam. Ag/AgCl
50 pA
sensor! Designed for arteries, microvessels,
in vivo applications, and similar
applications.
Current (pA)
ISO-NOPF – unique flexible NO
8 nM
10 sec
flexible
100 µm
or
200 µm
4 nM
2 nM
1 nM
5 mm
2 mm
Time (s)
Schematic drawing of ISO-NOPF.
Response of ISO-NOPF to NO.
ISO-NOPF100
ISO-NOPF200
15810
100 µm Flexible NO Sensor, pkg of 2
200 µm Flexible NO Sensor, pkg of 2
Microsensor Adapter Cable
Glucose Sensor Specifications
NEW!
ISO-Glu – Implantable glucose sensor
Measuring glucose in vivo over the long term is challenging and
difficult. Previous measurement systems were limited to acute studies or
a few days at best. WPI introduces a new kind of implantable glucose
sensor based on a patented technology. This sensor provides a tool for
researchers to directly detect glucose in chronic studies in vitro or in
vivo. The sensor is fully compatible with WPI’s Apollo system.
Implantable Glucose Sensor (pkg of 2)
Microsensor Adapter Cable
The ISO-NOP007 and ISO-NOP30 have
recently been improved in design and
performance. The ISO-NOP007 has a tip
diameter of just 7 microns and a length of
2 mm. The ISO-NOP30 has a tip diameter of
30 microns and is available in two different
tip lengths (i.e., ISO-NOP3020 has tip length
of 2 mm, ISO-NO3005 has tip length of
0.5 mm). The response of the ISO-NOP007
and ISO-NOP30 is linear over a wide dynamic
concentration range of NO. The design
of both electrodes is based on a single
carbon fiber coated with WPI’s NO-selective
membrane. A detection limit of approximately
1 nM NO makes these electrodes ideal for use
in tissues and microvessels.
20 sec
1600
Current / pA
sensors with exceptional performance
— ideal for tissues and microvessels
Current (pA)
ISO-NOP007
ISO-NOP30 – 7 and 30 micron
300 pA
ISO-GLU
15810
Coefficient of variation (CV) ≤5%
36 - 450 mg/dl (or 2-25 mM/L)
100 - 300s
In vivo calibration
Acetaminophen, ascorbic acid, uric acid
5 cm
0.6 × 0.7 mm
Ag/AgCl
0.65 -0.7V vs. Ag/AgCl
3-4 months in solutions at room temperature under continuous polarization; 15-30 days in vivo
6 months
20° to 40° C (68° to 104° F)
10° to 25° C (50° to 77° F)
BIOS EN S I NG
In Vitro Precision
Glucose Range
Response Time (sec)
In vivo calibration
Interference species
Length
Sensor Size
Reference Electrode
Polarization voltage (V)
Sensor Life
Shelf Life
Operation Conditions
Storage Conditions
y = 1.3583x + 16.15
R2 = 0.9985
1200
800
400
0
0
300
600
900
1200
Concentration / nM
Time (s)
The response of a 7 µm NO sensor (ISO-NOP007)
to successive additions of NO (100 nM). Inset shows
the linearity of the resulting calibration plot.
Sensor Body
Ag/AgCl
60 mm x < 2 mm diam.
2 mm
or
0.5 mm
Simultaneous measurement of force (top trace) and
changes of NO concentration (lower trace) in (A)
the rat superior mesenteric artery relaxed with ACh
and (B) a small human artery relaxed with ACh
and SNAP. In this artery oxyhaemoglobin(oxyHb)
partly reversed the increase in NO concentration,
with only a small change in force. [U. Simonsen, et
al., J. Physiol., 1999, 516: 271-282.]
7 µm
or
30 µm
2 mm
Schematic drawing of ISO-NOP007 and ISONOP30.
ISO-NOP007
ISO-NOP3020
ISO-NOP3005
15810
7 µm Nitric Oxide Sensor (pkg of 3)
30 µm Sensor Tips (2 mm length), pkg of 3 (requires #15810)
30 µm Sensor Tips (0.5 mm fiber), pkg of 3 (requires #15810)
Microsensor Adapter Cable
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
83
Hydrogen Peroxide & Oxygen Sensor Guide
ISO-HPO-2
ISO-HPO-100
ISO-OXY-2
ISO-OXY-100
APPLICATION
Cell Cultures, etc.
Tissue/Microvessels Tissue Bath
Cell Cultures, etc.
Tissue/Microvessels
SENSOR DIAMETER
2.0 mm
100 micron
100 micron
2.0 mm
100 micron
RESPONSE TIME
<5 SEC (90%)
<5 SEC (90%)
<5 SEC (90%)
<10 SEC (90%)
<5 SEC (90%)
DETECTION LIMIT
<100 nM to 100 mM
<10 nM to 1 mM
<10 nM to 1 mM
0.1 % to 100%
0.1 % to 100%
DRIFT
<0.1 pA/min
<1.0 pA/min
<1.0 pA/min
<1%/min
<1%/min
SENSITIVITY
0.2 pA/nM
1 pA/nM
1 pA/nM
N/A
N/A
PHYSIOLOGICAL INTERFERENCE
none
Contact WPI
Contact WPI
none
Contact WPI
Hydrogen Peroxide Sensors
BIOS EN S I NG
Hydrogen Peroxide is produced in biological systems by controlled
pathways at low concentrations that impact on cell signaling. At higher
concentrations inflammatory cells produce local intense amounts
of this oxidant to kill pathogens. In the progress of human disease,
uncontrolled formation of hydrogen peroxide from the mitochondrial
respiratory chain and enzymes, such as xanthine oxidase, can occur
(Prof. Victor Darley-Usmar, Univ. of Alabama, personal communication).
Despite the recognized importance of this oxidant in biology real-time
measurements at low concentration have been difficult. The hydrogen
peroxide sensors developed by WPI are designed to compliment
existing high sensitivity fluorescent approaches with direct quantitative
measurement in biological samples in the low nM range.
Two hydrogen peroxide sensors are currently available. The ISOHPO-2 is a 2.0 mm stainless steel sensor, with replaceable
membrane sleeves (#600012) and an internal refillable
electrolyte (#100042). The sensor is designed
for use in cell cultures and
similar
ISO-HPO-2
ISO-HPO-100-L
applications. The graph below Illustrates the linearity of response
of the sensor following successive increases in hydrogen peroxide
concentration in solution.
The ISO-HPO-100 is a 100 micron tip diameter hydrogen peroxide
ISO-HPO-100
micro sensor designed for use in tissues and similar applications.
The sensor design is based on a flexible “activated” carbon fiber
sensing electrode coated with a proprietary membrane that enhances
hydrogen peroxide detection.
Both sensors incorporate WPI’s proprietary combination electrode
technology whereby the hydrogen peroxide sensing element and
separate reference electrode are encased within a single Faradayshielded probe design. This design has been shown to enhance
performance during measurements and minimizes overall sensor size.
600011
ISO-HPO-2
ISO-HPO-100
600012
100042
ISO-HPO Startup Kit (recommended with first purchase)
2mm Shielded HPO Sensor & Cable
100 µm HPO Sensor (requires #15810), pkg of 3
Replacement Sleeve Kit for ISO-HPO-2, pkg of 4
ISO-HPO-2 Electrolyte (10 mL)
Oxygen Sensors
ISO-NOP30-L
ISO-NOP70-L
ISO-HPO-100-L
ISO-OXY-100-L
ISO-NOPF200-L10
FORT-100 Transducer
Micrometer
connect to
Microsensor
cable #15810
L-shaped sensors for tissue bath
studies
Held in micromanipulator
The ISO-NOP30-L is a unique L3 mm
carbon fiber
shaped nitric oxide sensor designed
specifically for use in tissue bath
10 mm
studies and similar applications
(e.g., see WPI’s MYOBATH). The
shape of the sensor has been
Bath
≥ 10 mL
engineered to facilitate placement
of the electrode within the lumen
of the tissue vessel under study.
The ISO-NOP70-L is similar in
construction to the ISO-NOP30 but
with the advantage of having a
L-shaped NO sensor used with
flexible tip (70 µm diameter).
Myobath.
ISO-NOP30-L
NO Sensor, L-Shaped 30-micron (pkg of 3)
ISO-NOP-70-L
NO Sensor, L-Shaped 70-micron (pkg of 2)
ISO-NOPF200-L10 NO Sensor, 200 µm Flexible L-shaped (pkg of 2)
ISO-HPO-100-L HPO Sensor, L-Shaped 100-micron (pkg of 2)
ISO-OXY-100-L Oxygen Sensor, L-Shaped 100-micron (pkg of 2)
15810
Microsensor Adapter Cable
Two oxygen sensors are currently available. The ISO-OXY-2 is a
2.0 mm stainless steel sensor, with replaceable membrane sleeves
(#5378) and an internal refillable electrolyte (#7326). The sensor is
similar in design to WPI’s popular OXELP oxygen sensor (see page
58).
The ISO-OXY-100 is a 100 micron tip diameter oxygen sensor. The
sensor design is based on a flexible “activated” carbon fiber sensing
electrode coated with a proprietary membrane that enhances oxygen
detection.
ISO-OXY-2
ISO-OXY-100
5377
5378
7326
2 mm Shielded Oxygen Sensor & Cable
100 µm Oxygen Sensor, pkg of 3
ISO-OXY Startup Kit (recommended with first purchase)
Replacement Electrode Sleeve Kit, pkg of 4
ISO2 Filling Solution (electrolyte)
Temperature Sensor
The temperature sensor (#ISO-TEMP-2) is based on a 2.0 mm
tip diameter high quality miniature platinum RTD (Resistance
Temperature Detector) electrode. This design has been shown to
provide greater accuracy, stability and interchangeability during
temperature measurements than traditional thermistor and
thermocouple sensors.
ISO-TEMP-2
15810
2 mm Platinum RTD Temperature Sensor (requires #15810)
Microsensor Adapter Cable
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
84
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Real-time measurement of ATP
Benefits
• Ready to use
• Easy to use
• Simple to calibrate
• Exquisitely sensitive
• Wide linear range
• Reusable
• Minimally invasive
WSA2001 SPECIFICATIONS
Construction
Needle-shaped microelectrode
enzyme-coated platinum/iridium wire
Sensor length
(tip) 2 mm X 50 µm (diam)
Response time
10-90% rise time ≤ 10 sec
Sensitivity
0.5 nA per µM
Linear Range
0.5 µM to 50 µM
Selectivity
specific for ATP versus UTP, ADP and Adenosine
Shelf-life
Dry: ≥6 months @ 4ºC
Wet: ≤5 days
Calibration
Single point
Re-use characteristics
Subject to calibration
Applications
in vitro
in vivo
Suitable tissues
brain, blood vessels
gut, retina
WSA1001
WSA1002
WSA2001
WSA1003
WSA1004
WSA2003
300305
platinum wire
50 µm diameter
enzyme layer
ATP + glycerol
40
glycerol kinase
ADP + glycerol-3-phosphate
glycerol-3-phosphate
oxidase
glycerone phosphate + H2O2
30
I / nA
The device has been designed by neurophysiologists for fellow
experimentalists and incorporates a number of practical features
that have user-appeal. The novel design concept is based on
the deposition of an active enzyme matrix, including glycerol
kinase and glycerol-3-phosphate oxidase, onto the surface of a
Platinum needle microelectrode. This is housed in a glass sheath
and incorporates a simple connector device, enabling linkage
to a potentiostat (WPI’s MicroC and Apollo series detectors). The
sensor is easy to use and exquisitely sensitive, with a broad linear
range and fast response time. It is also easy to calibrate and
capable of repeat use.
Real-time Measurement of ATP
20
2 nA
100 s
10
µM ATP 1
0
0
25
50
5
75
10
50
100
[ATP] / µM
ATP Sensor (package of 5) ATP Null Sensors (package of 5) Use of null sensor requires a second MicroC.
ATP Starter Kit (5 ATP sensors, 5 null sensors, reference electrode, calibration bottles) Use of null sensor requires a second MicroC.
Adenosine Sensor (package of 5)
Inosine Sensor (package of 5)
Adenosine Starter Kit (5 adenosine sensors, 5 null sensors, reference electrode, calibration bottles) Use of null sensor requires second MicroC.
MicroC Adapter for ATP/Adenosine/Inosine Sensors
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
85
BIOS EN S I NG
The ATP sensor is the first of a series of sensorprobes, designed for in vivo and in vitro experimental
studies into the physiological and pathophysiological roles
of the purines.
Apollo 1000
One-channel Free Radical Analyzer
Analog and digital circuits are separate,
allowing you to combine ion
concentrations with other types of
signals (BP, force, etc.) with the data
acquisition system of your choice.
You control signal conditioning
— adjust filters, gains and smoothing
to suit your signal, or use templates
in the Data-Trax software.
BIOS EN S I NG
Poise voltage is controllable by
external command, allowing ramps,
pulses, and techniques other than
chronoamperometry, including
cyclic voltametry, differential pulse
polarography — or simply sweeping
the poise voltage with a ramp to determine
concentration of endogenous species.
Separate inputs for amperometric (free radical sensors),
potentiometric (pH and other voltage sensors) and
temperature.
Analog vs. Digital
A not-so-obvious difference between this new device and its predecessor is
that the Apollo 4000 is an inherently digital device and the Apollo 1000 is an
inherently analog device. Both have a current-to-voltage converter as their first
electronic stage. Both use filters after the I/V conversion, and both digitize to
get the final signal onto the computer screen.
In the Apollo 1000 the current signal from the electrode enters the device
and is converted to a voltage at a user-selectable gain. Thereafter it passes to
a user-selectable filter block. After filtration the signal is buffered and sent to
the output. WPI recommends that the analog signal then be presented to a
Lab-Trax™ digital recorder where, under user control, software can be used
to smooth, additionally filter and calibrate the signal. Lab-Trax is provided with
Data-Trax™ software that runs on the user’s computer.
In the Apollo 4000 (and the two-channel Apollo 2000) the current signal
from the electrode enters the device and is converted to a voltage at a userselectable gain. The gain control in the Apollo 4000 is in the Apollo software.
(In the Apollo 1000, the control is a physical switch on the device itself.) The
signal then passes to a fixed 0.05 Hz first order passive filter and is then
digitized. Some manipulations to the digital signal then occur to compensate
for the increase in response time caused by the heavy fixed filter. The digital
signal is then split; one path is converted back to analog and sent to BNC
connectors on the back of the unit. The other path takes the digital signal
to an onboard Windows-based computer where the Apollo software further
processes the signal by applying a non-adjustable 512-point Savitsky Golay
smooth and automatic calibration.
There are several problems with the Apollo 4000 approach that do not exist
in the Apollo 1000. Raw data from the Apollo 4000 is the signal coming
from the rear panel. This signal has already been processed to some fairly
APOLLO1000
1-Channel Free Radical Analyzer System Includes meter, one sensor (specify), temperature sensor and start-up kit
INST-APOLLO
Installation and Training
LAB-TRAX-4
4-Channel Data Acquisition System
See sensors on pages 80-85.
severe extent and cannot be considered RAW. Further, the output from these
connectors is very much noisier than the signal seen after processing by the
Apollo software. If you are recording in a beaker and are not interested in
anything beyond the change in concentration of the free radical, this scheme
works well. If, however, you are examining the effect on other physiological
parameters such as blood pressure or blood flow or developed force in a
vascular ring, you are required to take the analog out from the Apollo 4000
and feed it to an external data system or chart recorder where the facility to
process the noise may not exist or at least not be obvious.
In the Apollo 1000 the user has complete control of the bandwidth and the
strength of the smoothing. In the Apollo 4000 these parameters are fixed.
If you are looking at Nitric Oxide from low current output sensors it becomes
necessary to sacrifice bandwidth and rise time to get the noise down. This is
a time-honored and inescapable tradeoff. In free radical measurement, noise
levels are directly related to detection limit — lower is better. But what if you
are looking at a species like oxygen or some other species where output
currents are larger? In the non-user-controllable environment of the Apollo
4000 you have permanently sacrificed bandwidth for noise. Your signal is
really quiet but any hope of doing fast kinetics or stop flow experiments is
gone. In the Apollo 1000 scheme the bandwidth of higher current signals can
be increased at the expense of additional noise where it does not matter.
Poise Voltage Control
The Apollo 4000 is able to create poise voltage from 0 to +2V. For species
requiring negative poise voltage, the wiring in connectors needed to be
changed to reverse the polarity. Beyond this, poise voltage was set from within
the Apollo software and was limited to DC.
The Apollo 1000 has a poise voltage range of 0V~ ±2V. In addition the
Apollo 1000 can allow the poise voltage to be driven by an external signal.
The split supply (+ and - voltages) together with the external command
allow cyclic voltametry, differential pulse polarography and a host of
other electro-chemical techniques not possible with DC poise voltages. In this
connection, if the poise voltage is changing with time the preferred medium
of display is the XY plot. (The Apollo 4000 software is limited to linear (Y,T)
displays.) Data-Trax v2.0 offers XY as well as other features that make it better
suited to analysis and display of electrochemical data.
Potentiometric input
In addition to its free radical sensor input, the Apollo1000 has a separate
potentiometric input. This is a 1015 input, capable of accepting pH electrodes
directly without buffer amps. Because of the linear calibration feature in DataTrax, other units such as pCa or pK can be easily set up even if the slope of
the sensor is unknown.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
86
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Apollo
4000
World’s first fully-integrated
NO / Free Radical Analyzer
l 4-channel isolated architecture allows
simultaneous measurement of up to 4 different
species in the same preparation or simultaneous
measurement in 4 different preparations.
l Ultra low noise and fast response times allow you
to record from a variety of sensors
l Current measurement range from 100 fA to 10 µA (4
ranges) permits wide dynamic range for detection.
l Real-time detection using electrochemical
microsensors.
l Measure NO from < 0.3 nM to 100 µM.
l Measure hydrogen peroxide < 10 nM to 100 mM.
BIOS EN S I NG
l Measure oxygen from 0.1% to 100%.
l Measure Independent temperature and display on
all channels.
l Slim-line desktop control unit can be used on the
bench or rackmounted
The APOLLO 4000 is an optically isolated 4-channel free radical analyzer
designed for the detection of a variety of redox-reactive species of
biomedical importance. The electrochemical (amperometric) detection
principle used enables detection of a broad range of redox-reactive
species with unsurpassed accuracy and sensitivity.
APOLLO 4000 incorporates a powerful single board computer software
that enables real-time display and data-acquisition of experimental
data. An extensive graphical user interface (GUI) based on a full color
LCD monitor with touch-screen-control allows complete control and
programming of all detection and data-acquisition parameters to be made
at a single touch. Alternatively, the instrument can be controlled using a
standard keyboard and mouse (included).
APOLLO 4000 is designed for use with WPI’s range of nitric oxide,
hydrogen peroxide and oxygen sensors. The user simply plugs the
required sensor into any one of the input channels located on the
instruments main front panel and then selects the detection and
acquisition parameters using the software. Each channel is also provided
with an independent temperature input port that allows real-time
monitoring of temperature using the available temperature sensors.
APOLLO 4000 System
System includes the APOLLO 4000 instrument and associated software,
color LCD display, temperature sensor, cables, keyboard, mouse, manuals.
APOLLO4000-4 4-Channel Free Radical Analyzer System Includes one sensor (specify) and one start-up kit
APOLLO4000-2 2-Channel Free Radical Analyzer System
Includes one start-up kit with purchase of sensor (specify)
UPGRADE-APOLLO Converts APOLLO4000-2 to APOLLO4000-4
See sensors on pages 80-85
Now Includes 2 Sensors Free!
APOLLO 4000 Specifications
Number of Channels
A/D resolution
Sample Speed
Poise DAC Voltage Range
Poise Voltage Setting Accuracy
8 (4 Sensor + 4 Temperature)
24 bit
1 s/s to 50 s/s
0 – 2V
50 µV
Concentration Measurement
Ranges of Measurement
Signal to Noise Ratio
Limit of Detection
Absolute Accuracy
10nA, 0.1µA, 1µA, 10µA
106 dB (100,000 : 1)
50 fA
1%
Temperature Measurement
Measurement Element
Accuracy
Interchangeability Error
Platinum RTD
0.1 % Degree Celsius
0.2 % Degree Celsius
User Interface
Display
12" Diagonal Color LCD
Touch screen
Resistive
Resolution
SVGA (600x800); 16,777,215 colors
Operating System
Windows XP Professional
Compatibility (Interface)
Printer port, 2 USB ports, 10/100 Base T Ethernet, PS2 keyboard and mouse
Dimensions (H x W x D)
13.3 x 42.5 x 25.4 cm (5.25-in. x 16.73-in. x 10-in.) (compatible with 19-in. rack)
Weight
5.9 kg (13 lb)
Note: Due to continued development, the functionality and the
performance parameters of the system may be changed without a notice.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
87
Multi-Port
Measurement
Chamber
Temperature stabilized four-port closed
chamber for measurements of nitric
oxide, oxygen hydrogen peroxide and
other species in cell culture
● Four port (WPI #NOCHM-4) chamber accommodates WPI’s 2-mm
sensors for nitric oxide (ISO-NOP), oxygen (OXELP), hydrogen peroxide,
and WPI’s KWIK-TIP ion selective electrodes in combination with WPI’s
2 mm Dri-Ref™ reference electrodes.
● Two additional top ports for injection of reagents using WPI’s
MicroFil™ syringe needles
BIOS EN S I NG
● Closed chamber design greatly reduces the surface area of the solution
exposed to air
● One top port and up to three side ports configuration provides
adequate space for convenient sample and electrode manipulation
● Temperature control through an external circulating bath
● The chamber can be used for nitric oxide and other species calibration
at temperatures from 4-40 ºC
Multi-port measurement chambers
Volume of Sample
1-3 mL
Sample Injection Ports
2 (top)
Number of Electrode Ports
4
Electrode Compatibility
Nitric Oxide Electrode
ISO-NOP
Oxygen Electrode*
OXELP*
Hydrogen Peroxide Electrode
ISO-HPO-2
Calcium Electrode
KWIKCAL-2
Hydrogen Electrode
KWIKH-2
Potassium Electrode
KWIKPOT -2
TPP (tetraphenylphosphonium) Electrode
KWIKTPP-2
Dri-Ref Electrode
DRIREF-2
SUPER-Dri-Ref Electrode
SDR2
Temperature Range of Circulating Water
4-40 ºC
Water inlet and outlet require 1/4-in. ID tubing
* Caution: Not recommended for low oxygen concentration
(<1%) measurements.
The measurement of NO and other reactive gases dissolved in solutions
will be underestimated in stirred conditions if the solution is allowed to
equilibrate with air. In the case of NO, accelerated decomposition occurs
as the result of diffusion of NO from the solution into the gas phase
and the reaction of NO with oxygen. This reaction with oxygen makes
a significant and variable contribution to NO decomposition, and hence
accuracy of measurement, at concentrations of NO between 0.1-5 µM.
These problems can now be eliminated with the use of WPI’s two-port
NOCHM or four-port NOCHM-4 closed chambers. The chambers consist
of a close fitting cap through which a NO probe (ISO-NOP) or other
electrode can be inserted. When the probe is in place and the cap is
fitted to the chamber the surface area of the solution exposed to air is
greatly reduced. Up to three optional side ports are also provided through
which an oxygen electrode* (e.g., OXELP), WPI’s hydrogen peroxide, or
KWIK-TIP ion selective electrodes in combination with WPI’s 2 mm DriRef™ reference electrodes can be inserted.
The multi-port measurement chambers can be conveniently
temperature-controlled by circulating water through the outer sleeve
of the chamber using an appropriate heating/cooling circulator bath.
The inner volume of the chamber (and hence sample volume) can be
continuously adjusted in volume from 1.0 mL to 3.0 mL and is suitable
for most cell suspension experiments.
REFERENCE
P. S. Brookes, E. P. Salinas, K. Darley-Usmar, J. Eiserich, B. A. Freeman,
V. M. Darley-Usmar, P. G. Anderson. “Concentration dependent effects
of nitric oxide on mitochondrial permeability transition and cytochrome c
release”. J. Biol. Chem. 275, 20474-9 (2000).
NOCHM-4 Four-Port Closed Chamber for use with WPI’s 2.0 mm electrodes (e.g., ISO-NOP and OXELP, etc.)
NOCHM-P Spare Plug-adapter for ISO-NOP nitric oxide electrode
800100
Spare Center Chamber Gasket (package of 2)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
88
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
GSNO
S-Nitroso-N-acetyl-D,L-penicillamine
S-nitrosoglutathione
GSNO has been identified in vivo as a potential storage and transport
vehicle for NO in the body. GSNO has been used in clinical trials to
treat a form of preeclampsia and to prevent platelet aggregation. It
also has considerable potential as NO donor in medicine.
SNO
O
HO2C
NH2
N
H
H
N
CO2H
O
M.W.336.3 • C10H16N4O7S • Purity > 98% • Soluble
in water or DMSO • Storage: -20°C
REFERENCES
A. R. Butler, Anal. Biochem. 249:1-9 (1997).
D. Nikitovic, J. Biol. Chem. 271(32), 19180-19185 (1996).
D. R. Noble, Nitric Oxide 4:392-398 (2000).
D. L. H. Williams, Acc. Chem. Res. 32:869-876 (1999).
Pre-polarizer
Keep extra NO sen­sors ready to use
Achieve a stable background cur­rent quickly. This small battery-powered
de­vice applies a potential to the NO electrode equivalent to the po­ten­tial
ap­plied by the ISO-NO meter. Con­se­quent­ly, a sensor which has been con­nect­
ed to the activator may be transferred to the meter for im­me­di­ate­ use. For
use with all WPI NO electrodes.
NSA-3
ISO-NO Activator (for three sensors)
S
M.W. 220.2
Purity > 98% by NMR or TLC
NHAc
REFERENCES
S. C. Askew, et al. Bioorg. Med. Chem. 3, 1 (1995).
K. Fehsel, et al. J. Immunol. 155, 2858 (1995).
R. Gopalakrishna, et al. J. Biol. Chem. 268, 27180 (1993).
E. Southam, J. Garthwaite, Neurosci. Lett. 130, 107 (1991).
P. J. Henry, et al. J. Pharmacol. Exp. Therap. 248, 762 (1989).
SNAP25
SNAP50
SNAP100
SNAP, 25 mg vial
SNAP, 50 mg vial
SNAP, 100 mg vial
ISO-NOP Rejuvenator
After an ISO-NOP 2‑mm sensor is used for long periods, sensitivity may
become reduced and response time may increase. This little device can
restore ISO-NOP performance to original levels by applying an electric
waveform for a few seconds. 9v alkaline battery included.
JUV
ISO-NOP Rejuvenator
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
89
BIOS EN S I NG
GSNO-50 GSNO 50 mg vial
GSNO-100 GSNO 100 mg vial
GSNO-500 GSNO 500 mg vial
SNAP is a stable green
crystalline S-nitrosothiol
compound that mimics
the ac­tion of nitric oxide
in vivo. It has vasodilatory
properties and has been
shown to relax isolated
bovine coronary artery
rings by activating soluble gran­u­late cyclase. This reagent also
actuates apoptosis in mouse thy­mocytes and has been accounted
for reversible inactivation of
H3C
CH3
pro­tein Kinase C. SNAP can be O
used for calibration of all WPI
N
COOH
NO sensors. Call for details.
SuperLuminol
PeroxiLuminol
Superoxide/Reactive Oxygen Species
Determination Kit based on EnhancerAmplified Luminol Chemiluminescence
Hydrogen Peroxide Determination
Kit Based on Peroxidase-Catalyzed
Luminol Chemiluminescence
1200
140
1200
Phagocyte Oxidative Burst
Luminescence (mV)
1000
100
Luminescence (mV)
Luminescence (mV)
y = 10.291x + 1.0278
1000
120
+ Luminol
+ Enhancer
80
60
+ Luminol
– Enhancer
40
20
800
R 2 = 0.9996
800
600
400
200
600
0
0
20
40
60
80
100
400
0
0
1000
2000
200
BIOS EN S I NG
Time (s)
Assay Principle: Luminol reacts with superoxide and other reactive
oxygen species resulting in a luminophore that has an emission peak
at ~425 nm. The intensity of the chemiluminescence is proportional
to the amount of superoxide or reactive oxygen species in the sample.
The superoxide reaction shown above exemplifies chemiluminescence
production from luminol.
The kit is based on a proven assay which is used to quantify gross
cellular production of reactive oxygen species including; superoxide,
hydroxyl radical, peroxynitrite and hypochlorite. When the other reactive
oxygen species are mostly derived from superoxide, this assay provides
an indirect measure of cellular superoxide production. Indeed, luminol
assay is one of the most important methods in the analysis of metabolic
activities of phagocytes and is widely used in biomedical research.
WPI Enhancer: A number of compounds are known to increase the
intensity of luminescent emission from luminol. The WPI SuperLuminol
kit utilizes a patented non-toxic enhancer to provide ~50 times increase
in luminescence emission intensity from cells. The figure above shows
oxidative bursts from phagocytes in whole blood (after 400 times
dilution) induced by phorbol myristate acetate (PMA) in the absence and
presence of the enhancer. Significantly lower amounts of reactive oxygen
species can be assayed when using the enhancer.
Kit Contents: The WPI SuperLuminol kit contains a complete reagent
set to assay superoxide/reactive oxygen species for cell cultures, isolated
phagocytes, un-isolated phagocytes in whole blood, and other biological
samples. The kit can be purchased with or without a chemical stimulant/
agonist (PMA) for superoxide/reactive oxygen species production in cells.
The kit includes the following reagents:
• Luminophoric Reagent: Luminol
• Assay Buffer: HBSS
• Enhancer
• KO2 (qualitative test control reagent)
• PMA (optional)
• PMA solvent (dimethyl-sulfoxide, optional)
Benefits:
• Simple and extensively tested method with an increased sensitivity
than chemical methods
• Further improvement of sensitivity using a proprietary enhancer
• Minimal cellular toxicity from luminol and the enhancer
SUPERLUMINOL Superoxide/Reactive Oxygen Species Determination Kit SUPERLUMINOL-II SuperLuminol + PMA (1 mg)/solvent
The kits provide material for 100 assays in cuvette or test tubes
(assay volume: 1 mL/assay).
0
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
Hydrogen Peroxide is produced in biological systems by controlled
pathways at low concentrations that impact on cell signaling. At higher
concentrations inflammatory cells produce local intense amounts of
this oxidant to kill pathogens. In the development of human disease
uncontrolled formation of hydrogen peroxide from the mitochondrial
respiratory chain and enzymes such as xanthine oxidase can
occur (Prof. Victor Darley-Usmar, University of Alabama, personal
communication). Hydrogen peroxide concentrations at µM level elicit
a broad spectrum of cellular responses ranging from mitogenic growth
stimulation to apoptosis and necrosis. PeroxiLuminol is a hydrogen
peroxide chemiluminescence bioassay kit developed by WPI to provide
an accurate analytical tool by which to measure hydrogen peroxide
formation in the living system. The kit is designed to compliment
WPI’s new range of hydrogen peroxide electrochemical sensors. When
combined together these detection methods will greatly aid hydrogen
peroxide research.
Assay Principle: Horseradish peroxidase (HRP) reacts with hydrogen
peroxide to form reactive Compound I and Compound II, which in turn
oxidize luminol with concomitant production of chemiluminescence
(see reaction scheme below). The PeroxiLuminol Kit has been optimized
so that hydrogen peroxide concentration is linearly proportional to
luminescence intensity. Our formulation assures that luminescence
intensity doesn’t decay too quickly so that measurement can be made
accurately and precisely. The slow decay rate also allows luminescence
measurement with simple luminometers that may not include injection/
mixing devices. The figure above shows hydrogen peroxide standards as
assayed by the HRP-catalyzed luminescence method.
Benefits
•
•
•
•
Determine hydrogen peroxide concentration in minutes.
Simple and extensively tested method with an increased sensitivity.
More stable signals.
Inexpensive measurement instrument.
Note: This kit is designed to assay hydrogen peroxide in cell cultures.
Samples with high hemoglobin content and/or metal content may not
be suitable for assay. Due to continued development, the kit format and
performance parameters may be changed without a notice. Contact WPI for
further information.
PEROXYLUMINOL
Hydrogen Peroxide Determination Kit
This kit provides material for 100 assays in cuvettes or test tubes
(assay volume: 1 mL/assay).
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
90
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
500
Time (s)
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
GSH ASSAY KIT
Quantitative Determination of Glutathione Using Tietze’s Enzymatic Recycling Method
Rate (A412nm/min)
1.8
Absorbance (412 nm)
1.6
1.4
1.2
0.6
30 µM GSH
y = 0.0175x + 0.0096
0.5
R 2 = 0.9996
0.4
0.3
24 µM GSH
0.2
0.1
0
0
10
20
30
18 µM GSH
GSH Concentration (µM)
1
0.8
12 µM GSH
0.6
0.2
0 µM GSH
0
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
GR
NADPH
GSHt DTNB
Time (minutes)
Glutathione (GSH), a tripeptide antioxidant,
plays multiple biological functions. It is involved
in detoxification of harmful molecules, such
as reactive oxygen species (i.e., hydrogen
peroxide and hydroperoxides) through
glutathione peroxidaes, and xenobiotics through
glutathione transferase. It is also involved in
signal transduction, gene expression, apoptosis
and interaction with nitric oxide. Glutathione
antioxidant status is frequently measured in
physiology and pathophysiology.
Assay principal: GSH reacts with Ellman’s
reagent (5,5’-dithiobis(nitrobenzoic acid) or DTNB)
to produce a chromophore TNB with maximal
absorbance at 412 nm and oxidized glutathione
GSSG. Tietze formulated an enzymatic method
to regenerate GSH using Glutathione Reducatse
and NADPH, to provide specificity and improved
sensitivity for the assay. The reaction mechanism
is depicted schematically in the following figure.
Since glutathione reductase is used, the amount
of glutathione measured represents the sum
of reduced and oxidized glutathione in the
sample ([GSH]t = [GSH] + 2 x [GSSG]). The rate
of absorbance change (∆A412nm/min) is made to
be linear for the convenience and consistence of
measurement, and is linearly proportional to the
total concentration of GSH. The concentration of
an unknown (sample) is determined by calculating
from the linear equation generated from several
standards of glutathione.
Selective References
1. Sies H., “Glutathione and its role in cellular function”, Free Rad.
Biol. Med. (1999), 27, 916-921.
2. Griffith, O. W., “Biological and pharmacologic regulation of
mammalian glutathione synthesis”, Free Rad. Biol. Med. (1999),
27, 922-935.
3. Tietze F., “Enzymic method for quantitative determination
of nanogram amounts of total and oxidized glutathione:
applications to mammalian blood and other tissues”, Anal.
Biochem. (1969), 27, 502-522.
GSH
GSSG
NADPH
GR
TNB
GSTNB
(λ 412nm)
TNB
(λ 412nm)
GSHt ↔ ∆TNB/min ↔ ∆A412nm/min
Other Benefits
● Formulated for convenient and fast assay for biological samples — 3 minutes/assay at room temperature.
● Use simple spectrophotometers or microtiter plate readers.
● No interference from cysteine and metal ions.
● Wide assay range from 0.1 µM to 30 µM in sample (dilution is
required for samples with higher GSH concentration.)
● Kit includes all required reagents and standards.
GSH-KIT Total Glutathione Determination Kit
50 cuvette assays/200 microplate well assays
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
91
BIOS EN S I NG
6 µM GSH
0.4
Nitrate to Nitrite Reduction Kit
Nitrate and nitrite are end products of short-lived nitric oxide invivo. Nitrite concentration can be measured by a number of wellestablished methods. Nitrate assay requires conversion into nitrite
before the measurement. Copper-coated cadmium is the most popular
chemical reducer
among researchers.
Copperized Cadium Nitrate Reducer
Alternative methods
120
based on enzymatic
100 µM Nitrate (two sets)
reduction of nitrate
100
require much longer
reaction times and
80
their conversion
50 µM Nitrate
60
efficiency decreases
at high nitrate
40
25 µM Nitrate
concentrations.
10 µM Nitrate (two sets)
20
Advantages of
cadmium based
0
method include
10
20
30
40
50
60
stability upon storage
Reduction Time (minutes)
and invariability
between different lots.
Quantitative Determination of Nitrite
This kit uses the
standard colorimetric
Griess Reaction
to measure nitrite
concentration in
biological samples.
When nitrate or total
nitrate plus nitrite (Nox)
is measured, samples
must first be treated by
NITRALYZER-II Kit to
convert all nitrate into
nitrite.
Standard Curves
(After 10x dilution with deproteinization
reagents/NITRALYZER-II treatment)
0.25
y = 0.0021x + 0.0029
0.2
2
R = 0.999
Nitrite Standards
0.15
0.1
0.05
y = 0.0021x + 0.0044
R 2 = 0.999
Nitrate Standards
Spectrophotometric
0
quantification of nitrite
0
20
40
60
80
100
using Griess reagents
Original Concentration (µM)
is simple, reliable and
cost-effective. It is
widely used in numerous laboratories around the world and remains the
method of choice for some applications. Nox assay requires reduction
to nitrite before Griess Reaction. Nitrate concentration can then be
determined by calculating the difference between Nox concentration and
nitrite concentration.
Nitrite (µM)
BIOS EN S I NG
This kit uses disposable copper-coated cadmium granules to convert
nitrate into nitrite in minutes, with consistent ~100% efficiency. It is
compatible with both WPI’s Griess REACTION NITRITE KIT and ISONOP electrochemical nitrite assay method.
Griess REACTION
NITRITE KIT
Absrbance (540 nm)
NITRALYZER™-II
Benefits
● ~100% conversion efficiency in minutes (up to 100µM nitrate).
Benefits
● Disposable – used only once to yield consistent results.
● Simple (fast) and reliable, suitable for large number of samples.
● Conversion takes place at room temperature.
● Low cost.
● Compatible with both Griess REACTION NITRITE KIT and ISONOP electrochemical nitrite assay technique.
● 0.3 µM – 100 µM assay range (assuming that no deproteinization is
required).
● Scalable – smaller volumes for hard-to-obtain biological samples
(12 µL minimum sample volume).
● Kit includes all required reagents, including deproteinization reagents.
● Kit includes all required reagents, including deproteinization reagents.
● Extensively tested in WPI’s laboratory.
NITRALYZER II
Nitrate to Nitrite Reduction Kit
Kit contains material for 100–500 conversions
● Assay at room temperature.
● Extensively tested in our laboratory.
Spectrophotometer and semi-micro cuvettes are required for the assay (see
Spectroscopy Section). Alternatively, a microtiter plate reader can be used
for absorbance measurement.
GRNK
GRNK-II
Griess Reaction Nitrite Kit, 100-500 Nitrite tests
GRNK + NITRALYZER-II, 100-500 Nox tests
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
92
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
™
Records redox
currents with
carbon fiber
micro­elec­trodes
Advanced
Neurotransmitter
Detection
Use with WPI electrodes — see next page
1‑picoampere to 2 mi­cro­am­peres. The built-in
carbon electrode activation feature allows the
easy re­new­al of electrode sensitivity. In ad­di­
tion, MicroC fea­tures a low-pass fil­ter and the
op­tion of ap­ply­ing DC po­ten­tial ex­ter­nal­ly. A
wide range of com­pounds can be de­tect­ed:
dopam­ine, epi­neph­rine, nore­pi­neph­rine, se­ro­
to­nin, ascor­bic acid, etc. Other com­pounds,
such as glutamate, glu­cose, ace­tyl­cho­line and
alcohol, can also be detect­ed with MicroC using
en­zyme-modified biosensors.
See Application Notes, “Carbon Fiber Microelectrodes”,
available as a PDF file which may be downloaded from
WPI”s web site.
MicroC, WPI’s low cost and elegant in­stru­ment for elec­tro­chem­i­cal
detection using carbon mi­cro­elec­trodes, will record the pres­ence and
con­cen­tra­tion of oxidizable bi­o­log­i­cal compounds in vivo and in vitro.
It also features in­her­ent­ly low noise and a sen­si­tiv­i­ty of 1 mil­li­volt
per picoampere of oxi­da­tion cur­rent. Re­sponse time to quan­tal cat­e­
chola­mine re­lease is less than 1 mil­li­sec­ond. When used with car­bon
fiber mi­cro­elec­trodes, redox cur­rent can be re­cord­ed over a range of
MICROC SPECIFICATIONS
Method
2 electrode, DC potentiostat
APPLIED POTENTIAL
0.65 V, variable ± 2.5 V
Current ranges
2000 pA, 20 nA, 200 nA, 2 µA
BANDWIDTH
1.67 Hz, 167-1000 Hz
NOISE
< 1 pA
Display
31⁄2-digit LCD display, ±2 V
Recorder Output
± 4.5 volts
Rise Time
< 1 millisecond
Electrode probe/cable length Triax shielded, 5 feet
Power
Six 1.5 volt alkaline batteries (included)
Battery Life
> 1000 hours, est.
Shipping weight
4 lb (1.8 kg)
The MicroC Potentiostat is supplied with a carbon electrode probe,
with 5 feet triax cable, which accepts 0.79 mm connector pin, and a
ref­er­ence elec­trode with a 4 mm Ag/AgCl half cell (see page 27). For
applica­tions where small­er half cells are needed, please call WPI for more
in­formation.
References
G. A. Gerhardt, “Nafion-coated electrodes with high selectivity for CNS elec­tro­chem­
is­try” Brain Re­search, 290: 390-395 (1984).
R. M. Wightman, et al., “Temporally resolved cat­e­chola­mine spikes cor­re­spond to
sin­gle ves­i­cle release from individual chromaffin cells.” Pro. Nat’l Acad. of Sci. 88:
10754-58, (1991).
Z. Zhou and S. Misler, “Action Potential-in­duced Quan­tal Secretion of Cat­e­chola­
mines from Rat Adrenal Chromaffin Cells”, J. Biol. Chem. 270; 3498-3505, (1995).
MICROC Potentiostat
MICROCP Replacement Probe for MicroC
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
300305
ATP Adapter (0.031" pin to 1 mm socket)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
93
BIOS EN S I NG
Measures oxidizable compounds
such as catechola­mines (epi­neph­
rine, norepinephrine, dopamine),
indolamines (serotonin,
melatonin), ascorbic acid and
Fe (II) with ex­quis­ite sensitivity,
low noise and site specificity
Carbon Fiber Mi­cro­elec­trodes
Carbon fiber microelectrodes have been used in both the detection
of ox­i­diz­able compounds (Gonon, et al., 1978; Cahill and Wightman,
1995) and extracellular single-unit re­cord­ing (Armstrong-James and
Millar, 1979). WPI’s ultra-sensitive and low-noise carbon fiber (CF)
electrodes can be ap­plied, with our Micro-C Poten­tio­stat or similar in­stru­
ments, in the electrochemical detection of cat­e­chola­mines (epi­neph­
rine, norepinephrine and dopamine), indolamines (serotonin, 5-HT or
melatonin), ascorbic acid, Fe (II), and other ox­i­diz­able compounds.
References
P. S. Cahill, R. M. Whightman, Anal. Chem., 67, 2599-2605 (1995).
F. Gonon, et al., Hebd Seances Acad. Sci. Ser. 286, 1203 (1978).
M. Armstrong-James, J. Millar, J. Neurosci. Methods, 1, 279 (1979).
Dopamine Concentration/Response Curve
1000000
100000
Current Output (pA)
BIOS EN S I NG
CF electrodes (diameter of 10 or 30 µm) respond with an ex­cel­
lent linear­i­ty to the oxidizable compounds (Fig. 1) and can detect
the compounds as low as 0.2 nM. While the shorter (25-100 µm) CF
elec­trodes are suitable for in vivo amperometric and voltammetric
measurements, the long­er CF electrodes provide higher sen­si­tiv­i­ty and
are especially useful for the in vitro studies (amperometric or differential
pulse voltammetry). When used with the Micro-C Potentiostat, these CF
electrodes can be ac­ti­vat­ed and re­newed in sensitivity for multiple use.
The se­lec­tive detection of cat­e­chola­mines can be achieved with our
Nafion-coated CF electrodes. For se­lec­tive detection of 5-HT and ascorbic
acid, please contact WPI for more in­for­ma­tion.
0
-50
-100
0
5
10
Time (ms)
Fig. 2 — Extracellular recording using a carbon electrode in CA1
region of the hippocampus in an anesthetized rat shows ultra-low
noise (‑<5 µV‑). Cour­te­sy: Dr. Carolyn Harley of Memorial University,
Newfoundland, Canada.
CARBON FIBER MICROELECTRODES, UNCOATED
Diameter CF10-25 *
10 µm
CF10-50
10 µm
CF10-100
10 µm
CF10-250
10 µm
CF10-500 *
10 µm
CF30-25 *
30 µm
CF30-50 *
30 µm
CF30-100 30 µm
CF30-250 *
30 µm
CF30-500 *
30 µm
CF30-1000 * 30 µm
Length 25 µm
50 µm
100 µm
250 µm
500 µm
25 µm
50 µm
100 µm
250 µm
500 µm
1000 µm
(pack of 5)
CARBON FIBER MICROELECTRODES, NAFION-COATED*
10000
1000
100
10
1
0.1
50
Potential (µV)
● Sensitive, renewable/durable and economical
carbon fiber electrodes for electrochem­i­cal
de­tection of oxidizable compounds
1
10
100
1000
10000
100000
1000000
Concentration (ng/ml)
Fig. 1 — Excellent linearity in the response of carbon fiber electrode
(CF30-500) to dopamine recorded on Micro-C. Courtesy: Drs. D.
Yeomans and X.-T. Wang, Uni­ver­si­ty of Illinois at Chicago.
Diameter Length (pack of 5)
CFN10-25 *
10 µm
25 µm
CFN10-50 *
10 µm
50 µm
CFN10-100
10 µm
100 µm
CFN10-250 * 10 µm
250 µm
CFN10-500 * 10 µm
500 µm
CFN30-25 * 30 µm
25 µm
CFN30-50 * 30 µm
50 µm
CFN30-100 * 30 µm
100 µm
CFN30-250 * 30 µm
250 µm
CFN30-500 * 30 µm
500 µm
CFN30-1000 * 30 µm
1000 µm
* Built to order — allow up to 4 weeks manufacturing time.
glass insulation
1 mm O.D. glass pipette or 2 mm plastic tube
Gold-plated connector pin
0.031 in. (0.79 mm)
Carbon fiber microelectrodes, ap­prox­i­mate­ly
25-50 mm (1-2 in. ) long, feature a gold-plated
pin for con­nec­tion to the probe.
30 M or 10 M
carbon fiber
cement
25-1000 Mm
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
94
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
OxyMini & OxyMicro
A new generation of fiber optic oxygen
sensors based on luminescence lifetime
The OxyMini system is optimized for process control and biotechnology
applications. The OxyMicro is designed for biological research applications
including implanting into tissues, cell cultures, profiling of biofilms and sediment
related bioassays. The measurement principle of the sensor system is based on the
detection of oxygen concentration as a function of luminescence lifetime either in
dissolved or gaseous phase environments.
OxyMini and OxyMicro Benefits
●Oxygen is not consumed during the experiment
●Immune to electrical and magnetic interference
●Excellent long-term stability
●No lengthy polarization necessary (e.g., as Clark-type oxygen electrodes require)
●Fast response time < 0.5 s for MicroTip sensors
●Probe size of MicroTip sensors as small as 50 µm
●Measurement is feasible in dry gas
●Optical isolation of sensor tip available for fluorescent or photosynthetically active samples
Measurement Principle
Calibration: The sensors can be calibrated by a simple two point calibration,
100% air-saturation and 0% air saturation.
OxyMini and OxyMicro oxygen meters: The OxiMini and OxyMicro fiber optic
oxygen meters are compact, easy to transport. The instruments are designed for
in/outdoor use and can be connected
to a PC via a RS232 interface. Data
can be visualized, analyzed and stored
with the supplied software. A full range
of sensors covering most biomedical
applications are available.
OxyMicro systems
The OxyMicro is a single channel fiber optic oxygen meter for
WPI’s fiber optic oxygen microsensors. Applications include:
● Oxygen profiles of marine sediment, soils, or tissue
● Implantation into living tissue (e.g., heart or muscle tissue)
● Control of cell culture media in Biotechnology.
The MicroTip (WPI #501656) is a needletype (27 ga.) oxygen micro sensor designed
for applications where a small tip size of 50
µm and a fast response time (t90) of 1 s are
necessary. The oxygen sensitive sensor tip
consists of 140 µm fiber tapered to a 50 µm tip. The sensor is housed inside
a stainless steel needle of 22 mm length and 0.4 mm diameter. This allows
penetration through a septum rubber or similar material. These sensors are ideal for
oxygen profiling in sediments and biofilms.
Contact WPI or visit Web site for additional details.
Response Time [t90]
dissolved/gaseous
Sterilization (EtOH, H2O2)
autoclavable (130°C, 1.5 atm)
Drift (100,000 datapoints, 20°C)
Accuracy (20°C)
Resolution (20°C)
Temperature Range
Probe Assembly Length
MicroImplant
The MicroImplant fiber optic oxygen sensor (WPI #501658) is a implantable probe
(IMP) with a tiny probe tip size 50 µm, an exposed fiber length of 5‑mm and a
jacket diameter of 900 µm. The IMP sensor was successfully implanted
in crabs, fishes and soil.
OxyMini systems
The OxyMini is a single-channel fiber optic oxygen meter for WPI’s fiber optic
oxygen minisensors. These sensors are based on 2 mm polymer optical fibers
and have a length of 2.5 m. A wide range of applications is possible with these
sensors.
● Process control: bottling plant in breweries and quality control of packages
● Biotechnology: Control of cell culture media and non-invasive control of bioreactors
● Implantation of oxygen sensors into soil and trees.
MiniTip
This oxygen dipping probe (WPI #501641) has a
tip diameter of 4 mm and consists of a polymer
optical fiber, with a oxygen sensitive coating.
The MinTip’s range is 0 to 100%. This robust sensor has a response time (t90) of
approximately 40 s.
MiniFlow
The MiniFlow oxygen probe (WPI #501642) is a
miniaturized fiber optic chemical sensor integrated in a
T-shape flow through cell. The standard T-shape flow cell
can be easily connected via Luer-Lock adapters to external tubings. Liquids (e.g.,
water, blood, etc.) can be pumped through the cell. The sensor has a response
time (t90) of approximately 40‑s and an excellent long-term stability.
MiniFoil
WPI offers the sensor material on a 1 cm2 support disk made of
polyester. This material can be glued, for example, inside glass vials
and the oxygen concentration can be measured non-invasively
and non-destructively from outside through the wall of the flask.
A plastic fiber optic cable (WPI #501644, WPI #501645) is used
to illuminate the sensor foil. The wall of the flask must be transparent/nonfluorescent. Response time (t90) of approximately 50 s. The material can be
implanted into animal tissues or custom-made housings.
MINISENSOR SYSTEM
MicroTip
Measurement Range
dissolved/gaseous
The MicroFlow fiber optic oxygen sensor (WPI
#501657) is a miniaturized fiber optic chemical
sensor optimized for fast response time (t90 < 1 sec in gases, < 5 sec in liquids).
The tiny probe has a tip size of 50 µm and is integrated in a T-shape flow cell for
easy connection via Luer-Lock adapters to external tubings. Liquids (like water,
blood, etc.) can be pumped through the cell.
BIOS EN S I NG
Conventional fiber-optic oxygen sensor systems based on intensity measurements
are limited in their accuracy by light source stability and ambient light fluctuations.
Using a luminescence lifetime detection, measurements are not affected by light
source stability, intensity fluctuations caused by fiber bending or changes of the
optical properties of the sample (turbidity, refractive index, coloration, etc.). These
advantages make WPI’s OxyMini and OxyMicro the most advanced and reliable
fiber-optic oxygen system available.
MicroFlow
OXY-MINI-AOT Fiber-optic Oxygen Meter for Minisensors *
Minisensors (not interchangeable with Microsensors)
501641
MiniTip, fiber-optic oxygen sensor 501642
MiniFlow, flow-through cell with integrated planar oxygen sensor
501643
MiniFoil, planar oxygen-sensitive foils, 1x1 cm (1 cm2)
REQUIRES #501644
501644
Polymer optical fiber with 1 SMA connector
MICROSENSOR SYSTEM
OXY-MICRO-AOT Fiber-optic Oxygen Meter for Microsensors *
Microsensors (not interchangeable with Minisensors)
501656
MicroTip, needle-type housing fiber-optic oxygen sensor
501657
MicroFlow, flow-through housed oxygen microsensor
501658 MicroImplant, implantable oxygen microsensors
*Meter contains two analog outputs and one trigger input
MiniTip
MiniFlow
MiniFoil
MicroTip
MicroFlow
MicroImplant
0-45 ppm, 0-100%
0-760 mmHg
0-45 ppm, 0-100%
0-760 mmHg
0-45 ppm, 0-100%
0-760 mmHg
0-45 ppm, 0-100%
0-760 mmHg
0-45 ppm, 0-100%
0-760 mmHg
0-45 ppm, 0-100%
0-760 mmHg
40 s
10 s
40 s
10 s
40 s
10 s
<2s
< 0.5 s
<2s
< 0.5 s
<2s
< 0.5 s
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
< 0.1%
< 0.1%
< 0.1%
< 0.3%
< 0.3%
< 0.3%
0.2%
2.75 ±0.01 ppm, 9.00 ±0.05 ppm, 220 ±0.15 ppm, 45.0 ±0.25 mmHg, 150 ±0.75 mmHg, 375 ±2.6 mmHg
-10°C to 50°C
2.5 m
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
95
Dissolved oxygen meter & oxygen electrode
Electrically isolated, the electrode can function in recording situations
where ground-referred electrodes would fail
BIOS EN S I NG
● Measures gas and dissolved oxygen
● Low O2 consumption
● 2 mm tip
Isolation prevents adverse interaction with other
electrodes and in­stru­ments. Highly accurate and stable
ISO2 mea­sures oxygen concentrations in aque­ous
solutions and in gas mixtures. Mea­sure­ment modes
are percent ox­y­gen, parts per mil­lion, and oxygen
reduction cur­rent in nanoamperes.
The lower detection limit (DL) for ISO2 (in gas­eous or
in liquid phase) is 0.1 ppm or 0.1%. Ox­y­gen con­cen­tra­
tion around 0.5 ppm or 0.5% and up can be routinely
mea­sured in the gaseous or in the liquid phases.
DL for a particular sensor tends to be different in
gaseous and liquid phases when the baseline noise
level is also dif­fer­ent. In the case of ISO2, however, the
baseline noise level is very close whether the elec­trode
is im­mersed in solution or used in the gaseous phase,
so DL for the ISO2 re­mains rel­a­tive­ly close in either
phase.
The small tip size (2 mm diameter) and low ox­y­gen
con­sump­tion of the OXELP electrode make it ide­al
for mea­sure­ments in vivo or in vitro. With a T-Adapter
(#5399), the sen­sor probe can be used also for con­tin­
u­ous-flow mon­i­tor­ing of ox­y­gen in small fluid volumes.
OXELP also fea­tures a fast response time, typically 10
sec­onds, and the rug­ged stain­less steel sleeve cov­er­ing
the sen­sor is au­to­cla­v­able. Op­tion­al BNC-to-dou­ble
banana adap­tor (#13347) and BNC cable (#500184)
allow ISO2 to be con­nect­ed di­rect­ly to your chart
record­er.
ISO2
OXELP
5378
Dissolved Oxygen Meter & Electrode
Replacement Oxygen Electrode for ISO2
Replacement Electrode Sleeve Kit (pkg of 4)
Four sleeves with membranes, plus 10 mL refill solution.
7326
ISO2 Filling Solution (10 mL)
5377
Replacement ISO2 Start-up Kit
Includes T-Adapter Kit 5399, Calibration Bottle, 10mL Refill Solution,
1 cc Syringe, 2 Replacement Membranes Sleeves, MicroFil (28 ga.)
5399
T-Adapter Flow-Through Kit
Includes 3 female luer T’s, 3 luer lock fittings, 3 2mm gaskets,
6 male luer to 1/8-in. tubing, 3 luer lock fittings
5381
Rack Mount Kit (up to 4 units)
13347
Chart Recorder Adapter (requires BNC cable) 500184BNC Cable
ISO2 SPECIFICATIONS
MEASUREMENT MODES
% O2:
0-100%
ppm:
0-20
Current:
0-200 nA
RESOLUTION
0.1 ppm
ACCURACY± 1.5%
RECORDER OUTPUT
1000 Ω resistance for chart recorders
DISPLAY
3.5-digit LCD
POWER
2 nine-volt alkaline batteries, supplied
BATTERY LIFE
1000 hours, estimated
DIMENSIONS
8 x 4 x 2 inches (20 x 10 x 5 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
5 lb (2.3 kg)
OXELP OXYGEN ELECTRODE
Also see WPI’s
temperature stabilzed
chamber, page 88.
TIP DIAMETER
2 mm
STAINLESS STEEL SLEEVE
66 mm
OVERALL LENGTH
125 mm
CABLE LENGTH
122 cm (4 feet), including BNC connector
RESPONSE TIME
10 seconds, 90% response typical
in well-stirred solution
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
96
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
pHOptica™
A novel fiber optic pH system
pHOptica™ is a pH measuring system which
uses fiber optic sensors and patented DLR
technology. This method allows referenced
measurements with single excitation to be
implemented.
Features of pHOptica Meter
● Single-channel, compact, easy to transport fiber-optic meter for pH
measurements with miniature sensors.
● Two 12-bit, programmable analog outputs, with electrical isolation.
● One external trigger input, with electrical isolation.
● Computer with RS232 interface required for operation.
● User-friendly software saves and visualizes measured values.
● Several pHOptica meters can be connected to one computer.
● Temperature variation is recorded using a temperature sensor.
Features of
pH optical sensors
● No reference electrode is needed
● Immune to electrical interferences and magnetic fields
● Low drift
● High spatial resolution due to small tip size
● Measurement in very small sample volumes
● Additional optical isolation of the sensor tip is available for
measurements in colored or photosynthetically active samples.
pHOptica Mini system
The pH Optica micro system is a single channel pH system for use with fiber optic
micro sensors. The applications include:
The pH Optica micro system is a single
channel pH system for use with fiber optic
mini sensors, foil and spot surface sensors.
The applications include:
● Penetration or implantation into living tissue (heart, muscle or animal blood
vessels).
● Soil implantation for pH measurement.
● Implantation into customer-made housing.
To protect the small
glass fiber tip against
breaking, suitable
housings and tubings
around it, depending
on the respective
application, were
designed.
● Non-invasive and non-distractive pH
measurements from outside through flask
walls (cell culture)
● Online pH monitoring by flow through cells
● Dipping probe pH measurements
pH mini sensors
● OD of the dipping sensor is 4 mm. ● Sterilization of the pH sensor spots
via gamma radiation. ● The pH mini sensor meter is based on 2 mm PMMA
waveguides. ● Drift of 0.1 pH units for 10,000 measurements (4 days measurement
in the 30 sec data update mode).
Two different housings and sensor spots (sensorfoils) are offered:
Needle-Type Housing Sensor—
the glass-fiber with its pH-sensitive
tip is protected inside a stainless
steel needle (18 ga.); fiber has to
be extended during measurement;
penetration through septum.
Implantable sensor—
without any housings
implantation into animal
blood circuits; soil implantation;
implantation in customer-made
housings
pH micro sensors
● Tip size 140 micrometer.
● Drift of 0.1 pH units for 2000 measurements (16 hours measurement in the 30
sec data update mode).
pHOptica Specifications
Data Interface Sample Rate Measuring pH Range Resolution (at 20 °C) ± 0.01 (minisensors)
Response Time Dimensions Weight Power Supply RS232
1 sample per second
5-9
± 0.03 (microsensors);
< 1 min
185 x 110 x 45 mm
630 g
100 - 220 V AC
POF Coated with a pHSensitive Foil—Small
and robust pH dipping
sensor; no reference
electrode needed.
Flow-Through Cell
with Integrated
pH Sensor—On-line
monitoring; can be
easily connected via
Luer-Lock adapters.
Planar pH Sensitive Foils
and spots—non-invasive
and non-destructive
measurement from outside
through the wall of the
flask; online monitoring.
MINISENSOR SYSTEM (cannot be used with microsensors)
PH-OPTICA-MINI Fiber Optic pH Meter for minisensors, foils and spots
502119 pH MiniTip, fiber optic pH sensors (4 mm OD), pkg of 3 502120 pH MiniFlow, fiber optic pH flow sensor, pkg of 3 502121* pH MiniFoil, fiber optic pH foil sensors, 3x3 cm2
502122* pH MiniSpot, fiber optic pH spot sensors, pkg of 10, OD 5 mm *Requires #501644
MICROSENSOR SYSTEM (cannot be used with minisensors)
PH-OPTICA-MICRO Fiber optic pH meter for microsensors
502123 pH MicroTip, fiber optic pH sensors (140 um OD), pkg of 3 502124 pH MicroImplant, fiber optic pH implantable sensor (140 um OD), pkg of 3 501644 Polymer optical fiber with 1 SMA connector
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
97
BIOS EN S I NG
pHOptica Micro system
Beetrode
BEE-CAL
®
ZBEECAL
Micro pH Elec­trodes
with 100-micron sensing tips!
3508
● NEW—IMPROVED—super-miniature, superfast
coated wire pH electrodes
● 100-micron diameter — ideal for monitoring fast
pH changes in very small places
NM
PH2
NM
BIOS EN S I NG
PH
1
H5
PH
3L
NMP
NM
BEETRODE SPECIFICATIONS
NMPH3
NMPH2B
1358
Beetrode® is a solid state pH sensor with ideal characteristics over a
wide pH range. Exhib­its a larger Eo than conventional glass electrodes.
Requires a separate ref­er­ence electrode, such as WPI’s Dri-Ref Series.
Beetrodes (except the NMPH2) connect to your pH meter via a BNCterminated cable. Bee­trodes generate mV readings on standard pH meters.
To obtain pH-scale readings on stan­dard pH meters, use BEE-CAL™, a
small, battery-operated com­pen­sa­tor (AA battery included) that adjusts the
electrode offset po­ten­tial so that Beetrodes will produce standard pH-scale
readings. (NMPH2B requires ZBEECAL.)
pH-Silver
Low-noise combination pH electrode
WPI’s pH-Silver, single/double-junction, gel-sealed Ag/AgCl
combination pH electrodes are very low noise. They are designed
for both laboratory and field use, especially for applications
involving strong magnetic fields. The unique features of these
electrodes provide unparalleled performance.
l Superior stability
l Fast response
l Minimum sodium (alkaline) error
l pH 0 -14 full range
measurement
TIP DIAMETER
TIP LENGTH
BODY DIAMETER (NMPH 1, 3, 3L, 5)
BODY LENGTH (NMPH 1, 3, 5)
BODY LENGTH (NMPH 3L)
RESPONSE TIME
pH RANGE
SLOPE
RESISTANCE
SELECTIVITY
100 µ (0.1 mm)
2 mm (approx.), except
5 mm (approx.) on NMPH5
0.187 in. (5 mm)
1.875 in. (48 mm)
0.75 in. (19 mm)
1 s (90%) typical
0-14
Nernstian
100 kΩ (max)
No significant interference by K+, Na+, Ca++ in 0.1 to 1 M solutions
NMPH1*Beetrode—2 mm receptacle
NMPH2 Beetrode with 1 m cable (unterminated)
NMPH2-LFBeetrode, Luer-Tip, with 1 m cable (unterminated)
NMPH2B Beetrode w/ BNC cable, 1 m cable
NMPH3* Dental Beetrode, 45° Bend, 2 mm receptacle
NMPH3L* Dental Beetrode w/ 2 mm loop, 2 mm receptacle
NMPH5*Beetrode, 2 mm receptacle
BEECALBeetrode Offset & Cable (BNC, 2 mm pin)
ZBEECAL Level Shifting Device
3508BNC-to-US Standard Adapter
1358BNC-to-2 mm Pin Adapter
*Requires BEE-CAL or 1358 BNC-to-2 mm Pin Cable (4-ft)
for connec­tion to a pH meter.
l Special internal fill offers full range linear temperature
compensation
l Very low sensor glass membrane resistance
l Zero and Isopotential: ~pH 7
l Compatible with almost all pH meters
PH-SILVER
Combination pH Electrode, Low Noise
pH-Silver Specifications
Bulb ShapeBall
Body Material / Color
Epoxy / Blue
Type of Reference
Ag/AgCl
Sealed/Refillable
Gel-Sealed
pH range
0-14
Junction Material
Ceramic wick
Junction Type
Single
Max. Temperature
80 °C
Dimensions
12 x 115 mm
Cable Length
1.0 m
ConnectorBNC
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
98
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
ISE/pH/mV/ORP/Temperature Meter
Use up to 5 Standards for Calibration
Dual Channels for Multiple Analyses
Meet GLP Requirements with GLPdoc™
With dual electrode inputs, the OR720AP allows the user to select measurement
from either electrode without the need for two independent meters—perfect for
a busy, multi-user laboratory. Measure pH with ROSS Resolution™ to 0.001 pH
units. The pH autocalibration feature recognizes five pH buffers using built-in
buffer/temperature tables. Express concentration results to three significant digits.
Full five point concentration calibration with automatic blank correction improves
results of low level measurements. User prompting walks you through each meter
operation. Store data using the internal datalogger or print, via the RS232 port.
An analog voltage output is provided for continuous recording by an external data
acquisition system or chart recorder. GLPdoc records calibration parameters such
as slope, temperature, mV of standards, and time and date of calibration, providing
a convenient record-keeping system compatible with “Good Laboratory Practices”.
Three-year meter warranty.
OR720AP
Basic Benchtop pH Meter
OR320 PerpHecT meter gives you the benchtop pH basics for routine pH
measurements plus mV (ORP) mode and selectable pH resolution (0.01/0.1).
Calibration is fast and accurate using the autocalibration system with built-in
Auto-Buffer-Recognition of three buffers. Temperature compensation can be LogR,
automatic (with an ATC probe) or manual. Custom buffer option allows you to enter
non-standard buffer values for accurate measurement over the entire pH range. pH
electrode 9202BN included. Three-year meter warranty.
OR320A
MODEL
OR720AP
OR320
JE671P
RANGE
-2.00 to 19.999
±1600.0 mV
-5.0 to 105.0°C
0.000 to 19900
0.00 to +14.00
—
0.0 to +100.0°C
—
00.00 - 14.00
-1999 to +1999
0.0 to +100°C
RESOLUTION
pH
mV
Temp
0.1 / 0.01 / 0.001
0.1 mV
0.1°C
0.1 / 0.01
—
0.1°C
0.01
1 mV
0.1°C
ACCURACY
pH
mV
Temp
±0.002
±0.02
±0.05% or ±0.2 mV —
±0.1°C
±0.1°C
pH
mV
Temp
Ion
OR720AP
OR720BP
OR320A
OR320B
JE671P
JE671PZ
± 0.1
± 0.1%
± 0.5°C
pH/ISE Meter, 110V AC Adapter
pH/ISE Meter, 220V AC Adapter
pH/ Temperature Meter, pH/Ref Electrode, 110V AC Adapter
pH/ Temperature Meter, pH/Ref Electrode, 220V AC Adapter
pH Meter, pH Electrode, Temperature Probe, 110V AC Adapter
pH Meter, pH Electrode, Temperature Probe, 220V AC Adapter
JE671P
pH Meter
Hard-to-find, classic pH meter JE671P allows the
scientist to control all the parameters manually.
Especially useful for non standard pH and ISE
electrodes.
•
•
•
•
•
All solid state design
Low drift and high stability
Fast input response
Manual and automatic temperature compensation
Auto polarity mV measurement
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
99
BIOS EN S I NG
● Digital LogR™ Temperature Compensation
● Simultaneous Display of pH or mV (ORP) and Temperature
● Custom Buffer Feature Stores User Defined Buffers
Dri-Ref™ Reference Electrodes
R
DRI
450
EF-
R
DRI
FLEX
ef, S
ri-R
D
ER-
DRI R
R
DRI
E
EF-2
SUPER-Dri-Ref
Most recently, WPI’s research staff have created an exciting new addition
to the field of reference half-cell electrodes. SUPER-Dri-Ref, a reference elec­
trode with a diameter of 2‑mm, does not leak electrolyte at all. Exhibiting the
electrical stability of a classic flow­ing junction reference cell, this electrode
exhibits low re­sis­tance and a stable half-cell po­ten­tial es­sen­tial­ly in­de­pen­dent
of sample electrolyte concentration. SUPER-Dri-Ref is ideal for small vol­ume
and low salt concentration mea­sure­ments.
REF
DR2
EF-L
Micro-Reference Electrode
H
F-5S
IR
DR
BIOS EN S I NG
The Dri-Ref electrodes are chemically re­sis­tant to strong acids and alkalines.
Dri-Ref electrodes are not suitable for use in organic sol­vents. In ad­di­tion, the
long, thin FLEXREF may be easily ma­nip­u­lated to ac­com­mo­date a difficult
ex­per­i­men­tal setup.
5
EF-
DRI R
SUP
Although the internal filling solution con­tains KCI, the low flu­id leakage
means Dri-Ref may be used in combination with ion se­lec­tive elec­trodes,
in­clud­ing those for K+ and Cl-, without sig­nif­i­cant con­tam­i­na­tion from the
reference elec­trode.
Only 450 µm in diameter and 2 inches long, WPI’s new DRIREF-450
reference elec­trode can be used along with other sensors in space-restricted
areas and very small sam­ple vol­umes.
2S H
EF-
Luer-Tip Reference
The male luer fitting at the front of the DRIREF-L allows it to be easily
connected to a female luer port (see WPI’s luer fittings kit, page 182) to form
a tight seal — a very convenient installation for a flow-through system.
Dri-Ref™ reference electrodes were developed by WPI to have extremely
low electrolyte leak­age properties, hence the name “Dri-Ref”. In addition to
this key feature, these electrodes exhibit stable and reproducible potential
and low resistance. Stored in KCl when not in use, they have a long life
expectancy. Low leak­age is achieved by using KONBO™, a prod­uct com­
bin­ing modern ceram­ic and con­duc­tive polymer tech­nol­o­gy, as the liq­uid
junction. Elec­trode re­sis­tance is low, an im­por­tant con­sid­er­ation when mak­
ing low-noise measure­ments.
Length
Diameter
Construction
Lead Length
CONNECTOR
Resistance (typical)
Filling Solution
ELECTROLYTE Leakage (ml/hr)
DRIREF-450
8 cm
450 µm
Coated Glass
30 in. (76 cm)
2 mm pin
< 5 KΩ
KCl
—
DRIREF-5
9 cm
4.7 mm
Epoxy
30 in. (76 cm)
2 mm pin
~500 Ω
KCl
~7.4×10-7
FLEXREF
DRIREF-2
DRIREF-2SH
DRIREF-5
DRIREF-5SH
SDR2
DRIREF-450
DRIREF-L
Flexible Dri-Ref, 1.5 mm diam.
Dri-Ref, 2 mm diam.
Dri-Ref, 2 mm diam. (Short)
Dri-Ref, 4.7 mm diam.
Dri-Ref, 4.7 mm diam. (Short)
SUPER-Dri-Ref, 2 mm diam.
Micro-Dri-Ref, 450 µm diam.
Reference Electrode with Luer Tip
DRI-REF SPECIFICATIONS
DRIREF-2
13 cm
2 mm
Isoplast™
30 in. (76 cm)
2 mm pin
~2.7 KΩ
KCl
~5.7×10-8
FLEXREF
13 cm
1.5 mm
Teflon™
30 in. (76 cm)
2 mm pin
~2.7 KΩ
KCl
~5.7×10-8
SDR2
9 cm
2 mm
PVC
30 in. (76 cm)
2 mm pin
< 5 KΩ
KCl
—
DRIREF-L
7.5 cm
Standard Luer
Polypropylene
30 in. (76 cm)
2 mm pin
~500 Ω
KCl
~7.4×10-7
DRIREF-5SH
3.5 cm
4.7 mm
Epoxy
30 in. (76 cm)
2 mm pin
~500 Ω
KCl
~7.4×10-7
DRIREF-2SH
2 cm
2 mm
Isoplast™
30 in. (76 cm)
2 mm pin
~2.7 KΩ
KCl
~5.7×10-8
Isoplast is a trade mark of Dow Chemical. Teflon is a trade mark of DuPont.
Calcium Calibration Solutions
CALBUF-1
CALBUF-2
For use with calcium
electrodes
For use with calcium fluorescent indicators
A set of eight calcium buffers
covering the range of concentration
from 10-1 to 10-8 M Ca++. Each
buffer contains 20 mL of solution
and enough potassium chloride
to set the ionic strength to 0.1 M.
Limited shelf life; use within 30 days.
Concentration: 1x10-1, 1x10-2, 1x10-3, 1x10-4, 1x10-5, 1x10-6, 1x10-7,
1x10-8 M at 20°C. Limited shelf life; use within 30 days.
CALBUF-1 Kit of 8 Calcium Buffer Solutions
CALBUF-2 is especially suitable for calibrating flu­o­res­cent Ca++ in­di­ca­
tors. It provides eleven buffer stan­dards in the 10-4 to 10-8 M Ca++ range,
where­as other commonly used flu­o­res­cent Ca++ indicators have the
ap­par­ent Kd in the range of 100 to 300 nM. As with any ionic sensitive
indicator, the sensitivity range of these indicators is about 1.0 log unit
above and below the Kd. CALBUF-2 provides seven calibration points
in this sensitivity range. It has an osmolarity of 0.305, which is isotonic
with most mammalian cells.
Concentration: 1x10-8, 4x10-8, 1x10-7, 2.5x10-7, 5x10-7, 7.5x10-7, 1x10-6,
4x10-6, 1x10-5, 4x10-5, and 1x10-4 M at 20°C. Ionic strength: 0.150 M. 11
bottles, 20 ml each. Limited shelf life; use within 30 days.
CALBUF-2 Kit of 11 Calcium Buffer Solutions
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
100
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Kwik-Tip
™
Each kit
includes three
electrode tips.
Ion selective electrodes
ast al!
f
,
e
c
t
ura o­nom­i­
c
c
A
ec
and
● Superior, stable PVC membrane
● Fast response
● 2mm diameter tips
● Interchangeable tip holder
COMPLETE KITS
KWIKCAL-2 Holder & 3 Calcium Electrodes
KWIKH-2 Holder & 3 Hydrogen Electrodes
KWIKPOT-2 Holder & 3 Potassium Electrodes
KWIKTPP-2 Holder & 3 TPP (Tetraphenylphosphonium) Electrodes
HOLDERS AND REPLACEMENT TIPS
KWIK-2
Electrode Holder with BNC cable
TIPCA
Calcium Electrode Tips (3)
TIPH
Hydrogen Electrode Tips (3)
TIPK
Potassium Electrode Tips (3)
TIPTPP
TPP+ (Tetraphenylphosphonium) Electrode Tips (3)
BIOS EN S I NG
These highly stable electrodes ac­cu­rate­ly measure
cal­ci­um, po­tas­si­um, hydrogen and TPP ion
activity. Tips consist of 2 mm di­am­e­ter plas­tic
tubes sealed at one end with an ion-sen­si­tive
mem­brane. After filling with elec­tro­lyte so­lu­tion, the user in­serts the
tube into the hold­er and con­nects it to a pH meter. Tips and hold­ers are
in­ter­change­able, so one tip may be re­placed with an­oth­er sensitive to a
dif­fer­ent ion. Replac­ing a tip takes less than a minute. Elec­trode tips nor­
mal­ly last sev­er­al months, when stored proper­ly in sa­line so­lu­tion. When
re­place­ment is neces­sary, only the tip need be re­placed.
Kwik-Tip electrodes are available separately and as kits. Each “KWIK”
Elec­trode Holder kit includes a reus­able hold­er and three re­mov­able tips.
In addition to a 4-foot BNC ca­ble and an electrolyte filling syringe; “TIP”
Elec­trode Kits con­tain three elec­trode tips for a specific ion. A separate
ref­er­ence electrode, such as WPI’s Dri-Ref™, is also required.
If your pH meter requires a US Standard connector, also order Part
#3508 (BNC-to-US pH Standard adapter).
MicroFil filling
syringe (included).
ACCESSORIES
3508
BNC-to-US pH Adapter
Also see Dri-Ref Reference Electrodes
TIP ELECTRODE SPECIFICATIONS
Part No.
Electrode
Color
Code
Recommended
Filling
Solution
Min.
Slope /
Decade
Concentration Range
Selectivity
Coefficients (-log)
TIPCA
Calcium
Green
0.1 M CaCl2
28 mV
0.1 M - 10-6.75 M
Na+ 5.5, K+ 5.4, Mg++ 4.9
TIPH
Hydrogen
Orange
1 M Citric Acid,
0.01 M NaCl, pH 5.6
54 mV
pH 5.0 - 12
Na+ 10.4, K+ 9.8, Ca++ 11.1
TIPK
Potassium
0.1 M KCl
54 mV
0.1 M - 10-4.5 M
Na+ 4.0, Ca++ 3.9, Mg++ 3.0
TIPTPP
TPP+
Yellow
Purple
10 mM
TPP+
54 mV
0.001 M -
10-4
M
K+ 6.0
Liquid Ion Exchangers
CATIONS
ION
CATALOG NO.
H+
IE 010
K+
IE 190
Ca++
IE 200
When used in
micropipettes to
record cellular ion
concentrations,
consider using
WPI’s Duo 773
electrometer
(channel A).
SELECTIVITY COEFFICIENTS*
Na+
12.7
1.97
Mg++
—
2.95
K+
—
—
Ca++
—
2.7
USEFUL pH RANGE
2-10
4-10
SLOPE 56 mV
58 mV
LINEAR RANGE
pH 4-12
pK 0-3
APPROX. EQUIV.
—
Corning
477317
*Selectivity Coefficients are expressed here as -log
5.5
4.9
5.4
—
4-10
28 mV
pCa 1-7
ETH1001
Kij or pKij.
IE010
IE190
IE200
Hydrogen Ion Exchanger (0.1 mL)
Potassium Ion Exchanger (1.0 mL)
Calcium Neutral Ion Exchanger (0.1 mL)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
101
Surgical & Microdissection Tools
MICROSURGERY
Tweezers
Dumont . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Most Popular #5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Forceps & Hemostats
Ceramic-tip forceps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tissue & Dressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Titanium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filter & Gel Handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hemostats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
108
109
114
115
116
Vannas & other spring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dissecting & Surgical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SuperCut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mayo & Metzenbaum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
119
123
124
125
Scissors
Needle Holders
MICRODISSECTION
Micro & Castroviejo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Olsen-Hegar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Needles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
132
133
135
136
Clips & Clamps
Clips & Applying Forceps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Bulldog Clamps & Vessel Clips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Retractors, Knives, & Cutters
Retractors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sapphire Knives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scalpel Blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ear Punches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rongeurs & Bone Cutters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dermal Punches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
139
142
143
145
146
154
Surgical Accessories & Animal Handling Gloves
Hooks & Probes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gloves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Binocular Loupes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Surgery Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
148
153
155
156
Electrosurgery
Disposable Cautery Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Thermal Cautery Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Electrosurgical Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Instrument Care
Instrument Protection Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Ultrasonic Cleaners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Dry Sterilizer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
7
0
0
2
n
New i
● Rounded tip micro scissors - page 120
● Atraumatic DeBakey forceps - page 112
● Micro Olsen-Hegar needle holder - page 135
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
102
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Forceps and Tweezers
501764 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22
US$
1:1
Dumont #1
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Inox
12 cm (4.75 in.)
0.20 x 0.12 mm
Tip Profile:
1:1
Stainless steel, Medical Biology
12 cm long (4.75 in.)
0.1 x 0.06 mm
Tip Profile:
500229. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$38
1:1
500335 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24
US$
Dumont #1
Material:
Length:
Tips:
MICRODISSECTION
Mini Dumont #M5S
Material: Stainless Steel
Length:
8.2cm
Tips:
0.09 x 0.05 mm Dumont #2
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Inox
12 cm (4.75 in.)
0.34 x 0.14 mm tips
500336. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
24
Tip Profile:
1:1
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Stainless steel, Medical Biology
12 cm (4.75 in.)
0.17 x 0.07 mm
Tip Profile:
500230 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1:1
37
US$
Dumont #3C
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Dumostar, Biology, non-magnetic, non-corrosive
11 cm (4.3 in.)
0.08 x 0.04 mm
Tip Profile:
500064 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$43
1:1
Dumont #3
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Dumostar, Biology, non-magnetic, non-corrosive
12 cm (4.75 in.)
0.08 x 0.04 mm
Tip Profile:
500337. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$41
1:1
Dumont #3
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Inox
12 cm (4.75 in.)
0.17 x 0.10 mm tips
500338 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
25
Tip Profile:
1:1
Hardness
(Rockwell)
Max. Temp.
Resistance
Corrosion
Resistance
Magnetic
Stainless Steel & Inox
55-56
350° C
Excellent
Ye s
Dumoxel
36
350° C
Excellent
No
Dumostar
62
550° C
100% Non-Corrosive
No
Titanium
37
550° C
100% Non-Corrosive
No
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
103
MICROSURGERY
Dumont #2
Dumont #4
MICROSURGERY
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Dumostar, Biology, non-magnetic, non-corrosive
Tip Profile:
11 cm (4.3 in.)
0.06 x 0.02 mm
500339 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dumont #4
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Inox
11 cm (4.3 in.)
0.13 x 0.08 mm
500340 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
26
Tip Profile:
1:1
Dumont #4
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Stainless steel, Medical Biology
11 cm long (4.3 in.)
0.02 x 0.06 mm Mod Tip Profile:
500231. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1:1
44
US$
Dumont #5
Material: Dumostar, Medical Biology,
non-magnetic, non-corrosive
Length:
12 cm long (4.75 in.)
Tips:
0.025 x 0.015 mm
500085 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MICRODISSECTION
1:1
46
US$
68
US$
Tip Profile:
1:1
Dumont #5
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Inox
11 cm (4.3 in.)
0.025 x 0.05 mm
501985. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
69
US$
1:1
Dumont #5
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Dumostar, non-magnetic, non-corrosive
11 cm (4.3 in.)
0.1 x 0.06 mm Tips
Tip Profile:
500233 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$44
1:1
Dumont #5
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Dumoxel, non-magnetic stainless steel
11 cm (4.3 in.)
0.1 x 0.06 mm tips
Tip Profile:
14098 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$31
ST
MO AR!
UL
POP
1:1
Dumont #5
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Inox
11 cm (4.3 in.)
0.10 x 0.06 mm
500342 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
29
Tip Profile:
1:1
Dumont #5
Material: Inox, Biology
Length: 11 cm (4.3 in.)
Tips:
0.05 x 0.01 mm tips
500341 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
35
Tip Profile:
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
104
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
1:1
Dumont #5
Stainless steel, Medical Biology
11 cm (4.3 in.)
0.05 x 0.01 mm
14095. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
41
Tip Profile:
1:1
Tip Profile:
1:1
Tip Profile:
1:1
Dumont #5
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Dumoxel, self-closing
11 cm (4.3 in.)
0.1 x 0.06 mm
501203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
39
US$
Dumont #5
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Inox, Biology, self-closing
11 cm (4.3 in.)
0.05 x 0.01 mm
501202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
37
US$
Dumont #5
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Medical, 90° bent
11 cm (4.3 in.)
0.05 x 0.01 mm
501201. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
41
MICRODISSECTION
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Tip Profile:
1:1
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Stainless steel, Medical Biology, bent at 45°
11 cm (4.3 in.)
Tip Profile:
0.05 x 0.01 mm
14101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
45
1:1
Dumont #5
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Stainless steel, Medical Biology
11 cm (4.3 in.)
0.02 x 0.06 mm half curved Tip Profile:
500232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$46
1:1
Dumont #5
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Titanium
11 cm (4.3 in.)
0.1 x 0.06 mm
14096 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
38
US$
Tip Profile:
1:1
Dumont #55
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Dumostar, Biology, non-magnetic, non-corrosive
11 cm (4.3 in.)
0.05 x 0.01 mm
Tip Profile:
500235 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$51
1:1
Dumont #55
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Inox, Biology
11 cm (4.3 in.)
0.05 x 0.01 mm
14099 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
35
Tip Profile:
1:1
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
105
MICROSURGERY
Dumont #5
Dumont #5B
Material: Inox, Biology, bent at 45°
Length:
11 cm (44.3 in.)
Tips: 0.05 x 0.01 mm
MICROSURGERY
500234 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
39
US$
Tip Profile:
1:1
Dumont #6
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Stainless Steel, Medical
12 cm (4.75 in.) sharp points
0.17 x 0.1 mm
Tip Profile:
501204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$38
1:1
Dumont #7
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Dumoxel, non-magnetic stainless steel
12 cm (4.75 in.)
0.17 x 0.1 mm
Tip Profile:
14188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1:1
39
US$
Dumont #7
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Inox
12 cm (4.75 in.)
0.17 x 0.1 mm
14097. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
32
Tip Profile:
1:1
MICRODISSECTION
Dumont #7
Material: Titanium
Length:
12 cm (4.75 in.)
Tips: 0.17 x 0.1 mm
14187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
40
US$
Tip Profile:
1:1
Dumont #7
Material:
Length:
Tips:
stainless steel
11 cm (4.3 in.), curved, serrated jaws
0.17 x 0.10 mm
Tip Profile:
501302 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$56
1:1
Dumont #7
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Inox, Biology, self-closing,
12 cm (4.75 in.)
0.07 x 0.03 mm, curved
501205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
37 Tip Profile:
US$
1:1
Dumont #7
Material: Dumoxel, Biology, self-closing
Length:
12 cm (4.75 in.)
Tips:
0.08 x 0.04 mm
501206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$44 Tip Profile:
1:1
Protect your valuable instruments with a
sterilizer/storage tray
500252
500253
500254
501728
501729
500255
Sterilizer tray, 15 x 6 x 2 cm (6 x 2.5 x 0.75 in.), base, silicone mat, lid
Sterilizer tray, 19 x 10 x 2 cm (7.5 x 4 x 0.75 in.), base, silicone mat, lid
Sterilizer tray, 25.5 x 15 x 2 cm (10 x 6 x 0.75 in.), base, silicone mat, lid
Sterilizer Tray, 25.5 x 15 x 4 cm (10 x 6 x 1.5 in.), base, insert tray, lid, 2 mats
Sterilizer Tray for Knife 15 x 6 x 2 cm (6 x 2.5 x 0.75 in.), base, lid, 2 bars
Silicone mat, 38 x 25.5 cm (15 x 10 in.)
For more information, see page 161
35
60
US$
90
US$
207
US$
35
US$
83
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
106
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
US$
US$
Economy Fine Tweezers
Made of quality stainless steel, these tweezers are useful for general dissections where ultrafine tips are not necessary. Economically priced per
package of 6, they are affordable enough for everyone to have their own instruments.
Economy Tweezer Style 1
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Stainless Steel
11 cm (4.3 in.)
0.45 x 0.55 mm
501974-6. . . . . . . . . . . . .
46
US$
1:1
Economy Tweezer Style 2
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Stainless Steel
11 cm (4.3 in.)
0.40 x 0.55 mm
501975-6. . . . . . . . . . . . .
46
US$
1:1
Economy Tweezer Style 3
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Stainless Steel
11 cm (4.3 in.)
0.20 x 0.40 mm
501976-6. . . . . . . . . . . . .
46
US$
1:1
Stainless Steel
11 cm (4.3 in.)
0.40 x 0.45 mm
501977-6. . . . . . . . . . . . .
46
US$
1:1
Economy Tweezer Style 4
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Stainless Steel
11 cm (4.3 in.)
0.40 x 0.45 mm
501978-6. . . . . . . . . . . . .
46
US$
1:1
Economy Tweezer Style 5
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Stainless Steel
11 cm (4.3 in.)
0.40 x 0.45 mm
501979-6. . . . . . . . . . . . .
46
US$
1:1
Economy Tweezer Style 6
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Stainless Steel
11 cm (4.3 in.)
0.40 x 0.50 mm
501980-6. . . . . . . . . . . . .
46
US$
1:1
Economy Tweezer Style 7
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Stainless Steel
11 cm (4.3 in.)
0.40 x 0.50 mm
501981-6. . . . . . . . . . . . .
46
US$
1:1
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
107
MICROSURGERY
Economy Tweezer Style 3C
Material:
Length:
Tips:
MICRODISSECTION
All tweezers on this page are sold in packages of 6
Titanium Forceps
MICROSURGERY
Titanium is 100% non-corrosive, non-magnetic and has a heat resistance to 550°C. More flexible than stainless steel, the tips are more likely to bend
under pressure than break. Tweezer, Titanium, “#5 45° Biology” style, 11 cm
(4.3 in.) long, 0.05 x 0.01 mm tips bent at 45°
555229F . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
64
US$
Tip Profile:
1:1
Tweezer, Titanium, “#5 Biology” style, 11 cm
(4.3 in.) long, 0.06 x 0.01 mm tips
555227F . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
64
US$
1:1
Tip Profile:
Tweezer, Titanium, “#7 Biology” style, 12 cm
(4.75 in.) long, 0.07 x 0.03 mm tips
555230F . . . . . . . . . . . . .
64
US$
Tip Profile:
1:1
MICRODISSECTION
Ceramic-tipped Forceps
Zirconia ceramic forceps have several unique properties that are not present in metal forceps. ●Ceramic contains no metal, therefore, the forceps will not leave any trace metal residue on tissue. This is especially useful in forensic science research.
●Ceramic is not electrically conductive so it can be used for handling gels in an electrophoresis bath.
●Ceramic’s corrosion resistance allows its use in highly corrosive solutions. For example, clean quarz cover glass or lithographic produced chip sensors in an acid solution without damaging the forceps.
●Ceramic’s low heat conductivity and high heat resistance allow it to hold parts in a flame for sterilizing or fabricating. Although the flame will
eventually reduce the strength of the ceramic tip, it will be minimal.
Dumont #3
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Dumoxel, self-closing
12 cm (4.75 in.)
0.4 x 0.3 mm Ceramic
501208. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1:1
66
US$
Dumont #3
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Dumoxel
13.5 cm (5.3 in.)
0.4x 0.3 mm Ceramic
501210. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
60
US$
1:1
Tip Profile:
Dumont #3C
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Dumoxel
11 cm (4.3 in.)
0.4 x 0.3 mm Ceramic
501209. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
62
1:1
Tip Profile:
Zirconia Ceramic Forceps with
plastic handles, 14 cm (5.5 in.)
long, 9 mm straight tips
501207 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
45
1:1
* Part numbers ending in “-G” indicate German-made instruments
Titanium instruments MRI compatible
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
108
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Bishop Harmon forceps, serrated,
9 cm (3.5 in.) long
501775 . . . . . . . . .
23
US$
1:1
174
Bishop Harmon forceps, 1 x 2 teeth
9 cm (3.5 in.) long
501776 . . . . . . . . .
501776-G* . . . . .
555053FT . . . .
23
US$
210
US$
299
Titanium
US$
1:1
Graefe Forceps, 1 x 2 teeth
7 cm (2.75 in.) long, 1x2 teeth, curved 0.7 mm tips
14141 . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
21
14141-G* . . . . . . . .
Tip Profile:
75
US$
1:1
Graefe Forceps, 1 x 2 teeth
7 cm (2.75 in.) long, straight 0.7 mm tips
14140 . . . . . . . . . . . .
21
US$
14140-G* . . . . . . . .
75
US$
Tip Profile:
1:1
MICRODISSECTION
501775-G* . . . . . .
US$
Graefe forceps, serrated
7cm (2.75 in.) long, straight 0.7 mm tips
14142 . . . . . . . . . . . . US$21
14142-G* . . . . . . . . .
59
US$
Tip Profile:
59
US$
1:1
Tip Profile:
Iris forceps, serrated
10 cm (4 in.) long, straight 0.8 mm tips
15914 . . . . . . . . . . . .
17
US$
15914-G* . . . . . . . . . .
35
US$
1:1
Tip Profile:
Iris forceps, serrated
10 cm (4 in.) long, curved 0.8 mm tips
15915 . . . . . . . . . . . .
17
US$
15915-G* . . . . . . . . .
35
US$
1:1
Tip Profile:
Iris Forceps, 1 x 2 teeth
10 cm (4 in.) long, straight, 0.8 mm tips
15916 . . . . . . . . . . .
555054FT . . . . . .
17
US$
276
US$
15916-G* . . . . . . . . .
35
US$
Titanium
1:1
Tip Profile:
Iris Forceps, 1 x 2 teeth
10 cm (4 in.) long, curved 0.8 mm tips
15917 . . . . . . .
555056FT . .
17
US$
276
US$
15917-G* . . . . .
37
US$
Titanium
1:1
* Part numbers ending in “-G” indicate German-made instruments
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
109
MICROSURGERY
7cm long, curved 0.7 mm tips
501215 . . . . . . . . . . . US$21
501215-G* . . . . . . . .
Adson Forceps, serrated
12 cm (4.75 in.) long,
jaws
Tungsten Carbide
MICROSURGERY
500222. . . . . .
500222-G*. .
Tip Profile:
37
US$
1:1
114
US$
Adson Forceps, serrated
Tip Profile:
12 cm (4.75 in.) long
14226 . . . . . . . . .
US$
14226-G* . . . . .
US$
17
33
1:1
Adson Forceps, 1 x 2 teeth
12 cm (4.75 in.) long
jaws
Tungsten Carbide
500178 . . . . . . . .
500178-G* . . . .
Tip Profile:
37
US$
1:1
104
US$
Adson Forceps, 1 x 2 teeth
MICRODISSECTION
12 cm (4.75 in.) long,
500092 . . . . . . .
US$
500092-G* . . . . .
US$
Tip Profile:
18
37
1:1
Micro Adson Tissue Forceps, 1 x 2 teeth
fine point, 12 cm (4.75 in.) long, 0.8 mm tips
501244 . . . . . . . .
US$
501244-G* . . . . .
US$
25
48
Tip Profile:
1:1
Micro Adson Dressing Forceps, serrated
fine point, 12 cm (4.75 in.) long
501245 . . . . . . . .
US$
501245-G* . . . . .
US$
25 Tip Profile:
48
1:1
Adson-Brown Forceps
12 cm (4.75 in.) long, Tungsten Carbide
jaws with 7x7 side grasping teeth
500177 . . . . . . . .
500177-G* . . . .
39
US$
114
US$
Tip Profile:
1:1
Tissue Forceps
12.5 cm (5 in.) long, 1 x 2 teeth
15918 . . . . . US$17
15918-G* . . . . .
29
US$
12.5 cm (5 in.) long, curved, 1 x 2 teeth
501216 . . . . US$18
501216-G* . . . . US$29
15 cm (6 in.) long, straight, 1 x 2 teeth
501742-G*. . . . . . . . . . . . US$29
15 cm (6 in.) long, straight, 2 x 3 teeth
501741-G* . . . . . . . . . . . . US$29
* Part numbers ending in “-G” indicate German-made instruments
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
110
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
1:1
Graefe Fixation Forceps
501988 . . . . . .
30
US$
Dressing Forceps, serrated
15.5 cm (6 in.) long (pictured)
500363 . . . . . . . . US$18 500363-G* . .
Tip Profile:
35
US$
25.5 cm (10 in.) long
500364 . . . . . . . . US$18
500364-G* . .
US$
30.5 cm (12 in.) long
500365 . . . . . . . . US$18
500365-G* . .
US$
12.5 cm (5 in.) long
501217 . . . . . . . . . US$18
501217-G* . . .
US$
35
1:1
35
35
MICRODISSECTION
Length: 11.5cm (4.5 in.)
Tips:
4mm wide, 5x5 teeth
Micro Tweezer
501727-G* . . . . . .
US$
40
1:1
Dressing Forceps, ultra fine, serrated
12.5 cm (5 in.), straight, sharp tips
15908 . . . . . . . . . .
US$
24
Tip Profile:
1:1
Gillies Dissecting Forceps, 1 x 2 teeth
15.5 cm (6 in.) long
501266 . . . . . .
501266-G* . .
22
US$
114
US$
Tungsten Carbide
15.5 cm (6 in.) long, jaws
501265 . . . . . .
501265-G* . .
45
US$
US$
1:1
114
McIndoe Dressing Forceps, serrated
15.5 cm (6 in.) long
501268 . . . . . .
501268-G* . .
US$
22
114
US$
Tungsten Carbide
15.5 cm (6 in.) long, jaws
501267 . . . . . .
501267-G* . .
US$
45
1:1
114
US$
* Part numbers ending in “-G” indicate German-made instruments
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
111
MICROSURGERY
15 cm (6 in.), serrated, angled
MICRODISSECTION
MICROSURGERY
Teflon-Coated Cupped Forceps
Length: 15.25 cm (6 in.)
Tips:
3.5mm diameter
501983 . . . . . .
Special cupped forceps allow
atraumatic gripping of organs and
other delicate tissue.
86
US$
Russian Forceps
Length: 15.25cm (6 in.)
Tips:
serrated, oval, 7mm diameter
501987 . . . . . .
33
US$
DeBakey Forceps
15 cm (6 in.) long, delicate, jaw
width 1.5 mm
Atraumatic teeth grip tissue,
vessels, and organs without damage.
501239 . . . . . . US$69
501239-G* . . US$114
45 degree angled tip
501996 . . . . . .
69
US$
16 cm (6.25 in.) long, angled, micro, jaw
width 1.2 mm
503212 . . . . .
154
US$
16 cm (6.25 in.) long, micro, jaw width
1.2 mm
503213 . . . . .
155
US$
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
112
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
1:1
Round-handled Forceps
By hollowing out the handles of long, round-handled instruments, the overall weight is decreased. This makes them efficient and non-fatiguing when
operating under a microscope. Made from high quality stainless steel, these instruments are an excellent addition to a microsurgical instrument kit.
Length: 15 cm (6 in.)
Tips:
0.15 mm tips
bent at 45°
14209 . . . . . .
114
US$
Tip Profile:
1:1
Round, Hollow Handle Forceps
Length: 15 cm (6 in.)
Tips:
straight 0.15 mm
14113 . . . . . . . US$87
14113-G* . . . US$263
Tip Profile:
1:1
Round, Hollow Handle Forceps
Length:
Tips:
MICRODISSECTION
Round, Hollow Handle Forceps
15 cm (6 in.)
curved 0.3 mm tips
14114 . . . . . . . US$87
14114-G* . . . US$263
Dilator Forceps
Length: 14 cm (5.5 in.)
Tips:
straight 0.15 mm tips
15910 . . . . . . .
84
US$
1:1
Tip Profile:
Titanium instruments
● 100% non-corrosive (great for seawater procedures)
● 100% non-magnetic (perfect for MRI)
● 40% lighter than stainless steel (reduces hand fatigue)
● Forcep tips coated with tungsten carbide for increased gripping power
● Anodized, non-glare blue finish
Forceps
Length: 8.5 cm (3.3 in.)
Tips:
straight, notched
555081FT . .
212
US$
Tip Profile:
1:1
Tip Profile:
1:1
Tip Profile:
1:1
Forceps
Length: 8.5 cm (3.3 in.)
Tips:
straight with 0.12 mm teeth (1x2)
555041FT . .
216
US$
Forceps
Length: 8.5 cm (3.3 in.)
Tips:
straight with tying platforms
555001FT . .
207
US$
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
113
MICROSURGERY
1:1
Tip Profile:
Colibri Forceps
Length: 8.5 cm (3.3 in.)
Tips:
curved with 0.12 mm teeth (1x2)
MICROSURGERY
555042FT . .
221
US$
Kelman-McPherson Forceps
Length: 8.5 cm (3.25 in.)
Tips:
45º angled, 7.5 mm long smooth platform
555190FT . . US$244
1:1
Colibri Suturing Fine Forceps
Length: 7.5 cm (3 in.)
Tips:
140º toothed (1×2 teeth), 0.1 mm
with tying platform
555060FT . .
258
US$
1:1
90° Toothed Forceps
Length: 11.5 cm (4.5 in.)
Tips:
0.12mm 1x2 teeth, straight, with tying platform
555047FT . .
MICRODISSECTION
1:1
258
US$
1:1
Notched forceps, standard range,
Length: 8.5 cm (3.25 in.)
Tips:
straight, 1×1 teeth, with tying platform
555080FT . .
193
US$
1:1
Suturing Forceps, ultrafine range,
Length: 11.5 cm (4.5 in.)
Tips:
straight, 140º toothed (1x2 teeth), 0.12 mm, with tying platform
555063FT . .
1:1
258
US$
Tying Forceps, Standard range,
Length: 11.5 cm (4.5 in.)
Tips:
straight, 0.25 x 0.15 mm tips, with 4 mm long tying platform
555007FT . .
193
US$
555827L . . . . . .
2mm OD rings
108mm long
1:1
276
US$
1:1
555828L . . . . . . US$276
1mm OD flat oval tips
108mm long
1:1
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
114
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Notched Forceps, standard range,
555084FT . .
1:1
239
US$
Microintraocular forceps
Length: 14 cm (5.5 in.)
Jaws:
2.5 x 0.3 x 0.25mm (lxwxt), 1.5mm maximum opening
500373 . . . . .
US$
500373-T . . .
US$
299
345
Length: 14 cm (5.5 in.)
Jaws:
3 x 0.6 x 0.4mm (lxwxt), 1.4mm maximum opening
501212 . . . . .
US$
299
501212-T . . .
US$
Tip Profile:
1:1
345
MICRODISSECTION
Length: 11.5 cm (4.5 in.)
Tips:
1×1 teeth, with tying platform, straight
Vessel Cannulation Forceps for 0.5mm diameter cannula, 10 cm (4 in.) long
500377 . . . . . .
79
US$
Tip Profile:
500453 . . . . .
79
US$
See Mouse Vessel Cannulation Kit on page 152
Micro Cannula
l 0.4mm O.D., 0.2mm I.D. tubing
l Autoclavable
l Biocompatible Perfluorocarbon tubing material
KZ1101
Micro Cannula, 3"
92
US$
1:1
This micro cannula is ideal for placement in the
carotid or femoral artery of mice, rats, and
other small animal blood vessels. It can be
used with a pressure transducer (WPI’S BLPR)
for blood pressure measurement, or in conjunction with a micro-syringe injection system (like WPI’s
UMPII or MMP pumps). The incorporated standard
female luer fitting makes connecting to existing experimental plumbing quick and easy. The cannula is provided with a
contoured-tip stainless steel stylet (trocar) to facilitate placement
using established techniques. A movable “shoulder” ring provides a tiein point to prevent accidental removal. The cannula may be left in place for
2 hours or more, and with proper care and cleaning, may be re-used multiple
times. Instructions for use included.
Great for gel handling
Filter Forceps
Polypropylene finger grip, 11 cm (4.3 in.) long,
straight flat jaw
500455 . . . . .
1:1
22
US$
Filter Forceps
11 cm (4.3 in.) long, straight flat jaw
500456 . . . . .
22
US$
500456-G* . . .
35
US$
Great for gel handling
1:1
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
115
MICROSURGERY
Vessel Cannulation forceps for 1.0 mm diameter cannula, 10 cm (4 in.) long
Filter Forceps
11 cm (4.3 in.) long, bent flat jaw
500457 . . . . . .
US$
22
MICROSURGERY
Great for gel handling
1:1
Wafer Handling Forceps
11 cm (4.3 in.) long, angled 30° jaw
501303 . . . . . .
1:1
45
US$
Great for gel handling
1:1
MICRODISSECTION
Backhaus Towel Clamp
3.5”
501320 . . . . . US$17
501320-G* . . . . .
US$
5.25”
501700 . . . .
501700-G* . . . . .
US$
18
US$
35
37
Micro Hemostatic Forceps
12.5 cm (5 in.) long, straight, serrated, 0.4 x 0.8 mm tips
500451. . . . . . .
39
US$
500451-G* . . . . . . .
Tip Profile:
51
US$
1:1
12.5 cm (5 in.) long, curved, serrated, 0.4 x 0.8 mm tips
500452 . . . . . .
39
US$
500452-G* . . . . . . .
52
US$
Tip Profile:
Tip Profile:
1:1
Tip Profile:
Mosquito Hemostatic Forceps
15920
12.5 cm (5 in.) long, straight . . . . .
US$
15921
12.5 cm (5 in.) long, curved . . . . . .
US$
501705
9 cm (3.5 in.) long, straight . . . . . .
US$
501291
9 cm (3.5 in.) long, curved . . . . . . .
US$
555222F 9 cm (3.5 in.) long, straight . . . .
US$
555223F 9 cm (3.5 in.) long, cuved . . . . .
US$
17
15920-G*. . . . . . . .
US$
17
15921-G*. . . . . . . .
US$
17
501705-G*. . . . . . .
US$
17
501291-G*. . . . . . .
US$
230
Titanium
230
Titanium
35
35
35
35
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
116
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Allis Tissue Forceps
Tip Profile:
6”, 4x5 teeth
US$
37
501324-G* . . . . . . .
US$
MICRODISSECTION
501324 . . . . . . . . . .
74
1:1
Kelly Hemostatic Forceps
501241 Straight, 14 cm (5.5 in.) long . . . .
US$
501288 Curved, 14 cm (5.5 in.) long . . . .
US$
18
501241-G* . . . . .
US$
18
501288-G* . . . . .
US$
501714
Straight, 15.5 cm (6 in.) long . . . .
US$
501715
Curved, 15.5 cm (6 in.) long . . . .
US$
37
20
501714-G* . . . . . .
US$
20
501715-G* . . . . . .
US$
Tip Profile:
37
39
40
1:1
Tip Profile:
1:1
Crile Hemostatic Forceps
Tip Profile:
501242
Straight, 14 cm (5.5 in.) long . . . .
US$
501730
Curved, 14 cm (5.5 in.) long . . . .
US$
18
501242-G* . . . . . .
US$
18
501730-G* . . . . . .
US$
501712
501713
Curved, 15.5 cm (6 in.) long . . . . . US$20
37
Straight, 15.5 cm (6 in.) long . . . . US$20
501712-G* . . . . . .
US$
501713-G* . . . . . .
US$
37
39
39
Rochester-Oschner Hemostatic Forceps
501709
Straight, 14 cm (5.5 in.) long . . . . . .
US$
22
501709-G* . . . . . . . .
US$
501710
Curved, 14 cm (5.5 in.) long . . . . . .
US$
22
501710-G* . . . . . . . .
US$
501326
Straight, 16 cm (6.25 in.) long . . . .
US$
501711
Curved, 16 cm (6.25 in.) long . . . . .
US$
35
23
501326-G* . . . . . . . .
US$
37
23
501711-G* . . . . . . . .
US$
37
35
1:1
Tip Profile:
* Part numbers ending in “-G” indicate German-made instruments
Tip Profile:
Titanium
Titanium instruments MRI compatible
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
117
MICROSURGERY
Tip Profile:
Tip Profile:
MICROSURGERY
Tip Profile:
1:1
Rochester-Carmalt Hemostatic Forceps
Tip Profile:
501243
Curved, 16 cm (6.25 in.) long . .
US$
501287
Straight, 16 cm (6.25 in.) long . .
US$
23
501243-G* . . . . . . .
US$
23
501287-G* . . . . . . .
US$
501716
Curved, 20 cm (7.75 in.) long . .
US$
501717
Straight, 20 cm (7.75 in.) long . .
US$
46
29
501716-G* . . . . . . .
US$
29
501717-G* . . . . . . .
US$
46
52
52
Tip Profile:
MICRODISSECTION
Rochester-Pean Hemostatic Forceps
501325
Straight, 16 cm (6.25 in.) long . . . .
US$
501706
Curved, 16 cm (6.25 in.) long . . . . .
US$
21
501325-G* . . . . . . .
US$
21
501706-G* . . . . . . .
US$
501707
Straight, 19 cm (7.5 in.) long . . . . . .
US$
501708
Curved, 19 cm (7.5 in.) long . . . . . .
US$
37
23
501707-G* . . . . . . .
US$
23
501708-G* . . . . . . .
US$
37
38
38
1:1
Mixter Hemostatic Forceps
Tip Profile:
“Baby”, right angle, 14 cm (5.5 in.) long
501240 . . . . . . . . .
US$
501240-G* . . . . . .
US$
33
69
8 cm
Micro Alligator Forceps
8 cm (3 in.) shaft, 0.5 x 4.5 mm serrated jaw
500446 . . . . . . .
242
US$
500446-G* . . . . . .
403
US$
Tip Profile:
Micro Crocodile Forceps
7.5 cm (3 in.) shaft, 3 mm serrated jaw
501211 . . . . . . . . .
82
US$
1:1
* Part numbers ending in “-G” indicate German-made instruments
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
118
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Scissors
Vannas Scissors, Super Fine
501778 . .
Tip Profile:
194 US$
Finest Tips in the World!
Length: 8 cm Blades: curved 3 mm
Tips: 0.015 x 0.015 mm
501839 . .
209 US$
1:1
Vannas Scissors
Length: 8.5 cm (3.3 in.)
Blades: straight 7mm Tips:
0.025 x 0.015 mm
Length: 8.5 cm (3.3 in.)
Blades: curved 7mm Tips:
0.025 x 0.015 mm
500086 . . . . . . . . . .
US$
183
501232 . . . . . . . . . .
US$
1:1
190
Vannas Scissors
Length:
Blades:
Tips:
14003 . . . . . .
Tip Profile:
Tip Profile:
8 cm (3 in.)
straight 5 mm
0.1 mm tips
132
US$
1:1
14003-G* . . . . .
213
US$
8 cm (3 in.)
curved, 5 mm
0.1 mm tips
14122. . . . . . .
US$
137
14122-G* . . . . .
Vannas Scissors, angled on flat
Length:
Blades:
Tips:
Tip Profile:
8 cm (3 in.)
angled, 5 mm
0.1 mm tips
501790. . . . . .
US$
137
1:1
Vannas Scissors
Length:
Blades:
Tips:
500260 . . . .
1:1
229
US$
Tip Profile:
8 cm (3 in.)
45° angled to side, 5 mm
0.1 mm tips
148
US$
500260-G* . . . .
1:1
228
US$
McPherson-Vannas Scissors
Length:
Blades:
Tips:
7 cm (2.75 in.)
straight 3 mm
0.1mm
Length:
Blades:
Tips:
7 cm (2.75 in.)
curved 3 mm
0.1mm
14177 . . . . . .
501233 . . . . .
146
US$
153
US$
Tip Profile:
1:1
* Part numbers ending in “-G” indicate German-made instruments
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
119
MICROSURGERY
Tip Profile:
Vannas Scissors
Length:
Blades:
Tips:
MICRODISSECTION
Length: 8 cm Blades: straight 3 mm
Tips: 0.015 x 0.015 mm
MICROSURGERY
McPherson-Vannas Scissors
Length:
Blades:
Tips:
8 cm (3 in.)
straight 5 mm
0.1mm
Length:
Blades:
Tips:
8 cm (3 in.)
curved 5 mm
0.1mm
Tip Profile:
14124 . . . . . .
501234 . . . . .
132
14124-G* . . . . . .
137
501234-G* . . . .
US$
US$
263
US$
268
US$
1:1
McPherson-Vannas Scissors
Length:
Blades:
Tips:
8 cm (3 in.)
sraight, 3 mm
0.22 mm rounded tips
503215 . . . . .
Tip Profile:
114
US$
1:1
McPherson-Vannas Scissors
Length:
Blades:
Tips:
8 cm (3 in.)
curved, 5 mm
0.3 mm rounded tips
503217 . . . . .
Tip Profile:
1:1
114
US$
MICRODISSECTION
McPherson-Vannas Scissors
Length:
Blades:
Tips:
8 cm (3 in.)
angled on flat, 5 mm
0.5 mm rounded tips
503216 . . . . .
114
US$
McPherson-Vannas Scissors
Length:
Blades:
Tips:
503214 . . . . .
8 cm (3 in.)
45 angled to side, 5 mm
0.22 mm rounded tips
Tip Profile:
114
Vannas Scissors, Titanium
1:1
Tip Profile:
230
1:1
US$
Vannas Scissors, Titanium
Length: 8 cm (3 in.)
Blades: angled 3 mm
14365 . . . . . .
1:1
US$
Length: 8 cm (3 in.)
Blades: straight 3 mm
14364 . . . . . .
Tip Profile:
Tip Profile:
230
US$
1:1
Vannas Scissors, Titanium
Length: 8 cm (3 in.)
Blades: straight 7.5 mm
555640S . . .
US$
Tip Profile:
230
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
120
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
1:1
Vannas Scissors, Titanium
555641S . . . .
US$
Tip Profile:
230
1:1
Iris Scissors, Titanium
Length: 10.5 cm (4 in.)
Blades: curved
555561S . . . .
216
US$
1:1
Vannas Scissors, Titanium
Length: 10.5 cm (4 in.)
Blades: curved, sharp tips, 12.5 mm
555583S . . .
294
US$
Length: 10.5 cm (4 in.)
Blades: curved, sharp tips, 10.5 mm
555582S . . .
1:1
271
US$
MICRODISSECTION
Length: 8 cm (3 in.)
Blades: angled 7.5 mm
Vannas Scissors, Titanium
555580S . . .
271
US$
1:1
Castroviejo Corneal Scissors, Titanium
Length: 12 cm (4.75 in.)
Blades: curved, blunt tips, cuts 6/0 traction suture, round handles
555526S . . .
271
US$
1:1
Vannas Scissors, Titanium
Length: 10.5 cm (4 in.)
Blades: angled, sharp tips, 10.5 mm
555584S . . .
271
US$
1:1
Westcott Stitch Scissor, Titaniums
Length: 11 cm (4.3 in.)
Blades: very sharp pointed tips
555541S . . . .
244
US$
1:1
McPherson-Westcott scissors, Titanium
Length: 11 cm (4.3 in.)
Blades: curved blunt tips, cuts 4-0 suture
555500S . . .
212
US$
1:1
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
121
MICROSURGERY
Length: 11 cm (4.3 in.)
Blades: straight, sharp tips, 10.5 mm
WestcottTenotomy Scissors, Titanium
Length: 11.5 cm (4.5 in.)
Blades: curved blunt tips
MICROSURGERY
555620S . . .
1:1
244
US$
Conjunctival Scissors, Titanium
Length: 12 cm (4.75 in.)
Blades: curved, blunt tips
555501S . . . .
US$
258
1:1
Spring Scissors
Tip Profile:
Length: 10.5 cm (4 in.)
Blades: straight 8 mm
501235 . . . . .
Length: 10.5 cm (4 in.)
Blades: curved 8 mm
14127 . . . . . .
102
US$
102
US$
14127-G* . .
252
US$
1:1
Spring Scissors
MICRODISSECTION
Length: 12 cm (4.75 in.)
Blades: straight 12 mm extra fine and long
14125 . . . . . .
148
US$
Length: 12 cm (4.75 in.)
Blades: curved 12 mm extra fine and long
14126 . . . . . .
US$
1:1
Tip Profile:
148
Noyes Scissors, sharp/sharp tips
500228 12 cm long, straight 15 mm blades . . .
501236 12 cm long, curved 15 mm blades . . .
US$
501237 14 cm long, straight 20 mm blades . . .
501238 14 cm long, curved 20 mm blades . . .
US$
49
49 US$
500228-G* . . . US$229
501236-G* . . . US$207
49
49 US$
1:1
Spring Scissors, round handes
Length:
Blades:
14 cm (5.5 in.)
straight 6.5 mm
14111 . . . . . . .
14111-G* . . .
US$
91
357
US$
1:1
Spring Scissors, round handles
Length:
Blades:
14 cm (5.5 in.)
curved 7 mm
14112 . . . . . . .
14112-G* . . .
US$
US$
91
361
Tip Profile:
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
122
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
1:1
Spring Scissors, SuperCut
one edge micro serrated, one edge honed to
the sharpness of a knife edge
12 cm (5 in.)
straight 9mm
501924 . . . . .
Length:
Blades:
217
US$
1:1
12 cm (5 in.)
curved 9mm
501925 . . . . .
217
US$
Spring Scissors
Length:
Blades:
14 cm (5.5 in.)
straight 8 mm
15905 . . . . . . .
15905-G* . . .
Length:
Blades:
60
US$
US$
276
14 cm (5.5 in.)
curved 8 mm
15906 . . . . . . .
15906-G* . . .
1:1
Tip Profile:
60
US$
US$
276
Dissecting Scissors
MICRODISSECTION
Length:
Blades:
Tip Profile:
2.2 cm
1:1
14393-G* . . . . .
US$
17
14394-G* . . . . . .
US$
17
15922-G* . . . . .
US$
17
15923-G* . . . . .
US$
10 cm (4 in.) straight . . . .
US$
14394
10 cm (4 in.) curved . . . . .
US$
15922
12.5 cm (5 in.) straight . .
US$
15923
12.5 cm (5 in.) curved . . .
US$
40
41
35
Tip Profile:
Iris Scissors
Length:
11 cm (4.3 in.)
Blades: straight 501758 . . . . . .
Length:
Blades:
22
US$
501758-G* . . . .
2.2 cm
45
US$
1:1
11 cm (4.3 in.)
curved
501759 . . . . . .
22
US$
501759-G* . . . .
45
US$
Tip Profile:
Tip Profile:
Iris Scissors
Length:
11 cm (4.3 in.)
Blades: straight, Tungsten Carbide 500216 . . . . . .
Length:
Blades:
Tip Profile:
35
51
US$
500216-G* . . . .
2.3 cm
102
US$
11 cm (4.3 in.)
curved, Tungsten Carbide
500217 . . . . . .
51
US$
1:1
Tip Profile:
500217-G*. . . . . US$102
* Part numbers ending in “-G” indicate German-made instruments
Titanium instruments MRI compatible
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
123
MICROSURGERY
17
14393
Utility Eye Scissors, Titanium
MICROSURGERY
Length: 11 cm (4.3 in.)
Blades: straight, standard pointed tips
555646S . . .
1:1
221
US$
2.3 cm
Iris Scissors, SuperCut
one edge micro serrated, one edge honed to the sharpness of a knife edge
10 cm (4 in.)
Straight
14218 . . . .
US$
Curved
14219 . . . .
US$
51
14218-G*...... US$75
51
14219-G*...... US$75
1:1
2.3 cm
11.5 cm (4.5 in.)
Straight
503259 .
Curved
503260 . . US$62
56
Shown: 10 cm, straight
US$
Tip Profile:
Iris Scissors, SuperCut
one edge micro serrated, one edge honed to the sharpness of a knife edge
MICRODISSECTION
12.5 cm (5 in.)
Straight
14225.......... US$51
14225-G*........... US$75
Curved
14224..........
14224-G*........... US$75
51
US$
1:1
Shown: 12.5 cm, straight
3 cm
14 cm (5.5 in.)
Straight
503261..........$68
Curved
503262.......US$74
Tip Profile:
Iris Scissors, SuperCut Tungsten Carbide
These are the finest scissors available. They combine the precise cutting action of the razor-sharp
SuperCut blades with the durability of Tungsten Carbide . They will provide a clean, smooth cut
and retain their sharpness for an extended period of time.
11 cm (4.3 in.) long
Straight
501263................. US$98
501263-G*.........US$194
Curved
501264................. US$98
501264-G*......... US$197
1:1
2.5 cm
Tip Profile:
Ribbon Handle Iris Scissors
Larger ring handles for ease of use
501767
11 cm (4.3 in.) long
Straight
501767 ........ US$45
Curved
501768......... US$45
1:1
2.5 cm
* Part numbers ending in “-G” indicate German-made instruments
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
124
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Tenotomy Scissors, SuperCut
one edge micro serrated, one edge honed to the sharpness of a knife edge
Straight 14395....... US$51
14395-G*....... US$75
Curved 14396.......
51
14396-G*....... US$75
11.5 cm (4.5 in.)
Straight 503263....US$56
Curved 503264....US$62
US$
1:1
1.3
cm
12.5 cm (5 in.), Straight
14220....... US$51
14220-G*........ US$75
Curved
14221........ US$51
14221-G*........ US$75
14 cm (5.5 in.)
Straight
503265.... US$68
Curved
503266.... US$74
16 cm (6.2 in.)
Straight
503267.... US$78
Curved
503268.... US$84
Shown: 10 cm, straight
Tip Profile:
1:1
1 cm
Shown: 12.5 cm, straight
Metzenbaum Scissors
11.5 cm (4.5 in.)
Straight
501747...... US$17
501747-G*......... US$37
Curved
501748......
US$
17
501748-G*........ US$37
14.5 cm (5.75 in.)
Straight
501252......
US$
17
501252-G*........ US$37
Curved
501253......
US$
17
501253-G*........ US$37
MICRODISSECTION
10 cm (4 in.)
1:1
17.5 cm (7 in.)
Straight
501254.......
US$
Curved
501255.........
US$
18 501254-G*........... US$40
18 501255-G*........... US$40
Carbide is a harder metal than stainless steel and
will retain its sharpness longer
Metzenbaum Scissors, Carbide Blades
11.5 cm (4.5 in.)
Straight
Curved
501739....... US$58
501740....... US$58
501739-G* . . . .
501740-G* . . . .
114
114
US$
US$
1:1
3.5 cm
Shown: 14.5 cm, straight
14.5 cm (5.75 in.)
Straight
501733.......
58
501733-G* . . . .
US$
Curved
501734....... US$60
501734-G* . . . .
US$
18 cm (7 in.)
Straight
Curved
501744....... US$62
501745....... US$62
501744-G* . . . .
501745-G* . . . .
US$
US$
Metzenbaum Scissors, SuperCut
11.5 cm (4.5 in.), Straight503269......... US$56
114
114
114
US$
one edge micro serrated, one edge honed
to the sharpness of a knife edge
Curved 503270......... US$62
12.5 cm (5 in.)
Straight14214............. US$51
14214-G*.... US$75
Curved 14215.............
US$
14215-G*.... US$75
US$
51
114
78
16 cm (6.2 in.)
Straight503271..........
Curved 503272......... US$73
20 cm (7.75 in.)
Straight503273......... US$90
Curved 503274.........
25 cm (9.75 in.)
Straight503275....... US$101
Curved 503276....... US$121
95
US$
1:1
3 cm
Tip Profile:
* Part numbers ending in “-G” indicate German-made instruments
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
125
MICROSURGERY
3.5 cm
Metzenbaum Scissors, SuperCut Tungsten Carbide
MICROSURGERY
These are the finest scissors available. They combine the precise cutting action of the razor-sharp
SuperCut blades with the durability of Tungsten Carbide . They will provide a clean, smooth cut
and retain their sharpness for an extended period of time.
1:1
4 cm
Tip Profile:
18 cm long
Straight
501261 . . . . .
US$
Curved
501262 . . . . .
US$
98
501261-G*........ US$198
98
501262-G*........ US$199
17
501749-G*............ US$37
17
501750-G*............ US$37
Mayo Scissors
14 cm (5.5 in.)
Straight
501749 . . . . .
US$
Curved
501750 . . . . .
US$
1:1
4.5 cm
MICRODISSECTION
17 cm (6.75 in.)
Straight
501751 . . . . . .
US$
Curved
501752 . . . . .
US$
18
501751-G*.............US$39
18
501752-G*............US$39
Mayo Scissors, Tungsten Carbide Blades
Carbide is a harder metal than stainless
steel and will retain its sharpness longer
Tip Profile:
1:1
4 cm
14 cm (5.5 in.)
Straight
500218 . . . . .
US$
Curved
500219 . . . . .
US$
67
500218-G*........ US$97
71
500219-G*...... US$100
71
500220-G*........ US$97
71
500221-G*...... US$100
17.5 cm (7 in.)
Straight
500220 . . . . .
US$
Curved
500221 . . . . .
US$
Mayo Scissors, SuperCut
one edge micro serrated, one edge honed to the sharpness of a knife edge
14 cm (5.5 in.)
Straight
14216........ US$48
14216-G*........ US$83
Curved
14217........
14217-G*........ US$83
48
US$
4.2 cm
16 cm (6.3 in.)
Straight
503277........... US$78
Curved
503278........... US$84
20 cm (7.8 in.)
Straight
503279........... US$90
Curved
503280.......... US$95
25 cm (9.8 in.)
Straight
503281......... US$101
Curved
503282........ US$121
1:1
Tip Profile:
* Part numbers ending in “-G” indicate German-made instruments
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
126
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Mayo Scissors, SuperCut Tungsten Carbide
1:1
5.5 cm
Straight, 17 cm (6.75 in.) long
501259 . . . . . . . . .
501259-G* . . . . .
Curved, 17 cm (6.75 in.) long
501260 . . . . . . . . .
501260-G* . . . . .
98
US$
Tip Profile:
201
US$
98
US$
202
US$
Tip Profile:
Eye Scissors, Blunt, Probe Points, 10 cm (4 in.)
Straight
500366 . . . . . .
US$
500366-G* . . .
US$
37
Curved
500367 . . . . . .
US$
500367-G* . . .
US$
2.5 cm
63
1:1
37
Iris Scissors, SuperCut Angled
one edge micro serrated, one edge honed
to the sharpness of a knife edge
2.5
10 cm long
1:1
cm
30° angled to side
59
US$
Tip Profile:
Angled Scissors
14 cm long
30° angled to side
sharp/sharp tips
500047 . . . . . .
US$
500047-G* . . .
US$
4
cm
1:1
16
54
* Part numbers ending in “-G” indicate German-made instruments
Titanium instruments MRI compatible
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
127
MICROSURGERY
66
Tip Profile:
500046 . . . . .
MICRODISSECTION
These are the finest scissors available. They combine the precise cutting action of the razor-sharp
SuperCut blades with the durability of Tungsten Carbide . They will provide a clean, smooth cut
and retain their sharpness for an extended period of time.
Operating Scissors
MICROSURGERY
11.5 cm (4.5 in.) Straight
501753 Sharp/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . . US$17
501753-G* . . . .
US$
501754 Sharp/Sharp . . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
17
501754-G* . . . .
US$
501743 Blunt/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
17
501743-G* . . . .
US$
17
501755-G* . . . .
US$
17
501756-G* . . . .
US$
17
501757-G* . . . .
US$
18
501220-G* . . . .
US$
18
501221-G* . . . .
US$
18
501222-G* . . . .
US$
Sharp/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . . US$18
14192-G* . . . . .
US$
18
501218-G* . . . .
US$
18
501219-G* . . . .
US$
72
72
11.5 cm (4.5 in.) Curved
501755 Sharp/Sharp . . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
501756 Sharp/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
501757 Blunt/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
4 cm
78
78
78
14 cm (5.5 in.) Curved
501220 Sharp/Sharp . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
501221 Sharp/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
501222 Blunt/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
33
33
33
14 cm (5.5 in.) Straight
14192
501218 Sharp/Sharp . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
501219 Blunt/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
33
33
5 cm
33
Sharp/Blunt
Tip Profiles:
MICRODISSECTION
72
14192
Sharp/Sharp
Blunt/Blunt
1:1
16 cm (6.25 in.) Straight
501223 Sharp/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
501224 Blunt/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
18
501223-G* . . . .
US$
18
501224-G* . . . .
US$
501225 Sharp/Sharp . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
33
18
501225-G* . . . .
US$
18
501226-G* . . . .
US$
18
501227-G* . . . .
US$
18
501228-G* . . . .
US$
20
15924-G* . . . . .
US$
20
500378-G* . . . .
US$
20
500379-G* . . . .
US$
20
501229-G* . . . .
US$
20
501230-G* . . . .
US$
20
501231-G* . . . .
US$
33
33
16 cm (6.25 in.) Curved
501226 Sharp/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
501227 Blunt/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
501228 Sharp/Sharp . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
33
33
33
18 cm (7 in.) Straight
15924
15924
Sharp/Sharp . . . . . . . . . .
US$
500378 Sharp/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
500379 Blunt/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
44 44
44
18 cm (7 in.) Curved
501229 Sharp/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
501230 Blunt/Blunt . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
501231 Sharp/Sharp . . . . . . . . . .
US$
44
44
44
* Part numbers ending in “-G” indicate German-made instruments
1:1
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
128
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Ligature scissors
9 cm (3.5 in.) long. . . . . . . .
US$
501703
10.75 cm (4.25 in.) long. . .
US$
25
500380-G*. . . . . . .
US$
26
501703-G*. . . . . . .
US$
501704
13.25 cm (5.25 in.) long. . .
US$
48
28
501704-G*. . . . . . .
US$
48
48
1:1
1:1
Lister Bandage scissors
500444
15 cm (6 in.) long, 4cm long blades . .
US$
501701
8.75 cm (3.5 in.) long . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
25
500444-G*. . . . . . . . .
US$
16
501701-G* . . . . . . . . .
US$
501702
10.75 cm (4.25 in.) long . . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
555656S
Bandage scissors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17
501702-G*. . . . . . . . .
US$
138
US$
44
35
37
Titanium
MICRODISSECTION
500380
Utility Scissor 5.5”
501322. . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
501322-G*. . . . . . . . .
US$
17
33
MICROSURGERY
Variety of colored handles available!
1:1
Ceramic Zirconia Scissors
Developed for applications where metal
components were used, these scissor blades
are made of a high tech ceramic second in
hardness only to diamond. The ultra sharp blades cut with precision and
accuracy and maintain their razor sharp edge
for an extended time. Perfect for use in
environments where rust
and corrosion is a problem. Safe for light duty
electrical use. l Ceramic blades hold their sharp edge up to 100 times longer than
conventional stainless steel.
l Non-corrosive
l No electrical static discharge
l Non-magnetic
l Can be used in high temperature environments
l No metal contamination
1:1
Ceramic Scissors
5.5” long, 2-inch ceramic blades, straight
501256. . . . . .
47
US$
* Part numbers ending in “-G” indicate German-made instruments
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
129
MICROSURGERY
Tip Profile:
Roger Wirecutting Scissors
12 cm (4.75 in.) long
notched blade
501321. . . . . . .
US$
501321-G*. . . .
US$
23
1:1
44
Scissors, Round handled
14 cm (5.5 in.)
round Hollow handles
curved blades
14208 . . . . . .
US$
148
1:1
Tip Profile:
MICRODISSECTION
Scissors, Round handled
14 cm (5.5 in.)
round Hollow handles
straight blades
14212 . . . . . .
US$
1:1
148
Microintraocular scissors
14 cm (5.5 in.)
30° angled blades
500372 . . . . .
US$
500372-T . . .
US$
299
368
1:1
Tip Profile:
Microintraocular scissors
14 cm (5.5 in.)
35° angled blades
500374 . . . . .
299
US$
Tip Profile:
1:1
Microintraocular scissors
14 cm (5.5 in.)
90° angled blades
500376 . . . . .
299
US$
Tip Profile:
* Part numbers ending in “-G” indicate German-made instruments
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
130
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
1:1
Barraquer Iris Scissors
14128 . . . . . . .
14128-G* . . .
US$
91
Tip Profile:
229
US$
1:1
Biemer scissors
straight, 13 cm (5 in.)
500381. . . . . . .
98
US$
Tip Profile:
1:1
Cuts vessels perpendicularly and without slipping.
7 cm
MICRODISSECTION
6 cm (2.5 in.) long
7 mm blades, sharp points
Micro Alligator Scissors
1:1
7 cm long shaft
45° angled, 1.5mm blades
500445 . . . . . . . . . .
US$
230
MICROSURGERY
Tip Profile:
­­Student Vannas Scissors
Length: 9cm
Blades: 8 mm long
Tips:
500 microns
501777............................. US$69
501930............................ US$69
Straight
Curved
Needle Holders
Needle Holder
14 cm (5.5 in.) long
round handles
0.3 mm tips, straight smooth jaws
14080 . . . . . . .
14080-G* . . .
91
US$
US$
Tip Profile:
229
14 cm (5.5 in.) long, straight smooth jaws
14361 . . . . . .
US$
229
Titanium
1:1
14 cm (5.5 in.) long, curved smooth jaws
501923 . . . . .
US$
229
* Part numbers ending in “-G” indicate German-made instruments
Titanium instruments MRI compatible
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
131
Needle Holder
MICROSURGERY
14 cm (5.5 in.) long
round handles
0.4 mm tips, curved smooth jaws
14081 . . . . . . .
14081-G* . . .
US$
US$
Tip Profile:
1:1
85
259
Tip Profile:
Needle Holder
1:1
12.5 cm (5 in.) long
round handles
0.4 mm tips
curved smooth jaws
14132 . . . . . . . . . .
89
US$
Stevens Needle Holder
13 cm (5 in.) long
straight 1 mm wide serrated tips
14133 . . . . . . . . . .
MICRODISSECTION
14133-G* . . . . . .
74
1:1
US$
240
US$
Tip Profile:
Castroviejo Needle Holder
14 cm (5.5 in.) long
straight 1.2‑mm wide serrated tips
with lock
14137 . . . . . . . .
14137-G* . . .
555419NT. . .
72
US$
224
US$
313
US$
1:1
Titanium
Castroviejo Needle Holder
14 cm (5.5 in.) long
serrated Tungsten Carbide jaws
straight with lock
500223 . . . . . .
500223-G*. .
90
US$
269
1:1
US$
Titanium
Barraquer Needle Holder
0.81mm
12 cm (4.75 in.) long
curved with lock.
smooth jaws
555403NT . . . . .
US$
299
1:1
2.30mm
* Part numbers ending in “-G” indicate German-made instruments
Titanium instruments MRI compatible
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
132
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Troutman Needle Holder
555406NT . . . . .
294
Titanium
0.82mm
1:1
US$
2.44mm
Titanium
Troutman Needle Holder
0.85mm
12cm (4.75 in.) long
10 mm light curved jaws
with lock.
smooth jaws
555407NT . . . . .
313
US$
1:1
2.37mm
Titanium
Needle Holder
Needle holder, 12 cm (4.75 in.) long
0.55mm
curved, standard range, without lock.
1:1
smooth jaws
555400NT . .
267
US$
2.26mm
MICRODISSECTION
12 cm (4.75 in.) long
10 mm light curved jaws
without lock
smooth jaws.
Needle Holder
1:1
14109 . . . . . . .
US$
14109-G* . . . .
US$
MICROSURGERY
12.5 cm (5 in.) long
straight serrated jaws
extra delicate
Tip Profile:
16
64
Tip
Profile:
Needle Holder
14 cm (5.5 in.) long
straight serrated jaws
14110 . . . . . . .
US$
14110-G* . . . .
US$
1:1
16
64
Needle Holder
14 cm (5.5 in.) long
straight serrated Tungsten Carbide jaws
15926 . . . . . . .
15926-G* . . .
55
US$
101
US$
1:1
Tip Profile:
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
133
Derf Needle Holder
Tip Profile:
MICROSURGERY
12 cm (5 in.) long
501246 . . . . . .
US$
18
501246-G* . . .
US$
45
1:1
Tip Profile:
1:1
Ryder Needle Holder
13 cm (5 in.) long
serrated Tungsten Carbide jaws
500226 . . . . . .
500226-G* . .
Crile-Wood Needle Holder
58
US$
162
US$
Tip Profile:
MICRODISSECTION
14.5 cm (5.75 in.) long
serrated Tungsten Carbide jaws
500224 . . . . . .
500224-G* . .
1:1
60
US$
US$
1:1
104
Can be used
ambidextrously!
Tip Profile:
Mathieu Fine Needle Holder
14 cm (5.5 in.) long
serrated Tungsten Carbide jaws
500225 . . . . . .
500225-G* . .
75
US$
145
US$
Needle Holder, Round handled
14 cm (5.5 in.) long
round Hollow handles
straight smooth jaws
14207 . . . . . . . . .
US$
154
Tip Profile:
1:1
Needle Holder, Round handled
14 cm (5.5 in.) long
round Hollow handles
urved smooth jaws
14206 . . . . . . . . .
US$
154
Tip Profile:
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
134
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
1:1
Castro Olsen-Hegar Needle Holder
501998 . . . . .
MICRODISSECTION
15 cm (6 in.) long
combined with Suture Scissors
serrated jaws
114
US$
Micro Olsen-Hegar Needle Holder
12 cm (4.75 in.) long
combined with Suture Scissors
serrated jaws
jaw length 10 mm
tip width 2 mm
501989 . . . . . .
60
US$
Tip Profile:
Olsen-Hegar Needle holder with Suture Scissors,
14 cm (5.5 in.) long
500227 . . . . . . . . . . .
500227-G* . . . . . . . .
66
114
US$
US$
12 cm (4.75 in.) long
501312 . . . . . . . . . .
102
US$
16.5 cm (6.5 in.) long
501725 . . . . . . . . . . .
501725-G* . . . . . . . .
Tip Profile:
89
US$
161
US$
1:1
1:1
Olsen-Hegar Needle Holder
Tip Profile:
14cm (5.5 in.) long
combined with Suture Scissors
serrated jaws
500023 . . . . . .
US$
500023-G* . . .
US$
37
59
* Part numbers ending in “-G” indicate German-made instruments
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
135
MICROSURGERY
serrated Tungsten Carbide jaws
MICRODISSECTION
MICROSURGERY
Needles
00
0
0
1
1
All needles have a Spring Eye
which allows the suture to be
pressed into the eye instead of
threaded.
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
Taper point needles
pierce and spread
tissue without cutting it. They are ideal for suturing
delicate, soft tissue when minimal trauma is desired.
7
8
8
9
Surgical Needles, cutting edge, 3/8 circle
501802
501803
501804
501805
501806
501807
501808
501809
501810
501811
Cutting edge needles have sharp
edges that penetrate easily
through tough tissue. They
are ideal for suturing
skin and dense
dermal tissue. 7
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
00, 18mm, pack of 12
0, 21mm, pack of 12
1, 24mm, pack of 12
2, 28mm, pack of 12
3, 32mm, pack of 12
4, 36mm, pack of 12
5, 40mm, pack of 12
6, 45mm, pack of 12
7, 50mm, pack of 12
8, 55mm, pack of 12
10
23
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
US$
0
Needle measurements
taken across needle
from eye to tip:
Surgical Needles, taper point, 1/2 circle
501936
501937
501938
501939
501940
501941
501942
501943
501944
501945
501946
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
2
00
3
0
4
1
0
0
1
1
4
7
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
00, 11mm, pack of 12
0, 13mm, pack of 12
1, 15mm, pack of 12
2, 18mm, pack of 12
3, 21mm, pack of 12
00, 11mm, pack of 12
0, 13mm, pack of 12
1, 15mm, pack of 12
2, 18mm, pack of 12
3, 21mm, pack of 12
7
10
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
23
8
US$
Eye Needles, taper point, 5/16 circle
(above right)
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
6
9
Eye Needles, cutting edge, 5/16 circle
(above left)
501962
501963
501964
501965
501966
5
8
3
3
501957
501958
501959
501960
501961
3
6
2
2
US$
2
5
00
23
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
1
15mm
00
0, 15mm, pack of 12
1, 18mm, pack of 12
2, 21mm, pack of 12
3, 24mm, pack of 12
4, 28mm, pack of 12
5, 32mm, pack of 12
6, 36mm, pack of 12
7, 40mm, pack of 12
8, 45mm, pack of 12
9, 50mm, pack of 12
10, 55mm, pack of 12
23
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
US$
Surgical Needles, cutting edge, 1/2 circle
Surgical Needles, taper point, 3/8 circle
501791
501792
501793
501794
501795
501796
501797
501798
501799
501800
501801
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
0, 15mm, pack of 12
1, 18mm, pack of 12
2, 21mm, pack of 12
3, 24mm, pack of 12
4, 28mm, pack of 12
5, 32mm, pack of 12
6, 36mm, pack of 12
7, 40mm, pack of 12
8, 45mm, pack of 12
9, 50mm, pack of 12
10, 55mm, pack of 12
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
501947
501948
501949
501950
501951
501952
501953
501954
501955
501956
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
00, 18mm, pack of 12
0, 21mm, pack of 12
1, 24mm, pack of 12
2, 28mm, pack of 12
3, 32mm, pack of 12
4, 36mm, pack of 12
5, 40mm, pack of 12
6, 45mm, pack of 12
7, 50mm, pack of 12
8, 55mm, pack of 12
23
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
23
US$
US$
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
136
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Disposable Skin Stapler
Staple Remover
How it works:
12 cm (4.5 in.) long, for use with disposable skin stapler
501830. . . . . . US$102
Reflex Clip Applier
Reflex Clip Applier
11 cm (4.3 in.) long
for 7 mm clips only
500343 . . . . US$314
11 cm (4.3 in.) long
for 9 mm clips only
500345 . . . . US$314
Reflex Clip 9 mm
for use with #500343
100/box, Stainless Steel, non-sterile
500344 . . . . . US$64
for use with #500345
100/box, Stainless Steel, non-sterile
500346 . . . . . US$64
MICROSURGERY
Reflex Clip 7 mm
Reflex clip removing forceps
12 cm (4.75 in.) long, for 7 mm and 9
mm clips
500347 . . . . . . . . US$153
Applying Forceps for Silver Clips #500087, 18 cm (7 in.) long
500088 . . . . . . .
500088-G* . . .
47
US$
173
US$
Silver Clips, Micro Vascular 0.5 x 0.8 mm (100/pkg)
500087 . . . . . .
28
US$
* Part numbers ending in “-G” indicate German-made instruments
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
MICRODISSECTION
Manipler Disposable Skin Stapler
sterile, 6 staplers per box, 35 staples per stapler, 7mm
501726. . . . . . US$132
137
Schwartz Vessel Clips
Clips and Clamps
MICRODISSECTION
MICROSURGERY
Micro Vessel Clips, serrated jaws
501779-G*
501780-G*
501781-G*
501782-G*
straight, 0.75 x 4 mm jaws
straight, 0.8 x 6 mm jaws
straight, 1 x 8 mm jaws
straight, 1.5 x 10 mm jaws
68
68
US$
68
US$
68
US$
US$
Side and front view illustrations of straight micro vessel clips
501783-G*
501784-G*
501785-G*
slightly curved, 1 x 6 mm jaws
fully curved, 1 x 6 mm jaws
45 deg angle, 1 x 6 mm jaws
82
US$
82
US$
82
US$
501786-G*
straight, 1.7 x 8 mm jaws
US$
501787-G*
slightly angled, 1.7 x 8 mm jaws
US$
26
501788-G*
strong angle, 1.7 x 8 mm jaws
US$
26
26
Vessel Clips
15911
10 g pressure, 5 x 0.8 mm jaws, 5 per pack
US$
14120
30 g pressure, 5 x 1.5 mm jaws, 5 per pack
US$
14121
60 g pressure, 8 x 1.5 mm jaws, 5 per pack
US$
61
61
61
Approximator, 20 g pressure,
for 0.5 to 1.0 mm vessel
US$
36
14084
Bulldog Clamps
Micro Bulldog Clamp, curved 8 x 1.2 mm
serrated jaws, 3 cm (1 in.) long
14119 . . . . . .
US$
31
14119-G* . . US$53
Small Bulldog Clamp, straight serrated jaws,
6 cm (2.3 in.) long
14118 . . . . . . . US$25
14118-G* . . . .
Applying Forceps for Approximator #14084 & Vessel Clips
#14120, #15911, and #14121, 10 cm (4 in.) long
US$
32
14189
40
US$
Johns Hopkins Bulldog Clamp, curved serrated
jaws, 6.5 cm (2.5 in.)long
14117 . . . . . .
US$
14117-G* . . .
US$
25
45
Johns Hopkins Bulldog Clamp, 6.5 cm (2.5
in.) long, straight serrated jaws
25
14116 . . . . . . .
US$
14116-G* . . . .
US$
45
Frog Heart Clips
501902.... US$56
two flat loops
2.5 mm diameter loops
24 mm long
5 per package
501903.... US$37
two fine loops
0.6 mm diameter tips
17 mm long
5 per package
501904.... US$56
two flat tips
1 x 3 mm tips
18 mm long
5 per package
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
138
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Retractors
501897 Small, 2.1cm long, 2.2mm blades, 4.3mm max. spread US$26
501898 Medium, 2.1cm long, 3.2mm blades, 4.3mm max. spreadUS$26
US$
501899 Large, 2.1cm long, 4mm blades, 3.2mm max. spread
26
4 cm (1.6 in.) long
5 x 5 mm wire blades
5 mm depth
maximum spread 15 mm
501993 . . . . . . US$28
1:1
small
medium
Wire Retractors
Wire Retractors
4 cm (1.6 in.) long
13 x 5 mm wire blades
7 mm depth
maximum spread 15 mm
501994 . . . . . . US$28
5 cm (2 in.) long,
15 x 10 mm wire blades
7 mm depth
maximum spread 25 mm
500368 . . . . . US$26
500368-G* . . US$51
large
1:1
5 cm (2 in.) long
10 x 5 mm blades
5 mm depth
maximum spread 13 mm
14130 . . . . . . . US$16
14130-G* . . . . US$24
Barraquer Retractor
4 cm (1.5 in.) long,
10 x 4 mm wire blades
7 mm depth
maximum spread 3 cm
500369 . . . . . US$26
500369-G* . . US$35
1:1
Picture is smaller than actual size
Wire Retractors - non-magnetic
4.5 cm (1.8in.) long
0.8 x 1.5 mm wire blades
maximum spread 35 mm
503210 . . . . . . US$28
Wire Speculum
Titanium
Length:
4.5 cm (1.75 in.)
Blades:
13.5 mm blades
Maximum spread: 20 mm
1:1
555801L . . . . .
32
US$
* Part numbers ending in “-G” indicate German-made instruments
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
139
MICROSURGERY
1:1
Wire Retractors
MICRODISSECTION
KD Mouse/Rat Eye Speculum Wire Retractors
MICROSURGERY
Self-retaining Retractor
Length: 5 cm (2 in.)
Blades: 2.5 cm
Maximum spread: 4.5 cm
Small, self-retaining retractor perfect for small animal
surgery and dissection.
503209 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
91
US$
Goldstein Retractor
Small, self-retaining retractor perfect for small animal
surgery and dissection.
Length: 4 cm (1.6 in.)
Blades: 3 x 3 sharp prongs
Small, self-retaining retractor perfect for small animal
surgery and dissection.
Length: 2 cm (0.78 in.)
Blades: 3 x 3 sharp prongs
Maximum Spread: 1.0cm
501967 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Agricola Retractor
132
US$
501846 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
91
US$
Length: 3 cm (1.18 in.)
Blades: 3 x 3 sharp prongs
Maximum Spread: 1.8cm
MICRODISSECTION
501968 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
114
US$
1:1
Length: 4 cm (1.57 in.)
Blades: 3 x 3 sharp prongs
Maximum Spread: 3.5cm
501969 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
114
US$
Stevenson Retractor, 8 cm (3 in.) long, 3x3
prongs, 3 mm deep
14131 . . . . . . . US$66
14131-G* . . . . US$97
ALM Self-retaining Retractor, 7 cm (2.75 in.)
long, 4x4 prongs
14240. . . . . . . . US$37
14240-G*. . . . . US$87
1:1
1:1
Maximum spread 15 mm
Modified ALM Self-retaining Retractor
7 cm (2.75 in.) long, 2x2 prongs
Smaller, thinner prongs for use on mouse/rat eyelids
501844. . . . . . . US$37
Maximum spread 55 mm
Knapp Speculum, 15 x 6 mm
blades, 8.3 cm (3.25 in.) long,
maximum spread 25 mm
14129. . . . . . . . US$51
14129-G*. . . . US$277
1:1
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
140
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
MICRODISSECTION
Jansen retractor
4.5 in. long, maximum spread 3cm
3 x 3 prongs, blunt
501770 . . . . . . US$64
501770-G* . . US$288
sharp prongs
501859 . . . . . .
64
US$
Weitlaner Retractor, self-retaining
501328 . . . . . . . . . . . . US$109
501328-G* . . .
4”, 2x3 prongs, blunt, maximum spread 3cm
US$
357
501314 . . . . . . . . . . . . US$109
501314-G* . . .
4”, 2x3 prongs, sharp, maximum spread 4cm
US$
501722 . . . . . . . . . . . . US$121
501722-G* . . .
5.5”, 3x4 prongs, blunt, maximum spread 4.5cm
US$
501721 . . . . . . . . . . . . US$121
501721-G* . . .
5.5”, 3x4 prongs, sharp, maximum spread 4cm
US$
501724 . . . . . . . . . . . . US$138
501724-G* . . .
6.5”, 3x4 prongs, blunt, maximum spread 6.5cm
US$
501723 . . . . . . . . . . . . US$138
501723-G* . . .
6.5”, 3x4 prongs, sharp, maximum spread 7cm
US$
357
288
1:1
399
399
Gelpi Retractor
3.5”
501329 . . . . . .
US$
4.5”
501719 . . . . . . .
US$
86
5.5”
501720 . . . . .
98
109
US$
501720-G* . . . .
342
US$
1:1
Senn Retractor
7”
sharp
blunt
501327 . . . . .
501718 . . . . .
29
29
US$
US$
501327-G* . . . . .
501718-G* . . . . . .
84
84
US$
US$
1:1
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
141
MICROSURGERY
361
Sapphire Knife
Clear blade increases view of tissue
Chemically inert to lymph, blood, and disinfectant solutions
60°
500313
500316
Crescent Blade
front & side view
90°
501736
Phaco Blade
front & side view
501761
501762
Custom sizes available
— call for details
500317
501811
Stainless Handle for Sapphire Knife, 13 cm long, retractable Titanium Handle for Sapphire Knife, 13 cm long, retractable
Single Edge Blades for use with above handles 500317 & 501811
501760
Sapphire Blade, single edge, 0.22mm thick, 1 mm wide, 15° 500313
Sapphire Blade, single edge, 0.2mm thick, 1 mm wide, 30° 501304
Sapphire Blade, single edge, 0.23mm thick, 1 mm wide, 45° 501735
Sapphire Blade, single edge, 0.21mm thick, 1 mm wide, 60°
501736
Sapphire Blade, single edge, 0.3mm thick, 1 mm wide, 90°
500315
Sapphire Blade, single edge, 0.21mm thick, 2 mm wide, 30° 500325
Sapphire Blade, single edge, 0.3mm thick, 1.4 mm wide, 35° Double Edge Blades for use with above handles 500317 & 501811
500314
Sapphire Blade, double edge lance, 0.3mm thick, 1 mm wide, 35°
500316
Sapphire Blade, double edge lance, 0.3mm thick, 2 mm wide, 60° 500326
Sapphire Blade, double edge lance, 0.3mm thick, 1.7 mm wide, 60°
Specialty Handle and Blades
501763
Stainless Angled Handle for Sapphire Knife, 13 cm long, retractable
501812
Titanium Angled Handle for Sapphire Knife, 13 cm long, retractable
501761
Crescent Sapphire Blade, 2.8 mm wide, 0.3mm, (fits handles 501763 & 501812)
501762
Phaco Sapphire Blade, 2.7/3.4 mm wide, 0.3mm, (fits handles 501763 & 501812)
501763 (blade sold separately)
30°
500317 (blade sold separately)
MICRODISSECTION
MICROSURGERY
Single crystal sapphire (Al2O3), while not as hard as diamond, is still hundreds of times
harder than steel razor blades. The durability of the blade guarantees a unique operational
life that exceeds one hundred incisions In addition, the blade and handle can be sterilized
using any currently known procedure. The super sharp cutting edge, mirror surface finish, and low friction coefficient combine
to create an accurate, clean cut with minimal tissue trauma. Scarring is thus reduced and
incisions heal quickly. Both the stainless steel and titanium handles feature safety
locks to protect the super sharp cutting edge from damage
and
prevent injuries to medical personnel. 56
138
US$
US$
45
45
US$
45
US$
45
US$
45
US$
75
US$
75
US$
Sapphire Knife Protection Tray
US$
63
121
US$
137
US$
US$
56
138
US$
190
US$
201
US$
US$
Protect your sapphire knife with a sterilization/
protection tray. Fully autoclavable tray safely holds
two sapphire knife handles for sterilization and
storage.
501729
Sterilization/Protection Tray
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
142
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
35
US$
Scalpels, Knives, Blades and Handles
MICRODISSECTION
Scalpel Handle #3
13 cm (5 in.) long, stainless steel
500236 . . . . . . . . .
500236-G* . . . . . .
9
US$
25
US$
For Blades #10 ~ #15
Scalpel Handle #4
14 cm (5.5 in.) long, stainless
steel
500237 . . . . . . . . . .
500237-G* . . . . . .
9
US$
US$
25
For Blades #20 ~ #25
Scalpel Handle #7
16 cm (6.25 in.)
long, stainless steel
500238 . . . . . . . . US$13
500238-G* . . . . . . US$41
For Blades #10 ~ #15
Sterile stainless steel blades
21
11
22
12
23
15
24
20
500239
500240
500241
500242
500243
500244
500245
500246
500247
500248
Scalpel Blades #10, stainless steel, sterile (100 / box) US$41
Scalpel Blades #11, stainless steel, sterile (100 / box) US$41
Scalpel Blades #12, stainless steel, sterile (100 / box) US$41
Scalpel Blades #15, stainless steel, sterile (100 / box) US$41
Scalpel Blades #20, stainless steel, sterile (100 / box) US$44
Scalpel Blades #21, stainless steel, sterile (100 / box) US$44
Scalpel Blades #22, stainless steel, sterile (100 / box) US$44
Scalpel Blades #23, stainless steel, sterile (100 / box) US$44
Scalpel Blades #24, stainless steel, sterile (100 / box) US$44
Scalpel Blades #25, stainless steel, sterile (100 / box) US$44
Blade Safe surgical blade remover
will remove blades easily and safely from any
style surgical blade handle
501335 . . . . . .
25
US$
1:1
Round Knurled Blade Handle, stainless steel, 10 cm long
104
501249
Needle Blades, 6/pk, 4.5 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
501250
Miniature Edged Blades, curved tip, 12/pk, 3.5 cm .
US$
501251
Miniature Edged Blades, round tip, 12/pk, 3.5 cm . .
US$
US$
18
22
501247 . . . . . . . . .
501247-G* . . . . . .
36
58
US$
US$
Hex Blade Handle, stainless steel, 10 cm long
501248 . . . . . . . . .
501248-G* . . . . . .
36
58
US$
US$
* Part numbers ending in “-G” indicate German-made instruments
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
143
MICROSURGERY
10
All stainless steel scalpel blades are made by Feather®, using a precise
beveling technique to create the edge’s micron sharpness. They are the
finest blades available.
Disposable Safety Scalpels
MICROSURGERY
Retractable blade protects from accidental
injury. Complies with the OSHA Directive. 501337
501338
501339
Size #10, pack of 10 . . . .
Size #11, pack of 10 . . . .
Size #15, pack of 10 . . . .
41
41
US$
41
US$
US$
500348
Disposable Scalpel, No. 10, sterile, (10/box)
US$
500349
Disposable Scalpel, No. 11, sterile, (10/box)
US$
12
500350
Disposable Scalpel, No. 12, sterile, (10/box)
US$
500351
Disposable Scalpel, No. 15, sterile, (10/box)
US$
500352
Disposable Scalpel, No. 20, sterile, (10/box)
US$
500353
Disposable Scalpel, No. 21, sterile, (10/box)
US$
500354
Disposable Scalpel, No. 22, sterile, (10/box)
US$
500355
Disposable Scalpel, No. 23, sterile, (10/box)
US$
500356
Disposable Scalpel, No. 24, sterile, (10/box)
US$
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
MICRODISSECTION
Microsurgical Knives
Sterile, disposable
501731
Microsurgical Knife, 15° 3 mm blade, 13.5 cm (5.25 in.) long (package of 6)
500249
Microsurgical Knife, 15° 5 mm blade, 13.5 cm (5.25 in.) long (package of 6) US$79
500250
Roundstock Ophthalmic Knife, 15° 5.7 mm blade, 13.5 cm (5.25 in.) long (package of 6)
79
US$
97
US$
Micro Dissecting Knife
13 cm long, 1 mm blade, right angle
14135 . . . . US$52
1:1
Razor Blade Holder
12.5 cm (5 in.) long
round tips
S-shape jaws
14139 . . . . . . . . .
Tip Profile:
1:1
112
US$
Special jaw shape prevents blades from slipping
Razor Blade Holder
12 cm (4.75 in.) long
round tips
convex/concave jaws
14134 . . . . . . .
14134-G* . .
Tip Profile:
89
US$
290
US$
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
144
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
1:1
Ear Punches and Ear Tags
5 cm (2 in.) long, 2 mm diameter
500075 . . . . . .
MICRODISSECTION
Ear Punch
1:1
22
US$
Ear Punch
10 cm (4 in.) long
2 mm diameter
1 mm diameter
501866
Ear Tags, pack of 100, sequence 000-099
US$
501867
Ear Tags, pack of 100, sequence 100-199
US$
501868
Ear Tags, pack of 100, sequence 200-299
US$
501869
Ear Tags, pack of 100, sequence 300-399
US$
501870
Ear Tags, pack of 100, sequence 400-499
US$
501871
Ear Tags, pack of 100, sequence 500-599
US$
501872
Ear Tags, pack of 100, sequence 600-699
US$
501873
Ear Tags, pack of 100, sequence 700-799
US$
501874
Ear Tags, pack of 100, sequence 800-899
US$
501875
Ear Tags, pack of 100, sequence 900-999
US$
501893
Ear Tags, pack of 1000, sequence 000-999
1:1
500077 . . . . US$52
500076 . . . . US$52
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
286
US$
Ear Tag Applicator
MICROSURGERY
501876 . . . . . .
48
US$
Rongeurs, Cutters, and Punches
Tip Profile:
Rongeur, Micro Friedman
1:1
16 cm (6.25
1.3mm
0.8 mm
1.0 mm
in.) long Jaw Width
14292 . . . . . . US$81
501332 . . . . US$85
501333 . . . . US$83
14292-G* . .
202
US$
* Part numbers ending in “-G” indicate German-made instruments
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
145
MICROSURGERY
Tip Profile:
Mini Blumenthal Rongeur
11 cm (4.3 in.) long
jaw width 2 mm
1:1
14090. . . . . . . . US$81
14090-G*. . . . US$192
Friedman Rongeur
1:1
Tip Profile:
Tip Profile:
MICRODISSECTION
Blumenthal Rongeur
15 cm (6 in.) long
jaw width 3 mm
14091 . . . . . . . US$68
14091-G* . . . US$189
Single Blade Bone Cutter
14 cm (5.5 in.) long
jaw length 23 mm
blade tip width 1 mm
block tip width 2 mm
501990 . . . . . .
83
13 cm (5 in.) long
jaw width 2.5 mm
14089 . . . . . . . US$69
14089-G* . . . US$183
1:1
1:1
Cutting Block
US$
Cutting Blade
The Corneoscleral punch is excellent for removing the skull
of a small animal without damaging the brain or spinal
cord. The lower jaw of the punch is a flat plate which can be
inserted into the skull with much less damage to the brain
than a ronguer.
500079
500143
Corneoscleral Punch , 8 cm (3 in.) long, 2 mm wide
Corneoscleral Punch, 8 cm (3 in.) long, 1.5 mm wide
74
74
1:1
US$
US$
Tip Profile:
* Part numbers ending in “-G” indicate German-made instruments
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
146
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Tip Profile:
Malleus Nipper
1:1
MICRODISSECTION
one serrated blade, 11 cm (4.3 in.) long,
9 mm blades
501269 . . . . . . US$90
Cuticle nipper
11 cm (4.3 in.) long, angle, ring
handles
500137 . . . . . . US$25
500137-G* . . . US$94
Tip Profile:
1:1
Nail nippers
14 cm (5.5 in.) long, concave jaws,
double spring
500362 . . . . . US$18
500362-G* . . . US$97
Tip Profile:
1:1
Liston Bone Cutting Forceps
19 cm (7.5 in.) long, straight 500358 . . . . .
500462 . . . . .
14 cm long, straight 60
52
US$
US$
Titanium Wire Cutter
15 cm (6 in.) long, 15 mm Tungsten Carbide
blades, light weight (60g)
500450 . . . . . . . . US$276
Applications
● MRI
● Marine biology
Tip Profile:
Never
Rusts!
* Part numbers ending in “-G” indicate German-made instruments
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
147
MICROSURGERY
Tip Profile:
Hooks and Probes
Tungsten Dissection Probes
MICRODISSECTION
MICROSURGERY
●Used for separating cells
●Made of pure tungsten, a hard and biocompatible metal
●Less than one micron in diameter
●Much stronger and more durable than glass probes
●All probes are 50 mm long (10 pieces per package)
Tip Profile A
500133 Tungsten Dissecting Probe, 0.125mm diameter rod 500134 Tungsten Dissecting Probe, 0.25mm diameter rod 500135 Tungsten Dissecting Probe, 0.5mm diameter rod 500133
83
83
US$
83
US$
US$
Tip Profile B
500135
501316 Tungsten Dissecting Probe, 0.125mm diameter rod 501317 Tungsten Dissecting Probe, 0.25mm diameter rod 501318 Tungsten Dissecting Probe, 0.5mm diameter rod Tip Profile A
83
US$
83
US$
83
US$
500134
Tip Profile B
Titanium Flexible Fine Probe
50 mm long, less than 5 micron tip, 0.4mm shaft,
pkg of 2
500449 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US$83
Handle for Probe, stainless steel
11 cm (4.3 in.) long
500448 . . . . .
US$
48
7 cm (2.75 in.) long
501301 . . . . .
US$
48
1:1
Probe, stainless steel, 14cm
(5.5 in.), 1.0 mm diameter
501313 . . . . . US$9
Illustration - not shown actual size
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
148
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
500458 Straight Dissecting Needles, 14 cm (5.5 in.) long, 12/box
US$
500460 Curved Dissecting Needles, 14 cm (5.5 in.) long, 12/box
US$
14
Meyhoefer Curette
14cm (5.5 in.), 1.5mm diameter
501773 . . . . . .
501773-G* . .
33
US$
151
US$
1:1
MICRODISSECTION
14
Tyrell Hook, sharp, 13 cm (5 in.) long
14136 . . . . . . .
14136-G* . . . .
30
51
US$
US$
1:1
14cm (5.5 in.), 3mm wide blade
501772 . . . . . . US$33
501772-G* . . US$154
(German-made spatula is 2mm wide)
1:1
Castroviejo Caliper
75 mm (3 in.) long
20 mm scale
501200 . . . . .
US$
138
1:1
Vascular Measuring Ruler
503211 . . . . .
166
US$
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
149
MICROSURGERY
Wecker Spatula
SuperCut Tenotomy Scissors curved (#14396)
Rongeur 3mm jaw (#14091)
Utility Scissors (#501322)
Operating Scissors straight Sharp/Blunt (#14192)
Dumont Tweezer #5 (#14098)
Flat Jaw Tweezers (#501303)
Probe 1.0 mm diameter, blunt (#501313)
Order Number:KIT-PHYSIO-I
144
US$
239 Value
US$
MICRODISSECTION
MICROSURGERY
Physiology Kit I
Add the Stainless Steel Protection
Case to any kit (#14213)
for an additional $50
293
US$
506 Value
US$
Physiology Kit II
Vannas Scissors (#14003)
SuperCut Iris Scissors straight (#14218)
Rongeur 1.3mm jaw (#14292)
Utility Scissors (#501322)
Operating Scissors straight Sharp/Blunt (#14192)
Dumont Tweezer #5 (#14098))
Probe 1.0 mm diameter, blunt (#501313)
Stevenson Retractor (#14131)
Iris Forceps curved (#15915)
Adson Forceps 1x2 teeth (#500092)
Olsen-Hegar Needle holder (#500227)
Order Number:PHYSIO-II
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
150
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Mouse Kit
MICRODISSECTION
Dumont #5 (#14098)
Vannas Scissors (#14003)
Iris Forceps, curved, serrated (#15915)
Dissecting Scissors, straight 10cm (#14393)
Wire Retractor (#14130)
Needle Holder (#14109)
Blunt Probe, 1.0 mm diameter (#501313)
Order Number: MOUSEKIT
163
US$
239 Value
US$
MICROSURGERY
Rat Kit
194
US$
293 Value
US$
Dumont #5 (#14098)
Vannas Scissors (#14124)
Iris Forceps, serrated (#15915)
SuperCut Iris Scissors, straight 10cm (#14218)
Alm Retractor (#14240)
Needle Holder (#14110)
Blunt Probe, 1.0 mm diameter (#501313)
Order Number: RATKIT
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
151
Mouse Vessel Cannulation Kit
MICRODISSECTION
MICROSURGERY
Kit includes:
Vessel Cannulation Forceps
Vannas Scissors
Fine Serrated Forceps
Dumont #5 Tweezers
Alm Retractor
MicroFil 28 ga.
Vessel Cannulation Forceps
0.5mm diameter
Order Number
501895
263
US$
360 value
US$
Micro Cannula
l 0.4mm O.D., 0.2mm I.D. tubing
l Autoclavable
l Biocompatible Perfluorocarbon tubing material
KZ1101
Micro Cannula, 3"
92
US$
This micro cannula is ideal for placement in the
carotid or femoral artery of mice, rats, and
other small animal blood vessels. It can be
used with a pressure transducer (WPI’S BLPR)
for blood pressure measurement, or in conjunction with a micro-syringe injection system (like WPI’s
UMPII or MMP pumps). The incorporated standard
female luer fitting makes connecting to existing experimental plumbing quick and easy. The cannula is provided with a
contoured-tip stainless steel stylet (trocar) to facilitate placement
using established techniques. A movable “shoulder” ring provides a
tie-in point to prevent accidental removal. The cannula may be left in place
for two hours or more, and with proper care and cleaning, may be re-used
multiple times. Instructions for use included.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
152
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
MICRODISSECTION
TurtleSkin®
FullCoverage
Entire Hand Protection —
Fingertip to Forearm
While no glove is puncture or cut proof, TurtleSkin FullCoverage gloves give you puncture and
cut protection covering the entire hand. Surprisingly soft and comfortable, these gloves offer
over 35 ounces of needle protection.
501888
501889
501890
501891
TurtleSkin® Gloves, small, pair
TurtleSkin® Gloves, medium, pair
TurtleSkin® Gloves, large, pair
TurtleSkin® Gloves, extra large, pair
91
91
US$
91
US$
91
US$
US$
TurtleSkin is a registered trademark of Warwick Mills, Inc.
● Large, stable base
● Hardened blades for
long service
● Ambidextrous
configuration
DCAP
DCAP-M
DCAP-L
Guillotine for Rodents and other small animals
US$
(opening 1.5 x 1.5 in.)
569
Guillotine for large rodents and other medium animals
US$
(opening 2.5 x 2.5 in.)
949
US$
Guillotine for larger animals (opening 4” x 4”)
1,374
The small animal guillotine has been completely
redesigned for ease of use and extra added
safety features. The blades are drawn together by
magnetic force to ensure a clean and precise cut
through very strong bones and skin.
There is a large base for stability, long handle for
extra leverage, spring action so the blades can not
fall down unexpectedly, hardened stainless blades
for endurance, simplified construction for easy
maintenance. The fluoropolymer coated surface
on the base makes cleaning easy.
The guillotine is considered one of the most humane methods to
dispense with a subject.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
153
MICROSURGERY
Rodent
Guillotine
501816 1.5mm diameter
501817 2.0mm diameter
501818 3.0mm diameter
148
148
US$
148
US$
US$
1:1
Uni-Core Punches
Cuts, retrieves, and stores, cored samples in one operation
The Harris Uni-Core punch consists of a razor sharp stainless steel cutting
tip designed to cut, retrieve and store cored samples from source materials
such as paper, gels, cloth, leaves, paint chips, films, tissue or other thin or
soft substrates. The tip is protected by a removable cover cap. The body is
made from polypropylene plastic. Each Harris Uni-Core is individually pouched
and ethylene oxide sterilized. The Uni-Core is a limited reusable, disposable
sampling tool. It may be disposed of after use or autoclaved at 20 minutes at
250°F and 15 p.s.i. for reuse.
501905
501906
501907
501908
501909
501910
501911
501912
17
17
US$
17
US$
17
US$
17
US$
17
US$
17
US$
17
0.50mm ID, 1.0mm OD
0.75mm ID, 1.25mm OD
1.25mm ID, 1.75mm OD
2.0mm ID, 2.5mm OD
5.0mm ID, 5.5mm OD
6.0mm ID, 6.5mm OD
7.0mm ID, 7.5mm OD
8.0mm ID, 8.5mm OD
MICRODISSECTION
MICROSURGERY
Disposable Biopsy Punches, package of 50
Individually packaged in color-coded, transparent, sturdy blister pack to
protect cutting edge
Seamless stainless steel razor sharp cutting edge
Ribbed handle provides maximum control and comfort
US$
US$
Achieve hemostasis of bone by applying a
small amount of sterile bone wax. The wax is a
combination of beeswax, isopropyl palmitate, and
mineral oil which stops bleeding at the site. 501771 Bone Wax, sterile, 3g
29
US$
Applicator Spears
Made of PVA these spears will absorb fluids
and liquids.
501789 Applicator Spears, pkg of 200
68
US$
* Part numbers ending in “-G” indicate German-made instruments
Titanium instruments MRI compatible
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
154
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
500370 — 2.5x Binocular Loupe
Fantastic Price!
Gain control — see clearly and
accurately
● High quality coated optics
● Adjustable independent focus for each eye
● Adjustable interpupillary distance
Unlimited uses, from surgical
procedures to microcircuitry
assembly
● Mounted on spectacle frames
● Protective velvet-lined wood case included
BINOCULAR LOUPE SPECIFICATIONS
FIELD OF VIEW
500370
501331
2.5x (500370)
4x (501331)
35-50 cm
38-48 cm
10 cm diam.
6.5 cm diam.
Priced so that everyone in the
lab can have one!
MICROSURGERY
WORKING DISTANCE
Wide Field Binocular Loupe, 2.5x, 35~50 cm working distance, US$
adjustable pupillary distance and focus, lightweight (72 g)
403
US$
4x Binocular Loupe 684
501331 — 4x Binocular Loupe
MICRODISSECTION
Fantastic
Magnifying
Glasses!
Veterinary surgeons find WPI’s binocular
loupes useful for surgery on Koi fish at the
International Conference on Exotics wet lab
in Key West, Florida.
Photo by Marc Kramer, DVM
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
155
MICRODISSECTION
MICROSURGERY
Student Dissecting
Kit
Includes:
Dissecting Scissors, 4.5”
Dissecting Scissors, 4”
Dressing Forceps, 5.5”
Micro Dressing Forceps, 4”
#4 Knife Handle
Straight Teasing Needle
Angled Teasing Needle
#22 Surgical Blade
Canvas Roll-up
501336 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22
US$
Silicone
Dissecting Pad Kit
Make your own silicone dissecting pads easily and
quickly. Mix the 2-part silicone right in the plastic petri
dishes and allow to cure 24 hours at room temperature.
Kit includes enough silicone to prepare 20 dishes.
Kit Includes:
2-Part SylGard silicone elastomer
20 plastic petri dishes with lids, 65mm
Pins
501986 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
132
US$
Surgery Table
Constructed of clear acrylic, this economical surgery table features adjustable nylon cords for fast animal restraint and a slight incline for easy viewing. The acrylic construction is durable, yet easy to clean. The nylon cords
can be adjusted at the point of contact with the animal and also under the
table itself. The surgery table is designed for use in dissecting small animals such as
frogs, birds, mice, rats, guinea pigs, etc.
SURGERY TABLE Specifications
501892
Length
20 cm
Width
14.5 cm
Height
4 cm (rear)
2 cm (front)
Surgery Table
55
US$
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
156
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Cautery
MICRODISSECTION
Disposable Adjustable High Temperature Cautery
Fine Tip (#500394)
1500-2100° F
10/box, sterile
Tip Profile:
500388. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
164
US$
High Temperature Cautery
2 replaceable batteries (AA)
1 interchangeable tip (#500394)
2200° F
500389. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
61
US$
500394 tip
High Temperature Cautery Kit
contains 1 #500389 handle,
2 #500394 tips
2 #500393 tips
500392. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
500389 handle
71
US$
500393 tip
500394 tip
MICROSURGERY
Disposable Adjustable Low Temperature Cautery
Fine Tip (#500396)
700-1200° F
10/box, sterile
501090. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
148
Tip Profile:
US$
Low Temperature Cautery
1 replaceable battery (AA)
1 tip (#500396)
500390. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
US$
52
500396 tip
Low Temperature Cautery Kit
contains 1 #500390 handle
2 #500396 tips
2 #500395 tips
500391. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
500390 handle
71
US$
500396 tip
500395 tip
Disposable High Temp Loop
Tips, 2000° F, 10/box, sterile,
for use in conjunction with
#500389 and #500392
Disposable High Temp Fine Tips,
2200° F, 10/box, sterile, for use
in conjunction with #500389
and #500392
Disposable Low Temp Elongated
Tips, 1100° F, 10/box, sterile,
for use in conjunction with
#500390 and #500391
Disposable Low Temp Fine Tips,
1300° F, 10/box, sterile, , for use
in conjunction with #500390
and #500391
500393 . . . . . .
500394 . . . . . .US$64
500395 . . . . . .
500396 . . . . . .US$64
64
US$
64
US$
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
157
Thermal Cautery Unit
MICRODISSECTION
MICROSURGERY
Provides consistent, accurate hemostasis
Tradional thermal cautery utilizes heat in the
form of direct current to perform coagulation. This method eliminates the possibility of
alternate site burns that can occur with
electrosurgery. Only the heated wire tip comes
in contact with the tissue and current does
not enter the patient’s body. WPI’s Thermal
Cautery Unit provides all the cautery power
necessary for treating numerous minor surgical
conditions and is ideal for applications such as
dermatological, ophthalmological, occupational
health, ENT, and plastic surgery cases, or any
procedure that requires accurate hemostasis.
The Thermal Cautery Unit maintains the
desired temperature during tissue contact
and does not rapidly diminish like disposable
battery powered cauteries. The autoclavable
handpiece with six-foot cord accepts an
assortment of reusable thermal cautery
electrodes, allowing the surgeon to have
the flexibility to perform a wide variety of
procedures. This unit will outlast batterypowered units and save money on replacement
batteries. a
b
c
d
e
Handpiece and electrodes A, C, and E
are included with unit.
CAUTERY UNIT SPECIFICATIONS
LINE VOLTAGE
110V/220V, 60Hz/50Hz
OUTPUT WAVE SHAPE
Clipped Sinusoidal
OUTPUT POWER
0-30 Watts ± 6 Watts (0.2 Ohm Load)
MAXIMUM OUTPUT POWER
36 Watts (0.2 Ohm Load)
DIMENSIONS
13cm x 13cm x 20cm (dxwxh)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
5 lb (2.3kg)
501292
501293
501294
501295
501296
501297
501298
501299
501300
Thermal Cautery Unit, 110V
Thermal Cautery Unit, 220V
Cautery Handpiece for 501292 & 501293
Loop Tip (shown a)
Fine Tip-Flat (shown b)
Loop Tip-Angled (shown c)
Ball Point (shown d)
Fine Tip (shown e)
Wall Bracket for 501292 & 501293
684
746
US$
208
US$
68
US$
68
US$
68
US$
75
US$
68
US$
64
US$
US$
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
158
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Electrosurgery Systems
MICRODISSECTION
This high performance electrosurgical generator
features Cut, Coagulation, Fulguration, and Bipolar
modes. The automatic safety features such as
self test circuits, audible tones, discreet outputs,
and isolated circuitry make it ideal for use in
the modern physician’s office, surgi-center, and
research lab. This generator is suitable for all types
of medical procedures and surgeries with safety,
flexibility, reliability, and convenience.
l Digital error detection
l Large illuminated digital displays
l Rotary power-control dial provides smooth, rapid power
adjustments
500421
501213
Electrosurgical Unit (110V) US$2,887
Electrosurgical Unit (220V) US$2,887
High Frequency Dessicator
MICROSURGERY
This High Frequency Dessicator produces radio frequency current which
is useful for the removal and destruction of superficial cutaneous and
mucosal lesions. It performs dessication and fulguration procedures.
The digital power control system allows you to change from low to
high power by rotating the power knob or pushing the buttons on the
handpiece.
500397
501214
Dessicator Unit (110V) Dessicator Unit (220V) 1,323
1,323
US$
US$
Check out our website
for detailed ordering
information and pricing on
all accessory parts and a
large range of electrodes.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
159
MICRODISSECTION
MICROSURGERY
Economy
Electrosurgical Unit
Electrosurgery utilizes alternating current at radio frequencies to cut and
coagulate. Using this method, the current enters the patient’s body and
the patient becomes part of the electrical circuit. This requires the use of
a return, or indifference plate. This economically priced electrosurgical unit has 10 levels of output
intensity, three operational modes (cut, coagulate, and cut/coagulate), and
various choices of electrodes. The unit comes complete and ready-to-use with a handpiece,
indifference plate, footswitch, and one of each electrodes. All accessories
can also be ordered separately.
ELECTROSURGICAL UNIT SPECIFICATIONS
OPERATION FREQUENCY
1.5 MHz
STABLE & FINE POWER SETTING
10 Steps
POWER SUPPLY
115V ± 10% - 50/60Hz 1.8A, 210VA
230V ± 10% - 50/60Hz 0.9A, 210VA
OUTPUT POWER
70 WATTS ± 5%
WORKING FRQUENCY
1.5-1.7 MHZ ± 5%
DIMENSIONS
24cm x 22cm x 8.5cm (lxwxh)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
10 lb (4.5kg) Unit includes everything
pictured
501274
501285
501273
501275 501277
501278
501279
501280
501281
501282
501283
501284
501286
Electrosurgical Unit, 110V
Electrosurgical Unit, 220V
Handpiece for electrodes, Ø 1.6mm shaft
Indifference Plate
Footswitch
Diamond Shape Loop Electrode, Ø 1.6mm shaft
Small Loop electrode, Ø 1.6mm shaft
Large Loop Electrode, Ø1.6mm shaft
Fine WIre electrode, Ø 1.6mm shaft
Wire Electrode, Ø 1.6mm shaft
Small Oval Loop Electrode, Ø 1.6mm shaft
Ball Electrode, Ø 1.6mm shaft
Set of 7 Electrodes
501819
Micro Drill System, 110 V
851
909
US$
79
US$
45
US$
68
US$
22
US$
22
US$
22
US$
22
US$
22
US$
22
US$
22
US$
115
US$
US$
Micro Drill System
This line powered micro drill will make easy work of grinding, finishing, cutting, and drilling bone, teeth, and other material. The high-torque
35,000 rpm (maximum) motor is quiet and has minimal vibration which
reduces wear on the motor and provides greater comfort for the user. It also features a forward and reverse switch, “E Type” handpiece, and
handpiece holder. The handpiece has a removable nose cone that can be
cleaned and sterilized. It accepts 3/32” and 2.33 mm bur shanks. Unlike
battery-powered drills, this unit will maintain consistent power for the
duration of use. The wide range of speeds allows the user to control the
amount of heat generation.
The following accessories are included with the Micro Drill System:
Qty Description
4 Abrading Tip, Rubber
1 Abrading Tip, Stone
1 Accessory Stand
1 Ball Mill, Carbide, #1, .031” Diameter
1 Ball Mill, Carbide, #2, .039” Diameter
1 Ball Mill, Carbide, #3, .047” Diameter
1 Ball Mill, Carbide, #4, .055” Diameter
1 Ball Mill, Carbide, #5, .063” Diameter
1 Ball Mill, Carbide, #6, .071” Diameter
1 Ball Mill, Carbide, #7, .083” Diameter
1 Ball Mill, Carbide, #1/4, .019” Diameter
1 Ball Mill, Carbide, #1/2, .027” Diameter
4 Cutoff Disk
1 Mandrel, Screw
1 Mandrel, Threaded
MICRODRILL SPECIFICATIONS
INPUT
110V, 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
0-32 Vdc
FUSE
1 amp
OPERATING SPEED RANGE
0-35,000RPM
DIMENSIONS
178 x 114 x 89mm (7 x 4.5 x 3.5in.)
WEIGHT
1.7kg (3.75lbs)
1,034
US$
Replacement Accessories
501850
Abrading Tip, Rubber, pk of 20
501851
Abrading Tip, Stone, pk of 5
501852
Accessory Stand
501853
Ball Mill, Carbide, #1, .031” Diameter, pk of 5
501854
Ball Mill, Carbide, #2, .039” Diameter, pk of 5
501855
Ball Mill, Carbide, #3, .047” Diameter, pk of 5
501856
Ball Mill, Carbide, #4, .055” Diameter, pk of 5
501857
Ball Mill, Carbide, #5, .063” Diameter, pk of 5
501858
Ball Mill, Carbide, #6, .071” Diameter, pk of 5
501842
Ball Mill, Carbide, #7, .083” Diameter, pk of 5
501860
Ball Mill, Carbide, #1/4, .019” Diameter, pk of 5
501861
Ball Mill, Carbide, #1/2, .027” Diameter, pk of 5
501862
Cutoff Disk, pk of 20
501863
Mandrel, Screw, pk of 5
501864
Mandrel, Threaded, pk of 5
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
160
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
52
35
US$
12
US$
45
US$
45
US$
45
US$
45
US$
45
US$
45
US$
45
US$
45
US$
45
US$
52
US$
45
US$
45
US$
US$
Sterilizing Trays
MICRODISSECTION
501729
500252
500253
500254
501728
501729
500255
● GE’s ULTEM® resin ensures product strength,
structural integrity and extended life cycle.
Sterilizer tray, 15 x 6 x 2 cm (6 x 2.5 x 0.75 in.), base, silicone mat, lid
Sterilizer tray, 19 x 10 x 2 cm (7.5 x 4 x 0.75 in.), base, silicone mat, lid
Sterilizer tray, 25.5 x 15 x 2 cm (10 x 6 x 0.75 in.), base, silicone mat, lid
Sterilizer Tray, 25.5 x 15 x 4 cm (10 x 6 x 1.5 in.), base, insert tray, lid, 2 mats
Sterilizer Tray for Knife 15 x 6 x 2 cm (6 x 2.5 x 0.75 in.), base, lid, 2 bars
Silicone mat, 38 x 25.5 cm (15 x 10 in.)
35
60
US$
90
US$
207
US$
35
US$
83
US$
US$
● See-through lids make it easy to locate the right instrument.
● Suitable for all methods of sterilization (autoclave, steam, dry heat and
chemical).
● Unique “grid” design in base makes it easy to install the silicone finger
mat required to protect the delicate instruments.
Combination Sterilization
Tray & Storage Case
New
Larger Size!
Stainless steel sterilization case with silicone holding pads
197 x 107 x 32 mm 230 x 150 x 50 mm
14213.............. US$84
501934........ US$114
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
161
MICROSURGERY
Fine surgical instruments are too valuable not
to protect. WPI’s sterilizing trays help reduce
damage from everyday use. With top quality
structural Integrity, these trays are ideal for
the handling and storage of all standard
microdissection and surgical instruments. These sterilization containers are made of hard anodized aluminum
and can withstand autoclaving and ethylene oxide sterilizing. The nonperforated base has two locking clasps that secure the lid in place. The
perforated lid with disposable filter allows steam and gas to move freely
in and out of the container during sterilization. A silicone mat may be
purchased separately and cut to fit the base of the tray.
501913
501914
501915
501916
500255
MICRODISSECTION
MICROSURGERY
Aluminum Sterilizing Trays
Small Aluminum Tray, 300 x 140 x 40 mm
Large Aluminum Tray, 300 x 140 x 70 mm
Single-use Filters, 100 per package
Indication Labels, 100 per package
Silicone Mat, 38 x 25.5 cm
256
267
US$
55
US$
68
US$
83
US$
US$
Instrument Tip Protectors
Protect your valuable instruments during
cleaning, sterilization, and storage
Steam and gas sterilizable
Radiopaque and latex-free
50 per pack
501341
501342
501343
501344
501345
501346
501347
501348
501349
501340
Tip
Tip
Tip
Tip
Tip
Tip
Tip
Tip
Tip
Tip
Protectors, 1/16” x 3/4” (1.6 mm x 19 mm), size 1, white
Protectors, 5/64” x 3/4” (2 mm x 19 mm), size 2, blue
Protectors, 7/64” x 3/4” (2.8 mm x 19 mm), size 3, green
Protectors, 1/8” x 1” (3.2 mm x 25.4 mm), size 4, red
Protectors, 3/16” x 1” (4.8 mm x 25.4 mm), size 5, yellow
Protectors, 13/32” x 3/4” (10.3 mm x 19 mm), size 6, maroon
Protectors, 1/16” x 3/8” x 1” (1.6 mm x 9.5 mm x 25.4 mm ), size 7, orange
Protectors, 5/64” x 5/8” x 1” (2 mm x 16 mm x 25.4 mm), size 8, brown
Protectors, 1/8” x 1” x 1” (3.2 mm x 25.4 mm x 25.4 mm), size 9, black, Protectors, Assorted Pack (equal number of above, plus 5)
Instrument Portfolio
33
33
US$
33
US$
33
US$
33
US$
33
US$
33
US$
33
US$
33
US$
33
US$
US$
Store your instruments in style. Elastic bands
hold instruments in place against soft velveteen
fabric. Portfolio folds in half and zips closed.
501319
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
162
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
52
US$
Pulsed Ultrasonic Cleaner
Ideal for small parts
and microdissection
instruments
Stainless steel tank volume is half a liter. Du­ra­
ble and compact, this unit’s robust all-metal con­
struc­tion allows for continuous duty. Includes
lid.
PUC Specifications
INPUT POWER
70W
110V/220V, 60 Hz/50 Hz,
PEAK OUTPUT
60 kHz
WELL CAPACITY
60 mL (20 oz.)
8.5 x 12 cm
CUP CAPACITY
175 mL
8 x 3.5 cm
O/D
13 x 21 x 15 cm
(51/8 x 81/4 x 47/8 in.)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
10 lb (4.3 kg)
PUC-Y
13740
Pulsating Ultrasonic Cleaner
Ultrasonic Detergent (4 lb)
114
28
US$
US$
UBATH Specifications
INPUT POWER
22W
70W, 55 kHz
TANK CAPACITY
0.53L (18 oz.)
TANK I.D.
12.1 x 8.6 x 6.6 cm
(4 /4 x 3 /8 x 2 /8 in.)
TANK O.D.
13.7 x 10.5 x 12.1 cm
(5 /8 x 4 /8 x 4 /4 in.)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
1.8 kg (4 lb.)
3
3
3
1
5
3
Dry Sterilizer
Sterilize your microdissecting and tissue culture in­stru­ments, thor­
ough­ly and conveniently, in sec­onds. No chem­i­cals. No flames. No risk of burns. No dis­in­fec­tant fluids. Glass beads heated to
260°C kills all viruses, aer­o­bic and anaer­o­bic bac­te­ria, yeasts and
spores. (1.5 mm lead-free glass beads in­clud­ed.)
Germinator Specifications
O.D.
17.1 x 13.3 x 12.9 cm
(6 /4 x 5 /4 x 5 /16 in.)
I.D.
5.1 x 10.2 cm (2 x 4 in.)
WEIGHT
2.3 kg (5 lb.)
3
1
1
Dry Sterilizer (110 V)
Dry Sterilizer (220 V)
Extra Glass Beads
477
598
US$
16
US$
US$
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
163
MICROSURGERY
PEAK OUTPUT
US$
UBATH-Y Ultrasonic Cleaner (110 V)
234
UBATH-Z Ultrasonic Cleaner (220 V, Euro plug)US$283
UBATH-B Ultrasonic Cleaner (220 V, UK plug) US$283
Specify line voltage
US$
13740
Ultrasonic Detergent (4 lb)
28
US$
14342
Ultrasonic Detergent (1 gal)
45
14404
500121
14405
MICRODISSECTION
Several times more powerful than similar devices, PUC dislodges dirt left behind by ordinary
ul­tra­son­ic clean­ers. Although very com­pact (the
well is 8 cm diameter by 3.5 cm deep), PUC
cre­ates max­i­mum turbulence by combining a
sub­son­ic wave and a high in­ten­sity ultrasonic
wave. The well will hold small microdissection
instruments. Insert the plastic cup in the well
and triple the volume available for cleaning. Dual settings for nor­mal or high power. Shuts
off au­to­mat­i­cal­ly after 5 minutes.
Half-Liter
Ultrasonic Cleaner
MICROSURGERY
Cidex Plus
Alconox
Excellent biocide for WPI’s nitric oxide sen­sors and other
sen­si­tive instruments which cannot be subjected to alco­hol
or autoclave
Powdered Precision Cleaner
l leaves no interfering residues on reusable labware
l use with manual cleaning or
ultrasonic
l free rinsing
Cidex Plus achieves a high level
of dis­in­fec­tion in 20 to 45 min­
utes, with com­plete steril­iza­tion
in 10 hours. Cus­tom test strip
allows so­lu­tion to be test­ed to
de­ter­mine if min­i­mum ef­fec­tive
con­cen­tra­tion of gl­u­t­aral­de­hyde
is present. Non-cor­ro­sive to
in­stru­ments. Sur­fac­tant en­hanc­
es wet­ting and rinsing prop­er­
ties. Mint scent.
7364
l corrosion inhibited
Alconox can be used as a paste, a
soak, and ultrasonically. It can be
used on glass, metal, stainless steel,
porcelain, ceramic, plastic, rubber,
and fiberglass. It can also be used on
soft metals such as copper aluminum,
zinc, and magnesium if rinsed
promptly. Passes inhibitory residue
test for water analysis and is authorized by the
USDA for use in federally inspected meat and poultry plants. 20
Cidex Plus (quart)
US$
ENZOL
Used to remove: soil, grit, grime, buffing compound, slime, grease,
oils, blood, tissue, salts, deposits, particulates, solvents, chemicals,
radioisotopes, radioactive contaminants, silicone oils, mold release
agents
13740
28
Alconox Cleaner (4 lbs)
US$
MICRODISSECTION
Enzymatic Detergent
ENZOL Detergent is a mild pH,
enzyme-based, pre­soak-plus-clean­
er for re­mov­ing tough, dried-on or
hard-to-reach or­gan­ic matter from
in­stru­ments be­fore they are dis­in­fect­
ed in CIDEX So­lu­tion. The pro­teolyt­ic
en­zymes break down organic mat­
ter in one easy step. Enzol is fast
— re­sults be­gin in one minute. Pro­
teolyt­ic en­zymes pen­e­trate and break
down pro­tein, re­duc­ing the need
for me­chan­i­cal clean­ing. Ef­fec­tive at
room tem­per­a­ture (no need for hot
water). Safe for in­stru­ments, including
delicate endoscopes; mild pH reduc­es
like­li­hood of cor­ro­sion. Easy to rinse,
so it won’t clog scopes or leave a
residue on instru­ments. Low foam­ing,
making it effective for use in au­to­mat­
ed equip­ment.
7363
ENZOL (quart)
Surgical Instrument
Lubricant
Protect your surgical and dissecting instruments with this
specially formu­lat­ed lubricant.
500126 Surgical Instrument Lubricant (8 fl oz)
35
US$
16
US$
Instrument
Demagnetizer
Instantly magnetize or demagnetize
small surgical instruments and small
steel parts that are over 1.3" in length
and 1/8" in diameter. No batteries or
electricity required. Box is high quality
molded ABS plastic, impact resistant,
and cadmium free. Dimensions are 2" x 2" x1"
501900 Instrument Magnetizer/Demagnetizer
503231
Micro Cleaning Brushes, vial of 100
43
US$
28
US$
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
164
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Lab Supplies & Accessories
Epoxies
Carbon Epoxy (2 oz.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Silver Epoxy (1 oz.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Adhesives
Scotch-Weld 4886 (2 oz.).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Mini Glue Gun with hot melt glue sticks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Vetbond Adhesive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Silicone Adhesives
NEW Kwik-Gard™ — Sylgard in a mixing applicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Sylgard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Kwik-Sil Silicone Adhesive Compound. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
RTV Adhesive Sealant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
RTV Coating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Sealants
Sylgard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Kwik-Cast Silicon Casting Compound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
RTV Sealant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Primers
RTV Prime Coat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
“Super” Adhesives
LAB SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES
Cyanoacrylate adhesive, low viscosity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Cyanoacrylate adhesive, high viscosity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Octyl Cyanoacrylate adhesive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Specialty Wires
Carbon (with or without PVC coating) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Hastelloy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Indium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Micro Coaxial Cables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Platinum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Platinum/Iridium (with or without Teflon coating). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Silver (with or without Teflon or PVC coating). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Stainless Steel (with or without Teflon coating). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Titanium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Tungsten. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Thermocouple Iron plus Constantan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Thermocouple Chromel plus Alumel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Accessories
Barbed Tubing Assortment Kit ( polypropylene) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Cables and Connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Chart Recorders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Clamps & Bases­­­, Non-Magnetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Digital Caliper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Digital Micrometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Lab Coat, Medium Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Luer-to-Tubing Coupler Assortment Kit (polypropylene). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Luer-to-Tubing Coupler Assortment Kit (nylon) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Luer Valve Assortment Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172, 173
Magnetic Heating Stirrer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Rack Mount Hardware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Screwdriver Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Wire Cutters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
165
Adhesives Application Guide
LAB SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES
Part No. Description
Curing time
Useful Applications and Characteristics
Epoxies
4898
Silver filled conductive Epoxy
12 [email protected]; 5 min @150C
7335
Carbon filled conductive Epoxy 48 [email protected]; 5 min @150C
4886
High performance Structural Epoxy
12 [email protected]
Hot melt (EVA)
13316
Mini Glue Gun with glue sticks
As soon as it cools down Silicone Adhesives/Sealants/Primers 1571
Room temperature vulcanizing (RTV) adhesive. Acyloxy/moisture
cure system. Acetic acid is cure
by-product. [email protected] 7128
RTV sealant. Alkoxy/Moisture cure system. Methanol as cure by-product.
[email protected] SYLG184
Sylgard, Two parts, vinyl/platinum
cure sealant. Hydrogen as cure
by-products. Very low toxic [email protected], 15 [email protected]
Kwik-Sil
Two part, adhesive. Vinyl/platinum
system, Hydrogen as cure by-products.
Very low toxic.
< 5 [email protected]
Kwik-Cast Two part sealant. Vinyl/platinum
cure system. Hydrogen as cure by-products.
Very low toxic.
< 5 [email protected]
6820
Primer for silicone N/A
Cyanoacrylate
7341
Ethyl Cyanoacrylate, low viscosity
90-120 cps <10 seconds 7342
Ethyl Cyanoacrylate, high viscosity
1100-1600 cps
<30 seconds ­
Vetbond
Butyl Cyanoacrylate, Low toxic
<10 seconds 500280
Octyl Cyanoacrylate, Low toxic
<15 seconds Kwik-Gard™
Form strong bonding. Used in wire bonding applications. Connecting conductors that can't be soldered. Constructing or connecting Ag/AgCl pellets. Constructing carbon electrode.
Forms a strong and slightly flexible bond on plastic, metal, and glass. Bonds some low surface .
energy plastic such as PEEK
Easy to use for bonding, needs large gap filling
Bonds wood, glass, metals, and many plastics.
Good moisture resistant and elastic. Low toxic.
Has the best adhesion property in this silicone family. Will bond to many materials.
Good for bonding or sealing electronics circuits (metal).
Coating Patch Clamp electrodes, Cell culture dish, making dissection pads.
Live tissue and nerve studies. Medium strength adhesion.
Sealant for live tissues. Embedding peripheral nerves with electrodes.
Enhances adhesion of silicone adhesives for difficult to bond plastic surfaces
Forms an instantaneous bonding.
Mounting rat/mouse brain slices. Ideal for relatively small gaps and smooth surfaces.Bonds plastic, metals and rubber. Use on brain slice exp. Ideal for larger gaps, allows slightly longer bonding time. Bonds plastic, metals and rubber.
Bonds tissues, alternative to suture, helps small wound healing. Antimicrobial effect. Used in forensic science.
Suitable for surface wound bonding, protection, holding a sensor or other device on the tissue. Each Kwik-Gard cartridge contains 37 mL of
resin and hardener. The dispensing tip has a dead
volume of 0.75 mL.
KWIKGARD Kwik-Gard Start-up Kit (incl. dispenser, 1 cartridge, 5 tips) US$137
KWIKGLUE Kwik-Gard Refill (2 cartridges, US$
10 dispensing tips)
79
US$
KWIKMIX Dispensing Tips (pkg of 10)
35
US$
KWIKGUN Kwik-Gard Dispenser
114
Kwik-Gard is specially packaged Sylgard 184
silicone for quicker and easier application,
eliminating the messy procedure of preparing the
mixture before application. Its special cartridge
controls the precise mixing ratio to ensure
proper curing. The disposable tip mixes resin
and hardener as they are dispensed. Since no air
is introduced during mixing, the resin does not
need degassing for most applications. The mixed
silicone is applied directly to the site, reducing
preparation time and material waste.
Scotch-Weld 2216
Structural Epoxy
Sylgard
A two-part silicone
elastomer, ideal for
pot­ting and en­cap­su­lat­
ing applications. Very
low di­elec­tric constant
sealing com­pound
used in patch clamp­ing
and many other lab
applications. After cure, will with­stand
-55° to 200 °C.
Probably still the best epoxy for bonding plastic,
often used as the benchmark for testing the
binding strength of other adhesives. The slightly
rubbery texture also makes it less easy to break
off. It is the only epoxy known that can bond PEEK.
Color: gray. Cures at room tem­per­a­ture.
Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
Shipping weight: 2 lb. (1 kg)
SYLG184
Sylgard (1.1 lb)
114
US$
4886
Scotch-Weld 2216 (2 oz.)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
166
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
56
US$
Electrically Conductive
Silver Epoxy
Two-component silver-filled epoxy for elec­tri­cal
connections which cannot be soldered, such as
Ag/AgCl pel­lets. This widely used silver-filled epoxy
features low viscosity and smooth flowing char­ac­
ter. Pure sil­ver is dis­persed in both res­in and hard­
en­er. Cures in 15 min­utes at 120 °C. Mix ra­tio 1:1.
May be premixed and fro­zen for later use.
Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
4898
213
Silver Epoxy (1 oz.)
US$
Electrically Conductive
Carbon Epoxy
Two-component carbon-epoxy, curable at room
and elevated temperatures. Ideal for elec­tro­stat­ic
discharge protection and EMI/RFI shield­ing. 1:1
mix ratio. May be premixed and fro­zen for later
use.
Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
7335
109
Carbon Epoxy (2 oz.)
US$
Silicone RTV adhesive
(non-acidic)
Silicone RTV adhesive
Clear silicone seal­ant pro­vides good bond­ing to
plas­tic. Af­ter cure, will with­stand -55 to 200 °C. No
mix­ing re­quired. A handy, gen­er­al pur­pose lab­o­ra­
to­ry sealant. (Releases acetic acid during curing.)
Because it is non-corrosive, this material is ide­al
for use on metal, for en­cap­su­lat­ing small circuits
on connectors. After cure, will withstand -55° to
200 °C. No mixing required.
Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
7128
1571
US$
US$
Mini Glue Gun
RTV Prime Coat
Enhances adhesion of silicone adhesives to many
difficult-to-bond plastic surfaces.
Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
6820
29
RTV Sealant (4.7 oz.)
56
RTV Coating (3 oz.)
RTV Prime Coat, 400 ml (13.5 oz.)
52
US$
Comes with three sticks of spe­cial for­mu­la hot
melt glue. UL ap­proved. 110V 60Hz only.
Ship­ping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
13316
20
Mini Glue Gun
US$
Low toxicity 5-minute adhesives for live tissues!
Kwik-Cast™ is a very low
• Extremely low toxicity
viscosity silicone elastomer
sealant. It is able to fill small
spaces around nerves and creates
a continuous mass ensuring longterm recording stability. KwikCast is color-coded so mixing is
foolproof. It can be applied and
cured underneath mineral oil. The
slight longer curing time (approx.
3 minutes) makes it more suitable
for stationary preparations and in
vitro tissue studies.
• Excellent moisture resistance
• Cures at room temperature
The properties of this adhesive make it exceptionally useful for
neuroscience applications, peripheral nerve studies and similar
biomedical applications. These new silicone elastomers also eliminate
the mess and time involved in pre-mixing other commonly used
formulations (such as Wacker SilGel® and Sylgard®). Each silicone
elastomer is packaged in a double barrel syringe and is automatically
mixed when pressed out of the mixer tip provided. It can then be
applied directly to the tissue without further mixing. The curing time
of these silicones is short, reliable and reproducible thus eliminating
potential costly guesswork when using other tissue adhesives.
Furthermore, the curing process does not produce heat, which can
otherwise cause tissue damage. WPI’s silicone elastomers are much
less toxic than dental silicone because they contain no surfactant
additives.
WPI’s silicone elastomers are based on recently developed vinyl
terminated siloxane and platinum complex catalysts. They exhibit
exceptional low toxicity before, during and after curing. The traditional
RTV silicone systems produce either acetic acid or alcohol during
condensation; these compounds are toxic to living cells. In contrast,
the only by-product of condensation from WPI’s elastomers is a small
amount of hydrogen gas, which was shown not to cause any effect on
nerve activity in highly sensitive peripheral nerves. Both elastomers
cure on contact with the tissue. Currently, WPI provides rapid-curing
silicone elastomers in two different formulas:
Kwik-Sil™ is a translucent
silicone elastomer adhesive
with medium viscosity. It
has good adhesion and
mechanical property (tear
strength and elongation).
The very short curing time
(approx. 1 minute) make it
especially useful for moving
preparations.
10 mixing tips
included
10 mixing
tips included
KWIK-CAST & KWIK-SIL SPECIFICATIONS
Unmixed
Mix Ratio
Working Time, typically
Viscosity, cps
After Curing 24 hours:
Tear Strength
Elongation
Durometer (shore A-2)
Color
Volume Resistivity, Ω/cm
Shipping Weight
Kwik-Sil
1:1
2-10 minutes
15,000
Kwik-Cast
1:1
2-3 minutes
10,000
90 ppi
650%
30
translucent
1x101x10
0.5 lb
44 ppi
60%
36
green
0.5 lb
References
Sivitz, et al., “Effect of acute and antecedent hypoglycemia on sympathetic
neural activity and catecholamine responsiveness in normal rats.” Diabetes.
50:1119-1125, 2001.
KWIK-SIL
KWIK-CAST
600009
KWIK-CAST
KWIK-SIL
Silicone Adhesive Compound (two 5 mL syringes)
Silicone Casting Compound (two 5 mL syringes)
Replacement Mixing Tips (pkg of 10)
PRICE BREAK
1-5 pkg
6-9 pkg
US$
US$
86
79
US$
US$
98
91
98
86
US$
33
US$
US$
More than 10
US$
69
US$
81
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
167
LAB SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES
• Specially formulated for WPI
“Super” Adhesives for Life Science Research
LAB SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES
Cyanoacrylate adhesives have been on the market since 1958. Most
industrial or household grade cyanoacrylate is made of shorter alkyl
chain derivatives such as methyl or ethyl cyanoacrylate (WPI’s #7341
and #7342). They are very useful for temporarily holding tissues such
as mounting specimens for microtome sectioning. However, they are not
suitable for bonding wounds on live animals. The difficulties of using
cyanoacrylate for bonding live animals are: (1) a strong, irritating odor;
(2) quick loss of bonding strength due to breakdown of the bonding by
hydration; (3) the breakdown products, cyanoacetate and formaldehyde,
are toxic and can cause inflammatory reactions; and (4) they have low
flexibility and tend to be brittle.
To overcome these problems, several longer alkyl chain cyanoacrylates
have been developed
especially for veterinary and
human use. The first longer
alkyl chain product is butyl
cyanoacrylate. This product
has been used for animal and
human applications outside
the USA since 1970. It is
much less toxic and has a
lower odor than the methyl or
ethyl cyanoacrylate. The butyl
cyanoacrylate offered by WPI
is Vetbond™.
A family of adhesives containing octyl cyanoacrylate, a plasticizer and
stabilizer, was developed In the 1990’s (one of them approved by FDA
for human use). When bonding to tissue, these new adhesives are four
times stronger and less toxic than butyl cyanoacrylate. Compared with
the traditional suture, the new super adhesive has several advantages.
On average, it takes only one-tenth of the time to close an incision.
The bonding strength is equal to 5-0 monofilament suture. It also has
a mysterious antimicrobial effect that can decrease infection rates in
contaminated wounds. Bonding will slough off naturally in 5 to 7 days.
Cosmetic appearance of the healed incision is also better.
Lab Coat
Light weight, medium length
— for the lab professional
Octal cyanoacrylate adhesive #500280 forms a strong and flexible film
and is thus more suitable for surface wound bonding, protection, and
holding a sensor or other device on the tissue. Setting time is about 10
seconds, which gives ample time for application. It can also be used for
temporarily holding a live tissue. For example, there is a report of using it
to hold nematodes on a glass slide for patch-clamp neurons recording.
All of the products offered by WPI are veterinary grade (not suitable for
human application). Though very similar to the grade for human use, they
are not sterile and do not have FDA approval.
500280
7341
7342
VETBOND
US$
Octyl Cyanoacrylate Adhesive, 1.5 mL
56
US$
Cyanoacrylate Adhesive, low viscosity—90-120 cps (pkg of 10)
40
Cyanoacrylate Adhesive, high viscosity—1100-1600 cps (pkg of 10) US$40
US$
3M Vetbond™ Adhesive (3 mL)
29
Pulsed Ultrasonic Cleaner
Several times more powerful than similar
devices, PUC dislodges dirt left behind by
ordinary ul­tra­son­ic clean­ers. Although very
com­pact (the well is 8 cm diameter by 3.5 cm
deep), PUC cre­ates max­i­mum turbulence by
combining a sub­son­ic wave and a high in­ten­
sity ultrasonic wave. The well will hold small
microdissection instruments. Insert the plastic
cup in the well and triple the volume available
for cleaning. Dual settings for nor­mal or high
power. Shuts off au­to­mat­i­cal­ly after 5 minutes.
Ideal for small parts
and microdissection
instruments
PUC Specifications
Available in five sizes:
LABCOAT-XS
LABCOAT-S
LABCOAT-M
LABCOAT-L
LABCOAT-XL
Lab
Lab
Lab
Lab
Lab
Coat,
Coat,
Coat,
Coat,
Coat,
Extra Small
Small
Medium
Large
Extra Large
29
US$
29
US$
29
US$
29
US$
29
US$
INPUT POWER
70W
110V/220V, 60 Hz/50 Hz,
PEAK OUTPUT
60 kHz
WELL CAPACITY
60 mL (20 oz.)
8.5 x 12 cm
CUP CAPACITY
175 mL
8 x 3.5 cm
O/D
13 x 21 x 15 cm
(51/8 x 81/4 x 47/8 in.)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
10 lb (4.3 kg)
PUC-Y
13740
Pulsating Ultrasonic Cleaner
Ultrasonic Detergent (4 lb)
Quantity discount available
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
168
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
99
28
US$
US$
The high quality electronic digital caliper and
micrometer are useful tools — no laboratory should
be without one because they are more accurate
and easier to use than the traditional analog units.
Measure in either inches or millimeters at the touch
of a button. The floating zero feature allows you
to read the increment without calculation. Both of
them have the SPC output for interface with external
readout devices. The caliper is made from hardened
stainless. The micrometer meets the IP54 as defined
in the IEC529 standard that is resistance to dust and
splashing water. The caliper measures up to 150 mm
(6 inch) with 0.01 mm (or 0.0005") resolution. The
micrometer measures up to 25 mm (or 1 inch) with
0.001 mm (or 0.00005") resolution.
501601
503036
502157
The micrometer is designed to be water-resistant
to IP54 as defined in the IEC529 standard. The IP54
code’s first digit “5” means dust-protected. The second
digit “4” means that the caliper is protected against
splashing water — it has to withstand a shower from
every direction for 10 minutes.
Computer Link — Adapter cable SPG-KIT allows
direct communication between micrometer (or caliper)
and computer through serial port. Press button on
cable to transmit data to computer. The SPG-KIT
comes with software which enters the reading into any
Windows application as if entered with the keyboard.
Data Rate: 4800 bit/s. Data Format: 1 start bit, 8 data
bits, 1 stop bit.
Digital Caliper Digital Micrometer
Replacement Battery (package of 10)
75
148
US$
35
US$
US$
Digital
Caliper
Digital Micrometer
Screwdriver Set
Wire Cutters
12cm long
Notched blade
501321
Roger Wirecutting Scissors
23
US$
This production grade precision 5-piece screwdriver set is the highest
quality tool you can find on the market. Made by German craftsmen,
the chrome-vanadium tips will fit any screw securely without leaving
marks. The set contains an ESD safe handle with 8 interchangeable
blades. Phillips Sizes: 000, 00, 0, 1. Slotted Sizes: 1.5, 2.0, 3.0, 3.5
mm. The 000 size Philips blade is the smallest you can find anywhere — it can fit smallest screw on a 35 mm camera.
Weight: 0.24 lb
501635
Professional Quality Screwdriver Set
56
US$
Magnetic Heating Stirrer
Specifications
Speed Range
Tray Diameter Heating Power Power Supply
Dimensions
Stirring Power Temperature
501610 0-1400 rpm
12 cm
100 W
AC 110 V / 50 Hz
23 x 16 x 10 cm
3-6W
20°C - 210°C
The Magnetic Heating Stirrer
enjoys the advantages of
convenience, stable and steady
operation as well as indefinite
speed regulation. It can carry
out stable and precise agitation
of solutions in a relatively
common temperature range.
It is especially suitable for
agitation of small volume
samples.
WPI-02 Magnetic Heating Stirrer 229
US$
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
169
LAB SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES LAB SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES
Digital Caliper & Micrometer
LAB SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES
Kipp & Zonen Chart Recorders
Work-enhancing features plus prov­en per­for­mance
The BD11E single-channel and BD12E dual-channel flatbed recorders have
prov­en ideal in research, de­vel­op­ment and pro­duc­tion, in service roles and
in ed­u­ca­tion. The slim wedge-shaped chart bed presents just the right angle
for add­ing notes to tracings. Elec­tric pen lifts respond au­to­mat­i­cal­ly to a 30second pause in activity, which pre­vents pens from bleeding.
Home and Grid Functions—The home function lets you re­po­si­tion the
re­corder pen at the start of the plot, which aids in replotting, data analysis,
and in tak­ing comparative traces. The grid func­tion advances the pen to the
next grid line, which aids in repetitive mea­sure­ments and ensures that sub­se­
quent traces share a common starting point.
BD11E
BD12E
Chart Recorder, single pen w/ pen lift & remote control
Chart Recorder, dual pen w/ pen lift & remote control
Specify line voltage
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
BDXR9
Chart Paper (10 rolls)
BDXR124 Black Pens, BD11 & BD12, Ch. 1 (pkg of 6)
BDXR13
Red Pens, BD12, Ch. 2 (pkg of 6)
BDXR13B Black Pens, BD12, Ch. 2 (pkg of 6)
CHART RECORDER SPECIFICATIONS
Kipp & Zonen
Inout ranges
1 mV...20 V (14 steps) Differential
Inout impediance
1 MΩ DC
10k in series with 1.5 µF for AC
Zero Offset
Commin Mode Rejection
1.5x Full Scale
130 dB
Linearity
±0.3% Full Scale
Chart Speeds
0.1 to 20 mm/sec
0.1 to 20 mm/min
Response Time
< 0.2 seconds for 5 to 95% FSD
Chart Paper
25 m rolls, according to DIN 16230
4100 hrs at lowest speed 20 minutes at highest speed
Power
95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
Chart Drive Functions
Fast forward & reverse, grid, home, event marker, polarity reversal switches, external control via 15-pin interface
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
170
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Precious Metal and Specialty Wire
0.
61
!
m
m
Micro Coaxial Cables
Metal
AGT0510
AGT0525
AGT05100
AGT1010
AGT1025
AGT10100
AGT1510
AGT1530
AGW0510
AGW0530
AGW1010
AGW1030
AGW1510
AGW1530
AGW2010
AGW2030
AGW4010
AUW0170
AUW201
C3005
CPVC4050Y
CPVC4050G
CPVC4050R
CPVC4050W
CU7T44G
IN1003
PT1002
PT0402
PT0203
PT0303
PT0110
PTP101
PTP201
PTP401
PTP406
PTT0502
PTT0402
PTT0203
PTT0110
SS31605
SS31614
SST30407-25
SST30407-50
TCJ3050
TCK3050
TI2051
TI4024
TGW0325
TGW0515
TGW1510
Silver
Teflon
Silver
Teflon
Silver
Teflon
Silver
Teflon
Silver
Teflon
Silver
Teflon
Silver
Teflon
Silver
Teflon
Silver
—
Silver
—
Silver
—
Silver
—
Silver
—
Silver
—
Silver
—
Silver
—
Silver
—
Gold
—
Gold
—
Carbon
—
Carbon
PVC (yellow)
Carbon
PVC (green)
Carbon
PVC (red)
Carbon
PVC (white)
Copper Alloy Nylon/Polyurethane
Indium
—
Platinum / Iridium
—
Platinum / Iridium
—
Platinum / Iridium
—
Platinum / Iridium
—
Platinum / Iridium
—
Platinum
—
Platinum
—
Platinum
—
Platinum
—
Platinum / Iridium
Teflon
Platinum / Iridium
Teflon
Platinum / Iridium
Teflon
Platinum / Iridium
Teflon
Stainless Steel
—
Stainless Steel
—
Stainless Steel
Teflon
Stainless Steel
Teflon
Thermocouple Glass braid
(Iron + Constantan)
Thermocouple Glass braid
(Chromel + Alumel)
Titanium
—
Titanium
—
Tungsten
—
Tungsten
—
Tungsten
—
Microcoaxial Cables
MAX3820
Tinned Cu Alloy
MAX4020
Tinned Cu Alloy
Coating AWG*
36
36
36
30
30
30
26-27
26-27
36
36
30
30
26-27
26-27
24
24
18
50
24
49
18
18
18
18
30
30
30
38
44
40
50
30
24
18
18
36
38
44
50
36
27
33
33
30
30
24
38
40
36
26-27
Diameter
Precut Length Price
0.005 in. (0.125 mm)1
0.005 in. (0.125 mm)1
0.005 in. (0.125 mm)1
0.010 in. (0.25 mm)1
0.010 in. (0.25 mm)1
0.010 in. (0.25 mm)1
0.015 in. (0.38 mm)1
0.015 in. (0.38 mm)1
0.005 in. (0.125 mm)
0.005 in. (0.125 mm)
0.010 in. (0.25 mm)
0.010 in. (0.25 mm)
0.015 in. (0.38 mm)
0.015 in. (0.38 mm)
0.020 in. (0.5 mm)
0.020 in. (0.5 mm)
0.040 in. (1.0 mm)
0.001 in. (0.025 mm)
0.020 in. (0.5 mm)
0.0012 in. (30 µm)
0.040 in. (1.0 mm)
0.040 in. (1.0 mm)
0.040 in. (1.0 mm)
0.040 in. (1.0 mm)
0.010 in. (0.20 mm)
0.01 in. (0.25 mm)
0.010 in. (0.25 mm)
0.004 in. (0.102 mm)
0.002 in. (0.051 mm)
0.003 in. (0.076 mm)
0.001 in. (0.025 mm)
0.010 in. (0.25 mm)
0.020 in. (0.5 mm)
0.039 in. (1.0 mm)
0.039 in. (1.0 mm)
0.005 in. (0.125 mm)1
0.004 in. (0.102 mm)1
0.002 in. (0.051 mm)1
0.001 in. (0.025 mm)1
0.005 in. (0.125 mm)
0.014 in. (0.36 mm)
0.007 in. (0.18 mm)3
0.007 in. (0.18 mm)3
10 ft (3 m)
25 ft (7.6 m)
100 ft (30 m)
10 ft (3 m)
25 ft (7.6 m)
100 ft (30 m)
10 ft (3 m)
30 ft (9.1 m)
10 ft (3 m)
30 ft (9.1 m)
10 ft (3 m)
30 ft (9.1 m)
10 ft (3 m)
30 ft (9.1 m)
10 ft (3 m)
30 ft (9.1 m)
10 ft (3 m)
70 ft (17.7 m)
1 ft (30 cm)
5 ft (1.5 m)
50 ft (15 m)
50 ft (15 m)
50 ft (15 m)
50 ft (15 m)
16.5 ft (5 m)
3 ft (92 cm)
2 ft (61 cm)
2 ft (61 cm)
3 ft (92 cm)
3 ft (92 cm)
10 ft (3 m)
1 ft (30 cm)
1 ft (30 cm)
1 ft (30 cm)
0.5 ft (15 cm)
2 ft (61 cm)
2 ft (61 cm)
3 ft (92 cm)
10 ft (3 m)
50 ft (15.2 m)
30 ft (9.1 m)
25 ft (7.6 m)
50 ft (15.2 m)
50 ft (15.2 m)
50 ft (15.2 m)
0.020 in. (0.5 mm)
0.040 in. (1.0 mm)
0.003 in. (0.075 mm)
0.005 in. (0.125 mm)
0.015 in. (0.38 mm)
24 ft (7.3 m)2
24 ft (7.3 m)2
25 ft (7.6 m)
15 ft (4.6 m)
10 ft (3 m)
Coaxial
0.0173 in. (0.44 mm)
20 ft (6 m)4
Twin Coaxial 0.0158x0.024 in. (0.4x0.61mm) 20 ft (6 m)5
45
102
US$
316
US$
52
US$
86
US$
167
US$
86
US$
137
US$
29
US$
63
US$
52
US$
79
US$
86
US$
127
US$
79
US$
114
US$
127
US$
201
US$
102
US$
56
US$
69
US$
69
US$
69
US$
69
US$
63
US$
86
US$
213
US$
201
US$
213
US$
201
US$
293
US$
173
US$
184
US$
518
US$
224
US$
144
US$
293
US$
299
US$
328
US$
45
US$
45
US$
79
US$
127
US$
75
US$
US$
75
US$
316
102
US$
79
US$
79
US$
79
US$
US$
102
114
US$
US$
*Brown & Sharpe
1
Plus 0.002 in. for Teflon coating 2 Furnished in bundles of 3-ft lengths.
3
Teflon adds 0.00015 in. (4 µm) to diameter4 Impedance: 50 ohm; capacitance: 95 pF/m; resistance: 5 ohm/m
5
Impedance: 100 ohm; capacitance: 54 pF/m; resistance: 1.9 ohm/m
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
171
LAB SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES
New! Micro coaxial cables (MAXxxxx)
are ideal for microelectrode fabrication
and construction of similar research tools.
The dual shielding eliminates electrical
interference caused by radio frequencies (RF),
electrostatic and microphonics (e.g., bending
and vibration. Available with single or dual
(twin) conductors.
Thermocouple wire for tem­per­a­ture mon­i­tor­
ing. TCJ3050, with an iron/con­stan­tan pair of
wires, can be used in inert, vac­u­um, re­duc­ing
or oxidizing atmospheres (iron con­duc­tor may
rust in moist or low temperature ap­pli­ca­tions).
TCK3050 has a chromel/alumel pair, for use
in inert or oxidizing atmosphere at 15001800 °F.
Teflon-coated stainless steel (type 304) wire
(SSTxxxx) is available in 25-ft and 50-ft
lengths. The Teflon coating is 150 micro-in.
thick (4 µm).
Carbon wire (C3005) is a single 30-micron
fiber of electrochemically activated car­bon.
This fiber is especially useful in micro-elec­tro­
chem­i­cal experiments.
Carbon filament wire (CPVCxxxx) is made
of 3,000 microscopic carbon strands in a col­
ored PVC jacket. 45.8 ohms/foot.
Copper ultra-fine wire (CU7T44G) is made
of seven individually insulated 44 AWG (50
micron) conductors twisted together. Total
diameter with insulation is 200 microns.
Resistance: 2.9 Ω/m for all seven wires
together. Dry dielectric strength: 1500V DC.
Platinum/iridium wire — uncoated (PTxxxx)
and Teflon-coated (PTTxxxx) — is an alloy
of 90% platinum and 10% iridium, giving
excellent tensile strength and cor­ro­sion
resistance. Uncoated pure platinum wire
(PTPxxx) is 99.95% pure.
Indium wire (IN1003) is 99.99% pure, with
a melting point of 156.4°C.
Annealed silver wire (AGWxxxx), 99.99%
pure, is available in five diameters; three
of those sizes are also available with a
Teflon coating (AGTxxxx), and the 0.010in. wire can be ordered with a PVC coating
(AGPVCxxxx).
Tungsten wire (TGWxxxx), available in
three diameters, is 99.95% pure.
Gold wire (AUWxxxx) is 99.99% pure.
Titanium wire (TIxxxx) is 98.9% pure,
annealed, in three diameters.
Stainless steel wire (SSxxxxx) is type 316.
Catalog No.
Luer Valve Assortment Kit
LAB SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES
A useful kit (above) for building your own liquid flow experiment. It provides the means to start, stop, add, divide and control a flow of liquid or gas.
Included in the kit are over 200 as­sort­ed parts such as one-way and three-way stopcocks, manifolds, Y-connectors, in­jec­tion sites, male and female luer
caps, check valves, syringe-activated check valves, slide clamps, roller clamps, and pinch
US$
14011
Luer Valve Assortment Kit
305
clamps. All (except clamps) have a luer fitting for quick and easy con­nect­ing and
disconnecting. Includes assorted luer fittings for use with flex­i­ble tubing.
Barb-to-Tubing Coupler Assortment Kit
Barb-to-Tubing Assortment Kit (at left) includes three different sizes
of tubing and two boxes with different fittings, T-connectors, elbow
connectors, check valves and plugs.
500890
Barb-to-Tubing Assortment Kit (polypropylene)
190
US$
Includes three tubing sizes: 1/16" ID, 1/8" ID, 1/4" ID
Luer-to-Tubing Coupler Assortment Kit Assemble quick-disconnect luer fittings for use with flexible tubing with internal diam­
e­ters of 1⁄16", 3⁄32", 1⁄8" and 5⁄32". A variety of quick-disconnect connectors can be quickly
made for con­nect­ing small diameter flexible tubing; 3-way connections can be made
with the use of the 3-way luer tee; luer plugs, tees, connectors, bulk-head mounts,
color coding rings, locking nuts, male and female luers—are all in­clud­ed to enhance
the ver­sa­til­i­ty of this kit. The kit has over 350 assorted parts and is offered in two
different types of materials. Polypropylene fittings are chemically inert and resistant
to most organic and inorganic solvents. Nylon fittings are strong and can be bonded
with adhesive.
US$
14012
Luer-to-Tubing Coupler Assortment Kit (Polypropylene)
190
US$
500895
Luer-to-Tubing Coupler Assortment Kit (Nylon) 190
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
172
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Parts in kit may differ slightly in appearance from those pictured.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
3/
1⁄
32" ID Tubing
Pack of 100
US$
68
# 13157-100
Female Luer
Fitting for
# 13156-100
Female Luer
Fitting for
8" ID Tubing
Pack of 100
US$
68
1⁄
/32" ID Tubing
Pack of 100
US$
68
5
# 13159-100
Female Luer
Fitting for
16" ID Tubing
Pack of 100
US$
68
1⁄
/32" ID Tubing
Pack of 100
US$
68
3
8" ID Tubing
Pack of 100
US$
68
1⁄
# 14043-20
Roller Clamp
Large Bore
Pack of 20
US$
68
# 14061-60
Male/Female
Luer Plug
Pack of 60
US$
68
# 14051-100
Pinch Clamp for
5mm Tubing
Pack of 100
US$
68
# 14040-50
Pinch Clamp for
7mm Tubing
Pack of 50
US$
68
/32" ID Tubing
Pack of 100
US$
68
5
# 13163-100
Male Luer
Fitting for
# 14035-10
3-Way Stopcock,
Luer lock,
Pack of 10
US$
68
# 13162-100
Male Luer
Fitting for
# 14059-2
3-Port Manifold
Pack of 2
US$
68
# 14058-10
4-Way Stopcock,
Luer Lock
Pack of 10
US$
68
# 14041-60
Roller Clamp
3⁄ " Tubing
16
Pack of 60
US$
68
# 13161-100
Male Luer
Fitting for
# 14036-15
4-Way Luer
Stopcock
Pack of 15
US$
68
# 13822-10
0.135”/3.4 mm
OD Tubing
Pack of 10
US$
68
# 13160-100
Male Luer
Fitting for
# 14057-10
4-Way Stopcock,
Luer Lock
Pack of 10
US$
68
# 14045-20
Syringe
Slip Luer Valve
Activated Check
Pack of 20
US$
68
LAB SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES
16" ID Tubing
Pack of 100
US$
68
# 14055-2
4-Port Manifold
Pack of 2
US$
68
# 14054-10
1-Way Stopcock,
Luer Slip
Pack of 10
US$
68
#14038-10
1-Way Stopcock
Luer Lock,
Pack of 10
US$
68
# 13158-100
Female Luer
Fitting for
# 14048-20
3-Port Infusion Y
Swivel Thread
Pack of 20
US$
68
# 14044-5
Syringe
Activated Dual
Check Valve
Pack of 5
US$
68
# 14047-10
4-Port Infusion Y
Swivel Thread
Pack of 10
US$
68
# 14039-10
Check Valve
Pack of 10
US$
68
# 3742-20
Female T Luer
Pack of 20
US$
68
#14034-40
Injection Site
Male luer lock
Pack of 40
US$
68
# 14042-100
Slide Clamp
for 2.5 mm
O.D. Tubing
Pack of 100
US$
68
Parts now sold individually
PN 14011 has over 350 assorted parts and is offered in two different types of materials
173
Cables and Connectors
#1358
#3161
#3294
#13620
#3492
#2851
#5372
#3142
#3417-10
#3517
#3508
#3491
#5371
#5385
#5373
#3670
#5375
LAB SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES
#13388
#13451
#5374
#13776
#13347
#500082
#13324
#500131
#14254
#15975
#15976
#500081
#13854
#3578
#300040
#300102
#15623
#500256
#15676
#13685
#500128
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
174
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
PART #
APPLICATION/DESCRIPTION
CONNECTOR A
CON­NEC­TOR B
1358
Beetrodes
BNC (male)
2 mm pin
2026-10
2 mm socket, unwired (pkg of 10) (Not Shown)
2 mm socket
unwired
2851
Standard BNC cable
BNC (male)
BNC (male)
3142
Mini-Banana Adapter
Screw Terminals
Dual Mini-Banana
3161
Connector for input to TBM4M and BP-1
DIN (male)
unwired
3294
Ground wire for DAM80 probe
Clip
none
3417-10
2 mm plug, unwired (pkg of 10)
2 mm pin
unwired
3491
Extension for any 8-pin DIN
DIN (male)
DIN (female)
3492
Connector, adapts WPI transducers to non-WPI equip­ment DIN (female)
unwired
3508
Adapts BNC pH electrode to pH meter with
“U.S. Standard” input
BNC (male)
US Standard
3517
DAM50, DAM60, DAM70, shielded (two cables/pkg)
Modular phone plug, 4 wire
none
3578
Adapter cable for Ag/AgCl pellets 2 mm pin
none
3670
Double banana plug with solder turret terminals
Dual Banana (male)
Dual Banana (female)
5371
Low-noise cable for microelectrode holders
2 mm gold pin
2 mm gold pin
5372
Low-noise cable for microelectrode holders
2 mm gold jack
2 mm gold jack
5373
Low-noise cable for microelectrode holders
Com­bi­na­tion pin/jack
Combination pin/jack
5374
Low-noise cable for microelectrode holders
BNC (male)
2 mm gold pin
5375
Low-noise cable for microelectrode holders
BNC (male)
2 mm gold jack
5385
Cable, shielded transducer stock none
none
13324
Derm-Trode, Iso-Millivoltmeter
Double-banana (female)
BNC (male)
13347
ISO2 (chart recorder adapter)
Double-banana (male)
BNC (female)
13388
Electrode adapter for DAM probes
Miniature banana (male)
2 mm jack
13451
Adapter: Iso-DAM, Iso-DAM8
BNC (female)
two 2 mm pins
13555
Serial Cable (not shown)
DB9 (male)
DB9 (female)
13620
Low-noise cable for microelectrode holders
2 mm gold pin
2 mm gold jack
13685
SP Series pump-to-pump linking cable Modular phone plug
Modular phone plug
13776
Adapts reference electrode to VF4 ground jack
Banana (male)
2 mm jack
13854
BNC T-connector, male to:
BNC (female)
BNC (female)
14254
BNC Straight Adapter
BNC (female)
BNC (female)
15623
Serial cable, SP Series pump SP Pump
IBM 9-pin “D” connector
15624
Serial cable, SP Series pump
SP Pump
Macintosh connector
15676
Serial cable, SP Series pump
SP Pump
IBM 25-pin “D” connector
15975
Adapter
2 mm socket
1 mm pin
15976
Adapter
1 mm socket
2 mm pin
300040
Adapter Extension 2 mm socket
2 mm socket
500081
Adapter IBM PC Comm Port
DB9 (male)
DB9 (female)
500082
Adapter BNC/RCA MM
BNC (female)
RCA (male)
300102
Adapter Extension 2 mm socket
0.31 socket
500128
BNC Zero Ohm Terminator
BNC (male)
none
500131
Cable for Biode® Snap Electrodes (pkg of 5)
2 mm pin
snap
500184
Standard BNC Cable
BNC (male)
BNC (male)
500256
BNC Right Angle Adapter BNC (male)
BNC (female)
500257
Standard BNC Cable
BNC (male)
BNC (male)
500258
Standard BNC Cable
BNC (male)
BNC (male)
500259
Standard BNC Cable
BNC (male)
BNC (male)
501670
Coaxial Adapter
Dual Mini-Banana (male)
BNC (female)
CBL100
MiniPhone Patch Cable
3.5 mm MiniPhone plug
3.5 mm MiniPhone plug
CBL102
DAM Series, PM Series
3.5 mmMiniPhone plug
BNC (male)
CABLE
LENGTH
3 ft (0.9 m)
none
6 ft (1.8 m)
none
none
3 ft (0.9 m)
none
5 ft (1.5 m)
none
45
24
US$
30
US$
25
US$
23
US$
6
US$
24
US$
112
US$
21
none
3 ft (0.9 m)
5 ft (1.5 m)
none
2 ft (0.6 m)
2 ft (0.6 m)
2 ft (0.6 m)
4 ft (1.2 m)
4 ft (1.2 m)
25 ft (7.6 m)
none
none
none
6 in. (15 cm)
6 ft (1.8 m)
2 ft (0.6 m)
7 ft (2.1 m)
none
none
none
5 ft (1.5 m)
5 ft (1.5 m)
5 ft (1.5 m)
none
none
4 in. (10 cm)
none
none
4 in. (10 cm)
none
5 ft (1.5 m)
10 ft (3 m)
none
6 in. (15 cm)
12 in. (30 cm)
18 in. (46 cm)
none
6 ft (1.8 m)
6 ft (1.8 m)
68
79
US$
31
US$
15
US$
21
US$
22
US$
24
US$
40
US$
40
US$
124
US$
28
US$
29
US$
47
US$
24
US$
39
US$
22
US$
15
US$
15
US$
15
US$
15
US$
39
US$
39
US$
39
US$
15
US$
15
US$
79
US$
21
US$
9
US$
95
US$
6
US$
29
US$
32
US$
15
US$
22
US$
22
US$
22
US$
63
US$
16
US$
32
POWER CORDS
3006
3301
3302
14088
6 ft (1.8 m)
6 ft (1.8 m)
6 ft (1.8 m)
6 ft (1.8 m)
#CBL100
IEC Connector
IEC Connector
IEC Connector
IEC Connector
#CBL102
3-pin (M) US
3-pin (M) European
3-pin (M) UK
3-pin (M) Australian
US$
US$
US$
US$
21
26
US$
32
US$
26
US$
US$
#15624
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
175
LAB SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES
US 120 V, grounded
European 240 V, grounded
British 240 V, grounded
Australian 240 V, grounded
PRICE
Non-Magnetic Bases,
Stainless Steel Rods, & Clamps
43
m
m
These high quality components are made of
stainless steel and polymer that resist organic
solvents and corrosion. They can be easily
assembled to make a stand-alone setup for
student labs or to make a complicated frame for
research labs.
LAB SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES
503081-4 Vertical Surface Mount, M8 Threaded............................... (including three 10-32 mounting screws) (pkg of 4)
503085
Large V-base with M8 Thread Mount
502190 Heavy Rectangular Base (with M8 thread mount ...................
and thumbscrew mount), 23×15.6 cm, 4 lb
503083 Light Rectangular Base (with M8 thread mount ......................
and thumbscrew mount), 23×15.6 cm, 0.5 lb
503084
Small V-base with M8 Thread Mount
503088-10
Thumbscrew, M5×20 mm (pkg of 10)
503070
503071
503072
503073
503074
503075
503076
503077
Polished Stainless Steel Post, 12mm OD, 25cm long, no thread
Polished Stainless Steel Post, 12mm OD, 50cm long, no thread
Polished Stainless Steel Post, 12mm OD, 75cm long, no thread
Polished Stainless Steel Post, 12mm OD, 25cm long, M8 thread
Polished Stainless Steel Post, 12mm OD, 50cm long, M8 thread
Polished Stainless Steel Post, 12mm OD, 60cm long, M8 thread
Polished Stainless Steel Post, 12mm OD, 75cm long, M8 thread
Polished Stainless Steel Post, 12mm OD, 80cm long, M8 thread
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
176
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
14073-4 Open-sided Frame Clamp (pkg of 4)
503082-4Board Frame Clamp, opens up to 8.5 mm (pkg of 4)
503078-4 T-joint Frame Clamp (pkg of 4)
502193-4 Parallel Frame Clamp (pkg of 4)
503079-4 In-line Frame Clamp
(pkg of 4)
38.7 mm
503080-4 Frame Clamp with
Parallel Surface Mount (including two
10-32 mounting screws)
(pkg of 4)
LAB SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES
503041
Large Clamp with Rod (157 mm), opens up to 85 mm
503042
Medium Clamp with rod (157 mm), opens up to 45 mm
503086
Small Clamp with rod (157 mm), opens up to 16 mm
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
177
Rackmounting Hardware
Many instruments may be mounted in standard 19-inch
instrument racks with the ap­pro­pri­ate rackmount kit, as
noted on the page featuring the instrument.

5381
Rackmount for Iso-DAM
114
3484
Rackmount Kit for DAM Series amplifiers
US$
Brackets for
instruments which are less than
17.5 inches wide have “wings” which extend to the
stan­dard rack width. (Pictured: #13024)

2932
Rackmount Kit, 3 ⁄2-in. high
3468
Dual Rackmount Kit
(705, A320, A362, A382, A385)
LAB SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES


2933

1
114
US$
114

Rackmount Kit, 5 ⁄4-in. high
13025 Dual Rackmount Kit (TBM-4 & BP-1)
2935
114
US$
3469

Single Rackmount Kit (705,
A320, A362, A382, A385)
Rackmount Kit, 8 3⁄4-in. high
114
US$
114
US$
800283

114
US$
DAM Series amplifiers and Iso-DAM
amplifiers may be mount­ed to the rack
panels above by fastening bolts (included)
through holes in the panel.
US$
1

Rackmount Kit with Handles
 ‑ 114
US$
114
US$
13024 Single Rackmount Kit (TBM-4 & BP-1)
114
US$
Dual rackmount
kits allow many smaller in­stru­ments
to be joined by bolting the chassis to­geth­er and
mounting the pair into a standard rack. (Pictured: #2932)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
178
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
178
Glass, Holders & Electrodes
Sharp Electrode Glass Capillaries
Fire-Polished Single-Barrel Standard-wall and Thin-wall glass Tubing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
WPI’s Fire-polished glass capillaries are perfect for recording electrodes. The fire-polished ends eliminate
possible damage to the chloridized (Ag/AgCl) wire and microelectrode holder, and also facilitate smoother
insertion into a microelectrode holder.
Single-Barrel Standard Wall Capillaries (with or without inner filament). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
WPI’s standard wall capillaries are easier to pull longer and smaller tip micropipettes. These are particularly
suitable for intracellular microelectrodes. The inner filament greatly facilitates pipette filling with electrolyte.
GLASS, HOLDERS
Single-Barrel Thin Wall Capillaries (with or without inner filament). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Thin wall capillaries produce smaller OD and bigger ID pipettes that are suitable for microinjection
Patch Clamp Glass Capillaries
Best for patch clamp studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Multi-Barrel Glass Capillaries
Multi-Barrel Standard wall tubing (with inner filament). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Designed for microiontophoresis
Septum Theta Capillaries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Ideal for making dual-channel micropipettes used for intracellular work in small cells
Piggyback Glass Capillaries (with filament). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Ideal for making two-barrel electrodes with a significant tip diameter differential
Borosilicate Glass Rod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Suitable for making rod pipettes to be used as tools to dissect chromosomes or to probe and move objects
Five- and Seven-Barrel Micropipette Blanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Designed for precise local application of chemicals in extracellular electrophysiological studies
µTip Pre-Pulled Glass Capillaries
& ELECTRODES
Borosilicate Glass Micropipettes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Plain, luer and silanized µTips
Microfil, Micropipette Holders and Accessories
MicroFil Nonmetallic Syringe Needles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
For filling micropipettes
Micropipette Storage Jar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
For 1.0mm, 1.2mm, 1.5mm and 2.0mm OD glass pipettes
PolyFil Multi-Barrel Micropipettes Coupling Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
For easy and secure coupling of a multi-barrel micropipette to a pressure source
Micropipette Holders & Half-Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
For coupling fluid-filled glass micropipettes to high input impedance amplifiers
Optical Quality Glass Bottom Sterile Cell Culture Dishes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
For microinjection, fluorescence, high resolution image analysis, cell culture, electrophysiology
Microelectrodes
Metal Microelectrodes For extracellular recording. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Dri-Ref™ Reference Electrodes featuring extremely low electrolyte leakage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
CALBUF Calcium Calibration Solutions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
BetterSkin™ Electrodes Reusable surface-mounted electrodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Disposable Ag/AgCl Snap Electrodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
GEL100 Conductive Electrode Gel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Ag/AgCl Half-Cells. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
179
Sharp Electrode Glass
Capillaries
GLASS, HOLDERS
& ELECTRODES
Clean, high quality glass for making
micropipette elec­trodes and other research
implements
WPI offers a wide spectrum of high-quality glass
capillaries. We take pride in our abil­i­ty to ship
your glass order within 48 hours. If you need a
special glass that does not ap­pear in our catalog,
please call us. We will make every effort to
provide it for you.
Fire-Polished glass
capillaries are easier to insert into
microelectrode holders without
damaging the gasket. More
importantly, fire-polished glass
won’t scratch the chloridized wire
used in a recording electrode.
Fire-polishing does not affect the
glass’s mechanical or electrical
properties.
Borosilicate glass capillaries: Close di­men­
sion­al tol­er­anc­es assure mi­cro­elec­trode uni­for­mi­ty
and reproducibility. Available in one-, two-, three-,
five- and seven-barrel con­fig­u­ra­tions; a complete
range of single bar­rel thin-wall siz­es; and a variety
of special con­fig­u­ra­tions. Cap­il­lar­ies with filaments
con­tain a solid fil­a­ment fused to the inner wall,
which speeds filling of electrodes. Cap­il­lar­ies with
or with­out inner filaments are available for making
microelectrodes in a wide range of diameters .
Thin Wall single barrel capillaries are of­fered
both with or without inner filaments. The con­cen­
tric­i­ty of this material provides ex­cel­lent strength.
Micropipettes made from thin wall capillaries have
fine tips with a short taper.
Note: Because electrode tips erode
when left filled with saline solutions
for long peri­ods, electrodes should
be made and filled im­me­di­ate­ly
prior to use.
Standard,
with Filament
Thin Wall,
no Fil­a­ment
Thin Wall,
with Filament
Single-Barrel Standard 7740 Borosilicate Glass Tubing
Length
OD
(mm)
ID
(mm)
3 in. (76 mm)
3 in. (76 mm)
3 in. (76 mm)
3 in. (76 mm)
3 in. (76 mm)
3 in. (76 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.2
1.5
1.5
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.2
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.2
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.0
0.58
0.58
0.68
0.68
0.84
0.84
0.58
0.58
0.68
0.68
0.84
0.84
1.12
1.12
0.58
0.58
0.68
0.68
0.84
0.84
1.12
1.12
Single Barrel standard wall thickness cap­il­
lar­ies are offered either with or without in­ner fil­a­
ments for quick filling in a variety of lengths and
diameters. Two usable elec­trodes can be made
from one 6-inch length. ­
Standard,
no Filament
Filament
FirePolished
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Quantity
Item
500
500
350
350
225
300
500
500
400
350
300
300
125
200
500
500
350
350
225
225
125
125
1B100F-3
1B100-3
1B120F-3
1B120-3
1B150F-3
1B150-3
1B100F-4
1B100-4
1B120F-4
1B120-4
1B150F-4
1B150-4
1B200F-4
1B200-4
1B100F-6
1B100-6
1B120F-6
1B120-6
1B150F-6
1B150-6
1B200F-6
1B200-6
Price
47
38
US$
47
US$
38
US$
53
US$
53
US$
53
US$
44
US$
53
US$
38
US$
59
US$
53
US$
47
US$
51
US$
70
US$
64
US$
64
US$
64
US$
76
US$
70
US$
64
US$
64
US$
US$
Thin-Wall Single-Barrel Standard Borosilicate
(Schott Duran) Glass Tubing
OD
(mm)
ID
(mm)
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.2
1.5
1.5
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.2
1.5
1.5
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.2
1.5
1.5
0.75
0.75
0.90
0.90
1.12
1.12
0.75
0.75
0.90
0.90
1.12
1.12
0.75
0.75
0.90
0.90
1.12
1.12
FIL
FirePolished
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Length
Quantity
Item
Price
3 in. (76 mm)
3 in. (76 mm)
3 in. (76 mm)
3 in. (76 mm)
3 in. (76 mm)
3 in. (76 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
500
500
350
350
225
300
500
500
350
350
300
225
500
500
350
350
225
225
TW100F-3
TW100-3
TW120F-3
TW120-3
TW150F-3
TW150-3
TW100F-4
TW100-4
TW120F-4
TW120-4
TW150F-4
TW150-4
TW100F-6
TW100-6
TW120F-6
TW120-6
TW150F-6
TW150-6
51
47
US$
56
US$
47
US$
51
US$
61
US$
51
US$
53
US$
51
US$
47
US$
51
US$
53
US$
76
US$
76
US$
82
US$
70
US$
76
US$
76
US$
US$
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
180
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Patch Clamp Capillary Glass
WPI offers capillary tubing made from two glass
types widely used in constructing patch clamp
electrodes. The significant characteristics of each
are as follows:
The softening temperature determines how easily
each glass type can be pulled to the de­sired shape
and the extent to which it can be heat polished.
Glass with a high softening temperature is difficult
to pull and causes unnecessary wear on the heating
element of the puller. This makes it very hard
to make electrodes that are re­pro­duc­ible and of
consistent quality. Patch clamp glass with a low
softening tem­per­a­ture is preferred; however, higher
softening temperature glass is stronger.
PG52151-4, PG52152-4 and PG52165-4 are
prepared from Schott #8250 glass (equivalent to
Corn­ing #7052), one of the most widely used patch
clamp­ing glasses. This is a specially formulated
boro­sil­i­cate glass with a softening temperature
that is 110°C lower than regular borosilicate glass
(Corn­ing 7740, or Pyrex). It has excellent sealing
prop­er­ties for most cells. Electrical properties are
also very good.
Electrical properties determine how much noise
the glass is likely to produce in recording sit­u­a­
tions. The lower the product of dielectric con­stant
times the loss factor, the smaller the equiv­a­lent
noise current the glass will produce (Rae and Levis,
Methods in En­zy­mol­o­gy, 207, p67, 1992). Patch
clamp glass with good elec­tri­cal properties is critical
especially in single-chan­nel recording.
Sealability: It is not clear what factors de­ter­mine
the sealing ability of the patch to the glass. Al­most
any glass can form a gigohm seal under the right
conditions. Different glass types vary, how­ev­er, in
how easily they form a seal. It is im­por­tant to select
a patch clamp glass that seals eas­i­ly. Good fire
polish is critical for seal (see DMF1000).
Leachable components: Substances leached from
glass can alter channel behavior. Since dif­fer­ent
channels are sen­si­tive to different glass com­po­
nents, it is best to record one type of chan­nel with
several different kinds of pipette glass to elim­i­nate
any artifact due to the glass.
PG10150-4 and PG10165-4 are composed of
Corning #0010 glass, a high lead content (22%
PbO) glass. Its thermal and elec­tri­cal per­for­mance
is between the Schott #8250 and Corning #8161
glass­es described above. It is much more eco­nom­
i­cal than Corning #8161 glass. It has been found
that this glass causes much less alteration in
chan­nel behavior than Corning #8161 and Schott
#8250 glass (Furman and Tanaka, Biophys. J. 53,
p287, 1988).
Patch clamp capillaries do not have mi­crofil­a­ments.
PATCH CLAMP CAPILLARY GLASS
Catalog#
PG52151-4
PG52152-4
PG52165-4
PG10150-4
PG10165-4
Glass Type
OD/ID (mm)
#8250
#8250
#8250
#0010
#0010
1.5/1.0
1.5/0.9
1.65/1.1
1.5/0.75
1.65/1.1
Dielectric
Constant
4.9
4.9
4.9
6.7
6.7
Softening
Point °C
720°
720°
720°
625°
625°
Quantity
100
100
100
100
100
Price
54
54
US$
54
US$
54
US$
54
US$
US$
& ELECTRODES
Glass Handling Forceps
GLASS, HOLDERS
To select the best patch clamp glass for your exper­
i­ments, we have evaluated available glass types
in terms of the four properties most crucial to
successful patch clamp studies:
Ever had difficulty picking up a glass capillary? Special tips on these forceps solve
the problem, holding glass firmly without risk of breakage. They also keep the glass
clean and avoid contamination from skin oils.
77020
Glass Handling Forceps
45
US$
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
181
Multi-Barrel Glass Capillaries
GLASS, HOLDERS
& ELECTRODES
Two-Barrel
Three-Barrel
Multi-barrel configurations are designed
es­pe­cial­ly for microiontophoresis.
Because the capillaries are fused together
during man­u­fac­ture, you will not need to
twist them while pulling to seal the tips
together. An inner fil­a­ment in each barrel
makes filling easy and fast.
Also see PolyFil for a novel
way to connect multi-barrel
pipettes
Five-Barrel
Seven-Barrel
Multi-Barrel Borosilicate Glass Tubing with Filaments
Length
Description
OD/ID (mm)
Filament
Quantity
Item
Price
4 in. (102 mm)
4 in. (102 mm)
4 in. (102 mm)
4 in. (102 mm)
4 in. (102 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
Two-Barrel
Three-Barrel
Five-Barrel
Seven-Barrel
Seven-Barrel
Two-Barrel
Three-Barrel
Five-Barrel
Seven-Barrel
1.5/0.84
1.2/0.68
1.2/0.68
1.2/0.58
1.2/0.68
1.5/0.84
1.2/0.68
1.2/0.68
1.0/0.58
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
100
100
65
60
75
100
100
65
60
2B150F-4
3B120F-4
5B120F-4
7B100F-4
7B120F-4
2B150F-6
3B120F-6
5B120F-6
7B100F-6
62
62
US$
62
US$
86
US$
86
US$
74
US$
74
US$
74
US$
86
US$
US$
Special Configuration
Borosilicate Capillaries
Septum Theta offers superior cell impalement. The nat­u­ral
bevel resulting from the prominent spear-like pro­jec­tion of
the septum gives microelectrodes a sharp, spear-point tip.
This style has low resistance for use as a single mi­cro­elec­
trode, and it can be used to make superior dou­ble-tipped
microelectrodes with low trans-tip coupling. The nat­u­ral bevel
of Septum Theta also sig­nif­i­cant­ly increases the effective tip
cross-section. As supplied, the width of the sep­tum is ap­prox­i­
mate­ly 0.2 mm; wall thick­ness is ap­prox­i­mate­ly 0.2 mm.
Piggyback glass consists of a pair of boro­
sil­i­cate capillaries fused together during
man­u­fac­ture. One barrel is larger than the
other, and both have inner filaments for
quick filling. Pig­gy­back glass makes it simple
to fab­ri­cate two-barrel elec­trodes with a
significant tip diameter differential.
Septum Theta
Special Configuration Borosilicate Glass Tubing
Description
OD/ID (mm)
Length
Quantity
Item
Septum Theta
1.5/1.02
1.51/0.84
0.75/0.35
1.51/0.84
0.75/0.35
6 in. (152 mm)
100
TST150-6
US$
4 in. (102 mm)
50
PB150F-4
US$
6 in. (152 mm)
50
PB150F-6
US$
Piggyback
Piggyback
Borosilicate glass rod
1.0 mm diameter — for
making tools, probes, tips
Piggyback
Price
86
62
92
Borosilicate Glass Rod
Description
OD (mm)
Length
Quantity
Item
Glass Rod
Glass Rod
1.0
1.0
4 in. (102 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
500
500
GR100-4
GR100-6
Price
53
59
US$
US$
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
182
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Five-and Seven-Barrel Micropipette Blanks
High quality multi-barrel micropipette blanks for pressure injection
P-5 and P-7 pipette blanks exhibit levels of quality and reproducibility impossible to match in hand­made pipettes. They are
compatible with most vertical pipette pullers that accommodate
3.00 mm diameter glass. P-5 and P-7 blanks have a solid ball
pulling tip and are fabricated from 3.00 mm Kwik-Fil tubing. All
barrels except the large central one have filaments.
The P-5 and P-7 mi­cropi­pettes are designed for precise local ap­pli­ca­tion
of chem­i­cals in ex­tra­cel­lu­lar elec­tro­phys­i­o­log­i­cal studies. Drug ap­pli­ca­tion
may be by one of two meth­ods:
1. microiontophoretic ejec­tion of charged sub­stanc­es, or
2. pressure ejection.
m
2m
1 ")
(3 ⁄4
8
P-5-50
P-5-10
P-7-10
PI-305A
15978
MBMPH5-7
5-Barrel Micropipette Blank (pkg of 50)
5-Barrel Micropipette Blank (pkg of 10)
7-Barrel Micropipette Blank (pkg of 10)
Pressure Ejection Kit (‑1 kit‑)
P-5 & P-7 Adapter for use with PUL-100 puller
Holder for P-5 & P-7 Pipettes
661
173
US$
224
US$
109
US$
541
US$173
US$
US$
PI-305A Pressure Ejection Kit
contains 20 plas­tic fittings, an
in­sertion tool, five 5-ft lengths
of col­ored tubing, a five-valve
manifold cou­pling, six male luer
adapt­ers and one male/female
luered line. These Pressure Ejection
fit­tings con­nect the pres­sure
ejection tub­ing to the P-5 and P-7
pipette bar­rels quick­ly and se­cure­ly.
GLASS, HOLDERS
See PMP-107 Programmable
Multipipette Puller, Page 33.
& ELECTRODES
Micropipette
Storage Jar
Stores up to 30 micropipettes, filled or
unfilled, up to three inches in length. A gentle sliding action inserts or removes pipettes
without damage to the delicate tips.
E210
E212
E215
E220
Storage
Storage
Storage
Storage
Jar
Jar
Jar
Jar
for
for
for
for
1.0 mm OD Mi­cropi­pettes
1.2 mm OD Mi­cropi­pettes
1.5 mm OD Mi­cropi­pettes
2.0 mm OD Mi­cropi­pettes
Replacement Parts
1965 Foam Ring for 0.75 - 1.0 mm glass
1966 Foam Ring for 1.2 - 1.5 mm glass
1967 Foam Ring for 2.0 mm glass
45
45
US$
45
US$
45
US$
US$
17
17
US$
17
US$
US$
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
183
TM
Borosilicate glass micropipettes
& ELECTRODES
Plain Shank or
Luer Fittings
Eliminate the cost and trouble of making
your own micropipettes — WPI can
quickly supply your need for consistently
sized pre-pulled glass micropipettes for
injection of dyes or proteins into cells,
oocytes and for many other biomedical
laboratory applications. Tip diameters (ID)
range from 0.1 to 10 micrometers.
Shank
Length
Glass O.D.
Filament
Fire
Polished
Catalog #
PLAIN
0.1 µm
0.2 µm
0.3 µm
0.4 µm
0.5 µm
1 µm
2 µm
5 µm
10 µm
10 µm
30 µm
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.14 mm A203XV glass *
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
TIP01TW1F
TIP02TW1F
TIP03TW1F
TIP04TW1F
TIP05TW1F
TIP1TW1
TIP2TW1
TIP5TW1
TIP10TW1
TIP10XV119
TIP30TW1
(pack
of 10)
US$
61
US$
68
US$
68
US$
68
US$
68
US$
79
US$
79
US$
79
US$
79
US$
91
US$
114
LUER
0.1 µm
0.2 µm
0.3 µm
0.4 µm
0.5 µm
1 µm
2 µm
5 µm
10 µm
30 µm
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
Thin-Wall
Thin-Wall
Thin-Wall
Thin-Wall
Thin-Wall
Thin-Wall
Thin-Wall
Thin-Wall
Thin-Wall
Thin-Wall
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TIP01TW1F-L
TIP02TW1F-L
TIP03TW1F-L
TIP04TW1F-L
TIP05TW1F-L
TIP1TW1-L
TIP2TW1-L
TIP5TW1-L
TIP10TW1-L
TIP30TW1-L
79
79
US$
79
US$
79
US$
79
US$
91
US$
91
US$
91
US$
91
US$
114
inch
inch
inch
inch
inch
inch
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
Thin-Wall
Thin-Wall
Thin-Wall
Thin-Wall
Thin-Wall
Thin-Wall
No
No
No
No
No
No
—
—
—
—
—
—
TIP5TW1LS01
TIP5TW1LS02
TIP10TW1LS01
TIP10TW1LS02
TIP30TW1LS01
TIP30TW1LS02
● Schott Duran borosilicate glass
● 0.5 micrometer and smaller ID
micropipettes include an internal glass
fiber for easy filling
● Tip inner diameter tolerance ±20%
Price
Tip
I.D.
Shank
LUER/SILANIZED
● Short taper yields high strength
● Nominal length ≈ 50 mm
● OD:ID = 1.33:1
● Standard capillary outer diameters are
1.0 mm (thin-wall) or 1.14 mm
5 µm
5 µm
10 µm
10 µm
30 µm
30 µm
1
2
1
2
1
2
US$
US$
102
102
US$
102
US$
102
US$
125
US$
125
US$
US$
* 10 µ (ID), 1.14 mm capillary pipettes are for use in WPI’s Nanoliter 2000.
● Every pipette individually tested and
inspected
● Vacuum packed
GLASS, HOLDERS
Silanized Tips (Luer Shank)
Silanization waterproofs the glass to retard water
when inserting into cell. This will not let the outside fluid run down the pipette and get inside so
easily.
Micro Cannula
l 0.4mm O.D., 0.2mm I.D. tubing
l Autoclavable
l Biocompatible Perfluorocarbon tubing material
KZ1101
Micro Cannula, 3"
µTip Sampler Assortments
TIPMIX01-05 Two each, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5 µm ID, plain shank
TIPMIX05-10 Two each, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 µm ID, plain shank
TIPMIX01-05-L Two each, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5 µm ID, Luer
TIPMIX05-10-L Two each, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 µm ID, Luer
91
102
US$
102
US$
114
US$
US$
This micro cannula is ideal for
placement in the carotid or femoral
artery of mice, rats, and other small
animal blood vessels. It can be used with
a pressure transducer (WPI’S BLPR) for blood
pressure measurement, or in conjunction with a
micro-syringe injection system (like WPI’s UMPII or
MMP pumps). The incorporated standard female luer fitting
makes connecting to existing experimental plumbing quick
and easy. The cannula is provided with a contoured-tip stainless
steel stylet (trocar) to facilitate placement using established techniques.
A movable “shoulder” ring provides a tie-in point to prevent accidental
removal. The cannula may be left in place for 2 hours or more, and with proper
care and cleaning, may be re-used multiple times. Instructions for use included.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
184
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
MicroFil™
WPI’s MicroFil™ fills micropipettes easily and reli­
ably. Its long and fine tip allows you to start the
filling very close to the pi­pette tip, elim­i­nat­ing
both air bub­ble for­ma­tion and clog­ging due to
the wash­ing down of dust particles. The trans­par­
ent amber MicroFil needle is con­struct­ed from
a com­bi­na­tion of plastic and fused silica — no
met­al com­po­nents are used. The MicroFil needle
can be stored for days with the filling solution
inside without clogging.
U.S. PATENT 5,294,325
1-5 pkgs
US$
49
US$
49
US$
49
6-10 pkgs
US$
39
US$
39
US$
39
Custom MicroFil
Nonmetallic
syringe needle for
filling micropipettes
PolyFil
All MicroFil products, including custom orders, can be shipped immediately. Custom orders for special
needs can be made using nine sizes of MicroFil tubing in lengths up to 50 cm — except for CMF90UxxL
which has a maximum length of 10 cm because of its high resistance to flow. Quantity discounts
available. Specify length when or­der­ing by in­sert­ing the length (in centimeter in­cre­ments) into the
catalog number in place of the XX’s.
US$
CMF20GxxL MicroFil, 20 Gauge, 700 µm ID, 850 µm OD (pkg of 4)
79
US$
CMF22GxxL MicroFil, 22 Gauge, 530 µm ID, 700 µm OD (pkg of 4)
79
US$
CMF23GxxL MicroFil, 23 Gauge, 530 µm ID, 665 µm OD (pkg of 4)
79
US$
CMF26GxxL MicroFil, 26 Gauge, 320 µm ID, 430 µm OD (pkg of 4)
79
US$
CMF28GxxL MicroFil, 28 Gauge, 250 µm ID, 350 µm OD (pkg of 4)
79
US$
CMF31GxxL MicroFil, 31 Gauge, 100 µm ID, 238 µm OD (pkg of 4)
79
US$
CMF34GxxL MicroFil, 34 Gauge, 100 µm ID, 164 µm OD (pkg of 4)
79
US$
CMF35GxxL MicroFil, 35 Gauge, 75 µm ID, 144 µm OD (pkg of 4)
79
US$
CMF90UxxL MicroFil, approx. 36 Gauge, 20 µm ID, 90 µm OD (pkg of 4)
79
™
MicroFil™
inserted into
each barrel
A drop of hot glue
provides a secure,
leak-free seal.
PolyFil allows easy and secure coupling of a multi-barrel micropipette to
a pres­sure source. Cou­pling is achieved by bonding tem­per­a­ture-re­sis­tant
and flexible MicroFil to the capillary tube with hot melt ad­he­sive. The
luer end of each MicroFil is connected to PVC tubing (200 PSI rated). Kits
also include a five-port manifold that allows use of a sin­gle PV800 Series
PicoPump to drive up to six mi­cropi­pette barrels in­de­pen­dent­ly by switch­
ing on only the barrels to be in­ject­ed. All con­nec­tions are locking luers
— pres­sure safe and convenient.
Pipette pulled from
multi-barrel glass capillary
Kit in­cludes: 1 pi­pette holder/han­dle, plastic; 7 pieces MF28G MicroFil;
7‑piec­es tubing with male luer lock fittings; 1 flow-thru man­i­fold with five
luer lock ports; 1 hot melt glue gun(110V only); 3 glue sticks.
5440
13316
Poly­Fil Multi-Barrel Mi­cropi­pette Coupling Kit
Mini Glue Gun and (3) glue sticks 201
23
US$
US$
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
185
& ELECTRODES
Multi-barrel
micropipette
coupling kit
GLASS, HOLDERS
MF34G-5
MicroFil, 34 ga., 67 mm long (pkg of 5)
MF28G-5
MicroFil, 28 ga., 97 mm long (pkg of 5)
MF28G67-5 MicroFil, 28 ga., 67 mm long (pkg of 5)
The MicroFil’s tip elas­tic­i­ty is sturdy and very
flexible though not un­break­able. Since it is more
flex­i­ble than stainless steel nee­dles, moderate
bending will not block or dam­age the MicroFil
needle. The com­bi­na­tion of plas­tic and fused
silica in the MicroFil tip is sturdier than plastic
tips, allowing easy and repeated in­ser­tions into
mi­cropi­pettes. MicroFil’s luer fitting allows easy
coupling to syringes and syringe filters.
Micropipette Holders & Half-Cells
GLASS, HOLDERS
& ELECTRODES
WPI’s microelectrode holder-half-cells couple fluid-filled glass
micropipettes to high input impedance amplifiers. A Ag/AgCl pellet (or
a silver wire) molded into the holder body provides stable potential.
Electrical connection is made via male 2 mm pins or female 2 mm
sockets. The pipette may be mounted axially or at right angles to the
holder. Pipettes are held with screw-caps or rubber gaskets (without
caps). Filling WPI microelectrode holders with electrolytes containing
chloride results in stable electrode potential. Suitable electrolytes
include KCl, NaCl and CaCl2. Holders are supplied for standard WPI
single capillary tubing of 1.0, 1.2, 1.5 and 2.0 mm outside diameters.
(Call WPI regarding custom designs for other glass diameters.) The
holder style you select will depend on your experimental application,
space, and instrumentation.
35.7 mm
35.7 mm
2 mm Pin
to Ag Wire
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
9.5 mm DIA.
9.5 mm DIA.
APEH1
APEH2
35.
Hints for selecting and ordering micropipette holders
1. Determine the required electrical connection on the holder: for
example, if you wish to connect the holder to a 2 mm pin you should
select a holder equipped with a 2 mm jack. Most WPI probes require a
holder equipped with a 2 mm jack.
25.4 mm
34.9 mm
9.5 mm DIA.
25.4 mm
9.5 mm DIA.
2. Decide on the required alignment of the electrical connection:
either in-line with the glass pipette, or at a right angle to it. Space
considerations in your experimental setup and requirements imposed
by other pieces of equipment typically determine which alignment is
appropriate.
O-Ring
O-Ring
2 mm Jack to Ag Wire
2 mm Pin
to Ag Wire
EHB1
EHBF
3. Determine if you want to hold the glass pipette by a rubber gasket
(e.g., MEH1S) or a screw-cap (e.g., MEH3S). Rubber gaskets offer easier
insertion and removal of glass pipettes whereas screw-caps provide
more secure mounts for micropipetters.
4. Choose a holder with either a silver wire or a silver/silver chloride
pellet for the metal/liquid coupling. Silver/silver chloride pellets provide
a more stable low-noise baseline which is important for low-noise DC
recording. Pellets require the glass pipette and holder to be free of air
bubbles to achieve a good connection. Silver wire holders are durable
and are easier to use when the holder is equipped with a pressure port
because the fluid in the pipette does not have to be filled to the top of
the pipette to achieve a good electrical connection
5. Choose a holder equipped with a pressure port only when you
want to pressure inject liquid from the pipette. Two types of ports are
available: 2.0 mm O.D. and standard “syringe-style” luer. The luer port
is often recommended because it makes assembly and disassembly
much easier. Quick-connect luer fittings for four common sizes of
tubing (1/16", 3/32", 1/8", 5/32" I.D.) are included with each luer-equipped
holder.
2.500
∅1.2 mm
∅1.2 mm
MEH6RF/SF is designed primarily for use with the Model 900A
Micropressure System; EHB1 for use in electrode beveling; and
MEH3SW for microtitration of chloride with a silver wire as the
electrode and a solution of silver nitrate filling the holder. MPH models
do not contain Ag/AgCl half-cells and are used for pressure injection
of substances through microelectrodes. PicoNozzle, used for pressure
injection with PV800 Series PicoPumps, includes an MPH6S holder
— which may also be used to couple a micropipette to a syringe. APEH
models are also designed for use in pressurized injection procedures.
MALE “LUER” PORT
∅1.5 mm
∅0.250
∅0.250
∅1.5 mm
FOIMPH
Holder for P-5 and P-7
multibarrel glass (see
al
page 81)
ion
126 mm
t
Op ndle
a
H
FOIMPH-LF
9.5 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
20.7 mm
30 mm
6. Some non-WPI preamplifiers or headstages cannot be mounted
on micromanipulators. In such cases, a holder equipped with a rod
(e.g., MEH8) permits the holder to be conveniently mounted on a
micromanipulator.
7. Finally, remember to specify the O.D. of the glass you will be using
when you place your order.
2.500
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
Female “Luer” Port
for 3 mm OD glass
9.5 mm DIA.
20.7 mm
MBMPH5-7
6.3 mm DIA.
45°
MEH145
20.7 mm
Gasket
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
45°
MEH1F45
4.7 mm DIA.
MEH1R
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
186
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
MICROELECTRODE HOLDERS
Pressure
Port Screw
Cap
APEH1 APEH2 EHB1 EHBF FOIMPH
FOIMPH-LF
MBMPH5-7
MEH145 MEH1F45 MEH1R MEH1RF MEH1S MEH1SF MEH2R MEH2RF MEH2RFW MEH2RW MEH2S MEH2SF MEH2SFW MEH2SW MEH345 MEH3F45 MEH3FW45 MEH3R MEH3RF MEH3RFW MEH3RW MEH3S MEH3SB MEH3SBW MEH3SF MEH3SFW MEH3SW
MEH3W45 MEH6RF MEH6RFW MEH6SF MEH6SFW MEH7 MEH7W MEH8 MEH900R MEH900S MPH1 MPH3 MPH4 MPH6P
MPH6R MPH6S Right
Right
Straight
Straight
Straight
Straight
----
45°
45°
Right
Right
Straight
Straight
Right
Right
Right
Right
Straight
Straight
Straight
Straight
45°
45°
45°
Right
Right
Right
Right
Straight
Straight
Straight
Straight
Straight
Straight
45°
Right
Right
Straight
Straight
Right
Right
Right
Right
Straight
—
—
—
Right
Right
—
No Port
No Port
No Port
No Port
No Port
Male Luer
Female Luer
No Port
No Port
No Port
No Port
No Port
No Port
Male Luer
Male Luer
Male Luer
Male Luer
Male Luer
Male Luer
Male Luer
Male Luer
No Port
No Port
Port
No Port
No Port
No Port
No Port
No Port
No Port
No Port
No Port
No Port
No Port
No Port
2.0-mm Port
2.0-mm Port
2.0-mm Port
2.0-mm Port
2.0-mm Port
2.0-mm Port
No Port
2.0-mm Port
2.0-mm Port
Female Luer
Male Luer
2.0-mm Port
Female Luer
Female Luer
Female Luer
2 Caps
2 Caps
N/A MBS, 48000
N/A MBS, 48000
w/Cap MBS, 48000
w/Cap MBS, 48000
w/Cap
No Cap
No Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
No Cap
No Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
No Cap
No Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
w/Cap
w/Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
w/Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
w/Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
w/Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap ISO-80, ISO-DAM8A
w/Cap ISO-80, ISO-DAM8A
w/Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
w/Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
w/Cap
w/Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
w/Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
w/Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
w/Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
w/Cap 705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap 900A
w/Cap 900A
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap Piconozzle Kit (5430-XX)
w/Cap Piconozzle Kit (5430-XX)
w/Cap Piconozzle Kit (5430-XX)
Male
Male
Male
Female
Fiber Optic
Fiber Optic
None
Male
Female
Male
Female
Male
Female
Male
Female
Female
Male
Male
Female
Female
Male
Male
Female
Female
Male
Female
Female
Male
Male
Banana
Banana
Female
Female
Male
Male
Female
Female
Female
Female
Male
Male
Male
Male
Male
None
None
None
Male
Male
None
Pellet
Wire
Wire
Wire
None
None
None
Pellet
Pellet
Pellet
Pellet
Pellet
Pellet
Pellet
Pellet
Wire
Wire
Pellet
Pellet
Wire
Wire
Pellet
Pellet
Wire
Pellet
Pellet
Wire
Wire
Pellet
Pellet
Wire
Pellet
Wire
Wire
Wire
Pellet
Wire
Pellet
Wire
Pellet
Wire
Pellet
Pellet
Pellet
None
None
None
Pellet
Wire
None
Designed for
WPI Products
Price
68
68
US$
41
US$
47
US$
56
US$
69
US$
114
US$
53
US$
53
US$
41
US$
41
US$
41
US$
41
US$
41
US$
41
US$
47
US$
47
US$
41
US$
41
US$
47
US$
47
US$
53
US$
53
US$
53
US$
41
US$
41
US$
41
US$
41
US$
41
US$
47
US$
47
US$
39
US$
39
US$
39
US$
53
US$
47
US$
47
US$
47
US$
47
US$
68
US$
68
US$
68
US$
47
US$
47
US$
55
US$
55
US$
55
US$
41
US$
41
US$
41
US$
US$
SPECIFY O.D. OF GLASS (‑1.0, 1.2, 1.5 OR 2.0 mm‑) WHEN ORDERING.
Handles and Accessories (not included)
Handle #2505 is for use with WPI manipulators. The smaller diameter handle #5444 is required for use with Narishige and Zeiss manipulators.
2505
5444
GO1-100
GO2-100
GO3-100
GO4-100
1571 /4-in
(6.3 mm) diameter handle
/16-in (4.8 mm) diameter handle
Replacement gasket 1.0 mm, Package of 100
Replacement gasket 1.2 mm, Package of 100
Replacement gasket 1.5 mm, Package of 100
Replacement gasket 2.0 mm, Package of 100
Clear Silicone Rubber Sealant (‑4.7 oz‑)
16
32
US$
33
US$
33
US$
33
US$
33
US$
29
1
US$
3
US$
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
187
& ELECTRODES
Electric
Connection
Angle
Connector Half-Cell
GLASS, HOLDERS
33.5 mm
20.7 mm
23.9 mm
27.2 mm
23.9 mm
Gasket
Gasket
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
6.3 mm DIA.
MEH1RF
4.7 mm DIA.
4.7 mm DIA.
MEH1S
27.2 mm
27.2 mm
& ELECTRODES
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
6.3 mm DIA.
MEH1SF
MEH2R
36.7 mm
27.2 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
Male
“Luer”
Port
27.2 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
6.3 mm DIA.
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
Male “Luer” port
2 mm Jack
to Ag Wire
Male
“Luer”
Port
6.3 mm DIA.
Male
“Luer”
Port
2 mm Pin
to Ag Wire
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
6.3 mm DIA.
MEH2RF
29 mm
Male
“Luer”
Port
MEH2RW
MEH2RFW
29 mm
MEH2S
6.3 mm DIA.
27.2 mm
36.7 mm
27.2 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
Male “Luer” Port
Male
“Luer”
Port
GLASS, HOLDERS
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
6.3 mm DIA.
MEH2SF
6.3 mm DIA.
27.2 mm
2 mm Jack to Ag Wire
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
Male
“Luer”
Port
2 mm Pin to Ag Wire
45°
27.2 mm
27.2 mm
27.2 mm
MEH345
MEH2SW
MEH2SFW
6.3 mm DIA.
2 mm Jack
to Ag Wire
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
45°
45°
MEH3F45
27.2 mm
MEH3FW45
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
6.3 mm DIA.
MEH3R
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
6.3 mm DIA.
MEH3RF
27.2 mm
35.2 mm
36.7 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
27.2 mm
27.2 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
2 mm Pin
to Ag Wire
2 mm Jack
to Ag Wire
6.3 mm DIA.
MEH3RFW
6.3 mm DIA.
MEH3RW
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
MEH3S
Mini-Banana Plug
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
MEH3SB
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
188
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
29 mm
29 mm
35.2 mm
36.7 mm
27.2 mm
27.2 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
Mini-Banana Plug
to Ag Wire
6.3 mm DIA.
MEH3SBW
MEH3SFW
MEH3SF
29 mm
29 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
6.3 mm DIA.
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
2 mm Pin
to Ag Wire
2.0 mm O.D. Port
45°
l
na
tio
Op ndle
Ha
29 mm
123.7 mm
2.0 mm O.D. Port
2.0 mm O.D. Port
l
na
tio e
Opandl
H
123.7 mm
27.2 mm
2 mm Pin
to Ag Wire
MEH7
6.3 mm DIA.
6.3 mm DIA.
36.7 mm
126 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
2.0 mm O.D. Port
l
na
tio e
Opandl
H
123.7 mm
27.2 mm
Female
Luer
Port
MEH900S
Male
Luer
Port
MPH1
9.5 mm DIA.
6.3 mm DIA.
42 mm
MPH3
42 mm
Optional
Handle
27.2 mm
6.3mm DIA.
4.7mm DIA.
MPH4
6.3 mm DIA.
MPH6P
Female
Locking “Luer”
Port
Female
Locking “Luer”
Port
Female
Locking “Luer”
Port
2 mm PIN
to Ag WIRE
2 mm PIN
to Ag WIRE
6.3 mm DIA.
MEH8
6.3 mm DIA.
2.0 mm O.D. Port
42 mm
2.0 mm O.D.
Port
l
na
tio e
Opandl
H
30 mm
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
MEH900R
123.7 mm
MEH7W
27.2 mm
29 mm
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
6.3 mm DIA.
MPH6R
6.3 mm DIA.
MPH6S
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
189
& ELECTRODES
6.3 mm DIA.
33.6 mm
l
na
tio e
Opandl
H
123.7 mm
27.2 mm
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
MEH6SFW
MEH6SF
MEH6RFW
2.0 mm O.D.
Port
2.0 mm O.D.
Port
2 mm Jack to Ag Wire
2.0 mm O.D. Port
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
6.3 mm DIA.
27.2 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
2 mm Jack
to Ag Wire
MEH6RF
MEH3W45
MEH3SW
29 mm
33.6 mm
33.6 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
2 mm Pin to Ag Wire
6.3 mm DIA.
GLASS, HOLDERS
27.2 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
2 mm Jack
to Ag Wire
ket
soc lable!
N
DI avai
now
GLASS, HOLDERS
& ELECTRODES
BetterSkin™ Electrodes
●
WPI’s unique Ag/AgCl pellet manufacturing process gives
increased mechanical strength for extra durability
●
Highly porous surface for low impendence, high current
passing capability and stable, low noise measurements
●
High flex cable comes in shielded and unshielded form
(Carbon fiber cable for NMR environment is available
upon request)
●
Strong epoxy house increases durability and makes
cleaning easy
●
Ultra-high purity material for low offset and drift
WPI's new BetterSkin™electrodes are high
quality Ag/AgCl reusable surface-mounted
electrodes designed to be used for the acquisition of all biopotentials. Each electrode is
fabricated using an optimum quality sintered
Ag/AgCl pellet encased within a strong epoxy
housing designed to have an extended lifetime.
The result is a superior electrode that provides
accurate and clear transmission of even the
smallest surface biopotentials. In comparison
to standard “stamped” metal electrodes and
Ag/AgCl disposable electrodes, WPI's BetterSkin
electrodes provide increased stability, lower
noise and lower offset voltage during surface
biopotential recording. These features are particularly important during measurement of very
small potential signals, such as EMG or EEG
recording.
Four BetterSkin electrode sizes are currently
offered: 7‑mm, 13‑mm, 16‑mm and 19‑mm
(OD). The 7‑mm electrodes are designed for
use where close spacing between biopotential
recording sites is required. The medium sized
electrodes (13-16 mm OD) are general purpose
electrodes and appropriate for most applications. The 19‑mm large size electrodes are
designed for optimal surface skin contact for
use during long-term biopotential recording.
Three different connector and cable combinations are offered: a 2‑mm pin with 1 meter
unshielded cable; a 2‑mm pin with 1 meter
Bulk discount orders are possible and tradeinquiries are also welcome.
Skin Electrodes with 2 mm Gel Capacity and 1 m Lead
OD
EL204
EL204S
EL204D
EL208
EL208WS
EL208D
EL208WD
EL212
EL212S
7 mm
7 mm
7 mm
13 mm
16 mm
13 mm
16 mm
19 mm
19 mm
Conductive Electrode Gel
A very high quality non-iritating con­duc­tive mul­ti­pur­pose
elec­trode gel for use with skin elec­trodes that are not pregelled. Ideal for use in EEG, ECG, and EMG applications.
Tube con­tains 8 oz. (250 g).
Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg).
GEL100
shielded cable (shielding is connected to an
additional 2 mm grounding pin); and 1.5 mm
DIN safety socket with 1 meter unshielded
cable. All electrodes require adhesive disks
(e.g., WPI's ADD200 series) and recording gel
(GEL100).
Conductive Electrode Gel
Discs
Sensor Housing Pin
Ground
DIN Electrode Adhesive
Shield
Disc
Diam. Height Diam.
Pin Diam. Socket
Price
(pkg of 100)
4 mm
4 mm
4 mm
8 mm
8 mm
8 mm
8 mm
12 mm
12 mm
5 mm
5 mm
5 mm
6 mm
6 mm
6 mm
6 mm
7 mm
7 mm
2 mm
2 mm
—
2 mm
2 mm
—
—
2 mm
2 mm
—
Yes
—
—
Yes
—
—
—
Yes
—
2 mm
—
—
2 mm
—
—
—
2 mm
—
—
1.5 mm
—
—
1.5 mm
1.5 mm
—
—
ADD204
ADD204
ADD204
ADD208
ADD208
ADD208
ADD208
ADD212
ADD212
Disposable Ag/AgCl Snap Electrodes
Disposable Ag-AgCl snap adhesive electrodes. Pre-gelled for simple peel
and stick application. An ideal resting ECG electrode. Size: 0.875 x 1.75
inches. (Electrode lead available separately.)
Ag/AgCl PROBES & Ag/AgCl SNAP ELECTRODES
EL203
Disposable Snap Electrodes (package of 30)
500131
Snap Cable, 1m, 2mm pin (package of 5)
500330
Snap Cable, 7-lead, DIN (1.5 mm pin)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
190
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Disc
Price
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Ag/AgCl Half-Cells
EP05
New, improved sintered pellets with lower resistance and high strength.
Stable and well balanced in the presence of current, these small and inexpensive half-cells are easy to work with as bath electrodes.
EP08
0.5 mm dia.
2 cm long
0.8 mm dia.
2 cm long
Ag Wire 60 mm long
EP1
EP4
EP2
1 mm dia.
3 mm long
4 mm dia.
1 mm thick
2 mm dia.
4 mm long
Ag Wire 70 mm long
Ag Wire 5 cm long
Ag wire 12 mm long
EP12
EP8
12 mm dia.
1 mm thick
8 mm dia.
1 mm thick
Ag wire 12 mm long
Ag wire 12 mm long
Reference Cell with 1.5 m lead
Reference Cell, 1.5 m lead, 2 mm pin
Reference Cell with 2.0 mm pin
Reference Cell with female connector
Reference Cell with epoxy body, 4.5 mm diam x 50 mm
Reference Cell with glass body, 4.0 mm diam x 75 mm
Reference Cell with glass body, 4.0 mm diam x 50 mm
Reference Cell with glass body, 1.5 mm diam x 50 mm
Ag/AgCl Electrode 0.5 mm diam x 2 cm
Ag/AgCl Electrode 0.8 mm diam x 8 mm
Ag/AgCl Electrode 1.0 mm diam x 2.5 mm
Ag/AgCl Electrode 2.0 mm diam x 4 mm
Ag/AgCl Electrode 4.0 mm diam x 1 mm
Ag/AgCl Electrode 8.0 mm diam x 1 mm
Ag/AgCl Electrode 12.0 mm diam x 1 mm
Adapter Cable for Ag/AgCl Pellets
RC1 / RC1T
25.4 mm
Insulator
3.9 mm DIA.
15.9 mm
13 mm
4 mm DIA.
8.5 mm
#24 AWG
insulated wire,
4 ft
4 mm DIA.
RCI has an unterminated
lead. RC1T is terminated
with a 2 mm pin.
2 mm DIA.
Ag/AgCl Pellet
RC2
25
RC2F
mm
25
mm
& ELECTRODES
50
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
2 mm DIA. Gold Plated Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
m
m
75
mm
glass body
epoxy body
2.5 mm diam. Ag/AgCl pellet
3.5 mm diam. Ag/AgCl pellet
RC3
4.5 mm diam.
4 mm diam.
RC4
25
53
mm
1.5 m insulated lead
mm
50
mm
glass body
glass body
2.5 mm diam. Ag/AgCl pellet
1 mm diam. Ag/AgCl pellet
4 mm diam.
3 mm
RC5
1.5 mm diam.
GLASS, HOLDERS
RC1
RC1T
RC2
RC2F
RC3
RC4
RC5
RC6
EP05
EP08
EP1
EP2
EP4
EP8
EP12
3578
Ag Wire 60 mm long
RC6
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
191
Micromanipulators
M ICROMAN I PU LATORS
Motorized Micromanipulators
PiezoPatchTM: Piezo-motorized Micromanipulator suitable for patch clamp and IVF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
MPM10: Piezo Controller for DC3001. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
MPM20: Piezo Translator for M3301/DC3001. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
SM325: Compact Programmable High Precision 3-D Micromanipulator System suitable for patch clamp and IVF. . . . . . . 196
HS6-3: Solid Programmable Ultra High Precision 3-D Micromanipulator System suitable for patch clamp and IVF. . . . . . 197
MM3-MS: Miniature Programmable 1-D Micromanipulator System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
DC3314: 3-D Motorized Micromanipulator System with Manual Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Manual Micromanipulators
MM1 & MM1-3: One & three-axis small miniature micromanipulators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
MM3 & MM3-3: One & three-axis medium miniature micromanipulators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
KITE: Economic 3-D micromanipulator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
M3301: Most Popular 3-D micromanipulator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
HS6: Solid High Precision 3-D micromanipulator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
MMJR: Additional joystick controller on regular 3-D micromanipulator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
MD4R: Dual Tool Holder 3-D micromanipulator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
M325: Compact Backlash-Free 3-D micromanipulator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Stands & Accessories
Vibration Control Systems: Vibration-Free Platform and Workstation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Digital Micrometer Head with Non-rotating Spindle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
UMS: Stable Universal Manipulator Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
TB-1 & M3: Compact Tilting Bases and Weight for Micromanipulators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
TBS: Solid Tilting Base for Micromanipulators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Optional Mounting Devices: Clamps and Microscope Stage Adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Magnetic Holding Devices: Easy to mount Micromanipulators at desired heights and angles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204-206
NEW Non-Magnetic Bases, Rods & Clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
192
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
PiezoPatch™ Micromanipulator
PPM5000 SPECIFICATIONS
TRAVEL DISTANCE
10 mm each axis
VELOCITY RANGE
“PENETRATION” MODE
10mm/s - 100mm/s
“CONTINUOUS” MODE
0.5-500 µm/s
“STEP” MODE
0.005-.5 µm/s
RESOLUTION
“CONTINUOUS” MODE
0.1 µm
“STEP” MODE
0.001 µm per step
DEPTH OF PENETRATION
“STEP SIZE” MODE
0.5-5 µm per step
LONG TERM STABILITY:
<4 nm drifting/hour @ 20° C
OPERATING VOLTAGE:
12V DC
SINGLE AXIS CONSUMPTION, MAX. SPEED:
<300 mA
TOTAL CONSUMPTION, MAX. SPEED:
<900 mA
DIMENSIONS:
ELECROMECHANICAL MODULE:
265(h) x 120(w) x 130(l) mm
10.4(h) x 4.7(w)x 5.1(l) in.
165(h) x 100(w) x 125(l) mm
CONTROLLER:
3.9(h) x 4.9(w) x WEIGHT
ELECTROMECHANICAL MODULE:
2.2 kg
CONTROLLER:
0.65 kg
M ICROMAN I PU LATORS
PiezoPatchTM Micromanipulator (PPM5000) is a unique piezo-motor
driven micromanipulator with ultra high resolution (<1 nm/step), super
low drift (<4 nm/h), and long travel range (~10 mm/axis). It is ideal for
patch-clamp, electrophysiology and other high precision applications
within the life sciences. PiezoPatch establishes a new standard in
micromanipulator design.
At the heart of the PiezoPatch is WPI’s proprietary SonicWaveTM piezomotor that is controlled at 1 arc-second (1⁄3600 of a degree) per step.
This angular resolution translates to a theoretical linear movement
of ~0.4‑nm per step, an ultra high resolution that is beyond normal
measurement capability using standard methods. Another key advantage
of the PiezoPatch motor is the extreme stability. When de-energized,
the SonicWaveTM motor is completely locked with absolutely no
rotation. This locking mechanism completely eliminates mechanical
drift in the micromanipulator. This design is significantly different
compared to all other types of electromagnetic motors or piezo-operated
micromanipulators, which still require electric power to hold at the
stopped position. Electric power can introduce electrical noise, which
can interfere with experimental measurements. Furthermore, instabilities
in electrical power supply can cause drift of the micromanipulator.
Thermal drift is also caused by heat generated in the stopped
motor. These problems are completely eliminated by the PiezoPatch
SonicWaveTM motor, since it does not require power to maintain
its stopped position during the experiment. One additional feature of
the SonicWaveTM motor is its extremely high output torque compared
to motors of same size. This enables skip free precise movement of the
micromanipulator even under heavy load.
PiezoPatch has three distinct movement modes: Step, Continuous, and
Penetration. Continuous mode allows the micromanipulator to move
quickly (continuously) from the starting position towards the object. Step
mode enables ultra fine movements to be controlled by a single step in
increments as small as 1 nm per step. Penetration mode is used when
the glass micropipette is positioned close to the cell membrane and
the x-axis piezo motor is then activated using the joystick button. This
causes the micropipette to penetrate the membrane at high speed while
minimizing membrane disturbance.
The ergonomic joystick controller can move each axis or all axes in
three coordinate directions simultaneously. The speed of the travel is
determined by the deflection on the joystick. Since each movement is too
M3301EH
Electrode
Holder
included
Headstage
adapter
included
501622 Universal
Micromanipulator
Stand available
separately
Vibration-free Platform
(VFP) not included
fine to be visually observed, a specially
designed acoustic feedback control is
included to keep operators aware of the
actuation of the manipulator.
To improve the productivity during use, the micropipette can be
exchanged rapidly without remounting the entire micromanipulator and
spending hours repositioning the capillary. The Rotary Pivot Base allows
the micromanipulator to rotate 360° horizontally. This base has a special
mounting pattern allowing it to be mounted directly on to a standard
Vibration-Free Platform (VFP), Vibration-Free Workstation (VFW), or a
Universal Manipulator Stand (501622 or 501623).
The universal capillary holder and headstage adaptor can be easily
rotated and adjusted to the desired height and angle. The headstage
adaptor fits most headstages from Axon and HEKA and can be
customized to fit other manufacturers headstages (contact WPI).
PiezoPatch is designed to be fully ambidextrous, therefore there is
no need to purchase both left-handed and right-handed versions to fit
everyone in the lab.
PPM5000 PiezoPatch™ Micromanipulator with Joystick Control
Optional Accessories
M3301EH Replacement Electrode Holder, straight, 14cm
15873
Angled Electrode Holder, 13 cm long
501622 Universal Micromanipulator Stand, 30 cm high
501623 Universal Micromanipulator Stand, 45 cm high
VFP
Vibration-Free Platform
VFW
Vibration-Free Workstation
Rotary 3-axis Controller — Coming Soon
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
193
Non-rotating Spindle Digital Micrometer Head
M ICROMAN I PU LATORS
Build your own precision micro-positioning device
502102 SPECIFICATIONS
The new nonrotating spindle
digital micrometer
head allows you
to create your own
micro-positioning
instrument. With
micron-level accuracy, it gives higher precision
than a normal micromanipulator. Since
the spindle does not rotate as it advances,
instruments can be directly attached without
the need for a complicated decoupling device.
The digital display eliminates the need to
squint at the notational scale. Readings can
be clearly seen in either inches or millimeters.
You can read both absolute position and the
increment relative to a previously chosen
point. In addition, there is a digital output port.
With optional cable and software SPG-KITMICRONR, you can send measurements to
your computer either continuously or every
time a button on the micrometer is pushed.
502102
Total Travel Distance
25 mm
Resolution
0.001 mm
Accuracy
± 0.003 mm
Spindle Diameter
∅ 8 mm
Mounting
∅ 12 mm x 10 mm
Total Length
166 mm
Measurement Mode
Absolute and
incremental
Digital Readout
mm or inch
Analog Readout
mm
Data Output
RS232
Environmental Protection IP54
Shipping Weight
0.51 kg (1.12 lb)
Non-Rotating Spindle Micrometer Head
Universal Manipulator Stand
Two Universal Micromanipulator Stands enable scientists to mount their manual and
motorized micromanipulators at variable angles and heights. A solid aluminum platform with
a grooved tower allows the user to attach any micromanipulator of any size or shape to the
post for infinite flexibility. Once mounted, the micromanipulator can be set at any height
along the entire length (30 cm or 45 cm). The platform base comes configured with industry
standard pre-bored holes (1/4-20 x 1” or M6 x 25 mm), allowing direct mounting to any
type vibration-free table (for patch clamp recordnings) or optical bench (for laser and optical
measurements).
By using the Optional Rotation Clamp, two or more micromanipulators can be mounted
on the stand simultaneously in a space-saving convenient manner. WPI’s Universal Stand not
only allows the user 360° flexibility in manipulations but also promotes independent angular
transitions using a single feather-light tensioner/adjustment screw. This affordable stand
is currently the preferred choice in micromanipulator stands — head and shoulders above
set-ups using multiple magnetic-based stands costing hundreds more when combined with
antiquated heavy steel base plates.
UMS SPECIFICATIONS
DIMENSIONS
Vibration-free Platform
(VFP) not included
Base plate
10.0 x 12.5 x 1.5 cm (LxWxH)
Stand
4.0 x 4.0 x 30 cm (LxWxH) (501622)
4.0 x 4.0 x 45 cm (LxWxH) (501623)
English 1/4 20 x 1”
Mounting holes
Matrix M6 x 25mm grid
SHIPPING WEIGHT
501622
9 lbs (4 kg)
501623
11 lbs (5 kg)
501622
501623
501624
VFP
VFW
Universal Micromanipulator Stand (30 cm high)
Universal Micromanipular Stand (45 cm high)
Optional Rotation Clamp
Vibration-Free Platform
Vibration-Free Workstation
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
194
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
High speed
penetration and
precise control
Adapter MPH8
allows use of WPI
electrode holders!
MPM20
Piezo-Translator
Adapter MPH8
allows use of WPI
electrode holders!
DC3001 micromanipulator and
M-3 tilting base not included.
See page 195.
puncture characteristics. Lateral deviation from
the ideal axis of puncture (measured at the tip
of the electrode holder) is ± 5% of the step size.
MPM10
PM5
PM6
14104
14106
MPH8
Includes controller, piezo translator, electrode
holder, cables and mounting bracket. Shipping
weight: 6 lb (2.7 kg).
Piezo Controller for DC3001 Motorized Micromanipulator
Remote Controller for MPM-10
Replacement Electrode Holder for MPM10
Record/Inject Electrode Holder for MPM10, MPM20
Footswitch for MPM10, MPM20
Electrode Holder Adapter for MPM10 & MPM20
Specify line voltage
Piezo Translator
For M3301 and DC3001 micromanipulators
Especially recommended for use with the M3301 micromanipulator, the
MPM20 is a very efficient tool for intracellular injection. High penetration
speed and precise axial advance allows injection pipette to be brought
to its target position with tremendous accuracy. Lateral escape of the cell
is almost eliminated, and even tough membranes can be penetrated.
Independently selectable reverse speed setting can be used for fast
withdrawal, preventing adhesion of the injected cell to pipette tip. Mounts
directly onto DC3001 and M3301 micromanipulators. Use with DC3001
requires MS314 controller (for the micromanipulator).
The combination of the MPM20, a micromanipulator, and the PV820
PicoPump (see page 234) constitutes an extremely efficient system
for intracellular injection; cell penetration, injection and withdrawal are
executed automatically with the press of a button.
Shipping weight: 10 lb ( 4.5 kg ).
MPM20
PM7
14106
Piezo Translator
Replacement Electrode Holder for MPM20
Footswitch for MPM10, MPM20
Specify line voltage
Micromanipulator not included.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
195
M ICROMAN I PU LATORS
The piezo-ceramic element in WPI’s MPM10
provides high penetration speed over an
extremely short distance (0.5 to 10.0 µm).
Because the range of travel of a dedicated
piezomanipulator is much too limited for it to
be useful independently, it must be mounted
on a manipulator. The MPM-10 piezo translator
combined with a DC3001 motorized micromanipulator (available separately) provides a
single electronically controlled system.
When the piezo element is activated, the
MPM-10 axis carrying the micropipette shoots
forward at a rate which is set on the control
panel, then immediately returns (at a slower
speed) to its starting position. As soon as the
piezo element begins its reverse travel, the
motorized manipulator starts to travel forward.
The complimentary opposition of these two
travel sequences results in the micropipette tip
remaining in its advanced absolute position.
The three axes of the DC3001 are controlled
by six buttons. Pressing a button for less than
0.3 seconds activates one step, the size of
which (0.5 to 10.0 micron) is set on the Step
Size control. Pressing longer activates the
continuous mode, at the rate set on the Motor
Speed control. Pressing the button for the X
axis forward direction activates the piezo mode.
Advancement speed of the piezo element can
be separately adjusted from 1 to 100 mm/sec.
Precise construction and special vibration
stabilizers ensure the MPM-10’s excellent
MPM10
Programmable High Precision
Motorized Micromanipulator
M ICROMAN I PU LATORS
suitable for patch clamp and IVF
WPI introduces a compact high
precision motorized micromanipulator (SM325). It features
low noise, high stability, a userfriendly software interface and
economy that are major concerns
in IVF and patch clamp research.
The SM325 is driven in all
three axes through high resolution stepping motors, which can
achieve 40,000 steps per revolution (25 nm/step) with completely
vibration-free motion. In a normal
lab environment, it can stay localized overnight without drifting.
The 25mm long range of travel
makes it unnecessary to have an
additional manual coarse adjustment.
Its compact construction makes
mounting onto the stage plate of
a microscope practical. The x-axis
can be tilted by 90° that allows
for a better positioning of the
injection tool. An additional tilting fixture makes it possible to tilt
the tool holder for fast and easy
cleaning and exchange of the
injection tool.
The MCL3 controller features
a dynamic micro-step function
that makes very quick positioning
possible with maximum accuracy.
Motor control is achieved with
a linear output amplifier, which
also drastically reduces electronic
noise. Users can control the
micromanipulators by joystick,
keyboard, mouse or computer.
The user-friendly software
program can be enabled to
remember up to 999 position
coordinates from previous
procedures and can robotically
repeat this same positioning
sequence.
SM325-M
M3301EH Electrode
Holder included
MCL3-SM325
SM325 SPECIFICATIONS
CONTROL METHOD
Joystick, software, or both
TRAVEL DISTANCE
25 mm each axis
RESOLUTION
25 nm/step or 40,000 steps/rev
MAXIMUM SPEED
4 mm/second
POWER SUPPLY
120/240V, 50/60Hz
DIMENSIONS
SM325-M
5x7x5.5-in. (13x18x14 cm) (WxLxH)
MCL3
9.8x9x3.7-in. (25x23x9.5 cm) (WxLxH)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
SM325-M
6 lb. (2.7 kg)
MCL3
11 lb. (5 kg)
Universal Manipulator
Stand not included.
SM325
High Resolution 3-D Motorized Micromanipulator (SM325-M) & Controller (MCL3)
SM325-M High Resolution 3-D Motorized Micromanipulator
MCL3-SM325 Controller with Joystick and software for SM325-M
Optional Accessories
M3301EH Replacement Electrode Holder, straight, 14cm
15873
Angled Electrode Holder, 13 cm long
501622
Universal Micromanipulator Stand, 30 cm high
501623
Universal Micromanipulator Stand, 45 cm high
VFP
Vibration-Free Platform
VFW
Vibration-Free Workstation
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
196
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Programmable Ultra High Precision
Motorized Micromanipulators
M3301EH Electrode
Holder included
The HS6-3 is supplied with manual controls and stepper motor drives in all 3
axes. The extremely solid construction eliminates the vibrations and drifts. With
the utmost precision and long travel distance in all three directions, HS6-3 is the
ideal tool for patch-clamp or electrophysiological applications. The tilting device is mounted on the base
plate serves as coarse height adjustment as well and the tool holder can be swiveled in all directions.
The MCL3 controller features a dynamic micro-step function that makes very quick positioning possible
with maximum accuracy and free of vibration. Motor control is achieved with a linear output amplifier, which
also drastically reduces electronic noise. Users can control the micromanipulators by joystick, keyboard,
mouse or computer. The user-friendly software program can be enabled to remember up to 999 position
coordinates from previous procedure and
HS6-3 SPECIFICATIONS
can robotically repeat this same positioning
sequence.
Control Method: Joystick, software, or both
Travel (X-Y-Z): 25 mm
Resolution: 10 nm/step
Maximum Speed: 4.5 mm/sec.
Stability: 1 nm/hour at 24°C
Power Supply: 120/240 V, 50/60 Hz
Dimensions:
HS6-3: 6.1x9.7x9.9-in (15.5x24.6x25 cm) (WxLxH)
MCL3: 9.8x9x3.7-in (25x23x9.5 cm) (WxLxH)
Weight:
HS6-3: 13.2 lb. (6kg)
MCL3: 7.7 lb. (3.5kg)
MCL3-HS6
HS6-3
High Resolution Motorized HS6 Micromanipulator and Controller includes HS6-3M and MCL3
HS6-3M High Resolution Motorized HS6 Micromanipulator MCL3-HS6 Controller with Joystick and software for HS6-3M OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
M3301EH Replacement Electrode Holder, straight, 14cm
15873
Angled Electrode Holder, 13 cm long
501622
Universal Micromanipulator Stand, 30 cm high
501623
Universal Micromanipulator Stand, 45 cm high
VFP
Vibration-Free Platform
VFW
Vibration-Free Workstation
DC3001
Manual coarse controls use cross roller bearing slides.
Vernier scales allow. All controls are closely grouped so
adjustments can be made in any plane with minimum
effort. The DC3001 features DC motor drives and fine con­trol micrometers in all
three axes.
Left- or right-handed versions of the DC3001 are supplied with a stan­dard
12 mm clamp. Standard accessories provided include one mi­cro­elec­trode holder
and a securing bolt and wrench.
The sophisticated MS314 Controller allows control of all three axes. Movements
may be continuous through the use of cross switches, or the controller can cause
the DC3001 to step in defined increments. Steps as small as 0.5 µ are possible. A
popular joystick controller, STM3, allows control of the X, Y and Z axes.
DC3314R
DC3314L
M ICROMAN I PU LATORS
HS6-3
15873 Electrode
Holder not
included
Manipulator (right-handed) & MS314 Controller
Manipulator (left-handed) & MS314 Controller
Specify line voltage.
Also see magnetic stands.
System components also available separately:
DC3001R Motorized Ma­nip­u­la­tor, right-handed
DC3001L Motorized Ma­nip­u­la­tor, left-handed
MS314
Controller for DC3001
STM3
Joystick Controller for DC3001
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
TBS
Tilt Base with Screw Adjustment
PM5
Remote controller for MS314 and MPM-10
5464
5-lb Weight for Tilting Base (shipping weight: 7 lb [3 kg])
M2
Additional 12 mm Clamp
M-3
80° Tilting Base (Shipping Weight: 2 lb)
M4C
Microscope Stage Adapter
M5
Additional 10 mm Clamp
M6
Additional 1⁄2-in. Clamp
M3301EH Replacement Electrode Holder (14 cm long)
15873
Angled Electrode Holder (13 cm long)
501607
Cable for MS314 and DC3001
TBS Tilt Base
not included
MS314 Controller
STM3 Controller (available separately) ➡
DC3001 SPECIFICATIONS
Travel Range Resolution
Manual:
X-axis 37 mm 0.1 mm
Y-axis 20 mm 0.1 mm
Z-axis 20 mm 0.1 mm
Travel Range Resolution Maximum Speed
Motorized: X-axis 10 mm Y-axis 10 mm 0.5 µm 0.5 µm 0.2 mm/sec
0.2 mm/sec
Z-axis 10 mm 0.5 µm 0.2 mm/sec
Shipping Weight:
DC3001: MS314: 3 lbs (1.4 kg)
1.8 lbs (0.9 kg)
STM3: 2.8 lbs (1.3 kg)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
197
M ICROMAN I PU LATORS
Miniature Micropositioners
MM3-C
clamp
MM3-3
micropositioner
MM3-A
adapter
MM1-3
micropositioner
and MM1-C
clamp
MM3-MCPRO
MB2
magnetic
base
available
separately
The MM3-MCPRO Micropositioning Controller was
designed for ease of use and effortless integration
into any application. The MM3-MCPRO is a low
cost, quick setup solution for those applications
requiring precise position control of motorized
stage (MM3-M). The MM3-MCPRO functions as
seamlessly as a single axis, stand-alone system
or as a multi-axis networked system, either
with or without a PC. The peer-to-peer network
architecture makes it possible for every MM3MCPRO in a multi-axis system to control every axis
in the motion system. No software development
or complex wiring is required. The controllers
themselves may be programmed to store and
recall positions and to sequence through stored
positions with looping, pausing and user/program
interaction. Automation may also be driven serially
from a PC.
MM1-A
adapter
(see page
204)
MINI-MICROPOSITIONeR SPeCIfICATIONS
MM1
MM1-3
MM3
MM3-3
AxIS
x
x-y-z
x
x-y-z
STRAIGHT LINe
ACCuRACy
within 1 micron over
3 mm travel
within 1 micron over
3 mm travel
within 1.5 micron
over 13 mm travel
CLeAR APeRTuRe
3.9 mm tapped hole,
8-32 thread
3.9 mm tapped hole,
8-32 thread
LOAd CAPACITy
255 g Normal
FINISH
MM3-M Specifications
Lead Screw
80 TPI
Gear Ratio
64:1
within 1.5 micron
over 13 mm travel
Travel
51 mm
7 mm tapped hole,
5/16-16 thread
7 mm tapped hole,
5/16-16 thread
Counts/Screw Revolution 640
255 g Normal
340 g Normal
340 g Normal
Black anodized
Black anodized
Black anodized
Black anodized
weIGHT
3 grams/axis
12 grams
14 grams/axis
48 grams
MOuNTING SuRFACe
Precision ground
Precision ground
Precision ground
Precision ground
TyPe
Fine screw
Fine screw
Fine screw
Fine screw
TRAveL
3 mm
3 mm
13 mm
13 mm
Controller Resolution 1 micron
Horizontal Load Capacity 0.5 Kg
Vertical Load Capacity 0.5 Kg
Maximum Speed
8 mm/sec
Slider Backlash
0.05 mm
Runout (maximum)
0.003 mm/inch
Counts Per MilliMeter
2016
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
198
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
M ICROMAN I PU LATORS
MM3
MM1
Motorized Micropositioner (MM3-M)
Designed for applications where working space is limited,
our Motorized Micropositioner offers high precision in
a turnkey design. The stages are powered by a 10 mm
motor with a 10-position magnetic encoder. The 80 TPI
lead screw provides smooth and accurate positioning,
while still allowing for quick positioning in the coarse
mode. Control unit sold separately (see above).
Stage body (LxWxH): 13.7x1.9x0.91cm
Weight:
68 g
MM1
MM1-3
MM1-A
MM1-C
MM3
MM3-3
MM3-A
MM3-C
MM3-M
MM3-MCPRO
MM3-MSPRO
Mini Micropositioner, one axis, 3 mm travel
Mini Micropositioner, three axes, 3 mm travel
Adapter for MM1 and MM1-3, mounted on magnetic Stand MB2
Clamp for MM1 and MM1-3
Micropositioner, one axis, 13 mm travel
Micropositioner, three axes, 13 mm travel
Adapter for MM3 and MM3-3, mounted on Magnetic Stand MB2
Clamp for MM3 and MM3-3
Single axis Motorized Micropositioner
Programmable Controller of MM3-M
MM3-M Micropositioner & MM3-MCPRO Controller
MM1-C
clamp
MM3-3
MM1-3
MM1-A
adapter
Mini Micropositioner
(MM1 and MM1-3)
Single stage measures only 5 × 11 × 26 mm with 3 mm travel. Provides
precise and smooth motion with no backlash, positive spring loaded carriage,
straight within 1 micron and less than 1 micron maximum wobble. Features
fine 80 TPI screw adjustment. 10 mm square mounting surface has a 3.9 mm
tapped center hole for transmission and/or mounting. Available in single X
(MM1), X-Y, and X-Y-Z (MM1-3) axis configurations.
Micropositioner (MM3 and MM3-3)
Single stage measures only 7 × 17 × 44 mm with 13 mm travel. Offers
precise and smooth motion with no backlash, positive spring-loaded carriage,
straight within 1.5 microns, and less than 1.5 microns maximum wobble.
Features fine 80 TPI screw adjustment. 13 mm square mounting surface has
a 7 mm tapped center hole for transmission and/or mounting. Available in
single X (MM3), X-Y, X-Y-Z (MM3-3) axis configurations.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
199
KITE
M3301 Manual
Micromanipulator
M ICROMAN I PU LATORS
The world’s most widely used micromanipulator
Weighing just 550 grams and employing a slim space-saving design, this
well-built micro­ma­n­ip­u­la­tor outsells all oth­ers world­wide for high precision
experiments where mag­ni­fi­ca­tion is in the range of up to 250×. Its design
allows units to stand tightly grouped — since all control knobs project to the
rear. And because con­trol knobs are clustered with­in an 8 cm area in a sin­
gle vertical plane, res­o­lu­tion is quick — the hand works blindly while the eye
monitors the microscopic im­age. Vernier scales allow readings to 0.1 mm; xaxis fine control allows readings to 10 microns.
The instrument employs rack-and-pinion drive, V-shaped guideways,
and cross roller bearings, so all movement is sure and repeatable,
without drift, sideplay, back­lash, or sticking. Contact parts are milled of
hardened steel for high performance and long life.
Left- or right-handed versions of the M3301 are supplied with a
standard 12 mm clamp (M2) and one microelectrode holder
(M3301EH).
KITE-L
15873
Electrode Holder
not included
Economy Manual Micromanipulator
Vernier scales allow readings to 0.1 mm. X-axis fine control allows
readings to 10 µm.
Left- or right-handed versions of the KITE mi­cro­ma­n­ip­u­la­tor are supplied
with a standard 12 mm clamp and electrode holder M3301EH.
KITE-R
KITE-L
TB-1
KITE-TB-R
KITE-TB-L
Kite Manual Manipulator (right-handed)
Kite Manual Manipulator (left-handed)
Tilting Base (Optional) Shipping weight: 2 lb (1 kg)
Kite (right-handed) + Tilting Base Combo
Kite (left-handed) + Tilting Base Combo
Shown on
optional M-3
Tilting Base with
optional 5-lb
Weight #5464
KITE SPECIFICATIONS
RESOLUTION
TRAVEL RANGE
X-axis Fine
10 mm
0.01 mm
X-axis
35 mm
0.1 mm
Y-axis
25 mm
0.1 mm
Z-axis
25 mm
0.1 mm
SHIPPING WEIGHT
3 lbs (1.4 kg)
Optional Accessories
M3301EH Re­place­ment Electrode Holder (14 cm long)
15873
Optional An­gled Electrode Holder (13 cm long)
5464
5-lb Weight for Tilting Base
Shipping weight: 7 lb (3 kg)
500475
Ball Joint, 7 cm long, for ∅ 8 mm Holder
500476
Ball Joint, 4 cm long, for ∅ 4 mm Holder
M4C
Microscope Stage Adapter
Also see magnetic stands.
M3301R
Manual Manipulator, right-handed
M3301L
Manual Manipulator, left-handed
M-3
80° Tilting Base (Optional)
M3301-M3-R Manual Manipulator (right handed) & Tilting Base M3301-M3-L Manual Manipulator (left handed) & Tilting Base 502105
Axis Adjustment Tool M3301 SPECIFICATIONS
RESOLUTION
TRAVEL RANGE
X-axis Fine
10 mm
0.01 mm
X-axis
37 mm
0.1 mm
Y-axis
20 mm
0.1 mm
Z-axis
25 mm
0.1 mm
SHIPPING WEIGHT
3 lbs (1.4 kg)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
200
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
’s e:
e
r
l
He ang
w
e
an
Ball-joint holder attachment
7 cm
7.9 mm diam.
Ball Joint, 7 cm long, for O.D. 5-9 mm Electrode Holder (shown)
Ball Joint, 4 cm long, for O.D. 2.8-4.5 mm Electrode Holder
Mount a manipulator on
your microscope stage
80 mm
Interchangeable clamps allow ma­nip­u­la­tors to be
mounted on a variety of supports.
12 mm diameter
support arm
Quick, secure
mounting to any
microscope stage
(maximum opening:
20 mm).
M5 ∅ 10 mm clamp
M4C Microscope
Stage Adapter
— clamps onto
microscope stage
to provide a stable
support for any
manipulator with a
∅ 12 mm clamp.
M2 ∅12 mm clamp
M6 ∅ 1⁄2-in. clamp
M2
M5
M6
∅ 12 mm Clamp
∅ 10 mm Clamp
∅ 1/2-in. Clamp
M4C
Microscope Stage Adapter
At last — a tilt base you can operate with one hand!
or .
lat ed
ipu lud
an inc
M t
no
6.5 in.
High Precision,
High Stability
Adjust tilt angle
easily by simply
turning knob of
thread­ed shaft.
Tilt angle may be
set at up to 35°.
Manipulator
mounting bracket
included.
Two sets of mounting holes are pre­
drilled for WPI ma­nip­u­la­tors (M3301R
shown) but steel platform may be
drilled for mount­ing other devices.
TBS
Tilt Base with Screw Adjustment
Shipping Weight 7 lb
Tighten locking
screw to lock
platform angle.
3.5-pound steel base
provides additional
stability for your mi­cro­
ma­n­ip­u­la­tor. Holes
also allow permanent
mount­ing to your
benchtop.
5” x 6” footprint saves
space in your work area.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
201
M ICROMAN I PU LATORS
500475
500476
High Resolution Manual Micromanipulators
M ICROMAN I PU LATORS
HS6 Micromanipulator
Engineered for stability, and built on a twelve-pound steel plate, this
instrument is chosen worldwide for high res­o­lu­tion micro-re­cord­ing.
such as patch clamping, and other research requiring sol­id, drift-free
per­for­mance. A superior tool in its own right, HS6 serves equal­ly well
as a base for other precision microdrives. HS6 can be bolted directly
to a lab fixture or vibration-free platform. Resolution is extremely
high — each gra­dua­tion on its large micrometer barrels indicates
just 5 micron movements. Rack and pinion drive, V-shaped
guide­ways, and cross roller bearings give sure, re­peat­able move­
ments without sideplay, slipping, or stick­ing. All contact parts
are milled of hard­ened steel. A flexible ball-joint assembly allows
the electrode to be positioned at any angle relative to the x, y, or z axis.
The entire manipulator tilts forward to 25 degrees allowing rapid coarse
ad­just­ment of the elec­trode, and allowing cell pen­e­tra­tion along the axis
of any of the mi­crome­ters. Simple, precise, and durable, the HS6 will
provide years of dependable per­for­mance.
Rock-solid —
superb resolution
M3301EH
electrode holder
included
HS6 SPECIFICATIONS
TRAVEL RANGE
RESOLUTION
X-axis
25 mm
5 µm
Y-axis
25 mm
5 µm
Z-axis
25 mm
5 µm
SHIPPING WEIGHT
25 lbs (11 kg)
DIMENSIONS
9.9 x 6.6 x 9.9 in. (H x W x L)
HS6
M3301EH
15873
VFP
VFW
Micromanipulator
Replacement Electrode Holder (14 cm x ∅ 7.2 mm)
Optional Angled Electrode Holder (13 cm long)
Vibration-Free Platform
Vibration-Free Workstation
Joystick-Controlled
Micromanipulator
0°
Specially adapted for use with the Nanoliter Injector (page 238) for
oo­cyte in­jec­tion and similar applications, this joystick-controlled
mi­cro­ma­n­ip­u­la­tor al­lows an easy “steer­ing” motion that translates
normal hand move­ment into smooth sub­mil­li­me­ter shifts.
Viewed mi­cro­scop­i­cal­ly, move­ment of the tool-tip cor­re­sponds
naturally to hand move­ment, so ac­cu­rate resolution is
intuitive and quick. All fine ad­just­ment can be controlled
M3301EH
by the joy­stick. Piv­ot­ing for­ward, back­ward, or lat­er­ally
electrode holder
gives pre­cise x-y ad­just­ment; twist­ing the joystick
included
ad­justs the tool-tip ver­ti­cal­ly. For add­ed con­ve­nience,
a sep­a­rate coarse control lever is also pro­vid­ed for
quick rais­ing and
low­er­ing. A stop screw—which is set once res­o­lu­tion is achieved—eliminates re­fo­cus­
ing and stream­lines re­pet­i­tive work by guiding the tip to its pre­vi­ous fo­cus­sing plane.
The stop screw also prevents the tool-tip from be­ing broken during sudden low­er­
ing and elim­i­nates down­ward drift—place­ment is stable enough for even ex­tended
use. Be­cause the probe holder tilts a full 90°, the tool-tip pivots easily for precise
positioning. Rack-and-pinion drive, V-shaped guide­ways, and cross roller bear­ings
elim­i­nate backlash, slip­ping, and sticking. All contact parts milled from hardened steel
for precise performance and long life.
to
°
90
ols)
r
JR
cont
M M handed
t
(righ
Joystick travel: 0.35 mm to 3.5‑mm, de­pend­ing on reduction gear ratio setting
(adjustable between 1:15 and 1:150).
.
MMJR
MMJL
Joystick Micromanipulator (Right-Handed)
Joystick Micromanipulator (Left-Handed)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
M3301EH Re­place­ment Electrode Holder (14 cm 5 ∅ 7.2 mm)
15873
Angled Electrode Holder (13 cm long)
M4C
Microscope Stage Adapter
500475
Ball Joint, 7 cm long, for ∅ 8 mm Holder
500476
Ball Joint, 4 cm long, for ∅ 4 mm Holder
MMJ SPECIFICATIONS
TRAVEL RANGE
RESOLUTION
X-axis
37 mm
0.1 mm
Y-axis
20 mm
0.1 mm
Z-axis
25 mm
0.1mm
JOYSTICK (X,Y axis)
0.35~3.5 mm
SHIPPING WEIGHT
4 lbs (1.8 kg)
Also see magnetic stands.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
202
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Micrometer Slide Micromanipulator
Toolholder rotates
around two axes, can
hold tools from ∅3.0 mm
to ∅12.7 mm.
M3301EH
electrode holder
included
Mounts onto horizontal or vertical
rods — any diameter from 10 mm
to 12.7 mm.
M325 SPECIFICATIONS
TRAVEL RANGE
RESOLUTION
X-axis
25 mm
10 µm
Y-axis
10 mm
10 µm
Z-axis
10 mm
10 µm
SHIPPING WEIGHT
4 lbs (1.8 kg)
The M325 three-axis man­u­al mi­cro­ma­n­ip­u­la­tor is built of preci­sion
mi­crome­ter-ac­tu­at­ed lin­ear slides. Each slide is com­prised of a large
microme­ter head and a spring-return linear slide. The mi­cro­ma­n­ip­u­la­tor
has been carefully designed to min­i­mize wear in the moving components
to achieve a long op­er­a­tion­al life without the necessity for fre­quent main­
te­nance or ad­just­ment. The mi­crome­ter head is grad­u­at­ed in 10 mi­cron
steps which enable re­peat­able po­si­tion­ing to an ac­cu­ra­cy of ± 2 mi­crons.
A unique spring return mechanism is used to trans­mit move­ment of
the microme­ter spin­dle to the slide car­riage — eliminating back­lash, lost
motion and re­duc­ing thread wear. Each lin­ear slide utilizes ball bear­ings
which en­able the M325 to carry loads of up to 1 kg.
The toolholder can clamp onto tools with shaft di­am­e­ters of 3.0 mm
to 12.7 mm and allows rotation around two axes. This pro­vides a wide
range of options for in­cor­po­rat­ing the ma­nip­u­la­tor into your work­stations.
The M325 can also be con­fig­ured very eas­i­ly in left- or right-hand­ed
versions to allow several units to be positioned in close proximity.
A quick-release clamp allows easy mounting onto any rod from
10‑mm to 12.7 mm diameter.
M325
3-Axis Fine Controlled Manual Micromanipulator
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
M3301EH Replacement Electrode Holder (14 cm long)
15873
Optional Angled Electrode Holder (13 cm long)
14444
Optional Differential Micrometer Head (per axis)
500475 Ball Joint, 7 cm long, for ∅ 8 mm Holder
500476 Ball Joint, 4 cm long, for ∅ 4 mm Holder
Also see magnetic stands.
Also see Universal Manipulator Stands.
Dual Tool-Holder Micromanipulator
A small and compact micromanipulator for manual manipulation in all three axes (x,
y and z), the MD4 is equipped with a mounting bracket for a second tool or elec­trode
holder which can be positioned in the x and y axes in­de­pen­dent of the manipulator
and may also be tilted and swiveled by two fine-adjust screws. Scales allow readings
of coarse adjustment with an ac­cu­ra­cy of 100 µm. Additional x-axis fine control is
achieved with a micrometer screw with a resolution of 10 µm. Supplied with one
M3301EH electrode holder and a 12 mm clamp for mounting on M10 Stand or other
12 mm supports. May also be mounted on optional M-3 Tilting Base.
M3301EH
electrode holders
included
MD4L
(left-handed
controls)
Travel, standard electrode: x-axis, 37 mm (fine, 10 mm); y-axis, 20 mm; z‑axis,
25 mm. Additional electrode: x-axis, 7 mm; y-axis, 10 mm.
MD4R
MD4L
MD4-M3-R
MD4-M3-L
Double-Holder Micromanipulator (right)
Double-Holder Micromanipulator (left)
Double-Holder Micromanipulator (right) + Tilting Base
Double-Holder Micromanipulator (left) + Tilting Base
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
M3301EH
Replacement Electrode Holder (14 cm long)
15873
Optional Angled Electrode Holder (13 cm long)
M2
Additional ∅ 12 mm Clamp
M-3
80° Tilting Base
M4C
Microscope Stage Adapter
M5
Additional ∅ 10 mm Clamp
M6
Additional ∅ 1⁄2-in. Clamp 5464
5-lb Weight for Tilt­ing Base*
500475
Ball Joint, 7 cm long, for ∅ 8 mm Holder
500476
Ball Joint, 4 cm long, for ∅ 4 mm Holder
*Shipping weight: 8 lb (3.6 kg)
Also see magnetic stands.
M-3 Tilting Base not included
MD4 SPECIFICATIONS
TRAVEL RANGE
RESOLUTION
X-axis Fine
10 mm
10 µm
X-axis
37 mm
100 µm
Y-axis
20 mm
100 µm
Z-axis
25 mm
100 µm
SHIPPING WEIGHT
3 lbs (1.4 kg)
Also see Universal Manipulator Stands.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
203
M ICROMAN I PU LATORS
The M325 can be configured
from left- to right-handed
version in 60 seconds!
M ICROMAN I PU LATORS
Magnetic
Holding Devices
10 mm ∅
10 mm ∅
10 mm ∅
5-6.5 mm ∅
M1
A precision base providing stable support for such devices as electrodes and
manipulators. Adjustable second arm
adopts a variety of angles. (Optional M5
10 mm clamp should be added for use
with M3301, DC3001, MD4 and MMJ
manipulators.)
Base:
50 ( w ) x 58 ( l ) x 55 ( h ) mm
( 2.0 x 2.3 x 2.2 in. )
Vertical Holding Power:
80 kgf (176 lb force)
Main Pole:
diameter: 12 mm (0.47 in.)
length: 176 mm (6.9 in.)
Sub Pole:
diameter: 10 mm (0.39 in.)
length: 165 mm (6.5 in.)
Clamp Hole:
diameter: 4.5 mm and 6.5 mm
Weight:
1.8 kg (4 lb)
M1
M5
M1L
Same base and support arm as M1, but
equipped with a longer (14-inch) vertical
post. (Optional M5 10 mm clamp should
be added for use with M3301, DC3001,
MD4 and MMJ manipulators.)
Base:
50 ( w ) x 58 ( l ) x 55 ( h ) mm
( 2.0 x 2.3 x 2.2 in. )
Vertical Holding Power:
80 kgf (176 lb force)
Main Pole:
diameter: 12 mm (0.47 in.)
length: 356 mm (14 in.)
Sub Pole:
diameter: 10 mm (0.39 in.)
length: 165 mm (6.5 in.)
Clamp Hole:
diameter: 4.5 mm and 6.5 mm
Weight:
1.8 kg (4 lb)
M1L
M5
Magnetic Stand
10 mm Clamp
MB2
Mechanical clamping type tightens three
joints simultaneously just by on-tough
operation. Arm is freely adjustable without
distortion. Equipped with fine adjuster
and medium size magnet for stabilizing
the base. Suitable for performing precision
operation.
Magnetic Base:
30 ( w ) x 30 ( l ) x 30 ( h ) mm
( 1.2 x 1.2 x 1.2 in. )
Vertical Holding Power:
17 kgf (37 Ib force)
Arm:
L1: 46 mm (1.8 in.)
L2: 46 mm (1.8 in.)
L3: 39 mm (1.5 in.)
Use in constructing your own holding
device for small parts/equipment
● Small but very powerful: holds 2 kilograms (~5 pounds)!
● Steel ball rotates freely 360° on a 180° axis
● M3 mounting screw on ball for attachment to equipment
● Magnet base threaded (M3) for mounting onto a base or
equipment
Magnetic Base:
50 ( w ) x 58 ( l ) x 55 ( h ) mm
( 2.0 x 2.3 x 2.2 in. )
Vertical Holding Power:
80 kgf (176 lb force)
Main Pole:
diameter: 12 mm (0.47 in.)
length: 194 mm (7.6 in.)
Clamp Hole:
Adjustable from 5 to 6.5 mm
Weight:
0.38 kg (0.83 Ib)
MB2 Compact Magnetic Stand
Sub Pole:
diameter: 10 mm (0.39 in.)
length: 165 mm (6.5 in.)
Clamp Hole:
Adjustable from 4.5 mm to 6.5­ mm
Weight:
1.8 kg (4 lb)
M8
M5
Magnetic Stand
10 mm Clamp
Powerful Ball Joint
Rare Earth Magnet
M8
A ball joint at the base of the main post
allows 360° rotation, offering con­sid­er­able
versatility. The second arm adopts angles
up to 75°. (Optional M5 10 mm clamp
should be added for use with M3301,
DC3001, MD4 and MMJ ma­nip­u­la­tors.)
This novel magnetic ball joint has
phenomenal holding power for up
to 2 kg of attached weight while
permitting the ball a full 360°
rotation on a 180° axis. You can
freely orient your equipment to an
infinite number of positions within
this rotation. This is made possible
by the combination of a steel ball
(10 mm diameter) and a powerful
rare earth magnet contained in
the magnet cylinder (φ 10 x 20mm).
Convenient M3 attachment sites are provided on
Magnetic Stand
10 mm Clamp
both the ball (male) and the
magnet base (female).
For use with micromanip­
ulators for the positioning and
holding of optical instruments
including various lighting
sources and lasers, pipettes
and any small parts that would
benefit from the flexibility
offered by this new magnetic
ball joint.
500871
M3x12mm
28mm
M3x5mm
10mm
Magnetic Ball Joint
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
204
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
The base of each stand exerts a
powerful magnetic force that holds
it solidly on ferrous metal surfaces
— even vertically or upside-down
12 mm ∅
12 mm ∅
6-8 mm ∅
Useful as a probe holder,
the M11 is not suitable
for heavier items such as
micromanipulators.
M9
M10
M10L
M11
Mechanical clamp tightens three rotatable
joints simultaneously with one locking
knob. Arm adjusts without distortion. Base
exerts a magnetic force of 100 kilos for
greatest stability. Equipped with fine adjustment for precise operations.
Similar to M1 but with a 12 mm diameter
sub pole (fits 12 mm clamp supplied with
M3301, DC3001, MD4 and MMJ ma­nip­
u­la­tors).
Same as M10 but equipped with a taller
(14-inch) vertical main pole.
Bends freely for maximum flexibility. The
connecting arm twists and bends like a
snake. Lock the arm in position with a flick
of the controlling lever. Magnetic Base:
50 ( w ) x 60 ( l ) x 55 ( h ) mm
( 2.2 x 2.4 x 2.2 in. )
Vertical Holding Power:
100 kgf ( 220 lb force )
Arms:
L1:
119 mm (4.7 in.)
L2:
106 mm (4.2 in.)
L3:
25 mm (0.98 in.)
Ø 12 mm (0.472 in.)
Clamp Hole:
none
Weight:
1.8 kg (4 lb)
M9
Magnetic Stand
Magnetic Base:
50 ( w ) x 58 ( l ) x 55 ( h ) mm
( 2.0 x 2.3 x 2.2 in. )
Magnetic Base:
50 ( w ) x 58 ( l ) x 55 ( h ) mm
( 2.0 x 2.3 x 2.2 in. )
Vertical Holding Power:
80 kgf ( 176 lb force )
Vertical Holding Power:
80 kgf ( 176 lb force )
Main Pole:
diameter: 14 mm (0.55 in.)
length: 178 mm (7 in.)
Sub Pole:
diameter: 12 mm (0.47 in.)
length: 165 mm (6.5 in.)
Clamp Hole:
Adjustable from 4.5 mm to 6.5 mm
Weight:
1.8 kg (4 lb)
M10
Magnetic Base:
50 ( w ) x 58 ( l ) x 55 ( h ) mm
( 2.0 x 2.3 x 2.2 in. )
Vertical Holding Power:
80 kgf ( 176 lb force )
Main Pole:
diameter: 14 mm (0.55 in.)
length: 356 mm (14 in.)
Main Pole:
diameter: 16 mm (0.63 in.)
length: 315 mm (12.4 in.)
Sub Pole:
diameter: 12 mm (0.47 in.)
length: 165 mm (6.5 in.)
Clamp Hole:
Adjustable from 4.5 mm to 6.5 mm
Weight:
1.8 kg (4 lb)
M10L Magnetic Stand
Sub Pole:
none
Clamp Hole:
Adjustable from 6 mm to 8 mm
Weight:
1.4 kg (3 lb)
M11
Magnetic Stand
Magnetic Stand
81⁄2"x12" Steel Base
Plate #5052
BASE PLATES: A magnetic stand
requires a steel mounting surface. WPI’s
steel base plates have plenty of mass to
give stability to your ex­per­i­men­tal setup.
Beveled edges make them easy to handle;
rubber feet hold them off the benchtop,
making them easier to grasp when moving;
and the special black coating provides a
durable protective finish.
12"x24" Steel Base
Plate #5479
ACCESSORIES
5052
Steel base plate, 81⁄2 x 12 in. (10 lb)
5479
Steel base plate, 12 x 24 x 3⁄8-in. (32 lb)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
205
M ICROMAN I PU LATORS
12 mm ∅ x 25mm
M ICROMAN I PU LATORS
Magnetic
Holding Devices
501652
501651
An ideal accessory for optical tables and
vibration-free platform. Reduces experimental set-up time by allowing free positioning and instant clamp down of optical
components. Switchable ON/OFF magnetic
circuit permits fine adjustment and precise
positioning.
● Easy ON/OFF operation using lever
● Thin and powerful magnetic force
● Generous array of tap holes
Holding Power:
20 kgf (44 Ib force)
Dimension:
75 (OD) x 20 (h) mm
2.9 (OD) x 0.8 (h) in.
Mounting Hole:
4-M4 x 0.7, depth 6mm
M8 x 1, depth 6mm
Span 35mm
MOBITYTM is a new magnetic clamping
system. With its ease of use, only one hand
is needed to operate the attractive power.
The MOBITYTM has a strong 88lbf pull, yet
weighs only 1.5 lbs. MOBITYTM meets various applications with 4 tapped holes on
the top surface.
Holding Power:
40 kgf (88 Ib force)
Dimension:
55 (w) x 73 (l) x 50 (h) mm
2.2 (w) x 2.9 (l) x 2.0 (h) in.
Mounting Hole:
3-M4, depth 20mm
M8, depth 15mm
Weight:
0.7 kg (1.5 Ib)
501652 MOBITY Magnetic
Clamping System
M7
501653
An ideal accessory for optical tables and
vibration-free platform. Reduces experimental set-up time by allowing free positioning and instant clamp down of optical
components. Switchable ON/OFF magnetic
circuit permits fine adjustment and precise
positioning.
● Easy ON/OFF operation using lever
● Thin and powerful magnetic force
● Generous array of tap holes
Holding Power:
20 kgf (44 Ib force)
Dimension:
65 (w) x 65 (l) x 20 (h) mm
2.6 (w) x 2.6 (l) x 0.8 (h) in.
Weight:
0.7 kg (1.5 Ib)
Mounting Hole:
8-M4 x 0.7, depth 6mm
M8 x 1, depth 6mm
Span 25mm
501651 Magnetic Base
Weight:
0.6 kg (1.3 Ib)
A small holder ideal for use where space
is limited. Main post unscrews from base
which may tthen be used alone as a
switchable magnetic holder.
Magnetic Base:
30 (w) x 35 (l) x 35 (h) mm
1.2 (w) x 1.4 (l) x 1.4 (h) in.
Vertical Holding Power:
20 kgf (44 Ib force)
Main Pole:
Diameter: 7mm
Length: 52mm
Screw threads
Clamp Hole:
Diameter: 6mm
Weight:
0.36 kg (0.8 Ib)
M7 Compact Magnetic Stand 501653 Magnetic Base
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
206
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Vibration-Free Tables
Vibration-Free Workstation
●
●
●
●
●
●
Vertical and horizontal vibration isolation
High performance Active-Air Suspension
Automatic leveling
VibraDamped Steel
Class 100 Cleanroom compatible
Leveling feet
M ICROMAN I PU LATORS
All buildings vibrate — activities of people, machinery, heating and
ventilation systems, and nearby truck or rail traffic cause all types of
vibrations. These vibrations, though, acceptable to occupants, cannot
be tolerated by equipment used in patch clamping, cell injection,
analytical balances, and optical microscopes. The short-term effects of
such vibrations include inconsistant and unreliable performance. The
long-term effects are excessive wear, maintenance, and fatigue failures.
In order to protect sensitive instruments and equipment from faulty
operation or failure this vibration must be significantly reduced. This
can be efficiently accomplished by using Vibration-Free Platform and
Vibration-Free Workstation.
Additional tabletop sizes and
finishes are available, as well
as accessories such as side rails
and casters.
Call for more information
and prices for the
configuration you require.
VIBRATION-FREE TABLE SPECIFICATIONS
VFP
VFW
2.3 Hz
1.9 Hz
MINIMUM LOAD @ 20 psi
Vertical Natural Frequency
Isolation Efficiency @ 5 Hz
52%
70%
Isolation Efficiency @ 10 Hz
83%
90%
2.9 Hz
2.2 Hz
Horizontal Natural Frequency
Isolation Efficiency @ 5 Hz
40%
64%
Isolation Effieciency @ 10 Hz
92%
90%
2.1 Hz
1.5 Hz
70%
85%
MAXIMUM LOAD @ 80 psi
Vertical Natural Frequency
Isolation Frequency @ 5 Hz
Isolation Frequency @ 10 Hz
Horizontal Natural Frequency
91%
97%
1.8 Hz
1.2 Hz
Isolation Efficiency
81%
91%
Isolation Efficiency
95%
97%
Note: Typical performance efficiencies are for microdistubances
NET LOAD CAPACITY at 80 psi
216 lb (98 kg)
800 lb (363 kg)
Vibration-Free Platform
● Unmatched price and performance
● Low profile Active-Air designs
● VibraDamped construction
● Low natural frequency
● Excellent horizontal isolation
● SPILLPRUF spill management
●
Class 100
Cleanroom
compatible
VFW
Vibration-Free
Workstation
Call
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
207
Microscopes and Cameras
Surgical Microscopes
PSMB Binocular SurgioScope, floor stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
PSMT Trinocular SurgioScope, floor stand, video adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
MICROSCOPES, CAMERAS
Stereomicroscopes
PZMIV Precision Stereo Zoom Microscope (Model IV), Binocular. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
PZMTIV Precision Stereo Zoom Microscope (Model IV), Trinocular. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
PZMTIV-CCTV Precision Stereo Zoom Microscope Video System (Model IV). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
PZMIII Precision Stereo Zoom Microscope (Model III). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
PZMTIII Precision Stereo Zoom Trinocular Microscope (Model III). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Inverted Microscopes
INV Binocular Inverted Microscope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
INV Trinocular Inverted Microscope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Upright Microscopes
MOD Multiscope Modular Microscopes, Binocular & Trinocular. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Microscope Stage Inserts
Heated Stage Insert & Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Cooled Stage Insert & Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Transparent Heated Stage Insert & Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
TS-4 Thermoelectric Stage Insert & Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Microscope Cameras and Photo/Video Adapters
Digital Eyepiece Camera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Digital Microscope Camera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Color CCD Video Camera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Monochrome CCD Video Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Illuminators and Optical Fiber Light Guide
NOVAFLEX Fiber Optic Illuminator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
MSI-150 Illuminator with diaphragm, filter holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Miscellaneous
Air-Therm ATX NEW Heater Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
FluoroDish™ NEW Glass-Bottom Sterile Cell Culture Dishes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Cover Slips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
208
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Precision
SurgioScope
5
h
t
n
wi atio
w c
No gnifi ps!
ma ste
Ideal for small
animal surgery
MICROSCOPES, CAMERAS
SURGIOSCOPE Specifications
TOTAL MAGNIFICATION........................................................... 1.8× — 40×
ADJUSTABLE DIOPTER.............................................................. ± 6 Diopter
ADJUSTABLE INTERPUPILLARY DISTANCE ........................ min. 50 mm — max. 70 mm
WORKING DISTANCE ............................................................... 94 mm — 344 mm
EYEPIECE....................................................................................... 12.5x
LENS CHARACTERISTICS
Objective
Focal
Distance
Working
Distance
Total
Magnification
Field of View
F100 (Optional)
100 mm
94 mm
6.4× 10× 16×
26× 40×
33 mm, 20.5 mm,
13 mm, 8 mm, 5 mm
F200 (Included)
200 mm
195 mm
3.2× 5× 8×
13× 20×
58 mm, 38 mm, 24 mm,
15 mm, 10 mm
F250 (Optional)
250 mm
246 mm
2.6× 4× 6.4×
10.4× 16×
72.5 mm, 47.5 mm,
30 mm, 19 mm, 12.5 mm
F300 (Optional)
300 mm
294 mm
2× 3.3× 5.3×
8.6× 13.3×
87 mm, 57 mm, 36 mm,
22.5 mm, 15 mm
F350 (Optional)
350 mm
344 mm
1.8× 3× 4.5×
7.5× 11.5×
99 mm, 65 mm, 42 mm,
27 mm, 17 mm
Objectives
Features:
● Motorized focusing
system, allows handsfree operation.
● Light weight, compact
and easy to maneuver.
Weighs only 70 lb.
● Dual bulbs prevent
illumination failure
during surgery.
● Optional video adapter.
● Improved view field.
● Convenient handles.
● Five magnification
steps.
FINE FOCUS ADJUSTMENT RANGE...................................... 30 mm
Working Height (Arm Movement Range Above Floor)
89 cm Post........................... Focus on specimens 34.5" (88 cm) to 51" (130 cm) above floor *
103 cm Post......................... Focus on specimens 40.5" (103 cm) to 57" (146 cm) above floor *
* Subtract Working Distance for height above specimen, 103 cm post recommended for F350 objective.
RANGE OF MOTION
Maximum Stretch Radius of Arm................................... 870 mm
Vertical Movement Range................................................. 700-1100 mm
Adjustable Range of Small Arm...................................... 30 mm
ILLUMINATION
Dual lamp housing with quick-change spare and internal coaxial fiber optic cable.
HALOGEN-TUNGSTEN LAMP.................................................. 12V, 100W, with cold reflection
OPTIONAL CAMERA ................................................................. 1/2” CCD camera (e.g., COLCAM)
POWER.......................................................................................... 110V, 50-60 Hz, or 220V, 50-60 Hz
SHIPPING WEIGHT.................................................................... 94 lb (43 kg)
WPI’s improved precision SurgioScope (now
with five magnification steps) is a portable high
quality surgical microscope offering outstanding
image quality and value. Incorporating an agile
extension arm and excellent working distance
objectives, the SurgioScope provides convenient
movement and maneuverability necessary for
accurate positioning. These important features,
together with a high quality optical system,
provide sharp image contrast and enhanced
large field of vision. The SurgioScope comes
fully equipped with a foot-controlled motorized
focusing system, normally only found in more
expensive surgical microscopes. A unique dual
lamp housing enables safe and rapid changing
of the lamp during an operation, without
the need to power down. The optional video
port on the “T” version permits operational
PSMB5
PSMT5
procedures to be monitored or recorded
simultaneously using a video recorder and a
COLCAM video camera.
Binocular SurgioScope, F200 objective (Specify post height.)
Trinocular SurgioScope, beam splitter, std video adapter, F200 objective (Specify post height.)
See WPI Website for other configurations
Specify 89 cm or 103 cm post — Specify line voltage
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
1
501636
/2" CS-mount Adaptor (requires Beam Splitter 501637)
501637
Beam splitter
501669
Objective lens F100 501638
Objective lens F250
501639
Objective lens F300 501640
Objective lens F350 500162
Replacement lamp, 12V, 100 W Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
209
Precision Stereo ZOOM Microscope
● Modular, two parallel
beam design
MICROSCOPES, CAMERAS
● Planachromatic objectives,
no optical distortion
● High-contrast imaging,
ideal for observing
transparent, low-contrast
objects
All PZ
M
micro IV and PZ M
scope
s com TIV
10x ey
e wit
ep
1x aux ieces, built- h
in
il
light r iary lens, an
ing ad
d
apter.
COLCAM Video Camera
available separately
#500028 Camera Coupler,
available separately
● Large zoom ratio: 8:1
● Large zoom range: 0.62x
to 5.0x
● Long working distance
● Step and continuous zoom
● 5-year warranty
The fourth generation of WPI’s precision
stereo zoom microscopes uses modular, two
parallel beam path design and high quality
optical system. The advanced optical design
with planachromatic objectives provides sharp
and distortion-free contrast image throughout
the entire zoom range and comes with an
impressive 5-year warranty.
The PZMIV is available in a binocular or
trinocular version. In addition, an extensive list
of optional accessories is available that makes
the PZMIV suitable for integrated optical and
biological research.
The microscope comes with a track stand,
standard 10x eyepieces (wide-field, distortionfree and high eye point), 1x planachromatic
distortion-free objective. See the Table on next
page for all optical options.
Shown: PZMTIV with
COLCAM and 0.5X
c‑mount adapter
(camera and c-mount
not included)
Max. Working
Distance: 25 cm
502160
Lighted Fan Base
PZMIV
Precision Stereo Zoom Binocular Microscope (Model IV), on Track Stand
PZMIV-BS
PZMIV Microscope on Boom Stand PZMTIV
Precision Stereo Zoom Trinocular Microscope (Model IV), on Track Stand
PZMTIV-BS
PZMTIV Microscope on Boom Stand
PZMTIV-BCS PZMTIV Microscope on Boom Clamp Stand
PZMTIV-CCTV PZMTIV Microscope Video System, including PZMTIV, COLCAM Color Video
Camera, 0.5x CCD Camera Coupler, Novaflex Optical Illuminator, Bifurcated Optical Fiber Light
Guide, and 13” Color TV Monitor (NTSC format)
Please see web site for complete configurations
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
210
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
PZMIV
#502007
Articulated Arm
PZMTIV-BS
MICROSCOPES, CAMERAS
PZMIV & PZMTIV Eyepieces and Objectives
10x Eyepiece
16x Eyepiece
Mag
Field (mm)
(Video Field)
20x Eyepiece
25x Eyepiece
Objective
Mag
Field (mm)
(Video Field)
Mag
Field (mm)
(Video Field)
Mag
Field (mm)
(Video Field)
Working
Distance
0.32x
1.9x - 16x
106 -13.1
(49.8 - 6.1)
3.2x 25.6x
70.6 - 8.8
(49.8 - 6.1)
3.9x - 32x
55.4 - 6.9
(49.8 - 6.1)
5x - 40x
45.4 - 5.6
(49.8 - 6.1)
296 mm
0.5x
3.1x - 25x
67.7 - 8.4
(31.8 - 3.95)
5x - 40x
45.2 - 5.6
(31.8 - 3.95)
6.2x - 50x
35.5 - 4.4
(31.8 - 3.95)
7.8x - 62.8x
20 - 3.6
(31.8 - 3.95)
187 mm
0.63x
3.9x
- 31.5x
53.8 - 6.7
(25.3 - 3.15)
6.2x
- 50.4x
35.8 - 4.4
(25.3 - 3.15)
7.8x -63x
28.2 - 3.5
(25.3 - 3.15)
9.8x - 78.8x
23 -2.9
(25.3 - 3.15)
149 mm
1.0x (inc)
6.2x - 50x
33.9 - 4.2
(15.9 - 1.97)
9.9x - 90x
22.6 - 2.8
(15.9 - 1.97)
12.4x
- 100x
17.7 - 2.2
(15.9 - 1.97)
15.5x
- 125x
14.5 - 1.8
(15.9 - 1.97)
80 mm
The Video Field is based on a 1/2-inch CCD (8 mm diagonal) and a 0.5x camera adapter.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
502000
PZMIV Binocular Body With 10X Eyepieces, 1X Objective, Eye guards
502001
PZMTIV Trinocular Body With 10X Eyepieces, 1X Objective, Eye guards
502004 Boom Stand W/O Focus Mount (requires 502009 Focus Mount for PZMIV)
502005 Ball Bearing Boom Stand W/O Focus Mount (requires 502009 Focus Mount for PZMIV)
502006 Boom Clamp Stand (requires 502009 Focus Mount for PZMIV)
502007 Articulated Arm and Table Clamp w/o Focus Mount (requires 502009 Focus Mount for PZMIV)
502009 Universal Focus Mount for 76 mm PZMIV (Required for BS, AAC, BBS, and BCS) (5/8” pin)
502160
Lighted Fan Base, Fluorescent base, Tungsten Halogen beam
502010 10X Wide Field Eyepiece for PZMIV (pair)
502011 16X Wide Field Eyepiece for PZMIV (pair)
502012 20X Wide Field Eyepiece for PZMIV (pair)
502013 25X Wide Field Eyepiece for PZMIV (pair)
502015 Ring Light Adapter for PZMIV (For R-8-8-WPI01 Ring Light Guide)
502016 0.32x, Planachromatic Objective (Distortion-free) (296 mm WD)
502017 0.50x, Planachromatic Objective (Distortion-free) (187 mm WD)
502018 0.63x, Planachromatic Objective (Distortion-free) (149 mm WD)
502019 1.0x, Planachromatic Objective (Distortion-free) (80mm WD)
500261 0.3x CCD Camera Coupler, C-Mount (Use with Pixera Professional)
500262 0.5x CCD Camera Coupler, C-Mount (Use with COLCAM)
500263 0.75x CCD Camera Coupler, C-Mount
500028 1.0x CCD Camera Coupler, C-Mount (Use with Digital Camera Adapter Kit 501384)
501384 Digital Camera Adapter Kit (see page 222 for details)
500828 Stage Micrometer, 1 mm/200 div (recommended for calibrated photography)
502163 Wall Mount Plate for Articulated Arm System
NOVA NOVAFLEX Fiber Optic Illuminator
500186 Bifurcated Light Guide with Lenses
R-8-8-WPI01 Ring Light Guide
NOVA-186 NOVAFLEX Fiber Optic Illuminator with Bifurcated Light Guide and Lenses
EJA
Replacement Lamp for NOVAFLEX
502167
Replacement Fluorescent lamp for Lighted Fan Base (502160)
502168
Replacement Tungsten Halogen lamp for Lighted Fan Base (502160)
CCD Camera
Couplers — C-Mount,
available as 0.3x,
0.5x and 0.75x.
PZMIV SPECIFICATIONS
EYEPIECES
WFH 10×
AUXILIARY LENSES
1×
ZOOM RANGE
0.62× - 5×
TOTAL MAGNIFICATION
6.2× - 50×
ZOOM RATIO
8:1
FIELD OF VIEW
∅33.9- ∅4.2 mm
WORKING DISTANCE
80 mm
BINOCULAR TUBE
Inclined 45°
INTERPUPILARY DISTANCE
50 – 75 mm
DIOPTER ADJUSTMENT
± 5 Diopter
MICROSCOPE BODY
Rotatable 360°
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Eyepieces
16×, 20×, 25×
Auxiliary lenses
0.32×, 0.5×, 0.63×
Total Magnification
1.9× - 125×
∅106 - ∅1.8 mm
Field of view
Working Distance
80 – 296 mm
SHIPPING WEIGHT
23 lb.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
211
MICROSCOPES, CAMERAS
Precision Stereo ZOOM Microscope
Quality
and
Precision
to Improve
Your Vision
WPI’s third-generation stereomicroscope, PZMIII, is an
ideal tool for tissue dissection, cell injection, specimen
manipulation, electrode inspection, and many other
applications that require a magnified, stereo viewing and
ample working distance. It offers the leading brand’s quality
and performance at an affordable price. Advanced optics
provide the sharpest image that can only be found among
the best of this class. It is superior to many stereomicroscopes
costing almost twice as much. Zooming is achieved by
a spring-loaded nub that is smooth and effortless. The
compact size and light weight make it more stable and easily
manipulated on the boom stand. A specially designed photo/
video module can easily upgrade the binocular PZMIII to a
trinocular microscope at any time for photo, video, or digital
imaging. In addition, an extensive list of optional accessories
is available that can make the PZMIII suitable for almost
any bio-research applications requiring a stereomicroscope.
See next page for options (if the item you seek is not listed,
please call WPI).
Actual base wider
than pictured here. See
example at left.
PZMTIII-CCTV
(NTSC format)
PZMIII
PZMIII Precision Stereo Zoom Microscope (Model III), on Post Stand
PZMIII-BS
PZMIII Microscope on Boom Stand PZMIII-AAC PZMIII Microscope on Articulated Arm with Table Clamp PZMTIII
Precision Stereo Zoom Trinocular Microscope (Model III)
PZMTIII-CCTV PZMTIII Microscope Video System, including PZMTIII, Colcam Color Video Camera, 0.5X CCD Camera Coupler, Novaflex Optical Illuminator, Bifurcated Optical Fiber Light Guide, and 13" color TV monitor (NTSC format)
PZMTIII-BS
PZMTIII Microscope on Boom Stand
PZMTIII-AAC PZMTIII Microscope on Articulated Arm with Table Clamp
PZMTIII-BS-CCTV PZMTIII Microscope, Boom Stand, Video System
PZMTIII-AAC-CCTV PZMTIII Microscope, Articulated Arm, Video System
All PZMIII and PZMTIII microscopes come with 10x eyepieces
and built-in 1x auxiliary lens.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
212
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
PZMIII
#502163 Wall-Mount Plate —
Mount the microscope on the
wall for convenient storage
when space is tight.
40 cm
MICROSCOPES, CAMERAS
PZMIII-BS
#502005 Ball Bearing Boom
Stand — Dual Arm Ball Bearing Boom
Stand for increased stability and
smoother horizontal movements.
#502007
Articulated Arm
qwertyuiopas
PZMIII Eyepieces and Objectives
10x Eyepiece
Objective
Mag.
0.3x
2x - 13.5x
0.4x
2.7x - 18x
0.5x
3.4x - 22.5x
0.75x
5x - 33.8x
1.0x
6.7x - 45x
1.5x
10x - 67.5x
2.0x
13.4x - 90x
Field (mm)
(Video Field)*
114 - 17
(53.6 - 8)
86 - 13
(40.4 - 6.1)
69 - 10
(32.4 - 4.7)
45 - 7
(21.1 - 3.3)
34 - 5
(16 - 4.7)
23 - 3.4
(10.8 - 1.6)
12 - 2.5
(5.6 - 1.17)
15x Eyepiece
Mag.
3x - 20.3x
4x - 27x
5x - 33.8x
7.5x - 50.6x
10x - 67.5x
15x - 101.3x
20.1x - 135x
Field (mm)
(Video Field)*
84 -13
(53.6 - 8)
63 - 9
(40.4 - 6.1)
51 - 7
(32.4 - 4.7)
34 - 5
(21.1 - 3.3)
25 - 3.7
(16 - 4.7)
17 - 2.5
(10.8 - 1.6)
13 - 1.8
(5.6 - 1.17)
20x Eyepiece
Mag.
4x -27x
5.4x - 36x
6.7x - 45x
10x - 67.5x
13.4x - 90x
20.1x - 135x
26.8x - 180x
Field (mm)
(Video Field)*
69 - 10.3
(53.6 - 8)
52 - 7.7
(40.4 - 6.1)
42 - 6.2
(32.4 - 4.7)
28 - 4.2
(21.1 - 3.3)
21 - 3.1
(16 - 4.7)
14 - 2.1
(10.8 - 1.6)
10 - 1.5
(5.6 - 1.17)
25x Eyepiece
Mag.
5x - 33.8x
6.7x - 45x
8.4x - 56.3x
12.6x - 84.4x
16.8x - 112.5x
25.1x - 168.8x
33.5x - 225x
Field (mm)
Working
(Video Field)* Distance (mm)
44.8 - 6.7
(53.6 - 8)
33.6 - 5.0
(40.4 - 6.1)
26.9 - 4.0
(32.4 - 4.7)
17.9 - 2.7
(21.1 - 3.3)
13.4 - 2.0
(16 - 4.7)
9.0 - 1.3
(10.8 - 1.6)
6.7 - 1.0
(5.6 - 1.17)
287 mm
217 mm
#501381
0.5x C-mount
CCD Camera
coupler — Use
with cameras
which have
0.5‑in. CCD.
177 mm
117 mm
100 mm
47 mm
26 mm
* The video field of view is based on a 1/2-inch (8 mm diagonal) CCD camera and a 0.5x camera adapter.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
501352
PZMIII Binocular Body, pair of 10x eyepieces and eyeguards
501353
Fan Post Stand with 76mm Focus Mount
502009
Universal Focus Mount, 76 mm ID for PZMIII Body
502004
Boom Stand without Focus Mount
502005
Ball Bearing Boom Stand without Focus Mount
502007
Articulated Arm with Wall-Mount Plate, without Focus Mount 502163
Wall-Mount Plate, 6” x 6” (or 15.24 cm x 15.24 cm)
501367
Universal Focus Mount, 83mm ID for PZM Body
501369
Wide Field 10x Eyepieces (pair)
501370
Wide Field 15x Eyepieces (pair)
501371
Wide Field 20x Eyepieces (pair)
501372
Wide Field 25x Eyepieces (pair)
501373
0.3X Long Working Distance Objective Lens
501375
0.5x Long Working Distance Objective Lens
501376
0.75x Long Working Distance Objective Lens
501377
1.5x Long Working Distance Objective Lens
501378
2.0x Long Working Distance Objective Lens
501379
PZMTIII Trinocular Body, pair of 10x eyepieces and eye guards
501381
0.5x C-Mount CCD Camera Coupler
501384
Digital Camera Adapter Kit 13338
Ring Light Adapter for PZMIII Series
503051
Manual Stage for PZMiii RTCL-10
Reticle in 10x Eyepiece, 0-90°, 200 divisions per mm
RTCL-20
Reticle in 20x Eyepiece, 0-90°, 200 divisions per mm
#503051 Manual Stage — Mounts in the
circular opening in the PZMiii base. XY travel
distance: 75 x 56 mm. Glass size: 116 x 96 mm.
Active diameter: 37.6 mm. Dimensions: 180 x
155 x 27 mm. Fits this base only.
PZMIII SPECIFICATIONS
EYEPIECES
WFH 10x
ZOOM RANGE
0.67x - 4.5x
TOTAL MAGNIFICATION
6.77x - 45x
∅ 34 MM - ∅ 5 MM
FIELD OF VIEW
WORKING DISTANCE
100 mm
BINOCULAR TUBE
Inclined 45°
INTERPUPILLARY DISTANCE Adjustable 47-70 mm
DIOPTER ADJUSTMENT
±5 Diopter (both eyepiece tubes)
MICROSCOPE BODY
Rotatable 360°
AUXILIARY LENSES
Total magnification
2x - 225x
∅ 110 mm
Biggest Field of View
Working Distance
26-287 mm
SHIPPING WEIGHT
23 lb.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
213
MICROSCOPES, CAMERAS
Inverted
Microscope
The most durable, easy-touse microscope for inverted
applications and long
working distance optics
The most durable, easy-to-use microscope for
inverted applications and long working
distance optics The exclusive design
utilizes interchangeable sliders, thus
allowing a researcher to use the same
set of objectives for Bright Field, Phase
Contrast and Nomarski DIC examination of
living cells, cultures, sediments, precipitates
and other specimens. This also eliminates the
need for costly second and third sets of
objectives, making this microscope
both versatile and economical. The
microscopes come loaded with
valuable extras that would cost
hundreds of dollars from any other
manufacturer. Start using your
microscope right from the box!
• Bright Field
• Phase Contrast (10x or
20x)
• Nomarski DIC (with
IQ902DIC, IQ903DIC)
For complete
Specifications, go
online and visit
WPI's website —
www.wpiinc.com
• Long Working Distance
Objectives (corrected for
2.5 mm vessels)
• 10x and 15X eyepieces
• 10 micron Micrometer
reticle (15X eyepiece)
• Set of six high-quality
tinted filters
• Set of polarization
filters
• Centering telescope
• Replacement lamp
• Stage inserts and
extension plates
• 35mm Film Camera
• Lifetime warranty
OBJECTIVES
Contrast Technique
Working Distance
Numerical
Type
Magnification
Aperture
(mm)
BF
PH
POL
DIC
2.5X
0.08
20.0
t
t
TQA6.3X
0.20
19.0
t
t
Series Plan
10X
0.22
15.0
t
t
t
t
Achromats
20X
0.45
3.0
t
t
t
t
Mechanical Tube Length: 160mm; Parfocal Distance: 45mm; Glass Thickness: O-2.5mm.
WPI INVERTED
INV-IQ902
INV-IQ903
INV-IQ902DIC
INV-IQ903DIC
MICROSCOPE
Binocular Inverted Microscope, BF, PH, POL
Trinocular Inverted Microscope, BF, PH, POL
Binocular Inverted Microscope, BF, PH, POL, DIC
Trinocular Inverted Microscope, BF, PH, POL, DIC
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
500811
Trinocular Head
500812
Video (C-Mount) Adapter for 500811
500813
Vertical Eyepiece Tube Adapter (for video adapters 502161 & 502162)
500814
Photo Tube (T-Mount) Adapter for 500811
500816
Replacement Bulb, Halogen, 12V / 30W
500821
Eyepiece, 15x, wide field, F.N. 11
500825
Teaching Pointer Eyepiece with Eyecup, 10x
500826
Dual-View Teaching Attachment, includes 500825
500827
Micrometer Eyepiece, 10x, 10 mm / 100 div.
500828
Stage Micrometer, Reflected Light, 1 mm / 200 div.
500278
0.5x C-Mount—C-Mount Reducer
502162
0.5x C-mount (for 1⁄2” 8mm CCD cameras, use with 500813)
502161
0.3x C-mount (for 1/3” 6mm CCD cameras, use with 500813)
502166
Micrometer Eyepiece, 15x, F.N. 11 (10 mm / 100 div)
Specify line voltage.
Shipping Weight: 94 lb (43 kg) — 40x42x30” (102x107x76 cm)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
214
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
MULTISCOPE™ Modular Microscope
The most versatile, durable and affordable Bright Field Microscope on the market
● Modular design allows you to configure your
microscope to suit your needs
● Unique Fine Wheel enables you to quickly bring
specimens into sharp focus
MICROSCOPES, CAMERAS
Brightfield
Brightfield Trinocular
MOD-BMH-BF
MOD-TMH-BF-V
MODULAR MICROSCOPE FEATURES AND SPECIFICATIONS
OPTICAL SYSTEM
160mm Mechanical Tube Length, 33mm Parfocal Distance, 28X–1000X Magnification for observation
HEAD
Binocular 45° inclined, Trinocular 30° inclined, 360° rotatable. Magnification: 1.1X, 1.6X, 2.5X. IPD adjustment range: 55mm-75mm.
DA (left eyepiece) ±5dpt
NOSEPIECE
Quadruple, aligned for parfocality and parcentricity
STAGE (BF)
Mechanical stage, X/Y controls. Size: 135mm x 120mm. Specimen cross-travel: 80mm x 40mm. Scale graduation: 1mm X 0.1mm
CONDENSER
Brightfield, N.A. 1.25, Abbe type. Spherically corrected
ILLUMINATION
Variable Halogen, 12V/20W Internal heat-absorbing filter. External power supply.
OBJECTIVE (BF)
EAB Achromats, 4X 0.12, 10X 0.25, 40X 0.65 (spring loaded), 100X 1.25 Oil Immersion (spring loaded)
EYEPIECE
10X, F.N. 18 Widefield. High eyepoint ESW Series
FILTERS
33mm Diffusing, 33mm Blue
Also included: Instruction manual, dust cover, spare bulb, immersion oil (Type A, 1/4 oz)
WPI MODULAR MICROSCOPE
MOD-BMH-BF
Binocular, M-Stage, Brightfield, Mechanical X-Y stage
MOD-TMH-BF-V Trinocular- Video, M-Stage, Brightfield, Mechanical X-Y stage
Shipping info: 20 lbs (9kg); 21x16x16 (53.5x41x41cm)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
500811 Modular Trinocular Head 500812 1X Video (C-Mount) Adapter for 500811
500813 Vertical Eyepiece Tube Adaptor (for Video adaptors 502161 & 502162)
500814 Photo Tube (T-Mount) Adapter for 500811
500815 Replacement Bulb for MOD microscopes, 6V / 20W
500821 Eyepiece, 15x, wide field, F.N. 11
500822
500823
500827
500828
502162
502161
Rugged construction for
years of reliable service
backed by a limited five-year
manufacturer’s warranty
Objective, 20x, 0.40, Achromatic, Brightfield
Objective, 60x, 1.0-0.70, Achromatic, Oil, Brightfield
Micrometer Eyepiece, 10x, 10 mm/100 div.
Stage Micrometer, Reflected Light, 1 mm/200 div.
0.5X C-mount (for 1⁄2” (8mm) CCD Camera, use with 500813
0.3X C-mount (for 1/3” (6mm) CCD Camera, use with 500813
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
215
21" (53 cm)
MICROSCOPES, CAMERAS
High intensity
source for fiber
optic illumination
The NOVAFLEX Fiber Optic Il­lu­mi­na­tor
provides reli­able, un­in­ter­rupt­ed highintensity light for micro­scopes and fiber op­tic
spectrometers. The most wide­ly used halo­gen
light source, NOVAFLEX allows a continuous
range of subdued or concentrated light­ing
controlled by a rotary dim­mer on the front
panel. NOVAFLEX may be used with a ring
light and single or bi­fur­cat­ed flex­i­ble fiber
bundles, en­abling the light beam to be placed
ex­act­ly where need­ed. Forced air cool­ing
prolongs lamp life. EJA lamp color temper­a­ture
is 3350°K. An interlock switch automatically
cuts off power when front panel is opened to
replace bulb. Rugged alu­mi­num case.
Bifurcated Light
Guide 500186
available
separately
Size: 24 x 13 x 16 cm (9.375 x 4.75 x 6.25 in.)
Weight: 4.8 kg (9 lb)
NOVA
NOVA-Z
MSI-150
MSI-150Z
NOVA-186
NOVAFLEX Fiber Optic Illuminator (115 V, 60 Hz)
NOVAFLEX Fiber Optic Illuminator (230 V, 50 Hz)
Illuminator w/ diaphragm, filter holder (115 V, 60 Hz)
Illuminator w/ diaphragm, filter holder (230 V, 50 Hz)
NOVAFLEX Illuminator & Bifurcated Light Guide
LIGHT GUIDES AND ACCESSORIES
500186
Bifurcated Light Guide (with lenses)
R-8-8-WPI01 Ring Light Guide for PZM and PZMIII Series*
*Requires adapter #13338 for use with PZM, PZMII and PZMIII.
13338*
Ring Light Adapter (48 mm ∅) for PZM, PZMII, PZMIII
502015* Ring Light Adapter for PZMIV
SI-72-8 Flexible Light Guide, 72 in. (183 cm) Requires L-32-32
SI-40-8 Flexible Light Guide, 40 in. (102 cm) Requires L-32-32
L-32-32 Lens for SI-40-8 and SI-72-8
ST-HA
Infrared Blocking Filter for MSI-150
5475
Adapter for SMA-terminated Fiber Optic Cables
EJA
Replacement Lamp, 150 Watt
* A ring light adapter is included with each PZMIII and PZMIV microscope.
Fiber Optic Illuminator controls
light color and intensity
MSI-150 SPECIFICATIONS
LAMP TYPE
EJA (150 W)
INPUT VOLTAGE
115 V or 230 V
INPUT FREQUENCY
50/60 Hz
OUTPUT LAMP VOLTAGE
21 VAC
LAMP COLOR TEMPERATURE 3350K

This versatile 150 W halogen high-intensity fiber optic
illuminator fea­tures a quick change lamp module for easy ac­cess
and fast re­place­ment. A solid state dim­mer adjusts voltage,
ex­tends lamp life, and chang­es color tem­per­a­ture. A mechanical
diaphragm allows color tem­per­a­ture to remain constant as light
out­put changes. EJA lamp (included) provides optimum light
output. Light guides available separately.

Light guides
available separately
ID: 58 mm
 Flexible Light Guides SI-40-8 and SI-72-8, with 8 mm diam‑
eter fiber and non-metallic sheath, are suitable for use in a
Faraday cage. (Lens
L-32-32 available separately.)

 Ring Light R-8-8-WPI01 can be used with PZM Stereo
Microscope for shadow-free illumination. 18-in. (46 cm) flexible
cable
L-32-32
 Filter holder accepts two 20 mm x 2 mm filters (not incuded).
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
216
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
l Holds specimen at
any temperature,
from -20° to 100°C
l Digital display of
set-up and operating
temperatures
l Control to within
0.1°C
Thermoelectric Stage Insert
TS-4 is a thermoelectric (Peltier) device and has
no moving parts. Only AC current and a trickle
of running water are needed for operation.
Available in two versions (TS-4, range -20° to
+60°C, and TS-4ER, range -20° to +100°C),
the device consists of a stage, a controller, and
an optional pump unit.
The stage is a thin, nickel-coated copper
plate with a thermoelectric module mounted
on one side. The plastic base is the same size
and thickness as a glass slide and fits onto
TS-4
TS-4ER
TPC-4/PTU
TPC-4ER/PTU
TPC-4SPD
TS-4SPDER
TPC-4LPD
the mechanical stage of the microscope in the
same manner as a slide. The thermal stage can
therefore be moved relative to the optics by the
normal mechanical stage controls. A hole in the
metal plate permits the use of transmitted light.
Water is required for removal of excess heat
from the stage. The two water tubes have selfsealing connections to prevent spills. Running
water from a tap can be used. If tap water is
not easily accessible, the optional pump and
tank unit is compact and convenient.
Thermal Microscope Stage & Controller
Thermal Microscope Stage & Controller (extended range)
Thermal Microscope Stage with Pump & Tank Unit
Thermal Microscope Stage (extended range) w/ Pump & Tank Unit
Thermal Microscope Stage, accommodates 35 mm petri dish
Thermal Microscope Stage (extended range) 35 mm petri dish Thermal Microscope Stage, accommodates 100 mm petri dish
Specify line voltage
heating and cooling. During set-up the digital
display indicates the control temperature being
selected. The actual temperature is displayed
during operation.
The thermometer circuitry in the TS-4 can
also be used as an independent instrument,
either with the microprobe supplied or with any
type T thermocouple sensor. A switch on the
front panel allows easy selection of the external
sensor. Range of the thermometer is -100° to
+200°C.
TS-4 SPECIFICATIONS
STAGE
11/4 x 11/2 in. (32 x 38 mm)
TEMP. CONTROLLED SURFACE
16 oz. (454 g) including leads
WEIGHT
Copper, nickel plated, 5 ft (1.5 m)
LEAD
CONTROLLER
TEMP. RANGE
-22° C to +60° C
RESOLUTION
0.1°C
POWER CONSUMPTION
Approx. 100 Watts
DIMENSIONS
8 x 7 x 17 in. (20 x 18 x 43 cm)
WEIGHT
17 lb (7.7 kg)
THERMOMETER
TS-4LPD — Designed to accomodate a 60mm or 100mm petri dish.
Range: -5 to 60 °C.
TS-4SPD — Designed to accomodate
a 35mm petri dish. Collar may be
removed for temperature controlled
slide applications. Range: -15 to 60 °C
(TS-4SPDER: -15 to 85 °C).
TEMP. RANGE
-100° C to +200° C
RESOLUTION
0.1° C
SENSOR
Type T thermocouple
For more configuration options, please see the WPI
Web site or contact [email protected]
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
217
MICROSCOPES, CAMERAS
Sensors mounted on the stage
provide temperature monitoring
for control purposes and safety.
The safety sensors prevent
overheating in case of failure of
cooling water supply or other
malfunction.
The controller produces
a maximum of 10 Amps at
approximately 5 volts DC for
the thermoelectric modules in
the stage. Output polarity is
automatically reversed when the
stage requires a change from
Precision Heater Controller
Smart, electrically quiet air heater for live cell
imaging systems and custom incubators
MICROSCOPES, CAMERAS
Maintenance of the desired temperature
set-point can now be achieved through the
use of a precision, shielded temperature
probe coupled to a peripheral Air-Therm
heating unit.
Precision: Noise is a major concern
in any experimental application. WPI's
Air-Therm™ is electrically quiet as well as
acoustically quiet). Since the Air-Therm
can be placed away from the incubator,
any residual electrical and vibrational
interference from the heater is virtually
eliminated. Accuracy of ±0.1°C can be
routinely maintained at the sample site
(using a fully programmable differential
algorithm to automatically adjust the
temperature on the Air-Therm unit). AirTherm maintains a uniform temperature
across the microscope stage (allowing for
uniform heating of multiwell dishes). These
tight tolerances result in minimal focal drift
once sample/incubator equilibrium has
been achieved. Furthermore, because of the
airflow pattern and temperature uniformity,
the incubator temperature rapidly readjusts
following the opening of incubator doors
(e.g., during sample changing/manipulation
or microscope hardware manipulation).
Glass Bottom Dishes: For high
numerical aperture (NA) live-cell imaging,
cells must be plated on glass (e.g., WPI’s
FluoroDish Glass Bottom Dishes, spotting
0.17 mm glass thickness) or standard
cover slips. Since cover slips inherit
other problems associated with sterility
and accidental damage to expensive
microscope condensers, WPI designed new
and improved glass bottom dishes (35 mm
x 10 mm or 35 mm X 22 mm) that are not cytotoxic. A special adhesive
in conjunction with an advanced dish design makes the FluoroDish the
only non-cytotoxic glass dish in the world. See page 76. This means that
cells can actually be cultured for 4 to 5 days in the same dish and then
carry the complete cell culture with media from the incubator directly into
AIR-THERM SPECIFICATIONS
AIR FLOW RATE
20 to 50 CFM (0.55 to 1.4 cubic meter/M)
CONTROL TEMP. RANGE
Ambient to 60°C
TEMPERATURE RESOLUTION
0.1 °C
TEMPERATURE ACCURACY
0.2 °C
CONTROL MODES
(a) Auto (PID set manually, or Self-Tune)
(b) Manual tune
ANALOG OUTPUT FOR CHART RECORDER
0.5°C resolution
0-10V, 0 to 100 C (default, adjustable via controller)
HEATING VOLUME
More than 4 cu ft (85 liter), non-circulating
POWER (CE)
300 W, 95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
DIMENSIONS
61⁄2 x 8 x 71⁄2 in. (15.5 x 21 x 19 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
10 lb (4.5 kg)
the (Air-Therm controlled) recording chamber. This is a comfort level that
hitherto was unattainable by scientists and clinical researchers since cells
will have to be transported from the culture dishes on to cover slips just
prior to imagery or attaching patch electrodes.
Chamber: The most problematic aspect of any live cell imaging
procedure or patch clamp approach is the thermal drift of high
magnification lenses caused by temperature fluctuations in the
microscope's environment. It is necessary to constantly readjust the focus
during image acquisition due to this thermal-drift, introducing artifacts
during quantitative microscopy due to the photo-bleaching that occurs
during refocusing. The optimal solution to this problem is to use WPI’s AirTherm temperature controller connected to a Plexiglas or acrylic chamber
that encloses the entire imaging area (or at least the objectives and the
stage). Using such a chamber will result in highly stable temperature
control and minimal thermal drift.
AIRTHERMY-ATXAir-Therm Heater 120 V, U.S.
AIRTHERMZ-ATXAir-Therm Heater 240 V Specify line cord
2 pieces of 4.5 ft clear, coil-reinforced heater hose included with Air-Therm.
Specify Line (Mains) Voltage
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
15590
Clear hose, 2.5” diam., 4.5 ft
300276
Replacement platinum temperature probe
3491
5 ft (1.5m) probe extension cable
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
218
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Heated and Cooled Stage Inserts
Accurate and reliable specimen
temperature control
Cooled stage insert
● Accurate, reliable temperature control using peltier “heat pump”
● Controller can be tuned to achieve ±3ºC from ambient down to 10ºC
● High thermal conductivity material for uniform temperature distribution
● All solid-state electronics for long-life
Heated stage insert
Temperature
Ambient to 10ºC
Accuracy
±0.1ºC
Power
115/230 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Cooled Stage INSERT
Thickness
3 mm thick
OD
Dependent on microscope
Controller Dimensions
H x W x D
75 x 200 x 140 mm (2.3 x 7.9 x 5.5 in)
Weight 0.65 kg (1.4 lb)
● 24 heating elements arranged in parallel for very high reliability
● High thermal conductivity material for uniform temperature distribution
● Direct contact bewteen heated insert surface and petri dish/slide
● All solid-state electronics for long-life
Heated Stage Inserts have the following standard options:
Diameter 110 mm for Olympus IX, IMT2
108 mm for Nikon Diaphot, Eclipse
100 mm for WPI Inverted Microscope
Aperture 6 mm, 16 mm
HEATED STAGE SPECIFICATIONS
Cooled Stage Inserts have the following standard options:
Diameter 108 mm for Nikon Diaphot, Eclipse
Aperture 6 mm, 16 mm
Temperature
Ambient to 50ºC
Accuracy
±0.1ºC
Power
115/230 VAC, 50/60 Hz
HEATed STAGE Insert Thickness
3 mm thick
OD
Dependent on microscope
Controller Dimensions
H x W x D
75 x 200 x 140 mm (2.3 x 7.9 x 5.5 in)
Weight 0.65 kg (1.4 lb)
When ordering, please specify your choices from the standard
options above by replacing “xxx” with the diameter of insert and YY
with diameter of aperture hole in millimeters. In the order number,
“BE” represents bottom entry wires for microscope mounting, and
“SE” represents side entry wires for bench mounting.
14417-F-xxx-yy
14417-F-xxx-yy-SE
500820-F-xxx-yy
Heated Stage Insert & Controller
Heated Stage Insert & Controller
Cooled Stage Insert & Controller
Specify line voltage.
Transparent Heated Stage Insert
The transparent heated stage allows better visibility of the stage area. The
heating element is incorporated in transparent glass with see-through area of
80 mm in diameter. Temperature control box is included with the stage.
TempERATURE Range
Ambient to ~ 40 deg C
TempERATURE Accuracy Stability 0.1 deg C
Accuracy
0.5 deg C (user adjustable offsets
for calibration in situ)
Power
24V, ~10W
Heated Stage Thickness 0.8 mm glass
See-through Area
80 mm diameter
502032
502033
502034
Transparent Heated Stage insert, 108 mm diam., for microscope stage mounting, including temperature control box
Transparent Heated Stage insert, 110 mm diam., for microscope stage mounting, including temperature control box
Transparent Heated Stage insert, 110 mm diam., for bench mounting, including raised stand* and temperature control box
* Specify required height of stand
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
219
MICROSCOPES, CAMERAS
COOLED STAGE SPECIFICATIONS
The heated stage insert maintains the temperature of a petri dish or slide
on a microscope from ambient to 50ºC ±0.1ºC. A 24-heating element
array maintains the temperature of the stage.
The cooled inserted stage achieves ±3ºC from ambient down to 10ºC.
A Peltier “heat pump” maintains the temperature of the stage. The heat is
removed from the cooled insert stage by a water cooled heat exhanger
that requires a water supply with an 8‑mL/min flow rate.
These two stages will fit most inverted and standard microscopes with
circular inserts.
Digital Eyepiece
Camera
MICROSCOPES, CAMERAS
Cap
XLI k for
s
e
ec
ud
Incl re — ch ine
a
w
onl
soft etails
d
USB CAM-3M
Colour CMOS QXGA (3.1 Mpixel) Camera
DEC-18
Digital Microscope
Camera
Digital Eyepiece Cameras provide an easy and economical solution
for capturing digital video from the microscope and recording it in your
computer. The image is taken from the ocular port, so there is no need for
the microscope to have a separate photo port. It can be used on any type
of microscope. Since the camera connects directly to the computer’s USB
port, no video capture card is necessary. The diameter of the field of view
in the primary image plane for the digital camera is up to 18 mm.
ScopePhoto software aids in analysis of the captured images.
l Image archival with data attachment (*.PTL format, other formats are
also supported).
l Image capture through VFW and Twain interface.
l Image cut-&-paste from image to image, image to file.
l Image basic operations like other similar software are included in the
Image menu.
l Image layer operation specially designed for the measurement
operation.
DEC-18
This high performance camera incorporates a half-inch 2048 x 1536
(QXGA) image array and an on-chip 10-bit A/D convertor capable of
operating up to 7.5 frames per second (fps) with full resolution and 20 fps
at XGA (1024 x 768) resolution. The camera uses USB 2.0 connectivity to
transfer images to the user’s computer. The simple plug-and-play software
allows the resolution to be changed easily.
l Optical black level calibration l Video or snapshot operations
l Auto Exposure l Auto Gain Control l Auto White Balance
l Variable Frame Rate
l On-chip R/G/B channel and luminence average counter
l Power on reset and power down mode l Integral IR filter
l USB 2.0 “B” type connector l Standard adjustable C-mount
USBCAM-3M 3.1 Megapixel Digital Microscope Camera
Digital Eyepiece Camera
DIGITAL CAMERA SPECIFICATIONS
DEC-18
USBCAM-3M
/3" CMOS 350K pixels
(still) 640 x 480
1
IMAGE SENSOR
MAX RESOLUTION
1
MAX RESOLUTION
(motion) 640 x 480, 15 fps; 320 x 240, 30 fps
VIEW FIELD
USAGE
Dynamic range
SENSITIVITY
Inscribed rectangle of ∅18 mm
Ocular-tube, photo-tube
FILE FORMAT
EXPOSURE
SHUTTER CONTROL
INTERFACE
SYSTEM REQUIREMENT
SOFTWARE
WEIGHT
CAMERA SIZE
CAMERA BODY
Accessories
WHITE BALANCE
2.7 v/[email protected]
2.1 v/[email protected]
2.0 v/[email protected]
BMP, TIFF, JPG, PICT, PTL
Automatic
Automatic
USB cable of length 2 m
Windows XP
Driver for USB 1.0, compatible with USB 2.0;
ScopePhoto software
4.8 oz without eyepiece adapter
Cylindrical, @ 50 mm
Anodized aluminum
30 mm, 30.5 mm adapter
Tungsten, Fluorescent
/2" CMOS, 3.1 M pixels
(Still) 2048 x 1536, 1024 x 768
(motion) 2048 x 1536 @ 7.5 fps;
1024 x 768 @ 20 fps
Inscribed rectangle of ∅18 mm
C-mount only
>52 dB
1 v/lux-sec
XLICap software has many
unique features for still and live
image capture
l Simple layout with toolbar for common
functions
l Pan and Zoom with selectable
magnification
l Selectable image Resolutions
l Mirror / Flip / Rotate Image options
l Save images in a variety of formats
l Record live videos
BMP, TIFF, JPG
Automatic/Manual
Automatic/Manual
USB cable of length 2 m
Windows XP, Service Pack 2
l Email a screen shot instantly
Driver for USB 2.0; XLICap software
l Copy to clipboard and paste into other
applications
4.8 oz
86 x 30 x 60 mm
Anodized aluminum
C-mount required on microscope
Tungsten, Fluorescent
l On-screen annotation and time/date
stamping
l Freeze the image at any time
l Automatic one-touch white balance
l Colour or black and white mode
l Save and restore Custom Preference
Profiles
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
220
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Color Video Camera for Microscopy
COLCAMNTSC
COLCAMPAL-B
COLCAMPAL-Z
COLCAM
Specifically chosen for its high quality video
imaging and large 1⁄2” CCD (8mm), the Colcam
is the clear choice for WPI Trinocular
microscopes. This camera was
specifically detailed for use with
WPI standard C-mount couplers
to assure the quality capture of
still images and video. COLCAM
incorporates the latest CCD
image sensor for color signal
output to “NTSC” (North American)
or “PAL” (European) video systems.
A high signal-to-noise ratio of
50 dB permits clear images with
low light levels. A C-mount is required
for use with microscopes. Includes a
standard tripod mount, power supply and 6-ft
BNC-terminated cable with an RCA adaptor.
(Lens not included.)
Color CCD Video Camera (120 V, US plug)
Color CCD Video Camera (240 V, British plug)
Color CCD Video Camera (240 V, Euro plug)
Microscope Mount: Please specify model of microscope when requesting a quote.
If PAL is needed in 120V line systems or NTSC in 240V mains systems, please specify.
COLCAM SPECIFICATIONS
Image Device
See COLCAM mounted on PZMIII
microscope, page 212.
VCAM (b&w) SPECIFICATIONS
NTSC
PAL
EIA
CCIR
1/2-inch CCD
1/2-inch CCD
1/2-inch CCD
1/2-inch CCD
Picture Elements
811 x 508
795 x 596
811 x 508
795 x 596
Scanning System
525 lines, 60 fields / sec
625 lines, 50 fields / sec
525 lines, 60 fields / sec
625 lines, 50 fields / sec
Minimum Illumination
0.2 Lux/F1.2 (5600°K)
0.02 Lux -6 dB output acceptable illumination 0.01 Lux
Resolution
470 TV lines
600 TV lines
Dimensions
35 x 35 x 42 mm (1.4" x 1.4" x 1.7")
42 x 48 x 95 mm (1.7" x 1.9" x 3.7"), excluding connectors
< 300 g
390 g
Weight
MICROSCOPES, CAMERAS
l Sensitivity of 0.2 lux @ f1.2
l Resolution of 470 TV lines
l No burn in, no image lag, no geometric
distortion.
l Magnetically shielded.
l Composite video out at 1 Vpp @ 75 ohms.
l Power consumption under <2W @ 12VDC
l S/N ratio 52 dB, typ., 60 dB max.
l Gamma of .45.
l Operating temperature range of –20 to 50°C.
l White balance color temperature switchable
l Includes standard tripod mount, power
supply, 6-ft (~2m) BNC cable, RCA adaptor.
Monochrome Video Camera for Microscopy
VCAMBWNTSC
VCAMBWPAL-B
VCAMBWPAL-Z
VCAMBW monochrome camera is available
for either EIA (North American) or CCIR
(European) video systems. Resolution is 600
horizontal TV lines. High 50 dB signal-to-noise
ratio permits clear images with low light levels.
Includes, power supply and 6-ft BNC-terminated
cable with an RCA adaptor and has excellent IR
response
B&W CCD Video Camera (120 V, US plug)
B&W CCD Video Camera (240 V, British plug)
B&W CCD Video Camera (240 V, Euro plug)
1.0
Relative Response
l Sensitivity of 0.05 lux @ f1.2
l Resolution is 600 horizontal TV lines
l No burn in, no image lag, no geometric
distortion.
l Magnetically shielded.
l Composite video out at 1 Vpp @ 75 ohms.
l Power consumption 3W @ 12VDC
l Internal configurations for gamma, shutter
speed, and AGC on/manual.
l Operating temperature range of –20 to
55°C.
l 50 dB S/N ratio
l External sync 0.5 Vpp or composite input
l Includes standard tripod mount, power
supply and 6-ft (~2m) BNC cable and RCA
adaptor.
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.0
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
Wavelength (nm)
Microscope Mount: Please specify model of microscope when requesting a quote.
If PAL is needed in 120V line systems or NTSC in
240V mains systems, please specify.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
221
Pumps & Fluid Handling
Peristaltic Pumps
Peri-StarTM Pro Peristaltic Pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
MityFlex Peristaltic Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Mini-Star™ Miniature DC Meristaltic Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Vacuum Pump
PUMPS, FLUID HANDLING
LV140 Vacuum Pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Laboratory Syringe Pumps
Aladdin Syringe Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
SP Series Syringe Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Eagle Pipetters
Eagle Pipetters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Universal Pipette Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Remote Micro Syringe Pump / Stereotaxic Injection
UltraMicroPump II Microsyringe Pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
DMP & MMP Manual Microsyringe Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Oocyte Injection
Nanoliter 2000 Microprocessor Controlled Injector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Single and Multi-channel Micro Pressure Injection
PV820 Pneumatic PicoPump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
PV830 Pneumatic PicoPump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Supplies & Tools
Syringes for SP Series and Aladdin Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Syringes, Microvolume, for UltraMicroPump II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Pressure Manometers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
NanoFil™ Specialty Microsyringe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
µTip™ Micropipettes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Micro Cannula. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
MicroFil™ Non-metallic Syringe Needles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
222
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Which pump is right for you?
encourage you to phone or email us and speak
to a tech support specialist. In the meantime,
we have tried to simplify the process by listing
all of the pumps and injectors in a chart that
sorts them by technology, flow range and
special features. Special features tell you about
applications of the pump or technical aspects
that are more properly discussed in a technical
manual than a catalog entry. We frequently
use the terms Infuse/Withdraw (I/W), Push/Pull
and RS232, and these terms are defined below.
Many of the syringe pumps can be had with
an alarm option that alerts the user to end of
travel or blocked flow and a “P” option that
allows programmable flow and volume profiles
without using the RS232 computer interface.
Infuse/Withdraw: Describes a feature of
a syringe pump whereby the syringe plunger
is held by the pusher so the motor can pull
the plunger back, withdrawing fluid as well as
pushing the plunger to infuse it.
Push/ Pull: Again, a feature of syringe
pumps which use two syringes mounted back
to back so movement of the pusher block will
simultaneously withdraw fluid into one syringe
and infuse an equal amount from the other.
RS232: This is a serial interface. Some pumps
in the WPI line can be addressed by computer.
Simple programs can be created to control the
pump rate, the overall volume. Flow ramps or
other profiles and temporal sequences can be
written. In addition, pumps can be daisy-chained
together to create a pump network. In such a
network, each pump has its own address and
can be addressed separately by the program.
Pump Type
Fluid Range
Number of
Channels
Peripro-2H
Peristaltic
0.8 - 300 mL/min
2
Calibrated output Replaceable tubing cartridges
Peripro-4H
Peristaltic
0.8 - 300 mL/min
4
Calibrated output Replaceable tubing cartridges
Peripro-4L
Peristaltic
0.01-80 mL/min
4
Calibrated output Replaceable tubing cartridges
Peripro-8L
Peristaltic
0.01-80 mL/min
8
Calibrated output Replaceable tubing cartridges
MityFlex
Peristaltic
1.7-800 mL/min
1
High Volume
MINISTAR
Special features
Peristaltic
0.006- 37 mL/min
1
Compact design, Remote control
AL1000
Syringe
0.000073-1699 mL/hr
1
Push/pull
AL2000
Syringe
0.000073-1699 mL/hr
2
Push/pull (2 networked pumps)
SP100i
Syringe
0.0001-519 mL/hr
1
Basic 1 Channel
SP101i
Syringe
0.001 µL/hr – 35mL/min
2
Micro Dialysis application
SP200i
Syringe
0.001µL/hr - 145 mL/min
2
RS232 TTL/Footswitch
SP220i
Syringe
0.001µL/hr - 21 mL/min
10
RS232 Infuse Only
SP250i
Syringe
0.001µL/hr - 21 mL/min
4
RS232 Infuse Only
SP210iw
Syringe
0.001µL/hr - 145 mL/min
2
RS232 Infuse/Withdraw
SP230iw
Syringe
0.001µL/hr - 21 mL/min
10
RS232 Infuse/Withdraw
SP120p
Syringe
0.1 µL/hr – 127 mL/hr
1+1
push pull, single cycle
SP260p
Syringe
0.001µL/hr - 86 mL/min
2+2
RS232 push pull, single cycle
SP210c
Syringe
0.001µL/hr - 86 mL/min
2+2
RS232 push pull, continuous
UMP2
Syringe
0.03nL/min - 10 µL/sec
1
Ultra Micro Infuse/Withdraw RS232
B203XV
Syringe
Bolus, 2.3-69 mL/Injection
1
Oocyte Injector, Infuse only
MMP
Syringe
Manual 100 µL-1mL syringe
1
Manual
DMP
Syringe
Manual 100 µL-1mL syringe
1
Digital readout Micrometer
PV820
Pneumatic
Bolus/Continuous Pressure,
Duration and Pipette dependent
1
Injection Pressure and Holding Pressure
PV830
Pneumatic
Bolus/Continuous Pressure,
Duration and Pipette dependent
1
Injection Pressure and Holding Pressure and Vacuum
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
223
PUMPS, FLUID HANDLING
WPI carries a wide variety of fluid handling tools
utilizing three different technologies: peristaltic
pumps, syringe pumps and pneumatic
injectors. The range of applications and the
criteria by which one selects a particular pump
or injector is broad and complex and we
Peri-Star Pro
™
PUMPS, FLUID HANDLING
High performance digital peristaltic pump at an
affordable price!
l Display either rotation speed
(RPM) or flow rate (mL/min)
l Wide flow range: 0.01 280 mL/min
l Accuracy of flow rate: 0.5%
using self calibration function
l Accuracy of speed: 0.1 rpm
l Large backlit digital LCD
display
l Programmable for all tubing
sizes between 0.8 mm and
6.4 mm ID
l Easy and fast tubing
replacement using snap-on
cartridges
l Membrane keypad allows easy
programming while protecting
controls from fluid entry
l Actively driven rollers by
planetary gears for long
lasting tubing life.
Peri-Star™ Pro peristaltic pumps provide
accurate and precise pumping with convenience
and versatility. Peri-Star Pro can be run in either
flow rate mode (mL/min) or rotation speed
mode (rpm). For good laboratory practice,
pumps must be calibrated after changing the
tubing and solution. Users can easily calibrate
Peri-Star Pro to deliver flow as accurate as
0.5% in a wide flow range from 0.01 mL/min
to 280 mL/min. Under rotation speed mode,
the digitally controlled stepping motor provides
accurate and reproducible operation with 0.1%
rpm both forward and in reverse.
Large backlit digital LCD display provides
readouts of rotation direction, flow rate or
rotation speed, tubing ID, drive status and
remote control mode simultaneously. Water
resistant membrane keypad allows easy
programming while protecting LCD display and
controls from fluid entry.
Built-in Human Machine Interface (HMI) with
screen instructions in plain English steps users
through initial setup, calibration and operating
procedures. The user-friendly interface reduces
the need to frequently check the printed
manual for instruction and reference.
Peri-Star Pro is available in two versions: a
4-roller version for high flow and an 8-roller
version for lower volumes while providing high
pressure with minimal pulsations.
A unique planetary gear design with eight
actively driven rollers (four rollers for higher
flow rate model), together with independent
tubing compression fine adjustment, greatly
increases flow accuracy and prolongs tubing
life. Snap-on cartridges allow tubing to be
changed quickly without cross contamination of
solutions.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
224
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Available in 2-, 4‑ and 8-channel versions
Pump head for
PERIPRO-4L and
PERIPRO-4L-220
(4 channels, 8 rollers)
Pump head for
PERIPRO-4H and
PERIPRO-4H-220
(4 channels, 4 rollers)
Pump head for
PERIPRO-8L and
PERIPRO-8L-220
(8 channels, 8 rollers)
Peri-Star PRO Specifications
Peri-Star Pro 2H / 4H
(High Rate)
Number of rollers
Number of channels
Rotor Speed Range
Fluid Flow range
Tubing range
SELF-CALIBRATION
Working Environment
Power
Dimensions
Shipping weight
Peri-Star Pro 4L / 8L
(Low Rate)
4
8
2–4
4–8
1–100 rpm
1–100 rpm
0.8–280 mL/min
#17 Tubing: 3.5–280 mL/min
0.01–80 mL/min
#14 Tubing: 0.2–18 mL/min
3.1–6.4 mm ID
0.5–2.4 mm ID
Yes
Yes
0–45°C, Humidity < 80%
0–45°C, Humidity < 80%
110 V or 220 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz
110 V or 220 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz
190 x 162 x 275 mm
190 x 162 x 275 mm
11 lb / 5 kg
11 lb / 5 kg
PUMPS, FLUID HANDLING
Pump head for
PERIPRO-2H and
PERIPRO-2H-220
(2 channels, 4 rollers)
NEW PERI-STAR PRO PUMPS
PERIPRO-2HPeri-StarTM Pro, 2-channel, High Rate, Large Tubing
PERIPRO-2H-220Peri-StarTM Pro, 2-channel, High Rate, Large Tubing (220V)
PERIPRO-4HPeri-StarTM Pro, 4-channel, High Rate, Large Tubing
PERIPRO-4H-220Peri-StarTM Pro, 4-channel, High Rate, Large Tubing (220V)
PERIPRO-4LPeri-StarTM Pro, 4-channel, Low Rate, Small Tubing
PERIPRO-4L-220Peri-StarTM Pro, 4-channel, Low Rate, Small Tubing (220V)
PERIPRO-8LPeri-StarTM Pro, 8-channel, Low Rate, Small Tubing
PERIPRO-8L-220Peri-StarTM Pro, 8-channel, Low Rate, Small Tubing (220V)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
503049Replacement Tubing Cartridge, Large
503050Replacement Tubing Cartridge, Small
503022Replacement Silicone Tubing, 1m, 1.6 mm I.D., #14, with stops
503023Replacement –Silicone Tubing, 1m, 6.4 mm I.D., #17
503120
TTL Control Module
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
225
MityFlex
Peristaltic Pump
The MityFlex is an economical, variable speed, peristaltic pump that can
handle a wide variety of viscosities from air to gases to heavy slurries,
with consistent displacement.
This pump can be used for fluid transfer or for metering applications. By
varying the tubing a wide range of flow rates can be achieved. This is a
great value for medium to high flow applications.
MITYFLEX Specifications
NUMBER OF Rollers
2
Flow rate
1.7 to 800 mL/min. Variable speed-reversable
RPM range
8-228
Flow rates
Tubing I.D.
Flow Rate
1
/16 in.
1
/8 in.
3
/16 in.
1
/4 in.
1.7-48 mL/min*
7-190 mL/min
16-456 mL/min
28-800 mL/min
PUMPS, FLUID HANDLING
#14
#16
#25
#17
POWER
115 VAC / 60 Hz or 220 VAC / 50 Hz
Dimensions
22.6 x 14.2 x 19 cm (8.9 x 5.6 x 7.5 in.)
Shipping Weight
3.6 kg (8 lb)
* To use
Included with the MityFlex are four short lengths of Norprene™ tubing to fit into the
roller mechanism — 1/16", 1/8", 3/16", 1/4" — and black rollers for use with 3/16" to 1/4" tubing. The optional MITY-KIT includes replacement tubing and a set of red rollers for
use with 1/16" and 1/8" tubing. Norprene is a trademark of Saint-Gobain Performance Plastics Corp.
Masterflex Equiv.
/8 -in. or 1/16 -in. tubing, MITY-KIT is required.
1
500282
MityFlex Peristaltic Pump (110 V) 500283
MityFlex Peristaltic Pump (220 V)
MITY-KIT Replacement Parts Kit with Rollers
MITY-KIT includes 4 short lengths of Norprene™ tubing to fit into the roller
mechanism — 1/16", 1/8", 3/16", 1/4" — and red rollers for use with 1/16" tubing.
Mini★Star™
Miniature DC Peristaltic Pump
This compact and lightweight peristaltic pump fits just about
anywhere. It can be mounted directly on the bench, in a regular
rack or to a post. The MiniStar’s speed can be adjusted from 1rpm
to 50 rpm. With recommended silicone tubing, the volume can be
set from 0.006 mL/min to 37 mL/min. The MiniStar also features
a hand held remote control that allows users to start and stop the
pump, purge or adjust its speed and direction.
MINISTAR SPECIFICATIONS
Channel
1
Speed
1-50.0 rpm, forward/reverse
Flow range
0.006~37 mL/min
Resolution
1 rpm (0.1 rpm computer control)
Speed control
Remote control
Display
Indicators for status and speed
Power
12 V DC (110/220 VAC adapter incl.)
Working condition
Temperature 0-40°C, humidity < 80%
Tubing
Wall Thickness
Outer Diameter
Two-stop Silicone
0.8~1.0 mm
≤ 4.8mm
Dimension of driver 135×72×72 mm (L×W×H)
Dimension of remote control 105×50×16 mm (L×W×H)
Weight of driver
MINISTAR
503120
503121
503122
0.5 Kg
Miniature Peristaltic Pump, 1-channel
TTL Control Module
Silicone Tubing w stops, 2.4mm ID x 0.8mm wall x 1 m (5-pk)
Silicone Tubing w stops, 1mm ID x 1mm wall x 1 m (5-pk)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
226
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Aladdin
Programmable
Syringe Pump
● Programmable
● Economical
● Versatile
● Dual Pumping Action
The Aladdin was developed after years of design experience
responding to researchers’ requests on what an Infusion/
Withdrawal pump should be.
ALADDIN SPECIFICATIONS
SYRINGE SIZES
1-60 mL, or 0.5-5 µL micro syringes
NUMBER OF SYRINGES
1, 6, or 8, depending on model
MOTOR TYPE
Step Motor, 1/8 to 1/2 step modes
STEPS PER REVOLUTIONS
400
STEPPING (max. min.)
0.21 µm to 0.850 µm
MOTOR TO DRIVE SCREW RATIO
15/28
SPEED (max./min.)
5.1 cm/min / 0.0042 cm/hr
PUMPING RATES
1699 mL/hr with 60 mL syringe, to
0.73 µL/hr with 1 mL syringe
MAXIMUM FORCE
35 lb at min. speed, 18 lb at max. speed
NUMBER OF PROGRAM PHASES
41
RS-232 PUMP NETWORK
100 pumps maximum
POWER supply
Wall adapter 12V DC @ 850 mA
DIMENSIONS
22.9 x 14.6 x 11.4 cm
(8.75 x 5.75 x 4.5 in.)
WEIGHT
1.6 kg (3.6 lb)
Need a pump for two syringes? Two Aladdin pumps when daisy-chained
are more efficient and affordable than any competitor’s dual syringe models.
Two Aladdins (Al-2000) will perform as a dual infusion/withdrawal pump,
a double pump for infusing at different rates, a push/pull pump with one
infusing and one withdrawing at the same or different rates, two independent
pumps, or a master/slave pump. One Aladdin can even control the second for
continuous pumping with optional check valve set.
The Aladdin pump series will accept syringes from Becton Dickinson,
Monoject, Terumo, and Air-Tite.
AL-1000
Programmable Syringe Pump AL-2000
Two AL1000 Syringe Pumps Includes GN-TTL Interconnecting Cable for push/pull or continuous
pumping. Valves not included.
Specify line voltage
When ordering 220V models, specify UK, Euro or Australian line cord.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
GN-PC7
PC to pump cable, 7 ft
GN-PC25
PC to pump cable, 25 ft
GN-NET7
Pump-to-pump network cable, 7 ft
GN-NET25 Pump-to-pump network cable, 25 ft GN-TTL
Pump-to-pump reciprocating cable
ADPT2
Footswitch
The quietest, most compact
LV140 SPECIFICATIONS
Vacuum Pump
These linear-motor-driven free piston air
compressors and vacuum pumps are designed
with many technological breakthroughs. The
compressors and pumps are compact, ultraquiet and vibration-free. They feature a quick
start-off response, small output air pulsation
and low power consumption. In addition, these
also have a long working life of up to 3000
hours and can be easily maintained. They are
perfect as either pressure or vacuum sources
for a wide range of applications, including
filtration, bubbling, and pneumatic driving. The
LV140 vacuum pump is suitable for WPI’s 900A
Micropressure System and PV800 series pumps.
VACUUM
-53.3 kPa (-15.75 in. Hg)
RATED PRESSURE
—
RATED AIRFLOW
2.5 L/min (0.088 cfm)
MAXIMUM PRESSURE
—
LIFE EXPECTANCY
3000 hours or more
NOISE LEVEL
40 dB(A) or less
OUTLETMicro Coupler Socket
INLETMicro Coupler Socket
LV140-Y
DUTY CYCLE
60 minutes
DIMENSIONS
145 x 106 x 134 mm
WEIGHT
2.3 kg
LV140-Y
Vacuum Pump (120 V)
Includes one fitting for 3/16-in. (4.75 mm) ID tubing.
(220V-240V version no longer available.)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
227
PUMPS, FLUID HANDLING
● More Features
Syringe Pumps
Microprocessor-controlled syringe pumps for applications requiring high me­ter­ing
precision at low, pulse-free rates
Sturdy and reliable, ex­treme­ly sim­ple to set up and use — and sur­pris­ing­ly af­ford­able. Liquid crys­tal
displays (LCDs) prompt you through set­up:
1. Select syringe from table stored in the pump’s memory and dis­played on the LCD.
2. Enter the volume to be dispensed.
PUMPS, FLUID HANDLING
3. Enter the flow rate, press “start.”
It’s fast and simple. Your settings are permanently stored in memory — there’s no need to reenter them each day. SP pumps feature preset rate and volume control. Just set the volume you
want dispensed. Volume is tracked continuously on the LCD display. Then, when the preset volume
has been dispensed, the pump shuts off automatically. The easy-to-read digital dis­play provides
real-time read­ings using both parameters and val­ues for clearer, mistake-free readings. The SP200
Series pumps offer TTL and RS-232C interfaces and automatic shutoff under stall conditions.
Single-Syringe Infusion Pump
SP100i
SP100i SPECIFICATIONS
ModeInfusion
Syringe Size
10 µL to 60 mL (one)
Maximum Flow Rate
519 mL/hr
(60 mL Syringe)
Minimum Flow Rate
0.1µL/hr
(10 µL Syringe)
Linear Force
20 Ib (9 kg)
Advance Per Microstep
0.529 micron (1/2-step)
Maximum Step Rate
400 steps/sec
(1/2-step)
Minimum Step Rate
1 step/30 sec
Accuracy
< 1% error
Reproducibility
± 0.1%
Dimensions
9 x 6 x 5.5 in.
● Holds any size syringe, 10 µL to 50 mL
23 x 15 x 14 cm
● Automatic volume control and shutoff
Shipping Weight
7.5 Ib (3.4 kg)
This inexpensive single-syringe infusion pump
combines precision and simplicity with outstanding
ease of use and durability.
● Simple menu-driven setup: dispense
volume, dispense flow rate, syringe
diameter (selected from displayed table)
Available 95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
● Last settings stored in permanent memory
● Continuous dispense volume display
Two-Syringe Microdialysis Pump
SP101i
SPECIFICATIONS
SP101i
ModeInfusion
(Microdialysis)
Syringe Size
10 µL to 10 mL (two)
Maximum Flow Rate
0.351 mL/min.
(10 mL Syringe)
Minimum Flow Rate
0.001µL/min
(10 µL Syringe)
Linear Force
40 Ib (18 kg)
Advance Per Microstep
0.088 micron (1/2-step)
Maximum Step Rate
400 steps/sec
(1/2-step)
Minimum Step Rate
1 step/30 sec
Accuracy
< 1% error
Reproducibility
± 0.1%
Dimensions
9 x 6 x 5.5 in.
23 x 15 x 14 cm
Shipping Weight
7.5 Ib (3.4 kg)
Available 95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
Developed especially for use
in microdialysis experiments,
these pumps produce very
fine syringe movement. The
modified SP100i gearing
features a sixfold gear
reduction compared to
standard models, allowing
pumping at much
smaller flow rates.
(See sensors such as
ISO-NO and MicroC for detection of
dialysates.) The
SP101i is a dual
barrel infusion only
pump.
● Holds two syringes, 10 µL to 1­0 mL
SP100i
SP100iZ
SP101i
SP101iZ
####-A
Syringe Pump, Infusion (single), 95-135 V
Syringe Pump, Infusion (single), 220-240 V
Syringe Pump, Microdialysis (double, slow speed), 95-135 V
Syringe Pump, Microdialysis (double, slow speed), 220-240 V
All 240-volt pumps are CE-approved.
Audible Alarm (add “A” to end of pump part number when ordering)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
228
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Two-Syringe Infusion Pump
SP200i
This feature-laden two-syringe
infusion pump combines a broad
speed range and holds a wide range
of syringe sizes to meet the
requirements of virtually any
laboratory application.
SP200i SPECIFICATIONS
SP200i
ModeInfusion
Syringe Size
10 µL to 140 mL (two)
Maximum Flow Rate
(140 mL syringe)
145 mL/min
Minimum Flow Rate
0.001µL/hr
Linear Force
40 Ib (18 kg)
Advance Per Microstep
0.165 micron
Maximum Step Rate
1600 steps/sec
● Simple menu-driven setup: Syringe diameter (selected from
displayed table), Dispense volume, Dispense flow rate
Minimum Step Rate
1 step/100 sec
● Continuous dispense volume display
Accuracy
< 1% error
Reproducibility
± 0.1%
● Preset volume control and automatic shutoff
Dimensions
28 x 23 x 14 cm
11 x 9 x 5.5 in.
Shipping Weight
12 Ib (5.4 kg)
● Holds two syringes, 10
to 140 mL
● Backlit LCD display
● Knob locks/unlocks drive block for
effortless, drag-free adjustment
SP220i
● Optical encoder stall detection
● Choice of unit selection
ModeInfusion
Syringe Size
10 µL to 10 mL (ten)
10 µL to 60 mL (six)
10 µL to 140 mL (four)*
Maximum Flow Rate
21 mL/min (10 mL syringe)
Minimum Flow Rate
0.001µL/hr (10 µL Syringe )
Linear Force
40 lb (18 kg)
Advance Per Microstep
0.165 micron
Maximum Step Rate
1600 steps/sec (1/2-step)
Minimum Step Rate
1 step/100 sec
Ideal for applications requiring multiple syringes, this
pump has been modified to hold up to hold:
Accuracy
< 1% error
Reproducibility
± 0.1%
● One to ten syringes up to 10 mL
● One to six syringes, 20 mL to 60 mL
Dimensions
11 x 12 x 5.5 in.
28 x 30 x 14 cm
● One to four syringes, 100 mL to 140 mL.
Shipping Weight
12.5 Ib (5.7 kg)
● Last settings stored in permanent memory
Available 95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
● Built-in RS-232C interface for computer linking or
Multi-Syringe Infusion Pump
SP220i
Available 95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
Four-Syringe Nanoliter Infusion Pump
SP250i
Each syringe can be sized differently and is clamped
independently
● Holds four syringes, up to 10 mL each.
● Separate clamping accommodates different sizes.
SP250i SPECIFICATIONS
● Syringes may be positioned independently for
sequential dispensing by the pusher block.
SP250i
ModeInfusion
Syringe Size
10 µL-10 mL (four)
(syringes may be
different sizes)
Maximum Flow Rate
(10 mL syringe)
20.91 mL/min
Minimum Flow Rate
0.001µL/hr
Linear Force
40 Ib (18 kg)
Advance Per Microstep
0.165 micron
Maximum Step Rate
1600 steps/sec
Minimum Step Rate
1 step/100 sec
Accuracy
< 1% error
Reproducibility
± 0.1%
Dimensions
28 x 23 x 15 cm
11 x 9 x 6 in.
Shipping Weight
12 Ib (5.4 kg) Available 95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
SP200i
SP200iZ
SP220i
SP220iZ
SP250i
SP250iZ
####-A
####-P
Syringe
Syringe
Syringe
Syringe
Syringe
Syringe
Pump,
Pump,
Pump,
Pump,
Pump,
Pump,
Infusion (double), 95-135 V
Infusion (double), 220-240 V
Infusion (multiple), 95-135 V
Infusion (multiple), 220-240 V
Infusion (multiple, mixed volumes), 95-135 V
Infusion (multiple, mixed volumes), 220-240 V
All 240-volt pumps are CE-approved.
Audible Alarm (add “A” to end of pump part number when ordering)
Programmable Ramp Option (SP200 Series) (add “P” to end of pump part number when ordering)
OPTIONAL CABLES
15623
Serial cable, SP Pump-to-IBM 9-pin “D” connector
15624
Serial cable, SP Pump-to-Macintosh connector
15676
Serial cable, SP Pump-to-IBM 25-pin “D” connector
13685
SP Pump-to-Pump “Daisy-Chain” linking cable, 7 ft
13962
Footswitch for SP200 Series Pumps
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
229
PUMPS, FLUID HANDLING
SP220i SPECIFICATIONS
● Settings can be reviewed or changed during operation
Two-Syringe Infusion/Withdrawal Pump
SP210iw
The SP210iw offers you more advanced features
than any other infusion/withdrawal pump in its
price range—including five operating modes
plus independent rate and volume settings
for both infusion and withdrawal.
● All features of SP200i
● Independent rate and volume settings
for infusion and withdrawal
● Multiple mode selection: infusion,
withdrawal, infusion then
withdrawal, withdrawal then
infusion, or continuous cycle.
SP210iw SPECIFICATIONS
ModeInfusion/Withdrawal
Syringe Size
10 µL to 140 mL (two)*
Maximum Flow Rate
145 mL/min (140 mL syringe)
Minimum Flow Rate
0.001µL/hr
Linear Force
40 Ib (18 kg)
Advance Per Microstep
0.165 micron
Maximum Step Rate
1600 steps/sec
Minimum Step Rate
1 step/100 sec
Accuracy
< 1% error
Reproducibility
± 0.1%
Dimensions
11 x 9 x 5.5 in.
28 x 23 x 14 cm
Shipping Weight
12 Ib (5.4 kg)
PUMPS, FLUID HANDLING
Available 95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
Multi-Syringe Infusion/Withdrawal Pump
SP230iw
SP230iw SPECIFICATIONS
SP230iw
Ideal for applications requiring multiple syringes, the
SP220i and SP230iw are adaptations of the SP200i
and SP210iw, respectively. Each has been modified
to hold up to 10 syringes.
ModeInfusion/Withdrawal
Syringe Size
10 µL to 10 mL (ten)
10 µL to 60 mL (six)
10 µL to 140 mL (four)*
● SP220i has all features of SP200i
Maximum Flow Rate
21 mL/min (10 mL syringe)
● SP230iw has all features of
SP210iw
Minimum Flow Rate
0.001µL/hr (10 µL Syringe )
Linear Force
40 lb (18 kg)
● Both have the same multiple
syringe holder accommodating
10 syringes up to 10 mL, or six
syringes up to 50 mL, or four
syringes up to 140 mL.
Advance Per Microstep
0.165 micron
Maximum Step Rate
1600 steps/sec (1/2-step)
Minimum Step Rate
1 step/100 sec
Accuracy
< 1% error
Reproducibility
± 0.1%
Dimensions
11 x 12 x 5.5 in.
28 x 30 x 14 cm
Shipping Weight
12.5 Ib (5.7 kg)
Available 95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
SP210iw
SP210iwZ
SP230iw
SP230iwZ
####-A
####-P
Syringe Pump, Infusion & Withdrawal (double), 95-135 V
Syringe Pump, Infusion & Withdrawal (double), 220-240 V
Syringe Pump, Infusion & Withdrawal (multiple), 95-135 V
Syringe Pump, Infusion & Withdrawal (multiple), 220-240 V
All 240-volt pumps are CE-approved.
Audible Alarm (add “A” to end of pump part number when ordering)
Programmable Ramp Option (SP200 Series) (add “P” to end of pump part number when ordering)
OPTIONAL CABLES
15623
Serial cable, SP Pump-to-IBM 9-pin “D” connector
15624
Serial cable, SP Pump-to-Macintosh connector
15676
Serial cable, SP Pump-to-IBM 25-pin “D” connector
13685
SP Pump-to-Pump “Daisy-Chain” linking cable, 7 ft
13962
Footswitch for SP200 Series Pumps
Syringes with Luer Fitting (no needle)
WPI Part #
Volume ILS005LT
5 µL
ILS010LT
10 µL
ILS025TLL
25 µL
ILS050TLL
50 µL
ILS100TLL
100 µL
ILS250TLL
250 µL
ILS500TLL
500 µL
300035
Description
O.D.
ILS 5 µL Gas-tight Luer tip
6.5 mm
ILS 10 µL Gas-tight Luer-tip
6.5 mm
ILS 25 µL Gas-tight Luer tip*
8.0 mm
ILS 50 µL Gas-tight Teflon Luer Lock*
8.0 mm
ILS 100 µL Gas-tight Teflon Luer Lock*
8.0 mm
ILS 250 µL Gas-tight Teflon Luer Lock*
8.0 mm
ILS 500 µL Gas-tight Teflon Luer Lock*
8.0 mm
6/32 stability button for SP200 Series pumps
*Has 6/32 button thread. The 6/32 stability button allows the SP series pumps to drive the syringe plunger in a precise direction to
minimize variations in the syringe body/plunger offset.
ILS is a trademark of Innovative Labor Systeme.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
230
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Two-Syringe Push-Pull Pump
SP120p
SP120p SPECIFICATIONS
ModeInfusion/Withdrawal
A second syringe mount has been added
to the basic SP100i, with both syringes
activated by a single pusher block
for simultaneous infusion and
withdrawal. This pump has all the
features of the SP100i, plus:
● Holds two syringes, from 10 µL
to 10 mL.
The SP260p can hold up to four syringes and can cycle continuously back and forth in a
push-pull action. As two syringes are infusing, two other syringes are withdrawing at the
same rate. The SP260p is used for single-cycle applications only. With the use of 3-way
valves the pump can empty and refill syringes for a continuous dispense.
10 µL to 10 mL (two)
Maximum Flow Rate
(10 mL syringe)
125 mL/hr
Minimum Flow Rate
(10 µL Syringe )
0.1 µL/hr
Linear Force
20 lb (9 kg)
Advance Per Microstep
0.529 micron
Maximum Step Rate
(1/2-step)
400 steps/sec
Minimum Step Rate
1 step/30 sec
Accuracy
< 1% error
Reproducibility
± 0.1%
Dimensions
9 x 6 x 5.5 in.
23 x 15 x 14 cm
Shipping Weight
8 Ib (3.6 kg)
PUMPS, FLUID HANDLING
Four-Syringe Push-Pull Pump
SP260p single cycle
Syringe Size
Available 95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
●Knob locks/unlocks drive block for ef­fort­less, drag-free ad­just­ment
●Simple menu-driven setup: Syringe di­am­eter (se­lect­ed from dis­played table), Dis­pense
vol­ume, Dis­pense flow rate
● Continuous dispense volume display
● Preset volume control and automatic shutoff
● Settings can be reviewed or changed dur­ing oper­a­tion
● Optical encoder stall detection
● Choice of unit selection
● Last settings stored in permanent mem­o­ry
● Built-in RS-232C interface for com­put­er link­ing or “dai­sy chain­ing” up to 100 pumps.
● TTL interface for foot switch, timer, re­lay con­trol; out­puts for run in­di­ca­tor, valve control
Continuous Cycle Syringe Pump
SP210c
The SP210c can hold up to four syringes and can
cycle continuously back and forth in a push-pull
SP260p & SP210c
SPECIFICATIONS
Mode
SP260pPush-Pull (single cycle)
SP210cInfusion/Withdrawal (continuous)
Syringe Size
SP260p
SP210c
10 µL-60 mL (four)
10 µL-60 mL (four)
Maximum Flow Rate
SP260p
SP210c
86 mL/min (60 mL syringe)
86 mL/min (60 mL syringe)
Minimum Flow Rate
0.001µL/hr
Linear Force
40 Ib (18 kg)
Advance Per Microstep
0.165 micron
Maximum Step Rate
1600 steps/sec
Minimum Step Rate
1 step/100 sec
Accuracy
< 1% error
Reproducibility
± 0.1%
Dimensions
11 x 9 x 5.5 in.
28 x 23 x 14 cm
Shipping Weight
12 Ib (5.4 kg)
Available 95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
action. As two syringes are infusing, two other
syringes are withdrawing at the same rate.
At the end of the set volume the direction is
automatically reversed and the next cycle begins.
With the use of 3-way valves, the pump can
empty and refill syringes for a continuous
dispense.
●Holds four syringes, 10 mL to 60 mL
each. With larger syringes the full
volume may not be usable. [With a 60
mL syring, 40 mL is usable; with a 30 mL syringe,
the full volume is usable.]
SP120p
SP120pZ
SP260p
SP260pZ
SP210c
SP210cZ
####-A
####-P
Syringe
Syringe
Syringe
Syringe
Syringe
Syringe
Pump,
Pump,
Pump,
Pump,
Pump,
Pump,
Infusion-Withdrawal (double), 95-135 V
Infusion-Withdrawal (double), 220-240 V
Infusion-Withdrawal (double) Single Cycle Action, 95-135 V
Infusion-Withdrawal (double) Single Cycle Action, 220-240 V
Infusion & Withdrawl (Continuous Action), 95-135 V
Infusion & Withdrawl (Continuous Action), 220-240 V
All 240-volt pumps are CE-approved.
Audible Alarm (add “A” to end of pump part number when ordering)
Programmable Ramp Option (SP200 Series) (add “P” to end of pump part number when ordering)
OPTIONAL CABLES
15623
Serial cable, SP Pump-to-IBM 9-pin “D” connector
15624
Serial cable, SP Pump-to-Macintosh connector
15676
Serial cable, SP Pump-to-IBM 25-pin “D” connector
13685
SP Pump-to-Pump “Daisy-Chain” linking cable, 7 ft
13962
Footswitch for SP200 Series Pumps
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
231
Syringe holder
holds wider
variety of
syringes (5.5
to 9 mm)
More stable
tip during
infusion
Greater
plunger
travel
See FlexiFil™ — the
recommended
microsyringe for
in vivo injection
Enclosed
lead screw
Manipulator not included.
PUMPS, FLUID HANDLING
UltraMicroPump II
Micro syringes are
easily installed — just
snap the barrel into
the clamps. UMP2
accepts a range of
syringes from 0.5 µL
to 1 mL.
This versatile injector uses microsyringes to deliver picoliter volumes
Perfect for a wide range of applications
including intracellular injection, micro
delivery of biochemical agents or dyes, cell
separation, and in vitro fertilization.
See “Reproducible and Efficient Murine CNS Gene Delivery
Using a Microprocessor Controlled Injector,” A.I. Brooks et
al., Journal of Neuroscience Methods, 80 (1998) 137-147.
UMP2 SPECIFICATIONS
(based on 10 µL syringe)
TOTAL # OF STEPS
20,000 (63 mm travel)
MINIMUM DISPENSING VOLUME
0.58 nL / step
LINEAR MOTION PER STEP
3.175 microns
WEIGHT
325 g (11.5 oz)
MOUNTING ROD DIAMETERS
CONTROLLER POWER REQUIREMENTS
7.9 mm (0.31 in.)
2 amps, 12 V DC
DIMENSIONS
ø 32 mm x 190 mm
(ø 1.3 in. x 7.5 in.)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
232
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
The world’s leading ultramicropump!
Smart Controller
An Integral component in the UMP2 system is a microprocessorbased con­trol­ler, Mi­cro4, which provides an “in­tel­li­gent” and easy-to-use
interface to up to four sy­ringe pumps. Operating pa­ram­e­ters are set with
the mem­brane key­pad and LCD display. From the key­pad the user can
select the following func­tions: set pump to in­fu­sion or with­draw­al mode,
enter the vol­ume to be in­fused or with­drawn, rate of de­liv­ery, and syringe
type as well as syn­chro­nize the start­ing and stopping of any com­bi­na­tion
of sy­ringe pumps.
User parameters can be stored in the device’s “non-vol­a­tile” mem­o­ry for
in­stant re­call when the unit is powered on.
An optional footswitch can be plugged into a connector on the rear of
the controller for “hands free” start‑/‑stop operation.
Computer Control—An RS-232 port on the rear of the controller
can be used to con­nect it to a computer for use with computer control
programs.
UMPII ACCEPTS: glass syringes with barrel diameters from 5.5 to 9 mm.
UMPII shown
mounted to
stereotaxic frame
(not included).
UMP2-1
UMP2-2
UMP2-3
UMP2-4
UMP2
MICRO4
UltraMicroPump II (one) and Micro4 Controller
UltraMicroPump II (two) and Micro4 Controller
UltraMicroPump II (three) and Micro4 Controller
UltraMicroPump II (four) and Micro4 Controller
UltraMicroPump II (without controller)
Micro4 Controller, Four-Channel
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
15867
Footswitch for Micro4
40500
RS-232 Cable, 9-pin “D” connector
502201
V-clamp for Stereotaxic Frame
Microvolume Syringes
The recommended microsyringe for use with UMPII is WPI’s FlexiFil™
Syringes with Luer Fitting (no needle)
WPI P/N
Volume
ILS005LT 5 µL
ILS010LT 10 µL
ILS025LT 25 µL
SGE050TLL 50 µL
SGE100TLL 100 µL
SGE250TLL 250 µL
Description
ILS 5 µL Gas-tight Luer tip
ILS 10 µL Gas-tight Luer tip
ILS 25 µL Gas-tight Luer tip
SGE 50 µL Gas-tight Teflon Luer Lock
SGE 100 µL Gas-tight Teflon Luer Lock
SGE 250 µL Gas-tight Teflon Luer Lock
O.D.
6.5 mm
6.5 mm
8.0 mm
8.0 mm
8.0 mm
8.0 mm
UMP2
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
UMP1
N
N
N
Y
Y
N
O.D.
8.0 mm
8.0 mm
8.0 mm
8.0 mm
8.0 mm
8.0 mm
8.0 mm
UMP2
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
UMP1
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Syringes with Replaceable Beveled Needles
WPI P/N
Volume
SGE0005RN* 0.5 µL
SGE001RN* 1.0 µL
SGE005RN 5 µL
SGE010RNS10 µL
SGE025RN 25 µL
SGE050RN 50 µL
SGE100RN 100 µL
Description
SGE 0.5 µL 23 ga (0.63 mm) 70 mm long
SGE 1.0 µL 26 ga (0.47 mm) 70 mm long
SGE 5 µL 23 ga (0.63 mm) 50 mm long
SGE 10 µL 26 ga (0.47 mm) 50 mm long
SGE 25 µL 25 ga (0.50 mm) 50 mm long
SGE 50 µL 25 ga (0.50 mm) 50 mm long
SGE 100 µL 25 ga (0.50 mm) 50 mm long
* The plunger extends to the tip of the needle, displacing the full sample during injection - which gives the syringe zero dead volume.
The barrel length of this syringe is 17 cm long vs. the usual 8-9 cm.
SGE and ILS are respective trademarks of Scientific Glass Engineering and Innovative Labor Systeme.
Replacement Needles
RN0005
RN001
RN005
RN010
RN025
For
For
For
For
For
syringe SGE0005RN, 23 ga (0.63 mm) 70 mm long
syringe SGE001RN, 26 ga (0.47 mm) 70 mm long
syringe SGE005RN, 23 ga (0.63 mm) 50 mm long
syringe SGE010RN(S), 26 ga (0.47 mm) 50 mm long, 5-pack
syringes SGE025RN, SGE050RN, SGE0100RN, 26 ga (0.47 mm) 50 mm long, 5-pack
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
233
PUMPS, FLUID HANDLING
With its digital con­trol­ler, UltraMicroPump II can dispense as little
as 600 picoliters per in­cre­men­tal ad­vance of the syringe piston (us­ing a
5‑µL syringe). Sy­ringes may be filled externally and then in­sert­ed into the
pump or filled while mount­ed in the pump. Fluids injected or withdrawn
are held en­tire­ly with­in the micro syringe to maintain a low fluid dead
vol­ume.
For po­si­tion­ing, the
UltraMicroPump II
may be attached to any
of sev­er­al WPI mi­cro­
po­si­tion­ers such as
the M3301 (man­u­al),
DC3001 (mo­tor­ized), or
any manual stereotaxic
manipulator.
Eagle™ Adjustable Pipetters
Lifetime Warranty
Comfortable ergonomic design
PUMPS, FLUID HANDLING
Lasts 20 times Longer
Built with ultra high molecular weight
polyethylene (UHMWPE), the piston seal
(patent pending) lasts at least 20 times longer
than those made with PTFE. The pipetter
delivers with the same accuracy and precision
even after more than 51 million non-stop pressrelease strokes.
● Superior WPI seals give reliable and accurate
experimental results.
● Calibration interval can be significantly
increased.
● Priced so affordably that everyone in the lab
can have a set.
● Customize your set by selecting only the
pipetters you need.
● Lifetime warranty on the piston seal.
Buy any set of 5 or 6
and get one free!
Sets ES5, ES6, and ES7 include your selection of pipetters, along with a stand
(#14239) for convenient storage. Simply specify the pipetters you want by
including the letter designation from the chart on the right. For example, ES5AABCD would include two E2s and one each E10, E20 and E100.
Model
Volume Range
Price
A
E2
0.2 - 2.0 µL
US$
B
E10
0.5 - 10 µL
US$
C
E20
2 - 2.0 µL
US$
D
E100
20 - 100 µL
US$
E
E200
50 - 200 µL
US$
F
E1000
100 - 1000 µL
US$
G
E5000
1000 - 5000 µL
US$
99
99
99
99
ES5Pipetters (set of any 5) and Stand
ES6Pipetters (set of any 6) and Stand
ES7Pipetters (set of any 7) and Stand
500801Filters for E5000 (5-pack)
STORAGE
500876
500877
14239
495
575
US$
650
US$
15
US$
US$
6 Pipetter Rack Stand
Pette-Clamp, 3/pkg
Original Pipetter Stand
35
35
US$
79
US$
US$
99
99
99
Replacement parts
Replacement parts for the Eagle Pipetters are available from our
website at www.wpiinc.com or call us for details.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
234
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Universal Pipette Tips
s
nd e!
a
r
b
ric Ultra-clear and certified RNase/DNase-free
ing he p
d
t
a
s le half
Universal Tips
a
t
e ou
m
Tip Volume
For Pipetter
Bulk
Part No. Price
Rack
Sa t ab
a
Eagle
E2
—
0.1 - 10 µL
Eagle E10
Eagle E20
Bag of 1000
500191
US$
Part No.
Price
15
960 (10 racks of 96)
500192
US$
15
960 (10 racks of 96)
500194
US$
17
1000 (10 racks of 100)
500196
US$
15
500 (10 racks of 50)
500198 *
US$
Eagle E20
Eagle E100
Eagle E200
Bag of 1000
500193
US$
100 - 1000 µL
Eagle E1000
Bag of 1000
500195
US$
500 - 5000 µL
Eagle E5000
Bag of 250
500197 *
US$
30
35
55
500197
500198
500191, 500192
500193, 500194
500195, 500196
Universal Filter Tips (sterile)
Tip Volume
For Pipetter
Rack
Part No.
Price
0.1 - 10 µL
Eagle E2
Eagle E10
Eagle E20
Bulk
Part No.
960 (10 racks of 96)
500199
US$
10 - 200 µL
Eagle E20
Eagle E100
Eagle E200
960 (10 racks of 96)
500200
US$
100 - 1000 µL
Eagle E1000
1000 (10 racks of 100)
500201
US$
500199
Price
60
65
65
500200
Universal Gel Loader Tips (flexible)
500201
Tip Volume
For Pipetter
0.1 - 10 µL (Flat)
0.17 mm OD
Eagle E2
Eagle E10
Eagle E20
0.1 - 10 µL (Flat)
0.37 mm OD
Eagle E2
Eagle E10
Eagle E20
0.1 - 10 µL
(Round)
0.57 mm OD
Eagle E2
Eagle E10
Eagle E20
0.5 - 200 µL
(Round)
0.57 mm OD
Eagle E20
Eagle E100
Eagle E200
0.5 - 200 µL
(Flat)
0.37 mm OD
Eagle E20
Eagle E100
Eagle E200
Bulk
Part No.
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
Bag of 1000 ABC500205
ABC
Price
30
US$
Rack
Part No.
200
500202
US$
200
500203
US$
200
500204
US$
200
500206
US$
200
500207
US$
500202
Price
40
40
20
20
40
500205
500206
500203
500207
500204
WPI’s Universal Pipette Tips are for use with Eagle and most other pipetters, including Gilson, Oxford Benchmate, Socorex, and SealPette.
* Tips 500197 and 500198 fit Eagle, Eppendorf, and BioHit pipetters.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
235
PUMPS, FLUID HANDLING
5 - 200 µL
30
Pneumatic PicoPumps
Repeatable microinjection in volumes ranging from picoliters to nanoliters
Designed to simplify intracellular injection and a variety of other
micro­in­jec­tion tasks, WPI's PicoPumps use carefully regulated air pres­
sures for se­cur­ing cells and injecting them with fluid. Injected volumes
range from picoliters to nanoliters. Separate ports supply positive and
negative pressure—pos­i­tive pressure for high-pressure ejection, and suction for supporting the cell or for filling the pipette from the tip. A second
pressure port maintains a low positive “holding” pres­sure to the injecting
pipette between injection pulses, to prevent fluid up­take through capillary
action or diffusion. Timing, ejection pressure, hold­ing pressure, and suction
are adjusted inde­pen­dent­ly by control knobs and in­di­ca­tor gaug­es on the
front panel. Injection pressure is controlled by a 20-turn regulator on the
front panel. A built-in timing circuit allows precise control of the amount of
time that the injection pressure is applied to the output port. Time intervals
can range from 10 seconds down to 10 ms or less, depending on the eject
pressure setting. The injection pressure interval can be triggered manually
on the front panel, by footswitch, or by computer controlled TTL pulse. A
5‑volt mon­i­tor output provides a logic-level pulse for your computer or
oth­er mon­i­tor­ing device.
PUMPS, FLUID HANDLING
The most recognized picopump in the world!
For a complete list of pre-pulled micropipettes, see µTips™, or call us with your special requirements.
PV830 — Eject pressure, Hold pressure, and Vacuum are all available,
controlled by separate reg­u­la­tors on the front panel. Eject pressure
supplies a high-pressure pulse for injecting fluid. Hold pressure, which
is not sufficient to cause fluid ejection, is used to prevent back filling of
the pipette by capillary action or diffusion when the solenoid is inactive.
Pressure in the injection pipette is au­to­mat­i­cal­ly switched between Eject
and Hold pressure by a precision timing circuit that controls a solenoid
valve. Vacuum is used to fill pi­pettes from the tip or to secure a floating
cell during microinjection. Vacuum is regulated the same way, by a 20turn knob on the front panel. Vacuum may be switched from regulated
vacuum to at­mo­sphere by using the pneu­mat­ic toggle on the front panel.
Vacuum can also be routed to the eject port.
Each PicoPump is supplied with two PicoNozzle Kits (5430-ALL) plus tubing to connect the
holders to the pressure and vacuum ports.
PV820
PV830
New PicoNozzle Kit 5430-ALL (included)
allows micropipettes to be securely mount­ed
in micropositioners for stable axial air
delivery. Because air enters the pipette
axially, lateral whipping during injection is
eliminated.
PicoPump w/ hold pressure
PicoPump w/ hold pressure and vacuum
Specify line voltage All PicoPumps require external vacuum source — see below.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
3260
Foot Switch
2932
Rack Mount Kit, 31⁄ 2-in. high (PV820)
2933
Rack Mount Kit, 51⁄4-in. high (PV830)
5430-10
PicoNozzle Kit (MPH6S for 1.0 mm pipette & 5-ft tubing assembly)
5430-12
PicoNozzle Kit (MPH6S for 1.2 mm pipette & 5-ft tubing assembly)
5430-15
PicoNozzle Kit (MPH6S for 1.5 mm pipette & 5-ft tubing assembly)
5430-20
PicoNozzle Kit (MPH6S for 2.0 mm pipette & 5-ft tubing assembly)
5430-ALL PicoNozzle Kit (for 1.0, 1.2, 1.5, and 1.65 mm pipettes & 5-ft tubing assembly)
MPH6S
Micropipette Holder (specify 1.0, 1.2, 1.5 or 2.0 mm)
MPH6R
Micropipette Holder (specify 1.0, 1.2, 1.5 or 2.0 mm)
3316
Replacement Input Kit
LV140-Y
Vacuum Pump (120V)
See NanoFil™ kits — page 240
.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
236
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
timing has been set. Al­though reg­u­lat­ed vac­u­um is not pro­vid­ed in this mod­el,
suction can be pro­vid­ed by con­nect­ing a vac­u­um source to the vac­u­um port
on the rear pan­el. Suc­tion is then available through the pres­sure ports.
PUMPS, FLUID HANDLING
PV820 adds to the basic unit a regulated Hold pres­sure, used to
maintain a low pressure in the pipette between injections to pre­vent
unwanted fluid uptake by capillary action or dif­fu­sion. A pre­ci­sion timing
circuit switches from Eject pressure to Hold pres­sure au­to­mat­i­cal­ly, once
PICOPUMP SPECIFICATIONS
PRESSURE
PV820
PV830
Pressure Input
Pressure Output
Lowest Regulated Pressure
Regulator Accuracy
Regulator Repeatability
Gauge Accuracy
Input Connector
Output Connector
Control
0 to 150 psi
0.3 to 90 psi *
12 in. water *
0.1% (20-turn dial) *
0.05 psi *
3% at full scale *
Quick Connect (1⁄4 in. OD Tubing)
Barbed (1⁄16 in. ID Tubing)
Solenoid
* Both Hold and Eject Pressures 0 to 150 psi
0.3 to 90 psi
12 in. water
0.1% (20-turn dial) *
0.05 psi *
3% at full scale *
Quick Connect (1⁄4 in. OD Tubing)
Barbed (1/16 in. ID Tubing)
Solenoid
* Both Hold and Eject Pressures
0 to 30.0 in. Hg
Unregulated
Unregulated
Unregulated
Unregulated
None
Quick Connect (1⁄4 in. OD Tubing)
Barbed (1⁄16 in. ID Tubing)
Manual
Atmosphere
0 to 30.0 in. Hg
0.2 to 29.9 in. Hg
3 in. water
0.1% (20-turn dial)
0.03 in. Hg
3% at full scale
Quick Connect (1⁄4 in. OD Tubing)
Barbed (1⁄16 in. ID Tubing)
Manual
Atmosphere
VACUUM
Vacuum Input
Vacuum Output
Lowest Regulated Vacuum
Regulator Accuracy
Regulator Repeatability
Gauge Accuracy
Input Connector
Output Connector
Control
Vent
CONNECTIONS INCLUDED
Input Kit
Output Kit
10 ft nylon tubing (0.25” OD, 1000 psi), one 1⁄2” female NPT adapter
Two PicoNozzle assemblies, each consisting of one MPH6S pipette holder, 60-in. of PVC tubing (200 psi), and a luer-fitted aluminum handle.
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power
Dimensions
Shipping Weight
95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
17 x 3.5 x 9.5 in. (43 x 9 x 24 cm)
11 lb (5 kg)
Application Example:
Using PV830 for holding and injection of cells
95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
17 x 5.25 x 9.5 in. (43 x 13 x 24 cm)
14 lb (6.3 kg)
Pressure Manometers
—see page 239
.
Luer-to-Tubing Coupler
Assortment Kits
—see page 172
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
237
Nanoliter Injector
For oocyte injection and applications in the 2 to 70 nanoliter range
PUMPS, FLUID HANDLING
NANOLITER 2000
WPI’s microprocessor-controlled
Nanoliter 2000 uses direct pis­ton
dis­place­ment. By either push­ing
the injection button on the control
box or press­ing on the optional
footswitch, a calibrated volume will
be smooth­ly injected. The pro­cess
is quiet and vibra­tion free. Capillary
filling and injection speeds are 23
nL/sec and 46 nL/sec (emptying
speeds are 92 nL/sec and 230 nL/
sec). Maximum flu­id ejec­tion is 5 µL.
Each unit comes with suffi­cient glass
to pull at least 300 tips. Glass is 1.14
mm O.D. (nominal) and 0.5‑mm I.D.
By setting the DIP switch, the
injection vol­ume can be changed
Smart Controller: Mi­cro4, an optional microprocessor-based con­trol­ler,
can provide an “in­tel­li­gent” and easy-to-use interface to up to four Nanoliter
Injectors. Operating pa­ram­e­ters are set with the mem­brane key­pad and LCD
display. From the key­pad the user can set pump to in­fu­sion or with­draw­al
mode, enter the vol­ume to be in­fused or with­drawn, and rate of de­liv­ery,
as well as syn­chro­nize the start­ing and stopping of a
com­bi­na­tion of Injectors. User parameters
can be stored in the device’s
“non-vol­a­tile” mem­o­ry
for in­stant re­call when
the unit is powered on.
An optional footswitch
can be plugged into a
connector on the rear of
the controller for “hands
free” start/stop operation.
An RS-232 port on the
rear of the controller can
be used to con­nect it to
a computer for use with
computer control pro­grams.
Optional smart controller
Micromanipulator not included.
Adapter #500778 (included
free) extends the “reach” of a
manipulator-mounted injector.
NANOLITER 2000
SPECIFICATIONS
INJECTION VOLUME
Variable
REMOTE CONTROL
Yes
GLASS OD
1.14 mm
GLASS ID
0.5 mm
STEP
12.7 µ/step
INJECTION SPEED
Slow
23 nL/sec
Fast
46 nL/sec
FILL SPEED
Slow
23 nL/sec
Fast
46 nL/sec
EMPTY SPEED
92 nL/sec
VARIABLE VOLUME RANGE
2.3 - 69.0 nL
SMALLEST VOLUME
2.3 nL
TO CHANGE VOLUME
Set switch
INJECTIONS PER FILLING, MAX. 100 injections
SHIPPING WEIGHT
3 lb. (1.1 kg)
from 2.3 to 69.0 nL in 16 steps.
Up to 100 injections may be
triggered per filling. Since the
volume of a normal Xenopus
oo­cyte is about 500 nL, the
instrument has the capability
to inject from less than 1% to
over 10% of the total volume
of the oocyte in one preset step
increment.
Included: 1 vial 3.5 in.
capillaries (100); 1 vial 7 in. cap­il­
lar­ies (100); replacement “O” rings;
Allen wrench; MicroFilTM MF34G
backfilling needle; and two
sample µTip™ pre-pulled mi­cropi­
pettes.
for Nanoliter 2000
(order as B203MC4)
WPI rec­om­mends the following equipment for a complete sys­tem,: PZMIII ste­reo mi­cro­scope • MMJ joystick
mi­cro­ma­n­ip­u­la­tor • M10 magnetic base • PUL-100 mi­cropi­pette puller or µTip™ mi­cropi­pettes.
B203XVY
Nanoliter 2000 (120 V, U.S. plug)
B203XVZ
Nanoliter 2000 (240 V, Continental plug)
B203XVB
Nanoliter 2000 (240 V, British plug)
B203MC4
Nanoliter Injector & Micro4 Controller (small controller not included)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
13142
Footswitch for Nanoliter 2000
15867
Footswitch for Micro4 Controller
4878
Replacement 3.5-in. glass capillaries (300)
4879
Replacement 7-in. glass capillaries (300)
TIP10XV119 Micropipettes for Nanoliter Injector (10)
MICRO4
Micro4 Controller, Four-Channel
300033
Adapter for Micro4
5340
Spare Parts Kit (includes MicroFilTM MF34G, displacement piston, five O-ring sets)
500778
Replacement Nanoliter Injector Universal Adapter
502859
Flared O-Ring Kit
500299
Pistons, 5-pack
503066
Flared Glass, 100 pieces
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
238
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Manual Microsyringe Pump
DMP & MMP Specifications
Travel Distance
25 mm
Advances Resolution
0.001 mm for DMP and 0.01 mm for MMP
Syringe Size
10 µL to 1 mL gas tight luer tip syringe
Tubing
1.5 m of PTFE tubing with 0.5 mm ID
Pipette Holder
0.24" x 5.2"
Pipette Holder Fits
1.0 to 1.5 mm OD pipette
Pressure Manometer
solid stainless
steel frame
stainless steel for excellent stability and durability. The piston of the micrometer
can be slid across the rail to the syringe's plunger position. Small diameter
PTFE tubing is used to improve the accuracy and solution compatibility. The
unique design of the pipette holder can securely hold any pipette with an
outer diameter of between 1.0 mm and 1.5 mm. All necessary accessories for
removing air and filling the syringe and tubing with liquid are included. The
system comes complete with a 100 µL gas tight syringe and other syringe sizes
can be purchased.
MMP
Manual Microsyringe Pump
DMP
Manual Microsyringe Pump with Digital Display
Accessories
SPG-KIT-MICRONR Software and Serial Cable for Transmitting Data
MMP-KIT
Injection Assembly Parts Kit
Not including valve—see #14057-10, page 173)
For measuring hydrostatic pressures
PM01D
Pressure Manometer (1 psi)
Hand-held and battery
PM01R
Pressure Manometer (1 psi), Rechargeable*
operated, PM Series pressure
PM015D
Pressure Manometer (15 psi)
manometers monitor vac­u­um
PM015R
Pressure Manometer (15 psi), Rechargeable*
and pressure in nonaqueous
PM100D
Pressure Manometer (100 psi)
fluids. An integral transducer
PM100R
Pressure Manometer (100 psi), Rechargeable*
and dig­i­tal display allow
CBL102
Mini-Phone-to-BNC Cable
easy and accurate pressure
Specify line voltage
readings. Three ver­sions
*Rechargeable
versions
come
with nickel/cadmium battery and charger
measure pressures in the
range of
±1 psi, ±15
PRESSURE MANOMETER SPECIFICATIONS
psi or ±100
PM01
PM015
PM100
psi. A range
PRESSURE RANGES
±1 psi (±52 mm Hg)
±15 psi (±775 mm Hg)
±100 psi (±690 kPa)
switch allows
MAX. PRESSURE
20 psi (1035 mm Hg) 30 psi (1550 mm Hg)
150 psi (1035 kPa)
measurement
RESOLUTION
0.001 psi (0.1 mm Hg) 0.01 psi (1 mm Hg)
0.1 psi (1 kPa)
in units of psi
OUTPUT
1 V/psi 100 mV/psi 10 mV/psi
or kPa for the 100
OUTPUT RANGE
±1.0 V
±1.5 V
±1.0 V
psi version, and psi or mm
LINEARITY
0.5% full-scale
Hg for the 15 psi version. Pres­sure can be read
TEMPERATURE EFFECT
1.0% full-scale (0-70°C)
on the built-in LCD display or relayed to a chart
ZERO
Screwdriver-adjust
recorder, os­cil­lo­scope, or computer.
RESPONSE TIME
30 ms
POWER
Nine-volt battery
PM Series pressure manometers come with 4 feet
BATTERY LIFE
Alkaline, 200 hours; rechargeable, 25 hours
of 1⁄8-inch ID soft vinyl tub­ing. A mini-phone-to-BNC
RECORDER OUTPUT
Mini-phone jack, 0.141 inch (3.5 mm)
cable for the recorder output is also available (Part
OUTPUT
IMPEDANCE
1 kΩ
#CBL102). Standard versions are equipped with a
PNEUMATIC CONNECTORS
Barbed, for 1/8-inch or 3/16-inch ID soft tubing
nine-volt alkaline battery.
DIMENSIONS
SHIPPING WEIGHT
3 x 6 x 1 inches (8 x 15 x 4 cm)
3 lb (1.4 kg)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
239
PUMPS, FLUID HANDLING
The MMP and DMP are convenient tools for
precise manual injection of fluid using glass
pipettes or similar injection devices. The design
allows visual feedback of flow at the pipette tip.
They can also be used as a manual micro syringe
pump for perfusion or withdrawal of liquids.
The resolution of the injection volume can be
continuously varied from 10 nanoliters to the
microliter range, depending on the syringe used.
Either oil or air can be used as the transfer media
to assist the injection of fluid. The DMP comes with
an exclusive digital micrometer that will allow the
reading of piston advancement easily with a 0.001millimeter resolution. The optional software and
cable kit can transmit advancement data directly
into computer. Model MMP has the traditional mechanical micrometer head
with a resolution of 10 microns per division and advances 500 micrometers per
revolution. The entire frame body of the injector is constructed with polished
PUMPS, FLUID HANDLING
NanoFil™
Sub-microliter injection system for small animal research
l The world's smallest dead volume injection syringe
l Comes with various needle sizes from 26 ga. to 36 ga.
l Versatile research applications — RPE and IO Kits
l Custom needle shapes available — blunt, sharp, beveled
l Compatible with WPI's UMP2 and PV800 series microinjection systems
NanoFil is a specially designed 10 microliter
syringe developed in response to customer
requests for improved microinjection in mice
and other small animals. It makes quantitative
nanoliter injection much easier and more
accurate than any other method currently in use.
NanoFil's low dead volume eliminates the
need for oil backfilling, a messy process which
risks contamination of the injected sample.
Injection is now simpler, and less messy, and
there is no possibility of oil contamination in
critical applications such as ophthalmology
research (see the Retinal Pigment Epithelial (RPE)
and Intra Ocular (IO) injection kits listed below).
When the inner tip diameter of a conventional
syringe is reduced to less than 100 micron,
it is very difficult to backfill the solution at a
reasonable speed. NanoFil solves this problem
by using a tip coupling mechanism that makes
it possible to change the syringe tip during
the experiment. Simply load the sample using
a larger tip, such as the 26 gauge needle
provided with the syringe, and then replace
it with a micro tip for sample injection. On
a conventional 10 microliter syringe, a solid
ring or bushing is permanently bonded to
the tubing. Replacing the tip in middle of the
experiment is not practical. With the NanoFil,
tips can be exchanged by a simple twist of
the brass lock, gently pulling out the tip, and
replacing with the desired new tip. To secure
the tip, NanoFil uses an olive shaped silicon
gasket that is similar to, but much sturdier than,
some of the microelectrode holders used for
electro physiology recording. The silicone gasket
makes it possible to hold not only metal tips
NANOFIL
but also glass and quartz tubing. Many types of
tubing can be easily connected to the syringe
as long as the outer diameter (OD) is close
to, but not more than, the inner diameter (ID)
of the inside barrel. Flexible quartz capillaries
used in Gas Chromotography (GC) and Capillary
Electrophoresis (CE) can also be easily coupled
to the syringe.
Specially designed tips as small as 36 gauge
(110 micron OD) are offered in both blunt and
beveled styles. Our studies have shown that
these tips will cause less trauma to the tissue
than any other form of micro syringe currently in
use. NanoFil has a unique coupling mechanism
that allows many different forms of small tubing
and tips to be coupled with the syringe barrel.
NanoFil Syringe, 10 microliter
NanoFil syringe does not contain any injection tips, those must be purchased separately. It
does include a 26 gauge beveled needle for backfilling.
Application Kits
These kits are specially designed for eye research for injecting retinal pigment
epithelium (RPE) and intraocular (IO) in addition to brain injection in mice.
They need to be used with a NanoFil syringe and UMP2 to achieve accurate,
repetitive, and oil free injection in the submicroliter range. Each kit includes
two pieces of Silflex tubing (one for a spare), a holder assembly, spare gaskets,
and an assortment of four tips - blunt for the RPE kit and beveled tips for the
IO kit. Each kit comes with one each of 33, 34, 35 and 36 gauge tips so that
first time users can find the best size for their application.
The Silflex tubing is the most critical component of the kit. This 35 cm
long, flexible tubing has a very precise outer diameter for airtight fitting with
the syringe. It also has a small inner diameter for minimum dead volume,
and is very durable when handled
correctly. The SilFlex is coupled to the
injection tip with a mechanism similar
to that of the NanoFil. The dead
volume of the entire kit (including
the tubing) is less than 3 microliters.
All of the components in the kit are
constructed of inert, solvent resistant,
and autoclaveable materials for easy
cleaning after viral injection.
RPE-KIT
Recommended Accessories
RPE-KIT
Retinal Pigment Epithelium (RPE) injection kit (SilFlex
tubing, gasket, holder, and blunt tipmix)
IO-KIT
Intraocular (IO) injection kit (SilFlex tubing, holder,
gasket, and beveled tipmix)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
240
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Available Tips
Flexifil: The Flexifil tip is made of a titanium
alloy. The advantage of this tubing is its durability.
This “semi-flexible” tip can be bent up to 90
degrees without damage. It is also much more
corrosion resistant than the stainless steel tip.
Saline solutions left in the tip will be less likely to
clog it. Although this tip is specified as a 33 gauge
tip, its outer diameter is slightly smaller than our
33 gauge stainless steel tip.
Flexible Quartz Tubing : The flexible quartz
tubing tip is made of 160 micron OD polyimide
coated quartz tubing with a special adapter sleeve
mounted at the end. It is designed for filling glass
capillary electrodes or pipettes, just like WPI’s
traditional MF34G Microfil. However, unlike the
traditional MicroFil, which has about 50 microliters
of dead volume in its luer hub, the dead volume
of this tip is less than 0.6 microliters. It is useful
for loading electrodes with solutions that have a
limited volume or are too expensive to waste.
“F”
A
DETAIL A
Tip Order
Number
Tip O.D.
“A”
Tip I.D.
“B”
Tip
Length
“C”
Total
Length
“D”
Shank O.D.
“E”
Tip Material
NF33BV-2
210 μM
115 μM
10.0 mm
40.0 mm
460 μM
Stainless Steel
NF34BV-2
185 μM
85 μM
5.0 mm
35.0 mm
460 μM
Stainless Steel
NF35BV-2
135 μM
55 μM
5.0 mm
35.0 mm
460 μM
Stainless Steel
NF36BV-2
110 μM
35 μM
3.0 mm
33.0 mm
460 μM
Stainless Steel
NF33FBV-2
200 μM
100 μM
5.0 mm
35.0 mm
460 μM
Titanium Alloy
NFQ34-5
160 μM
100 μM
55.0 mm
75.0 mm
460 μM
Quartz
Above dimensions apply to blunt tips also.
Selecting the correct tip for your application
The replaceable needles used with the NanoFil
are available with either blunt or beveled tips. The
blunt tip is used for injection into soft tissue and
when a uniform solution distribution is needed. The
beveled style is used for applications that involve
the penetration of a tough tissue.
One of the main factors that limit the resolution
and accuracy of conventional micro syringes to
the upper tens of nanoliters range is diffusion in
the large tip ID. When the tip ID is equal or larger
than 100 micron, the error caused by tip diffusion
is in the nanoliter range level ( (100 micron)^3 = 1
nanoliter ). With a 36 gauge needle installed on
the NanoFil, the error caused by diffusion will be
reduced to the sub nanoliter level, making accurate
injection of a nanoliter possible.
All of WPI’s beveled tips have a unique 25 degree
tri-surface bevel that is optimized for microinjection.
A 10 degree single-surface beveled tip penetrates
better than one with a 25 degree angle, however
the distance between the upper opening to the
tip (see section “F” in Fig 2) is longer. As a result,
it requires a deeper penetration of the tip to
achieve the same level of liquid delivery. Deeper
penetration means more tissue damage. WPI’s
unique 25 degree beveled tip solves this problem
with two extra beveled surfaces. The tip of a single
surface beveled tip is actually a blade instead of
a point. It dulls very quickly. In contrast, the trisurfaced tip has a real point. It not only penetrates
much better but is also much more durable. Our
tests show that our 33 gauge, 25 degree beveled
tip penetrates easier and lasts longer than other
manufacturer’s 33 gauge, 10 degree single beveled
tips. With a 35 gauge tri-surface beveled tip, the
resistance to the penetration becomes even less.
Each of our tips undergo a penetration test before
leaving the factory to guarantee the best results for
our customers.
Optional Accessories
NF33BL-2
33 G blunt NanoFil needle (pkg of 2)
NF34BL-2
34 G blunt NanoFil needle (pkg of 2)
NF35BL-2
35 G blunt NanoFil needle (pkg of 2)
NF36BL2
36 G blunt NanoFil needle (pkg of 2)
NF33BV-2
33 G beveled NanoFil needle (pkg of 2)
NF34BV-2
34 G beveled NanoFil needle (pkg of 2)
NF35BV-2
35 G beveled NanoFil needle (pkg of 2)
NF36BV-2
36 G beveled NanoFil needle (pkg of 2)
NF33FBL-2
33 G Flexifil blunt NanoFil needle (pkg of 2)
NF33FBV-2
33 G Flexifil beveled NanoFil needle (pkg of 2)
NF33-36BL
Assortment of 4 blunt NanoFil needles
NF33-36BV
Assortment of 4 beveled NanoFil needles
NFQ34-5
34 Gauge Flexible Quartz Tubing for filling (pkg 5)
Replacement Parts
NFINHLD
NanoFil Injection Holder
SILFLEX-2
SilFlex tubing (pkg of 2)
NFGSK-5
Spare Silicone Gasket for NanoFil & Holder (pkg of 5)
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
241
PUMPS, FLUID HANDLING
36 gauge: This is the smallest tip that is
commercially available. The tip is so small that it
can be inserted into the opening of the 33 gauge
needle tip. Because this is pushing the limits of
what current technology can produce, there are
some limitations to consider before using. Its thin
diameter makes it necessary to limit its length to
2.5 to 3.0 mm and still maintain a usable strength.
Since the tip ID is in the 25 to 50 micron range, it
is very easily clogged. Therefore, only well filtered
solutions can be used. Depending on the viscosity
of the sample, the user might also need to pre-load
the syringe with a regular tip before switching to
this tip for injection. We recommend using the
35 gauge tip instead of the 36 gauge unless it is
absolutely necessary.
“ E”
35 gauge: This was the most popular and
preferred tip of most scientists during our field trial.
The combination of its strength, length, durability,
and clogging resistance creates a balance with very
little compromising of the individual properties.
It is much smaller than the 33 gauge tip offered
by other manufacturers. It is only slightly larger
than the 36 gauge tip but is much stronger and
less likely to be clogged. Samples can be directly
loaded with this tip. Its 5 mm length is sufficient
enough for almost all injection applications in
mice.
“C”
“A”
34 gauge: This is a transitional size between the
33 gauge and 35 gauge. If the 35 gauge is too
weak and the 33 gauge is too large, this makes a
good alternative.
“D”
“B”
33 gauge: This tip is similar to Hamilton’s 7762
and 7803 series removable needles in both tip
length and outer diameter. However, our beveled
tip version is shorter, more durable, and penetrates
better due to the special tri-surface grinding
technique. In the past, 33 gauge tips were the
smallest size sold by other manufacturers and were
frequently cited in literature. However, our new 35
gauge tip is much better for injections involving
small animals, especially mice. Compared with
Hamilton’ 33 gauge, 10 degree beveled tip, our
35 gauge 25 degree beveled tip can reduce the
depth of penetration by almost 80%. The distance
between the tip and the upper rim of the opening
(section F on Figure 2) is 1024 microns for the 33
gauge tip. The distance for our 35 gauge tip is
only 230 microns. In addition, the smaller tip size
significantly reduces the required penetration force.
In nearly all applications, a 33 gauge tip can be
replaced with our 35 gauge tip and produce better
results.
Spectroscopy
Fiber Optic Spectrophotometers and Spectrometer Systems
TIDAS I — spectrometer for low-noise UV/VIS absorbance applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
UltraPath™ — exceptionally high dynamic range UV/VIS spectrometer system. . . . . . . . . 248
SpectraUSB4 — miniature fiber optic spectrometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
SPEC­TROS­CO­PY / FLUOROMETRY
Sample Cells
Microliter Sampling
LWCC Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
SPT SpectroPipetter™ for UV/VIS/NIR applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
DipTip™ — UV/VIS/NIR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Milliliter Sampling
Standard Cuvette Holders [1 cm & 10 cm]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
4-Way Cuvette Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Cuvettes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Transmission Probes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Fiber Optic Light Sources
FO-6000 High Power, Low Drift (VIS) Tungsten Light Source. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
D2H™ Deuterium Halogen Light Source (UV/VIS/NIR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
D2Lite™ Miniature (UV/VIS) Deuterium Light Source. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
LED-Lite™ plus ELS modules for single wavelength applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Accessories
Fiber Optic Cables and Assemblies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
In-Line Filter Holder Assembly — SMA or ST connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Fiber Optic Collimator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Linear Variable Filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Fluorometry
SpectraUSB4-FLG Preconfigured Module for Fluorescence Applications . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Fiber Optic Sensors
FOMS Blood Pressure Measurement System for Small and Large Animals . . . . . . . . . . . 43
OxyMicro and OxyMini Oxygen Sensors with Luminescence Lifetime Detection. . . . . 95
pHOptica pH Sensor System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Reagent Kits
PEROXYLUMINOL Hydrogen Peroxide Determination Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90, 262
Gsh Assay Kit for Quantitative Determination of Glutathione. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91, 263
Griess Reaction Nitrite Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92, 264
NITRALYZER-II, Nitrate to Nitrite Reduction Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92, 264
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
242
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
• User-configured systems
• Fiber optic accessories
— light sources, cuvettes,
multi-mode and bifurcated
patch assemblies, and more
*
• Biology — Chlorophyll, CDOM, color changes and UV absorption of organic species. See UltraPath on page 248.
• Biochemistry—Fluorescence, DNA/RNA, Rhodopsin studies.
• Chemistry—Determination of phosphates, nitrates, nitrites, metal complexes in aqueous media. See LWCC, page 252.
• Environmental—Water quality (chlorine/nitrate) with intrinsic deep UV and/or VIS colorimetric methods. See LWCC
and UltraPath, pages 248, 252.
• Pharmaceutical—Drug development and discovery, process control. TIDAS-QUAD — call for details.
WPI offers
complete preconfigured systems
System
Detector
for a variety of
applications from
TIDAS1-LWCC
PDA
protein analysis
TIDAS-QUAD
PDA
to flow-through
colorimetric
TIDAS1-SPT
PDA
detection in
TIDAS1-TIP
PDA
the UV-VIS-NIR
UPVIS (UltraPath)
PDA
spectral region. It
UPUV
(UltraPath)
PDA
is to the customer’s
advantage to
SPECTRAUSB4-LWCC
CCD
consider purchasing
SPECTRAUSB4-LWCC-UV CCD
a complete
SPECTRAUSB4-SPT
CCD
system. Ordering
SPECTRAUSB4-FLG
CCD
a pre-configured
system eliminates
SPECTRAUSB4-CUV
CCD
the guesswork
of ordering parts
and offers the
best pricing. In
addition, each system has many hours of testing in our
scientists.
Choosing a Preconfigured System
Detection
Range (nm)
Sample
Volume
250-730
2.5 µL/cm
230-730
Varies
230-730
2 µL
230-730
10-30 µL
380-730
Principle Application(s)
Page
Nutrient analysis, trace metal detection, water purity
247
4-channel detection system
247
Protein (DNA/RNA) 247
Dissolution studies, multipurpose testing
247
10 mL
Open ocean (CDOM) detection, broad dynamic range
248
250-730
10 mL
Open ocean (CDOM) detection, broad dynamic range
248
350-730
2.5 µL/cm
Colorimetric detection. VIS system
251
Flow thru analysis with UV-VIS capability
251
250-730
250 µL
230-800
2 µL
380-1050
1 - 3.5 mL
250-800
0.2 - 3.5 mL research labs by WPI’s
If you are not sure that a complete system is what you need, we
recommend calling and speaking with one of our technical product specialists.
Lowest volume sampling, protein, UV-VIS multipurpose
251
Fluorescence 251
Cuvette-based sampling, multipurpose
251
We can then
configure a
customized
system especially
for you with our
complete line
of spectroscopy
products and
accessories.
Select a detector
based on your
own individual
application. WPI
offers a complete
range of CCD
(charge coupled
device) and PDA
(photodiode array)
modules.
Choosing the
right detector will
depend upon the
accessories you need, budget, and computer interface. WPI offers an array
of innovative fiber optic sampling cells. Many are designed and protected by
patents issued to WPI. As the table above shows, customers may choose a
sensor cell based upon sample volume and detection limits.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
243
SPEC­TROS­CO­PY / FLUOROMETRY
• Preconfigured systems for
specific applications *
SPEC­TROS­CO­PY / FLUOROMETRY
Tidas I
● Photodiode array spectrometer
● Low noise detection
● Wavelength range 195 nm to 730 nm
● Fiber optic design
Tidas I is the first high end spectrometer module designed for fiber optic
based sampling techniques. Using suitable light sources and sample
cells, spectral detection in the wavelength range of 195 to 730 nm can
be performed at noise levels as low as 0.08 mAU. Tidas I outperforms
conventional bench-based spectrophotometers and CCD-based spectrometer
modules, when it comes to high precision fiber optic sampling. Using fiberoptic based sample cells and light sources, high-end detection systems with
TIDAS I SPECIFICATIONS
OPTICAL BASICS
WAVELENGTH RANGE
NUMBER OF DIODES
RESOLUTION
SPECTRAL BANDWIDTH (FWHM)
WAVELENGTH ACCURACY
WAVELENGTH REPRODUCIBILITY
NOISE AT 550 NM
BASELINE DRIFT
COMPUTER INTERFACE
SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
DIGITAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS
DIMENSIONS
ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
WEIGHT
Monolithic Spectrometer Module, Single Beam System.
Fiber optic cross section converter for increased light
throughput instead of entrance slit.
Zeiss multilayer filter.
Hamamatsu photodiode array detector, 16-bit.
195 - 730 nm
256
2.2 nm/pixel
5 nm
± 0.2 nm
± 0.07 nm
± 0.8 x 10-5 AU (using FO-6000)
Light source dependent
Serial RS-232 interface
Windows 2000/XP
5/5
6.3 x 10.6 x 12.8 in.
16 x 27 x 32.5 cm
90-240 V, 50/60 Hz
18 lb (8 kg)
exceptional sensitivity and noise performance can be easily assembled. Using
our liquid waveguide capillary cells (LWCC), absorbance based detection
system with effective pathlengths as long as 500 cm and noise levels as low
as 0.1 mAU can be achieved at reasonable cost. Microliter sampling systems
for UV/VIS applications can be assembled, using our SpectroPipetter (SPT-2),
or DipTip™dipping probe. See next page for software details; see page 247 for
complete detection systems.
More light through fitted optical
construction
TIDAS I is a high precision detection system based on fiber optic design.
All components are made to match to one another and are “calculated”
rather than “tried out”. The detectors are monolithic diode array modules,
made by Zeiss. Only in the TIDAS can be found a multi-layer Zeiss light
filter with maximum light-gain for second order suppression. Detection
tolerance is improved in comparison to conventional diode array
spectrometers. Most cuvette-based standard spectrometers lose more
than 90% of light through expensive prism decoupling. The TIDAS I is
designed for fiber optic sampling cells. The TIDAS I spectrometer module
is a high performance and low noise detector for modular sampling
systems.
TIDASI Tidas I Spectrometer Module with TidasDAQ/SpectraView
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
244
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
High performance fiber optic spectrometer system
Software
TidasDAQ, a unique software
package for TIDAS‑I
With TidasDAQ, high precision absorbance
or transmittance spectra can be obtained in
less than a quarter of a second. Only a few
parameters need to be adjusted to obtain
and analyze spectral data. The TidasDAQ
Above: SpectraView 3D view. Spectra can be
displayed and analyzed in 2D or 3D format
(as shown). This allows the user to interpret
“time-aquisiton” data typically done with a
Tidas-1-LWCC flow system.
At left: SpectraView 2D overlapping function
allows one to view and analyze a set of data. In
this case, a series of calibration samples for a
nitrite calibration set measured at 540 nm.
software package easily acquires spectra.
SpectraView includes tools for sample
qualification, quantification, validation and
quality control. Data can be imported from
and exported to different spectrophotometer
formats. The project-based approach of taking
samples within an experiment allows easy
documentation. SpectraView and its optional
analysis package (Grams/AI) offer further
concentration measurements, color analysis,
enzyme activity and many others. Extensive
calculation features allow to process your
data (derivatives, smoothing, log, normalized,
baseline and peak analysis). A very useful
feature of the software is its extensive kinetics
functions.
TidasDAQ acquisition window, showing an absorbance spectra of phenol red dye acquired
using the Tidas-1-LWCC system setup with a 10-cm path flow cell.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
245
SPEC­TROS­CO­PY / FLUOROMETRY
WPI offers an instrument driver, TidasDAQ,
which collects data from Tidas I and imports
into Grams/AI or SpectraView. Both are
comprehensive data processing and data
management software packages. TidasQuad
is an instrument driver, which can manage
up to four channels simultaneously using a
single TIDAS I spectrometer module. TidasDAQ
and TIDAS-QUAD collect data which can
be imported and processed in Grams/AI or
SpectraView.
TIDAS I & SpectraUSB4 Systems
The key to successfully analyzing your sample is a matched sample cell. The fiber optic based Tidas I spectrometer
module offers many possibilities, from using standard cuvette sampling for conventional UV/VIS work to using
a long flow path cell (LWCC) up to 500-cm in length for improved sampling sensitivity for all colorimetry studies.
Several typical and well-proven systems are their applications are shown below and on the following page.
SPEC­TROS­CO­PY / FLUOROMETRY
TIDAS SYSTEMS
UV
TIDAS-I-LWCC
TIDAS-I-LWCC5
TIDAS-2-LWCC
l
TIDAS-2-LWCC5
FO-6000
Fiber Optic
Interface
Start-up
Kit
Vol Req’d
Dynamic
Range (AU)
l
l
400 µ SMA
1
250 µL
0.005-1.2
l
l
VIS
D2H
400 µ
1
1250 µL
“
l
400 µ
1
250 µL
0.002-2.0
l
400 µ
1
1250 µL
“
incl
2
2 µL
0.005-1.2
incl
2
2 µL
0.002-2.0
incl
2
20 µL
0.005-1.2
TIDAS-I-SPT
l
l
TIDAS-2-SPT
l
l
TIDAS-I-TIP
NIR
l
l
l
l
TIDAS-1-TIPUV
l
l
l
incl
2
20 µL
0.005-1.2
TIDAS-QUAD see website
l
l
l
300 µ bundle
Kit Opt
5-500 µL
0.005-1.2
Start-up Kit #1
KITLWCC includes: 500291 (Peri-Star Pump), 501609 (cleaning kit), 58006 (sample injector assembly),
FO-400-SMA1M (2) (fiber optic cables)
Start-up Kit #2
UCK includes: PUC-Y (ultrasonic bath), special stand, and 15807 (ultrasonic cleaning solution concentrate)
SPECTRAUSB SYSTEMS
UV
SPECTRAUSB-LWCC
SPECTRAUSB-SPT
VIS
NIR
D2LITE
FO-6000
Fiber Optic
Interface
Start-up
Kit
Vol Req’d
Dynamic
Range (AU)
l
400 µ core
1
250 µL
0.010-1.5
NA
2
2 µL
“
600 µ core
NA
3 mL
“
400 µ core
NA
3 mL
“
l
l
SPECTRAUSBFL
l
l
l
SPECTRAUSB-CUV
l
l
l
l
Selecting a Sample Cell
Selection of an appropriate sample cell is key to the successful analysis
of your sample. WPI prides itself on innovative fiber optic sample cells
optimized for a particular application. Nutrient analysis, micro volume
protein detection, trace metal analysis, flow colorimetry and dissolution
testing are only some of the areas WPI’s cells have been successfully
Cell
Type
Sample
Volume
used. Sample properties, volume, analyte concentration, wavelength
range and pathlength determine, which of WPI’s unique sample cell you
can use in your research.
The table below provides an overview of WPI’s wide range of optical
sample cells and their potential applications.
Pathlength [cm]
Range* [nm]
Application
Page
LWCC
Flow cell
2.5 µL/cm
2 to 500
200-1000
Nutrient analysis, trace metal detection, colorimetrics ...
252
UPATH
Multiple path flow cell
10 mL
2, 10, 50, 200
230-730
Natural water, CDOM, tank cleaning ...
248
SPT
Microliter dipping probe
2 µL
1
230-1000
Protein, DNA/RNA, rhodopsin ...
254
DipTip
Miniature dipping probe
30-50 µL
0.2, 0.5, 1
230-1000
Protein, DNA/RNA, rhodopsin, dissolution
255
CUV-UV
CUV-UV-FL
CUV-UV-10
CUV-ALL
Cuvette holder,
2- & 4-way
0.2-3.5 mL
0.5, 1, 10
200-1000
Absorbance and fluorescence with standard and flow cuvettes
256
TR600
High efficiency
transmission probe
5 mL
0.2, 0.5, 1, 2
200-1000
Colorimetrics, standard lab use, online analysis
258
TR-UV
Dipping probe
5 mL
0.2, 0.5, 1
230-1000
Colorimetrics, standard lab use, online analysis
258
REF-UV
Reflectance probe
NA
Scattering, reflectance analysis
258
NA
*Range depends cell version [UV, VIS, NIR], light source and detectors
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
246
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
TIDAS-I-LWCC
High sensitivity detection systems for absorption measurements with optical
pathlengths ranging from 2 to 500 cm can be configured using a TIDAS I.
These detection systems can be used in a variety of applications, such as
stopped flow detection, fluid injection analysis, drinking water analysis, as
well as environmental and oceanographic analysis. The TIDAS I offers five
digital inputs and outputs.
TIDAS-I-LWCC TIDAS I - LWCC System (100 cm pathlength)
TIDAS-I-LWCC5 TIDAS I - LWCC System (500 cm pathlength)
TIDAS-I-SPT
TIDAS-I-TIP
WPI’s smallest and easiest to use microliter spectroscopic sample cell is the
SpectroPipetter™. Only 2 µL of sample are drawn into the cell to measure
a sample spectra. Microliter sampling of DNA and protein samples or
colorimetrics in the UV or VIS can be conveniently performed with WPI’s
SpectroPipetter.
WPI’s miniature UV/VIS dipping probe, DipTip™, with a tip diameter of 1.5
mm, fits directly into all micro centrifuge vials on the market. Microliter
sampling of DNA and protein samples or colorimetrics in the UV or VIS can
be conveniently performed with a DipTip. A typical sample system for VIS
applications consists of Tidas I spectrometer module, FO-6000, DipTip™
and an ultrasonic cleaning kit (UCK). For UV, a D2H deuterium/tungsten light
source is used instead of the FO-6000.
TIDAS-I-SPT system contains: Tidas I spectrometer module, D2H UV/VIS
light source, SpectroPipetter™ (SPT-2), ultrasonic cleaning kit (UCK).
TIDAS-I-SPT
TIDAS I - SPT System
TIDAS-I-TIP
TIDAS I - DipTip System
TIDAS-I-TIPUV TIDAS I - DipTip System
Tidas-Quad
High performance UV/VIS
4-channel flow detection
flow colorimetry, dissolution
testing or trace analysis of
pharmaceutical compounds. Some
advantages, compared to other
commercially available systems,
are sensitivity, ultra low noise, full
automation and great versatility.
The basic components of the
system are a TIDAS I photodiode
array spectrometer (range:
230-730 nm; resolution: 5 nm
FWHM; noise: 5 µAU/cm), four
light sources (D2Lite), four LWCCs
(100 cm), ancillary fibers and
cables and an instrument driver,
interfacing the spectrometer to
a data analysis package (Grams/
AI). The Tidas I connects to a
computer via RS232 interface.
This system is designed for fiber
optic use; most of WPI’s samples
cells can be used.
l Process Control Drug Discovery Trace Analysis
l Low Noise: 5 µAU/cm @ 550nm
l Easy to Use, Fully Automated
l Meets Pharmaceutical Requirements (21 CFR 11)
Tidas-Quad is a four-channel UV/VIS detection system for flow analysis
with WPI’s liquid waveguide capillary cells (LWCC). It can be conveniently used
for nutrient analysis, micro volume protein detection, trace metal analysis,
TIDAS-QUAD
TIDAS-QUAD System
See website for full details.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
247
SPEC­TROS­CO­PY / FLUOROMETRY
TIDAS-I-LWCC system contains: Tidas I spectrometer module, a Liquid
Waveguide Capillary Cell (LWCC-2100), a FO-6000 visible light source, two
optical fibers (FO-400-SMA1M) and a PeriStar Pro peristaltic pump (500291).
Similar UV systems are available on request.
UltraPath™
• Rugged system for onboard measuring • Reduces cost
and expense • Highly sensitive and stable • Portable •
Easy to use • Provides user selected optical path lengths •
Proven to work in divergent environments
Background
UltraPath was developed by WPI under a collaborative agreement with
NASA (Stennis Space Center) for the spectroscopic determination of
colored dissolved organic matter (CDOM) in seawater and fresh water
environments, and was designed for use in the laboratory and in the
field (i.e., at sea). CDOM concentrations vary significantly between open
ocean samples with low CDOM (e.g., 0.007 m-1 at 380 nm), and high
CDOM freshwater environments (e.g., 10-20 m-1 at 380 nm). To address
these problems the design requirements of UltraPath mandated the
development of a rugged portable system capable of high sensitivity
measurements across a wide dynamic range.
The UltraPath system meets these stringent design criteria and
enables reliable measurement of CDOM in the range of 0.002 m-1
to 200 m-1 (380 to 730 nm). Fig 1. illustrates two typical absorption
spectra measured using UltraPath. The sample labeled “High” is a highly
concentrated CDOM sample with low salinity collected from a marsh
drainage area of an urban lake (Lake Pontchartrain, Louisiana). The
CDOM sample labeled “Low” is from oligotrophic, low productive waters
with high salinity collected off the West coast of Puerto Rico in the
Mayagüez Bay. Special attention should be drawn to the insert of Fig. 1,
which reveals the exceptional sensitivity of UltraPath enabling detection
of CDOM absorption below 0.03 m-1. Based on customer request, WPI
has designed an UltraPath system for UV and VIS applications, the
UPUV.
4
0.08
Absorption [m-1]
UltraPath is a unique high-performance spectrophotometer offering userselectable optical path lengths of 2, 10, 50 and 200 cm. Designed for
the detection of low absorbing species in aqueous solutions, UltraPath
is an ideal tool for any study requiring precise and highly sensitive
spectroscopic determination of analytes, either in the lab or in the field.
The instrument operates in the wavelength range of 380 to 730 nm
(UPVIS) or 250 to 730‑nm (UPUV) and has an exceptional dynamic
range allowing reliable absorbance measurements of between 5µAU/cm
to 1 AU/cm to be routinely made.
Absorption [m-1]
SPEC­TROS­CO­PY / FLUOROMETRY
A unique multiple pathlength sample cell for absorbance
spectroscopy with extended dynamic range
3
2
HIGH
0.04
0.02
LOW
0.00
400
500
600
700
Wavelength [nm]
1
0
0.06
HIGH
LOW
400
500
600
700
Wavelength [nm]
Fig. 1— “High” CDOM is from a low salinity marsh environment (Lake
Pontchartrain, Louisiana). “Low” CDOM was collected from the high
salinity oligotrophic waters of Mayagüez Bay on the west coast of Puerto
Rico. Data courtesy of NASA Stennis Space Center.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
248
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
0.015
75
Absorbance [µAU/cm]
2 nM
0.010
50
0.005
25
0.000
0
400
500
600
(PeriStar) is utilized to evenly draw sample up into the sample injector
and through the UltraPath sample cell.
A standard PC or laptop (not included) is connected to the detection
system via RS232 interface. An RS232-to-USB2.0 adapter is now
included for connection of Tidas I spectrometer to any USB port. The
TidasDAQ instrument driver displays data which may then be imported
into the SpectraView data analysis software (included).
Mobility
The system is designed for mobility. The components of the UltraPath
system are designed to function over a broad range of laboratory and
field environments. The electrical components are designed for low
power consumption. A laptop running Windows 98, Windows 2000 or
Windows NT 4.0 can be used to run the spectrometer as well as analyze
data output.
Reference
700
Wavelength [nm]
Fig. 2 – Ponceau S absorption measured with UltraPath (200 cm
cell). Ponceau S was dissolved in Millipore water. A single absorbance
measurement was made. The signal was neither smoothed nor averaged.
Absorbencies are shown on the left ordinate in measured absorbencies [AU]
and on the right ordinate in normalized absorbencies [AU/cm].
Applications
The design of UltraPath is such that it will have an important use in
any applications requiring precise and highly sensitive spectroscopic
determination of analytes across a wide dynamic absorption range
(i.e., 5 µAU/cm to 1‑AU/cm), either in the lab or in the field. To further
illustrate the unique performance of UltraPath, samples containing ultralow concentrations of Phenol Red were measured. Fig.2 illustrates clearly
the detectable absorption spectra obtained between 0.9 nM and 4.6
nM Phenol Red. The key design feature of UltraPath is that the optical
pathlength can be easily changed to cover a dynamic range not possible
using a standard single pathlength sampling system.
Richard L. Miller, Mathias Belz, Carlos Del Castillo, Rick Trzaska, “Determining
CDOM Absorption Spectra in Diverse Coastal Environments Using a Multiple
Pathlength, Liquid Core Waveguide System”, Continental Shelf Research, July
2002, 22:9, p 1301-1310.
Richard L. Miller, Mathias Belz and Su Yi Liu, “Measuring the absorption of
CDOM in the field using a multiple pathlength liquid waveguide system”,
Ocean Optics XV, paper 1308, Monaco, October 2000.
“System Analyzes Water Samples at Sea”, NASA Aerospace Technology
Innovation, 2001, 9 (5). http://nctn.hq.nasa.gov/innovation/innovation95/3techtrans2.html
R. L. Miller, C. Hall, C. Del Castillo, B. McKee and M. Dagg. “Bio-optical
Properties of the Mississippi River Plume and Adjacent Shelf.” ASLO Aquatic
Sciences, Albuquerque, NM, 2001.
R. L. Miller, C. E. Del Castillo, R. T. Powell, E. D’Sa and B. Spiering. “Mapping
CDOM concentration in waters influenced by the Mississippi River plume”,
Proceedings of Oceans 2002, Biloxi, MS.
R. L. Miller and E. D’Sa. “Evaluating the influence of CDOM on the remote
sensing signal in the Mississippi River Bight”. In Eos Transactions AGU Ocean
Sciences, 2002. Honolulu, HI, p. 171.
D’Sa, E., R.L. Miller and R. Trzaska. “Aparent Optical Properties in Waters
Influenced by the Mississippi River”, Proceedings of the Seventh Thematic
Conference, Remote Sensing for Marine and Coastal Environments, 2002, 6
pg, Miami, FL.
Design
UltraPath has four optical pathlengths contained
within a single sample cell (i.e., 2 cm, 10 cm,
50 cm and 200 cm). The pathlengths are userselectable, offering a very high sensitivity and
an extended dynamic range for VIS absorbance
measurements. A user-controlled switch
changes the optical pathlength of the sample
cell allowing absorbance measurements over
a broad dynamic range. The fluid path of the
sample cell is optimized to produce a laminar
flow that is virtually free of interference from
trapped air bubbles and adherence of dissolved
substances to the cell wall. In particular,
the design greatly minimizes the problems
commonly found with flow cells of long optical
pathlengths: the risk of trapping dust particles,
fibers or particulate matter inside the cell.
The UltraPath system includes a photodiode
array-based spectrometer module (TIDAS I)
to measure the absorbance at the selected
pathlength. Absorption of light is measured
between 370 nm and 730 nm wavelength
(UPVIS) and 250 nm to 730 nm (UPUIV) with
a resolution of 5 nm (FWHM) and a noise
level below 0.2 mAU. A fiber optic light source
delivers light via optical fibers to the multiple
pathlength sample cell. A peristaltic pump
UltraPath Specifications
UPVIS
UPUV
DYNAMIC RANGE
5 µAU/cm to 1 AU/cm) 0.002 m-1 to 200m-1 5 µAU/cm to 1 AU/cm) 0.002 m-1 to 200m-1
WAVELENGTH RANGE
380 – 730 nm
250 – 730 nm
WAVELENGTH RESOLUTION
5 nm (FWHM)
5 nm (FWHM)
< 0.2 mAU
NOISE (PEAK TO PEAK)
< 0.2 mAU
DRIFT
< 0.5 mAU/h
< 0.5 mAU/h
OPTICAL PATHLENGTHS
Selectable: 2 cm, 10 cm, 50 cm and 200 cm
Selectable: 2 cm, 10 cm, 50 cm and 200 cm
INNER DIAMETER ≈ 2 mm
≈ 2 mm
CELL VOLUME (FILLING)
≈ 10 mL (at 200 cm pathlength)
≈ 10 mL (at 200 cm pathlength)
SAMPLE INLET/OUTLET 1/8” tubing
1/8” tubing
FIBER INPUT
600 µm core diameter, SMA
600 µm core diameter, SMA
FIBER OUTPUT
400 µm core diameter, SMA
400 µm core diameter, SMA
SOLVENT RESISTANCE
Most organic & inorganic solvents Most organic & inorganic solvents
SYSTEM SHIPPING WEIGHT
33 lb (15 kg)
44 lb (20 kg)
UPVIS Ultrapath System, Visible Light
UPUV Ultrapath System, Ultraviolet & Visible Light
The UltraPath system includes: Multiple pathlength cell, Tidas I spectrometer module with
TidasDAQ/SpectraView software, FO-6000 light source, 400 µm and 600 µm optical fibers,
8‑roller peristaltic pump, silicone tubing, sample injector and Waveguide Cleaning Kit.
Specify line voltage
501609
Waveguide Cleaning Kit
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
249
SPEC­TROS­CO­PY / FLUOROMETRY
Measured Absorbance [AU]
Spectral Detection of Ponceau S
Fiber Optic Spectrometers
Miniature Spectrometers
SPEC­TROS­CO­PY / FLUOROMETRY
WPI’s SpectraUSB4 miniature spectrometers
are optimized for absorbance, fluorescence and
NIR applications. They plug directly into the
USB port of any desktop or notebook PC. With
the SpectraUSB4, getting started is as easy as
installing the SpectraSuite software package
SPECTRAUSB4-SPT
a 200-850 nm wavelength range and comes
with a UV4-enhanced UV detector upgrade, a
multi-bandpass order-sorting detector coating,
along with a 25 µm entrance slit installed for
an optical resolution to 1.5 nm (FWHM). The
SpectraUSB4-NIR is preset to a 350-900
nm range and is equipped with a 25‑µm slit.
In addition, we offer snap-on, direct attach
accessories specifically designed for these
spectrometers. USBVIS and USBUV are light
source/cuvette holder combos for absorbance
measurements in the 390-950 nm for VIS/NIR
range and 200-950 nm UV/VIS/NIR range
respectively.
SPECTRAUSB4 + USBVIS
and connecting the spectrometer to the USB
port of the computer.
WPI offers different gratings for the
spectrometer, these define its wavelength/
detection range. The resolution of the
spectrometer is determined by its slit-width
(SLIT-xxx). These spectrometers can also be
equipped with a number of detector upgrades:
a collection lens, L4, can be placed in front of
the detector array to increase the spectrometers
light collection efficiency and reduce stray light.
This is especially useful when using large core
diameter fibers in low light-level applications.
A CCD array with 3096 pixels is used as this
detector. The UV4 is a detector upgrad, which
is required for measuring at wavelengths below
350 nm. Multi-bandpass order sorting filters are
available to avoid second order effects in the
spectrometer modules (OFLV4).
The SpectraUSB4 spectrometer is pre-set to
SPECTRAUSB4-FLG is pre-set for
fluorescence applications. It is equipped with
an L4 lens and a 200 µm slit. Integrated into
this detector is a time-gated mode that delays
the start of spectral data acquisition by 5-500
microseconds after the excitation source is
turned on. Using a pulsed light source, the
detector sees in this mode the sample when
the light is switched off. However, in order to
use the gated phosphorescence mode, the
fluorophore must have a long fluorescence
lifetime. Those working with lanthanides and
phosphorescent materials will find the gated
phosphorescence mode particularly useful. To
further improve the efficiency of the detector,
the standard mirrors of the optical bench were
replace by Ag-coated mirrors. This improved the
sensitivity of the detector by over 20%.
The SpectraUSB4-M2 is a basic
spectrometer, equipped with a grating or your
choice. Detector upgrades (Slit, L4, UV4 and/or
OFLV4) can be selected when ordering the
instrument. If an application requires a specific
wavelength range, resolution or sensitivity.
Contact WPI for customization.
High Resolution Spectrometers
WPI also offers a high-resolution version,
the Spectra4-HR, of the SpectraUSB4
miniature spectrometer series. Its key
advantage is the excellent optical resolution
of 0.035 nm (FWHM). The Spectra4-HR
is especially suited for applications such as
wavelength characterization of lasers and
LEDs, monitoring of gases and monochromatic
light sources, and determination of elemental
atomic emission lines. The Spectra4-HR
can be equipped with all upgrades available
SPECTRA4-HR
for the SpectraUSB4‑M2. Contact WPI for
customization. For wide wavelength range
applications, WPI also offers the high resolution
spectrometer (Spectra4-HR-CG) with an
installed proprietary composite grating, a 5 µm
slit, UV4 upgrade and order-sorting filter to
provide a 200-1100nm wavelength range with
1.0 nm optical resolution in one spectrometer.
SINGLE-CHANNEL DETECTORS
SPECTRAUSB4
200-850 nm, 25 µm slit, 1.5 nm resolution
SPECTRAUSB4-FLG 380-1050 nm, 200 µm slit, ~10 nm resolution
SPECTRAUSB4-NIR 350-1000 nm, 25 µm slit, ~1.5 nm resolution
SPECTRAUSB4-M2 Plug and Play USB Module (Call for modifications)
SPECTRA4-HR
High Resolution Spectrometer
SPECTRA4-HR-CG High Resolution Composite Grating Spectrometer 200-1100 nm, 5 µm slit, 1.0 nm (FWHM) resolution value
DETECTOR UPGRADEs
L4
Low Light Upgrade: Detector Collection Lens for USB4000 (per channel)
UV4
UV Detector Upgrade for USB4000 Series, required for measuring at wavelengths less than 350 nm (per channel)
OFLV4-200-850 Multi-bandpass order-sorting detector coating (per channel) — UV4 is included
OFLV4-350-1000
Multi-bandpass order-sorting detector coating (per channel)
SLIT-xxx
5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 200 µm (per channel)
See WPI website for grating, slit and resolution options.
ACCESSORIES
USBVIS
Attachable Light Source [VIS: 390-900 nm] + Cuvette Holder
USBUV
Attachable Light Source [UV: 200-1100 nm] + Cuvette Holder
USBCON
Attachable Light Source Adapter for SPECTRAUSB
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
250
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
New Spectroscopy
Software
Software Features
Chemical Reaction Kinetics
Zooming in or out for viewing particular data segments.
Automatic Window resizing
Spreadsheet compatible saving format
(ASCII, GRAMS/SPC, JCAMP)
● 21 CFR Part 11 Compliant
● International conversion modules are available.
●
●
●
●
SPEC­TROS­CO­PY / FLUOROMETRY
WPI now offers a new acquisition software to interface with all
SPECTRAUSB spectrometers to any PC. SpectraSuite will operate in
Mac, Linux, or Windows environments. Written in JavaScript, the new
software is spectrometer independent — the same code will work for all
USB-based spectrometers. Current users of SpectraWare may upgrade
to SpectraSuite but must provide the serial number of the USB
spectrometer they purchased.
SpectraSuite phenol red absorbance display as a function of wavelength, recorded with an LWCC flow system and FO-6000 light source.
Hardware Requirements
PC with USB connection in the following operating environments:
Windows 98, 2000, ME, XP; Linux Red Hat 9 or later, Fedora (any
version), Debian 3.1 (Sarge), SUSE 9.0 or later; Apple MacIntosh OS X
version 10.0 or later. 30 MB of disk storage space; USB port(s) required
(may run multiple spectrometers at once).
SPECTRASUITE
SPECTRASUITE-I
Spectroscopy Software
Spectroscopy Software, Upgrade from SpectraWare™
Spectrometer serial number required.
SPECTRASUITE-U Spectroscopy Software, online updates (1 year)
SpectraSuite strip chart display of phenol red absorbance at 559 nm
wavelength as a function of time, recorded with LWCC in a flow system.
SPECTRAUSB4 Specifications
Dimensions 89 x 64 x 34 mm (3.5 x 2.5 x 1.31 in.)
Fiber optic
Weight 200 gm (0.45 lb)
Resolution
SMA 905 for 0.2 NA fiber optics
0.3 to 10.0 nm (FWHM) dependent on slit width
Detector Toshiba Linear CCD Array
Stray Light Less than 0.05% at 600nm; 0.10% @ 435nm
Detection Range
200-1100nm (user specified)
Power consumption 250mA @ 5VDC
Pixels
3648
Signal-to-noise
300:1
Operating system
Windows 98 thru XP, Mac OS X, Linux with USB, or any 32-bit Windows OS
A/D resolution
16-bit
Operating software
SpectraSuite
Sensitivity
130 ph/count at 400nm; 60 ph/count at 600nm
Entrance slits
5 to 200 um; no slit also available
Gratings
UV to Shortwave NIR offerings
Interface USB 2.0 (1.1 compatible); RS-232 offered
Data transfer rate
Full scans into memory every 13 ms. Acquisition approximately every 25 ms.
PRECONFIGURED SYSTEMS
NUTRIENT ANALYSIS
(Colorimetric Assays)
SPECTRAUSB4-LWCC
Visible/UV Detection System — Includes *SPECTRAUSB4-M2 detector module,
MOD-3 – 350-730nm range, 25-micron slit (1.5nm resolution), OFLV4-350-1000,
FO-6000, LWCC-2100, plus KITLWCC (Kit includes fibers, pump, cleaning kit) See
page 269.
Protein — DNA/RNA
SPECTRAUSB4-SPT
Microliter Sampling System 1 -- Ideal for small volume requirements — Includes
*SPECTRAUSB4 detector module w/ L4 installed, SPT-2, UCK, D2LITE
FLUORESCENCE
SPECTRAUSB4-FL
Fluorescence Detection (increased sensitivity)—Includes *SPECTRAUSB4-FLG
detector module, FO-6000, CUV-UV-FL, CUV-MSP (2), FO-600-SMA1M (2), CUV20511 (or CUV2052-1), 502111, 502112 (See page 273 for more details)
General Purpose
Cuvette Sampling
SPECTRAUSB4-CUV
UV/VIS Cuvette Sampling — Includes *SPECTRAUSB4 detector module w/ L4
installed, D2LITE, CUV-UV, FO-400-SMA1M (2), CUV2012-1 (2)
*All systems include WPI’s SpectraSuite software and USB cable
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
251
Ultra sensitive Microliter UV/Vis Spectroscopy
Shown here is a complete system:
TIDAS-I-LWCC
Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell
Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cells (LWCC) are
optical sample cells that combine an increased
optical pathlength (2–500 cm) with small sample
volumes (12.5–500 mL). They can be connected
via optical fibers to a spectrophotometer with
fiber optic capabilities. Ultra-sensitive absorbance
measurements can be performed in the ultraviolet
(UV), visible (VIS) and near-infrared (NIR) to detect
low sample concentrations in a laboratory or
process control environment. According to Beer's
Law the absorbance signal is proportional to
chemical concentration and light path length.
Compared with a standard 1‑cm cell, a 1 mAU
signal is enhanced fifty- fold with a 50 cm cell to
50 mAU, using WPI’s patented aqueous waveguide
LWCC Key Features
Pathlength, internal volume, and wavelength range (measured
with ultrapure water and a Tidas II spectrophotometer
Pathlength [cm]
Internal Volume [µL]
Wavelength Range [nm]
measured with Tidas II
2
5
10
50
100
200
500
5
12.5
25
125
250
500
1250
200-1000
200-1000
200-900
230-800
230-730
250-730
280-730
LWCC-2002
LWCC-2005
LWCC-2010
LWCC-2050
LWCC-2100
LWCC-2200
LWCC-2500
LWCC specifications
Efficiency Curves for LWCC-2
50
Percent Transmission(%T)
SPEC­TROS­CO­PY / FLUOROMETRY
See page 249
40
2-cm
5-cm
10-cm
50-cm
100-cm
200-cm
500-cm
30
20
10
0
200
-10
400
600
800
1000
Wavelength(nm)
These spectra show the optimal detection limits for LWCCs of varying pathlength.
Type II
WAVEGUIDE MATERIAL
Fused silica tubing coated with a low refractive index polymer
OPTICAL PATHLENGTH
2-500 cm
INNER DIAMETER 550 µm
INTERNAL VOLUME
≈ 5 - 1250 µL
SAMPLE INLET/OUTLET COMPRESSION FITTING
1/16”, 1/32”
FIBER INPUT
ID = 400 µm
MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE
160 ºC
MINIMUM PRESSURE*
1.5 - 3 PSI
SOLVENT RESISTANCE
Most organic & inorganic solvents
SHIPPING WEIGHT
1.4 kg (3 lb)
*A one-meter Type II waveguide of 550 µm ID requires about 1.5
PSI for water flow of 1 mL/min.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
252
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
with 2 to 500 cm optical pathlength!
Mote Marine Laboratories in Sarasota, Florida
has partnered with WPI, using the Company’s
waveguide technology. WPI customized the
LWCC installed in the instrument package inside
these AUV’s (Autonomous Underwater Vehicles).
The LWCCs are used to monitor the color of
the seawater in the Gulf of Mexico. One of the
primary interest areas of this research is red tide
algae blooms.
SPEC­TROS­CO­PY / FLUOROMETRY
technology*. The LWCC can be connected
directly to a pump, a chromatography column,
or can even be filled using a syringe. Based
on fiber optics, the LWCC is designed for use
with WPI's Tidas I, Tidas II, or SpectraUSB
spectrophotometer systems. Further, modular
sample systems can be assembled using
WPI’s PDA-based (Tidas I or II) or CCD-based
(SpectraUSB) spectrometer modules and WPI’s
range of UV/VIS light sources D2H, D2Lite™,
and FO-6000 (see pages 254-255).
Applications
LWCCs have been used in a variety of
applications, such as liquid chromatography,
stopped-flow and colormetric detection,
drinking water analysis, as well as
environmental and oceanographic monitoring
systems (see References on WPI website). WPI’s Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cells are
made of fused silica tubing with an outer
coating of a low refractive index polymer. This
results in high signal stability and easy removal
of air bubbles trapped in the sensor cell due to
the hydrophilic character of the cell wall.
These unique instruments were invented,
patented and optimized by WPI during the
last seven years of research in this field*.
They feature a number of advantages over
conventional absorbance cells and flow cell
arrangements. Designed for use with fiber
optics, they require only small sample volumes
and have a high optical throughput.
* Related Patents
Micro Chemical Analysis Employing Flow Through
Detectors, 1995, U.S. Patent No. 5,444,807.
Aqueous Fluid Core Waveguide, 1996, U.S. Patent No.
5,507,447.
Long Capillary Waveguide Raman Cell, 1997, U.S.
Patent No. 5,604,587.
Chemical Sensing Techniques Employing Liquid-Core
Optical Fibers, U.S. Patent No. 6,016,372
Waveguide Cleaning Kit (#501609), above,
includes the most commonly needed cleaning
solutions for the LWCC waveguides. The LWCC
Start-up Kit (#KITLWCC), at right, includes two
fiber optic cables (#FO-400-SMA1M), Sample
Injector Assembly (#58006), Peri-Star™ Peristaltic
Pump (#500291), and WaveGuide Cleaning Kit
(#501609).
LWCC-2002
LWCC-2005
LWCC-2010
LWCC-2050
LWCC-2100
LWCC-2200
LWCC-2500
Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell, pathlength = 2 cm Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell, pathlength = 5 cm Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell, pathlength = 10 cm Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell, pathlength = 50 cm Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell, pathlength = 100 cm Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell, pathlength = 200 cm Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell, pathlength = 500 cm Accessories
A sample injector assembly can be used to conveniently fill an LWCC with sample solution using a peristaltic pump. Please
note that the LWCC requires two optical fibers to connect to spectrophotometer system. Choose between anti-solarized 400
micron core or UV-enhanced cables (may be ordered in 1 or 3 meter lengths).
58006
Sample Injector Assembly
500291
Peri-Star™ Peristaltic Pump, 6 roller for smooth liquid injection
FO-400-SMA1M Fiber Optic cable, 1m, SMA, 400 mm core, UV-enhanced
501609
Waveguide Cleaning Kit
KITLWCC
LWCC Start-up Kit*
58450
Kit, Adapter Syringe, LWCC
*includes FO-400-SMA1M (two), 58006, 500291, 501609
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
253
Microliter Sampling
Sample volumes as small as 2 microliters
U.S. Patents 5,416,879 — 2,284,904B — 5,507,447
SPEC­TROS­CO­PY / FLUOROMETRY
SpectroPipetter ™
SpectroPipetter™
is the smallest
and easiest to
use microliter
spectroscopic
sample cell on
the market. With its
References
especially low sample volume
of only 2 microliters, the
SpectroPipetter is ideally suited
for protein and DNA analysis. In its outward design, the SpectroPipetter
resembles a standard laboratory pipette. Fluid is taken up and expelled
by means of a manual plunger, just as in a standard pipette. The plunger
is made of an optical fiber bundle, protected by stainless steel tubing.
In addition to moving
the sample in and out of
the sample chamber, it
delivers and collects the
light used for absorbance
measurements. This
design allows easy,
quick and accurate
spectroscopic
measurements of small
sample volumes. Two
fiber optic cables are
used to connect the
Piston is part of
fiber optic pathway
SpectroPipetter to a spectrophotometer. The launch cable is used
to couple light from a light source to the sample chamber, which is
designed using waveguide principles. The return guides the light from
the sample chamber to a spectrophotometer. The SpectroPipetter is
ideally suited for measurements with WPI's TIDAS II spectrophotometer
system. Further, modular sample systems can be assembled using WPI’s
PDA (TIDAS I) or CCD based spectrometer modules and WPI’s range of
UV/VIS light sources (D2H, D2Lite™, and FO-6000). We recommend the
SPT-2 for TIDAS II- and TIDAS I-based systems and the SPT for S2000- or
SpectraUSB-based systems.
In addition to the
standard accessories,
the optional Ultrasonic
Cleaning Kit is highly
recommended for keeping
the sample chamber
clean and for removing
any residual sample fluid
or dye from the sample
cell. The kit contains an
ultrasonic cleaning bath
for the tip module, a
special stand for placing the SpectroPipetter in the ultrasonic bath and a
bottle of concentrated cleaning solution. A built-in timer provides a 20second cleaning cycle with a high intensity ultrasonic wave each time it
is activated.
S.X. Liu, J.P. Fabisiak, V.A. Tyurin,
G.G. Borisenko, B.R. Pitt, J.S.
Lazo, V.E. Kagan, “Reconstitution
of Apo-Superoxide Dismutase
by Nitric Oxide-Induced Copper
Transfer from Metallothioneins”,
Chemical Research in Toxicology,
2000.
SpectroPipetter II
and Ultrasonic Cleaning Kit
S. Aleman, et al., “Longterm effects of antiretroviral
combination therapy on HIV
type 1 DNA levels” (1999) Aids
Research And Human Retroviruses
15: 14.
T.M. Redmond, S. Yu, E. Lee, D.
Bok, D. Hamasaki, N. Chen, P.
Goletz, J.X. Ma, R.K. Crouch, K.
Pfeifer, “Rpe65 is necessary for
production of 11-cis-vitamin A in
the retinal visual cycle”, Nature
Genetics, vol. 20, (1998), 344351.
SpectroPipetter Specifications
Protective
metal sheath
Cell opening
Quartz guide
WAVELENGTH RANGE (with TIDAS-2)
SAMPLE VOLUME
LIGHT PATH LENGTH OF CELL
TEMPERATURE RANGE
OPTICAL FIBER LENGTH
CORE DIAMETER OF LAUNCH FIBER(S)
CORE DIAMETER OF RETURN FIBER
SPT
230 - 850 nm
2 microliter
1.0 cm
4 to 99 °C
1.3 m
400 µm
100 µm
SPT-2
230 - 850 nm
2 microliter
1.0 cm
4 to 99 °C
1.3 m
200 µm bundle (3)
200 µm
SPT
SpectroPipetter
SPT-2
SpectroPipetter-II — Optimal UV Efficiency
SPT-UCK SpectroPipetter & Ultrasonic Cleaning Kit
SPT-2-UCK SpectroPipetter-II & Ultrasonic Cleaning Kit
After passing through
sample, reflected light
returns to the spectrometer
Sample
Mirror
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
15807 Cleaning Solution Concentrate (125 mL)
UCK
Ultrasonic Cleaning Kit
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
254
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
World’s Smallest
Fiber Optic
Dipping Probe
SPEC­TROS­CO­PY / FLUOROMETRY
DipTip™ is a miniature transmission probe for microliter spectroscopic
sampling. DipTip’s tip diameter is only 1.5 mm—the size of a 17-gauge
needle. It will fit into all micro centrifuge tubes on the market and is a
very useful tool for measuring protein and DNA samples. The diminutive
dipping probe can also be used for a dissolution system. Thanks to WPI's
proprietary optical design, DipTip is not only four to five times smaller
in diameter than any other product on the market, but also costs 50%
less. Together with our fiber optic-based spectrophotometers (Tidas II) or
spectrometer modules (Tidas I) or CCD (SpectraUSB) and light sources
(D2H, D2Lite™, and FO-6000), microliter samples can be analyzed very
cost effectively.
for
UV/Vis
Spectroscopy
Ideal for multi-channel applications.
10 mm light pathlength
5 mm light pathlength
2 mm light pathlength
DIPTIP Specifications
DIP-UV Tip Diameter
DIP-NIR
DIP-UV-SR
1.5mm 1.5 mm
1.5 mm
2, 5, 10mm 2, 5, 10mm
2, 5, 10mm
Wavelength Range (nm)
230-1000 350-1000
200-1000
Sample Volume Required
20-50 µL 20-50 µL Distance From Tip to Upper Edge of Sample Window
7 mm 7 mm 7 mm Total Length (including handle)
18 cm 18 cm 18 cm Light Pathlength
Fiber Length
Fiber Optic Connection
20-50 µL 1.5 m 1.5 m 1.5 m
SMA 905 SMA 905 SMA 905
Launch Fibers (2) NA = 0.22
400 µm 400 µm 400 µm
Return Fiber (1) NA = 0.22 400 µm 400 µm 400 µm
DIP-UVx
DIP-NIRx
DIP-UV-SRx
UCK
DipTip™ for UV/VIS Spectroscopy (2,5, and 10mm path)
DipTip™ for VIS/NIR Spectroscopy (2,5, and 10mm path)
DipTip™ for UV/VIS with solar resistant fibers (2,5, and 10mm path)
Ultrasonic Cleaning Kit
Specify pathlength when ordering: X = 2, 5 or 10
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
255
SPEC­TROS­CO­PY / FLUOROMETRY
Cuvette Holders & Accessories
WPI’s cuvette holders can be connected via optical fibers to our light sources
and detectors to build modular absorbance/transmission or fluorescence
detection system. They are optimized for UV/VIS/NIR applications in the
200‑nm to 2 µm range. Quartz, glass or plastic cuvettes of various sizes
can be used with them to analyze your sample solutions. Some key design
features are:
● A pair of adjustable 5-mm diameter f/2 quartz fiber optic collimators
● Spring loaded ball plungers for precise cuvette positioning
● Built-in 1/4-inch filter slot
● Temperature stabilization with a water bath via internal liquid channels in
the cuvette holder base
● SMA 905 terminations for fiber optic coupling
Cuvette Holder for 1 cm Cuvettes
The CUV-UV is a cuvette
holder for 1 cm cuvettes
and couples to a light
source and spectrometer
via optical fibers. WPI’s
quartz and glass cuvettes
can be conveniently used to
measure absorbencies with
sample volumes ranging
from 0.2‑mL (CUV2034‑1)
to 3.5‑mL (CUV2012‑1).
Further, flow through systems
can be assembled when using WPI’s cuvette flow cells CUV2061-1 or
CUV2062-1. A black cuvette cover is available to eliminate ambient light and
to block the light path, when taking dark current measurements.
CUV-UV
501603
Cuvette holder for UV/VIS/NIR, 1 cm
Black Cuvette Cover (optional)
4-way Cuvette Holder for 1 cm Cuvettes
The CUV-ALL 4-way Cuvette
Holder for 1-cm path length
cuvettes is equipped with fiber
optic couplings, which couple
to optical fibers to either read
or illuminate the sample.
When used with spectrometers
and light sources, CUV-ALL
Cuvette Holders can measure
absorbance, fluorescence,
scattering or any combination of
these optical phenomena. The
cuvette holder can be used for
“straight-through” measurements,
as well as for scattering or fluorescence measurements. The CUV-ALL Cuvette
Holder accepts all WPI’s 1 cm cuvettes; adjustable spring-loaded pistons hold
the cuvette against two reference surfaces. The assembly also has a built-in
1/4-inch filter slot, especially convenient for tailoring (with bandpass filters)
excitation wavelengths in fluorescence measurements.
CUV-ALL
501603
4 way cuvette holder Black Cuvette Cover (optional)
Cuvette Holder for Fluorescence
Applications
The CUV-UV-FL is a fluorescence option of the CUV-ALL, available with two,
instead of four collimators, to allow perpendicular sample excitation and
detection. To increase the efficiency, mirrored screw plugs (CUV-MSP) are
available to reflect excitation and emission light back into the sample cell.
CUV-UV-FL Fluorescence Cuvette Holder 501603
Black Cuvette Cover (optional)
CUV-MSP Mirrored screw plugs Cuvette Holder for 10 cm Cuvettes
The CUV-UV-10 is a cuvette
holder for 10 cm cuvettes and
couples to a light source and
a spectrometer via optical
fibers. The cuvette holder can
be used for absorbance and
transmission measurements of
aqueous solutions. Each cuvette
holder assembly comes with
a black cover, which can be
used to eliminate ambient light.
WPI’s CUV2071-1, a 10 cm
cuvette with a sample volume
of 28 mL can be used to perform measurements with a 10 cm pathlength.
CUV-UV-10 Cuvette holder for UV/VIS/NIR, 10 cm
Linear Variable Filters
●
●
●
●
●
Continuously variable wavelength in one filter
Substantial economy to using fixed wavelength filters
Rugged, durable, and easily cleanable
UV and VIS versions available
Especially useful for fluorescence applications
WPI’s unique high pass and low pass linear variable filter slides vary their
transition wavelength along their lengths. A specific wavelength can be
selected by simply adjusting the filter to the appropriate linear position.
A single linear variable high pass filter (#502126) blocks 98.8% of light
below and transmits 90% light above its selectable transition wavelength. A
single linear variable low pass filter (#502127) passes light at 88% up to its
transition wavelength and then blocks 98.8%. When aligning two identical
high pass or low pass filters, the optical density of the blocked wavelength
increases to 99.96%, but the transmission is reduced to approximately 80%.
A band pass filter (#502111) with adjustable center wavelength and band
pass can be assembled by combining a low pass and a high pass linear
variable filter slide. With this combination, center wavelength and transmission
bandwidth can be user selected.
Accessories
All filters are housed in a slide carrier and can be easily inserted in either
a inline filter holder (#502114) or cuvette holder (#CUV-ALL). An optical
adapter (#502112) is available for the CUV-ALL cuvette holder to clamp
the slide carrier into place and set the filter position. A cuvette shaped PTFE
block (#502113) can be used to redirect excitation light 90 degrees from
the excitation port into the emission port of a fluorescence cuvette holder
(CUV-ALL or CUV-UV-FL) to monitor and adjust filter performance during the
experimental setup.
The filters listed below have a 300-750 nm wavelength range.
We also offer a UV (230-500‑nm) version of each filter. Call for assistance.
502126
502127
502128
502129
502111
502112
502113
502114
502115
Single-filter Slide for High-pass Applications
Single-filter Slide for Low-pass Applications
Double-filter Slide for High-pass Applications
Double-filter Slide for Low-pass Applications
Adjustable Bandpass Linear Variable Filter
Adapter for Cuvette Holder
Cuvette-shaped PTFE Block for Redirecting Excitation Energy
In-line Filter Holder for Linear Variable Filters
Kit consisting of 502111, 502112, 502113 and 502114
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
256
$
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Quartz and optical glass cuvettes for
spectrophotometry and fluorometry
● High Quality Glass Cuvettes for $3/cuvette
● High Quality Synthetic Quartz Cuvettes for $36/cuvette
● Optical Glass: 350 – 2500 nm ● Synthetic Quartz: 185 – 2500 nm
Transmission [%]
100
80
60
40
20
Synthetic Quartz
Glass
0
200
400
600
800
1000
Style A
Style B
Style C
Fig. 2—Complete transmission curves of
Glass and Synthetic Quartz Cuvettes
Style F *
Style G
Wavelength [nm]
Fig. 1—Transmission curves
of Glass and Synthetic Quartz
Cuvettes
Useful accessories for cuvettes are
the ultrasonic cleaner (PUC) on page
163, and the Cleaning Solution
Concentrate (15807) on page 254.
Style D
Style E *
Catalog #
Style
Material
Windows Path
Dimensions
VolUME
Beam width
[mm]
[mm]
[mL]
[mm]
ABSORBANCE
CUV2011-1
B
Quartz
2
5
7.4x12.4x45
1.7
10
CUV2012-1
C
Quartz
2
10
12.4x12.4x45
3.5
10
CUV1022-10
C
Optical Glass
2
10
12.4x12.4x45
3.5
10
CUV2031-1
D
Quartz
2
10
12.4x12.4x45
1
4
CUV2032-1
D
Quartz
2
10
12.4x12.4x45
0.75
3
CUV2033-1
D
Quartz
2
10
12.4x12.4x45
0.5
2
CUV2034-1
D
Quartz
2
10
12.4x12.4x45
0.2
0.5-1
Fluorescence
CUV2051-1
A
Quartz
4
10
12.4x12.4x45
3.8
10
CUV2052-1
A
Quartz
4
10
12.4x12.4x45
1
4
Flow cells
CUV2061-1
E
Quartz
2
10
12.4x12.4x45
0.07
3
CUV2062-1
F
Quartz
2
10
12.4x12.4x45
0.48
4x12
CUV2071-1
G
Quartz
2
100
102.5 x d22
28
19
* Distance between base of cell and center of sample chamber: Style E, z = 16 mm; Style F, z = 15 mm.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
257
SPEC­TROS­CO­PY / FLUOROMETRY
WPI’s glass and synthetic quartz cuvettes
cence and flow) are shipped individually packtransmission curves of glass and synthetic
are ideal for UV/VIS/NIR absorbance or
aged, glass cuvettes are shipped in packages of
quartz cuvettes are shown in Fig. 1 (cuvettes
fluorescence experiments. The cuvettes are
10 cuvettes. These economic Quartz and Glass
were empty, thickness 1.25 mm x 2, including
manufactured by heat fusion into a single unit.
cuvettes are ideal for precision measurements,
surface reflections, measured with a TIDAS II
This adhesive-free technology eliminates any
because of their high quality materials used
against air as reference).
solvent interference. WPI offers two window
and their low manufacturing tolerances. Typical
A complete transmission spectrum from 190
materials, fused quartz and glass.
nm to 4 mm is shown in Fig. 2
Synthetic quartz can be used in deep
(cuvettes were empty, thickness
Technical Characteristics
UV applications and is recommended
1.25 mm x 2, including surface
Cuvette Material Spectral Range
Transmission Difference for fluorescent applications, as it does
reflections).
(>80%)
Between Different Cuvettes
not exhibit background fluorescence.
Optical Glass
350 – 2500 nm Less than 1%
Quartz cuvettes (absorbance, fluoresSynthetic Quartz
200 – 2500 nm Less than 1%
Transmission Probes
The TR-600 is a high efficiency transmission probe for dipping and online
UV/VIS absorbance measurements in liquids. The probe end is dipped into a
sample solution to perform a measurement. Launch and return fibers have a
600 mm core diameter, as well as the probe has a remarkable transmission
(20% at 260 nm and over 30 % at 700 nm). This makes the probe ideal as
a dipping probe for WPI’s TIDAS I and TIDAS‑II as well as the S2000 and
SpectraUSB series systems. Additionally, the probe can be conveniently used
with spectrophotometers that required fiber optic adapters (e.g., Varian or
HP). The probe works in the range of 200 nm to 1000 nm range. The optical
pathlength can be selected between 2, 5 and 10 mm when purchased. Probe
diam: 6.35 mm. Shaft length: 152 mm.
SPEC­TROS­CO­PY / FLUOROMETRY
TR-600
TR-600
TR600-xx
Transmission probe with 1 tip (2, 5, 10 or 20 mm) TR600TIP-xx Replacement Tip (specify 2, 5, 10 or 20 mm)
range of 200 nm to 1000 nm range. The optical
pathlength can be selected between 2, 5 and 10
mm when purchased. The TR-UV can be used
efficiently with WPI’s TIDAS I high performance
TR-UV
TR-UV
The TR-UV is a transmission probe, which can
be used for online absorbance measurements
in liquids. Six fibers with a core diameter of
200‑µm are used to transport light from a light
source to the sample cell, one 200‑µm fiber is
used to couple light from the sample cell back
into the spectrometer. The probe works in the
TR-UV
TR-TIP-xx
Reflectance Probes
The REF-UV is a standard reflection probe to
observe spectral information of diffuse or direct
spectrometer module and a D2H or FO-6000
light source or WPI’s CCD-based spectrometer
modules (SpectraUSB and S2000) and a D2H,
D2Lite™ or FO-6000 light source.
Transmission probe with 1 tip (2, 5, 10) Replacement Tip (specify 2, 5 or 10 mm)
reflecting materials. Light is
guided via six fibers with a
core diameter of 200 µm
from a light source to the
sample. Reflected light is
guided via a seventh fiber
with a core diameter of
200‑µm to a light detector.
The REF-UV can be used
with WPI’s fiber optic-based
spectrophotometer (TIDAS
REF-UV
REF-UV
II) or spectrometer modules
(TIDAS I, S2000 series or
SpectraUSB) and light sources (D2H, D2Lite™,
and FO-6000).
REF-UV
Reflectance Probe
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
13395
SMA Bulkhead Feedthru connector/coupler, D-hole
13370
SMA half-length Bulkhead coupler/connector
CC-3-UV
Cosine Corrector
13370
CC-3-UV
13395
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
258
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Bifurcated Fiber
Optic Assemblies
Use to combine similar intensity light from
differing sources or to split a light source into
two fibers. For use with a dual spectrometer as
a reference.
UV/VIS
BIFURCATED ASSEMBLY
Specifications
1 meter
Connectors
SMA
Wavelength ranges
200-1100 nm
Cable Type
UV-enhanced
BIF22
BIF44
BIF41
BIF62
BIF66
Split or combine similar intensities (200/200)
Split or combine similar intensities (400/400)
Combine UV (400) + VIS (100)
Combine UV (600) + VIS (200)
Split or Combine Similar Intensities (600/600)
WPI can build custom fiber optic assemblies for many
UV/VIS/NIR applications. Call for more information.
UV-enhanced fiber optic cables
of such a fiber, defined by the 1/e reduction in
transmission at 240 nm, is normally less than
200 minutes. This effect renders them unsuitable
for UV spectroscopy below 240 nm.
Anti-solarization fibers suitable for deep
UV spectroscopy solve this problem. These
fibers stabilize to less than 5% degradation
over a period of 20,000 hours after an initial
transmission “burn-in” loss of less than 25%.
Additionally, this anti-solarization characteristic
will not degrade over time.
Features
● Broad UV/Vis spectral range ● Laser damage resistant ● High core to clad ratios ● Broad
temperature range ● Bio-compatible materials
● Radiation resistant ● Sterilizable by ETO and
gamma radiation ● Higher transmission than PCS
between 180‑nm and 300 nm
Properties
● Multimode • Pure silica core • Numerical aperture: 0.22 ± 0.02 (standard)
● Standard prooftest: 70 kpsi • Minimum bend
radius: 100x clad radius (momentary), 600x
clad radius (long term)
Anti-Solarization
The transmission of conventional UV-enhanced
silica/silica fiber decreases rapidly at wavelengths
below 240 nm when exposed to high intensities
of a deuterium lamp. This effect is called “UVsolarization” and results from the generation of
color centers in the fiber material. The lifetime
Over 20,000 hours
with less than 5%
degradation!
Attenuation
dB/km
1000—
100—
Transmission/m 99%
10—
99.9%
1—
200
300
400
Wavelength, nm
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
UV-ENHANCED FIBER OPTIC CABLES, 230 – 1000 NM
FO-50-SMA1M Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 50 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
FO-50-SMA
Fiber Optic Cable, 3 m, SMA, 50 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
FO-100-SMA1M Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 100 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
FO-100-SMA
Fiber Optic Cable, 3 m, SMA, 100 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
FO-200-SMA1M Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 200 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
FO-200-SMA
Fiber Optic Cable, 3 m, SMA, 200 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
FO-400-SMA1M Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 400 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
FO-400-SMA
Fiber Optic Cable, 3 m, SMA, 400 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
FO-400SMA/ST Fiber Optic cable, 1 m, SMA/ST connector, 400 µm core, UV-Enhanced
FO-600-SMA1M Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 600 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
FO-600-SMA
Fiber Optic Cable, 3 m, SMA, 600 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
FO-1000-SMA1M Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 1000 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
FO-1000-SMA
Fiber Optic Cable, 3 m, SMA, 1000 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
ANTI SOLARIZATION FIBER OPTIC CABLES, 190 – 1000 NM
FO-200AS-SMA Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 200 µm Core, Anti-Solarization
FO-400AS-SMA Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 400 µm Core, Anti-Solarization
FO-600AS-SMA Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 600 µm Core, Anti-Solarization
PLASTIC FIBER OPTIC CABLES (NON UV), 400 TO 1000 NM
FOP1-SMA
Plastic Fiber Optic Cable, SMA connectors, 1 mm x 2 m
FOP1-SMA/ST
Plastic Fiber Optic Cable, ST/SMA connectors, 1 mm x 2 m
FOP1-ST
Plastic Fiber Optic Cable, ST connectors, 1 mm x 2 m
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
259
SPEC­TROS­CO­PY / FLUOROMETRY
Length
FO-6000™
FO-6000FILT
The FO-6000FILT inline filter
holder directly attaches to the FO6000 light source. This allows a
virtual light loss free insertion of
optical filters with outer diameters
from 8 to 25.4 mm and thickness
ranging from 2 to 10 mm into
the light path of the FO-6000.
With this filter holder and an
optical filter, a highly stable
monochromatic light source can be
assembled.
D2H
Deuterium halogen light source with
integrated TTL shutter
The D2H is a combined deuterium and halogen light source for UV/VIS
and NIR applications. This light source is ideally suited to work with
WPI’s spectrometer modules and sample cells. It supplies a continuous
spectrum in the UV, VIS
D2H Spectrum
and NIR range from 215
nm to 1700 nm. The D2H is
tungsten & deuterium
1.0
tungsten
equipped with an integrated
0.8
deuterium
electrical shutter, which can
0.6
be controlled by a switch or
0.4
a TTL signal. For deep UV
applications (190‑nm), the
0.2
D2H-2 should be used.
0.0
Normalized Intensity
This new miniature
FO-6000 Spectrum
tungsten light source has
been developed for high
1. 0
precision portable and
0. 8
low-power spectroscopy
0. 6
applications. Its advantage
lies in its high light power
0. 4
output, its effective color
0. 2
FO-6000
temperature of 6000K and
2760 K Tungsten Lamp
0. 0
its exceptionally low drift
300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
below 0.5 mAU/h. The
Wavelength [nm]
FO-6000 is a light source
for the extended visible
part of the light spectrum (380 nm – 1700 nm). It has a SMA type
output connector. Shutter and lamp can be operated via TTL external
triggering. This light source offers a wide assortment of field applications
in analytical chemistry as well as environmental and life science.
A significant problem with tungsten light bulbs is their inherent low
light output at wavelengths below 430 nm. The FO-6000 was developed
to overcome this limitation. The light intensity of a tungsten light bulb
(2760K) drops below 10% at 420 nm wavelength. However, using
FO-6000, the light intensity drops below 10% at 370 nm, where the
intensity of the conventional tungsten light bulb is at approximately 2%
relative light output. The inherent low noise of the FO-6000 makes it
particularly suitable for low-noise detection systems.
Normalized Intensity [cts]
SPEC­TROS­CO­PY / FLUOROMETRY
High color temperature
tungsten light source
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
Wavelength [nm]
D2H
D2H-2
D2H-HB
D2H-DB
D2H-HBER
Deuterium Halogen Light Source (215 nm–1700 nm)
Deuterium Halogen Light Source (190 nm–1700 nm)
Halogen replacement lamp
Deuterium replacement lamp ( > 215 nm)
Deuterium replacement lamp ( > 190 nm)
UV
Safety
Gog­gles
Goggles fit over
regular glasses
FO-6000
Fiber Optic Light Source
FO-6000FILT Inline Filter Holder Adapter for FO-6000
800120
Replacement Lamp for FO-6000
13410
UV Safety Goggles
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
260
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
LED-Lite
Modular LED Light source with
exchangeable LEDs
The LED-lite is a power supply for WPI’s ELS LED modules for
monochromatic light excitation. Each ELS module has an SMA bulk head
fitting and allows direct attachment of SMA terminated fibers.
ELS module
Normalized Intensity
This new miniature deuterium light source has been developed for
portable and low-power spectroscopy applications. Its advantage lies in
fast and convenient single measurement cycles and its short warming up
time. D2Lite is a complete UV-VIS light source (200 nm – 1100 nm) with
shine-through arrangement of a deuterium and a tungsten lamp, shutter,
optical system with SMA
connector and power supply
D2Lite Spectrum
for the two lamps. Both
1.0
lamps and shutter can be
operated via TTL external
0.8
triggering. This light source
0.6
offers a wide assortment
0.4
of field applications in
0.2
environmental and life
sciences.
0.0
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
Wavelength [nm]
D2LITE-Y
D2LITE-B
D2LITE-Z
D2LITE-R
D2Lite Deuterium Light Source (120V, US plug)
D2Lite Deuterium Light Source (240V, UK plug)
D2Lite Deuterium Light Source (240V, Euro plug)
Replacement Lamp
ELS Spectral Distributions
Color
λmax
370 nm
430 nm
450 nm
470 nm
495 nm
525 nm
590 nm
623 nm
660 nm
UV
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue-Green
Green
Yellow
Orange
Red
Application
Spectral Range
ELS-xxx
ELS-370
300051
300052
External Light Source Module (specify wavelength)
ELS Module (370 nm)
Fiber Optic Collimator (SMA)
Fiber Optic Collimator (ST)
To order ELS, use wavelength as suffix to
part number (e.g. ELS-430).
D2LITE
D2H / D2H-2
UV/VIS/NIR
UV/VIS/NIR
FO-6000
VIS/NIR
200—1700 nm
215/190—1700 nm
380—1700 nm
Deuterium lamp life
1000 hr
1000 hr
NA
2000 hr
1000 hr
3000* hr
<0.5 mAU/h
<1 mAU/h
<0.5 mAU/h
Power Consumption
6 W
100 W
6W
Power requirements
12Vdc/0.5A
110/240V, 50-60Hz, 1A
12VDC/1A
Shutter/TTL trigger
Max. Fiber Output
Connections
Shipping Weight
Dimensions (W/H/L) 85 µW
15 µW
119 µW
140 µW
227 µW
80 µW
60 µW
114 µW
275 µW
LED-LITE ELS Power Supply (requires ELS module)
Includes transformer and AC adapter.
Specify line voltage
Tungsten/Halogen lamp life
Stability
12 nm
65 nm
70 nm
20 nm
35 nm
40 nm
13 nm
15 nm
35 nm
Estimated
Output
Estimated output is after light has passed through a 1 mm fiber.
LIGHT SOURCE SPECIFICATIONS
Spectral Line
Half Width
Yes
Yes
Yes
1000 mm
1000 mm
1000 mm
SMA
SMA
SMA
1.0 lb (0.4 kg)
13.2 lb (6 kg) 1.3 lb (0.6 kg)
2.7 x 2.6 x 6.7
(7 x 6.5 x 17)
5.3 x 5.9 x 12.6
(13.5 x 15 x 32) 4.8 x 2.8 x 7.5
(12 x 7 x 19)
*Lamp life is dependent upon internal power settings.
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
261
SPEC­TROS­CO­PY / FLUOROMETRY
Deuterium
light source
solution for
hand-held
spectroscopy
In-Line Fiber Optic PeroxiLuminol
Hydrogen Peroxide Determination
Filter Hold­er
Kit Based on Peroxidase-Catalyzed
This very useful instrument allows the insertion of optical filters within a
fiber optic pathway. The connectors of the filter holder assembly are com­
pat­i­ble with WPI’s range of fiber optic jumper cables and can be coupled
using SMA or ST connectors.
Luminol Chemiluminescence
1200
Two fiber optic collimators are internally mounted in the holder so as
to pass collimated light through the filter and then refocus the filtered
light into the aperture of the out­put fiber. Spectral range will be largely
limited by the bandpass of the optical fibers (from UV to near IR using
WPI UV-enhanced ca­bles).
56200
56300
In-Line Fiber Optic Filter Holder (SMA)
In-Line Fiber Optic Filter Holder (ST)
Fiber Optic Collimator
WPI’s Fiber Optic Collimator can be used for both collimating a light beam
emitted by an optical fiber or coupling light from a collimated light beam
into an optical fiber. The numerical aperture of the collimator is optimized for
maximum coupling efficiency into typical fused silica fibers. The collimator
can, for example, be used to guide a parallel light beam through a sample
cuvette or an optical filter with virtually no optical losses. In this application,
one collimator collimates the light into a parallel beam 5 mm in diameter,
enabling it to pass a long distance without losing the energy. After the light
passes the sample media, a second collimator can be used to collect the
beam into the receiving fiber. A unique design feature of this collimator is that
the distance between the lens and the optical fiber can be easily adjusted.
This permits it to be used as a focusing device or for fine-tuning the color
balance when coupling light from a light source into a fiber.
COLLIMATOR Specifications
Lens diameter 5 mm
Lens focal distance
10 mm
Lens material
Ultraviolet grade synthetic fused silica (KU-1)
Wavelength range
170 nm-2 µm
Mounting threads
3/8-24 UNF
Divergence
< 0.1 rad for 1 mm core fiber
Fiber connector interface
SMA or ST
300051
300052
y = 10.291x + 1.0278
Luminescence (mV)
1000
1000
Luminescence (mV)
SPEC­TROS­CO­PY / FLUOROMETRY
1200
Filters with
outer diameters
from 8 to 25.4
mm and thick­
ness­es from 2 to
10 mm can be
accomodated.
The design lim­its
lateral and axial
movement of
the filter when
secured in the
holder.
Fiber Optic Collimator (SMA)
Fiber Optic Collimator (ST)
800
R 2 = 0.9996
800
600
400
200
600
0
0
20
40
60
80
100
400
200
0
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
Hydrogen Peroxide is produced in biological systems by controlled
pathways at low concentrations that impact on cell signaling. At higher
concentrations inflammatory cells produce local intense amounts of
this oxidant to kill pathogens. In the development of human disease
uncontrolled formation of hydrogen peroxide from the mitochondrial
respiratory chain and enzymes such as xanthine oxidase can
occur (Prof. Victor Darley-Usmar, University of Alabama, personal
communication). Hydrogen peroxide concentrations at µM level elicit
a broad spectrum of cellular responses ranging from mitogenic growth
stimulation to apoptosis and necrosis. PeroxiLuminol is a hydrogen
peroxide chemiluminescence bioassay kit developed by WPI to provide
an accurate analytical tool by which to measure hydrogen peroxide
formation in the living system. The kit is designed to compliment
WPI’s new range of hydrogen peroxide electrochemical sensors. When
combined together these detection methods will greatly aid hydrogen
peroxide research.
Assay Principle: Horseradish peroxidase (HRP) reacts with hydrogen
peroxide to form reactive Compound I and Compound II, which in turn
oxidize luminol with concomitant production of chemiluminescence
(see reaction scheme below). The PeroxiLuminol Kit has been optimized
so that hydrogen peroxide concentration is linearly proportional to
luminescence intensity. Our formulation assures that luminescence
intensity doesn’t decay too quickly so that measurement can be made
accurately and precisely. The slow decay rate also allows luminescence
measurement with simple luminometers that may not include injection/
mixing devices. The figure above shows hydrogen peroxide standards as
assayed by the HRP-catalyzed luminescence method.
Benefits
• Determine hydrogen peroxide concentration in minutes.
• Simple and extensively tested method with an increased sensitivity.
• More stable signals.
• Inexpensive measurement instrument.
Note: This kit is designed to assay hydrogen peroxide in cell cultures.
Samples with high hemoglobin content and/or metal content may not
be suitable for assay. Due to continued development, the kit format and
performance parameters may be changed without a notice. Contact WPI for
further information.
PEROXYLUMINOL Hydrogen Peroxide Determination Kit
This kit provides material for 100 assays in cuvettes or test tubes
(assay volume: 1 mL/assay).
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
262
500
Time (s)
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • wpi[email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
GSH ASSAY KIT
Quantitative Determination of Glutathione Using Tietze’s Enzymatic Recycling Method
Absorbance (412 nm)
1.6
1.4
1.2
0.6
30 µM GSH
y = 0.0175x + 0.0096
0.5
R 2 = 0.9996
0.4
0.3
24 µM GSH
0.2
0.1
0
0
10
20
30
18 µM GSH
GSH Concentration (µM)
1
0.8
12 µM GSH
0.6
6 µM GSH
0.4
0.2
0 µM GSH
0
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
GR
NADPH
GSHt DTNB
Time (minutes)
Glutathione (GSH), a tripeptide antioxidant,
plays multiple biological functions. It is involved
in detoxification of harmful molecules, such
as reactive oxygen species (i.e., hydrogen
peroxide and hydroperoxides) through
glutathione peroxidaes, and xenobiotics through
glutathione transferase. It is also involved in
signal transduction, gene expression, apoptosis
and interaction with nitric oxide. Glutathione
antioxidant status is frequently measured in
physiology and pathophysiology.
Assay principal: GSH reacts with Ellman’s
reagent (5,5’-dithiobis(nitrobenzoic acid) or DTNB)
to produce a chromophore TNB with maximal
absorbance at 412 nm and oxidized glutathione
GSSG. Tietze formulated an enzymatic method
to regenerate GSH using Glutathione Reducatse
and NADPH, to provide specificity and improved
sensitivity for the assay. The reaction mechanism
is depicted schematically in the following figure.
Since glutathione reductase is used, the amount
of glutathione measured represents the sum of
reduced and oxidized glutathione in the sample
([GSH]t = [GSH] + 2 x [GSSG]). The rate of
absorbance change (∆A412nm/min) is made to be
linear for the convenience and consistence of
measurement, and is linearly proportional to the
total concentration of GSH. The concentration of
an unknown (sample) is determined by calculating
from the linear equation generated from several
standards of glutathione.
Selective References
1. Sies H., “Glutathione and its role in cellular function”, Free Rad.
Biol. Med. (1999), 27, 916-921.
2. Griffith, O. W., “Biological and pharmacologic regulation of
mammalian glutathione synthesis”, Free Rad. Biol. Med. (1999),
27, 922-935.
3. Tietze F., “Enzymic method for quantitative determination
of nanogram amounts of total and oxidized glutathione:
applications to mammalian blood and other tissues”, Anal.
Biochem. (1969), 27, 502-522.
GSH
GSSG
NADPH
GR
TNB
GSTNB
(λ 412nm)
TNB
(λ 412nm)
GSHt ↔ ∆TNB/min ↔ ∆A412nm/min
Other Benefits
● Formulated for convenient and fast assay for biological samples — 3 minutes/assay at room temperature.
● Use simple spectrophotometers or microtiter plate readers.
● No interference from cysteine and metal ions.
● Wide assay range from 0.1 µM to 30 µM in sample (dilution is
required for samples with higher GSH concentration.)
● Kit includes all required reagents and standards.
GSH-KIT Total Glutathione Determination Kit
50 cuvette assays/200 microplate well assays
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
263
SPEC­TROS­CO­PY / FLUOROMETRY
Rate (A412nm/min)
1.8
NITRALYZER™-II
Nitrate to Nitrite Reduction Kit
Quantitative Determination of Nitrite
Absrbance (540 nm)
This kit uses the
standard colorimetric
Standard Curves
Griess Reaction
(After 10x dilution with deproteinization
reagents/NITRALYZER-II treatment)
to measure nitrite
concentration in
0.25
biological samples.
y = 0.0021x + 0.0029
2
When nitrate or total
R = 0.999
0.2
nitrate plus nitrite (Nox)
Nitrite Standards
is measured, samples
0.15
must first be treated by
NITRALYZER-II Kit to
0.1
convert all nitrate into
y = 0.0021x + 0.0044
nitrite.
0.05
R 2 = 0.999
Nitrate
Standards
Spectrophotometric
0
quantification of nitrite
0
20
40
60
80
100
using Griess reagents
Original Concentration (µM)
is simple, reliable and
cost-effective. It is
widely used in numerous laboratories around the world and remains the
method of choice for some applications. Nox assay requires reduction
to nitrite before Griess Reaction. Nitrate concentration can then be
determined by calculating the difference between Nox concentration and
nitrite concentration.
Nitrate and nitrite are end products of short-lived nitric oxide invivo. Nitrite concentration can be measured by a number of wellestablished methods. Nitrate assay requires conversion into nitrite
before the measurement. Copper-coated cadmium is the most popular
chemical reducer
among researchers.
Copperized Cadium Nitrate Reducer
Alternative methods
120
based on enzymatic
100 µM Nitrate (two sets)
reduction of nitrate
100
require much longer
reaction times and
80
their conversion
50 µM Nitrate
60
efficiency decreases
at high nitrate
40
25 µM Nitrate
concentrations. 10 µM Nitrate (two sets)
20
Advantages of
cadmium based
0
method include
10
20
30
40
50
60
stability upon storage
Reduction Time (minutes)
and invariability
between different lots.
Nitrite (µM)
SPEC­TROS­CO­PY / FLUOROMETRY
This kit uses disposable copper-coated cadmium granules to convert
nitrate into nitrite in minutes, with consistent ~100% efficiency. It is
compatible with both WPI’s Griess REACTION NITRITE KIT and ISONOP electrochemical nitrite assay method.
Griess REACTION
NITRITE KIT
Benefits
~100% conversion efficiency in minutes (up to 100µM nitrate).
Disposable – used only once to yield consistent results. Conversion takes place at room temperature.
Compatible with both Griess REACTION NITRITE KIT and ISONOP electrochemical nitrite assay technique.
● Scalable – smaller volumes for hard-to-obtain biological samples
(12 µL minimum sample volume).
● Kit includes all required reagents, including deproteinization reagents.
● Extensively tested in WPI’s laboratory.
●
●
●
●
NITRALYZER II
Nitrate to Nitrite Reduction Kit
Kit contains material for 100–500 conversions
Benefits
● Simple (fast) and reliable, suitable for large number of samples.
● Low cost.
● 0.3 µM – 100 µM assay range (assuming that no deproteinization is
required).
● Kit includes all required reagents, including deproteinization reagents.
● Assay at room temperature.
● Extensively tested in our laboratory.
Spectrophotometer and semi-micro cuvettes are required for the assay (see
Spectroscopy Section). Alternatively, a microtiter plate reader can be used
for absorbance measurement.
GRNK
GRNK-II
Griess Reaction Nitrite Kit, 100-500 Nitrite tests
GRNK + NITRALYZER-II, 100-500 Nox tests
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
264
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Product Index
Item
Page
Item
Page
14128 & 14128-G............................................. 131
14129 & 14129-G.............................................140
14130 & 14130-G.............................................139
14131 & 14131-G.............................................140
14132..................................................................132
14133 & 14133-G.............................................132
14134 & 14134-G.............................................144
14135..................................................................144
14136 & 14136-G.............................................149
14137 & 14137-G.............................................132
14139..................................................................144
14140 & 14140-G.............................................109
14141 & 14141-G.............................................109
14142 & 14142-G.............................................109
14177 & 14177-G............................................. 119
14187..................................................................106
14188..................................................................106
14189..................................................................138
14192 & 14192-G.............................................128
14206..................................................................134
14207..................................................................134
14208..................................................................130
14209.................................................................. 113
14211.................................................................. 111
14212..................................................................130
14213.................................................................. 161
14214 & 14214-G.............................................125
14215 & 14215-G.............................................125
14216 & 14216-G.............................................126
14217 & 14217-G.............................................126
14218 & 14218-G.............................................124
14219 & 14219-G.............................................124
14220 & 14220-G...........................................125
14221 & 14221-G............................................125
14224 & 14224-G...........................................124
14225 & 14225-G...........................................124
14226 & 14226-G........................................... 110
14239..................................................................234
14240 & 14240-G...........................................140
14253.................................................................... 29
14254.................................................................. 175
14292 & 14292-G ..........................................145
14342..................................................................163
14361.................................................................. 131
14364..................................................................120
14365..................................................................120
14393 & 14393-G...........................................123
14394 & 14394-G...........................................123
14395 & 14395-G...........................................125
14396 & 14396-G...........................................125
14404..................................................................163
14405..................................................................163
14417-F............................................................... 219
14444..................................................................203
15590................................................................. 218
15623.............................................. 175, 229, 231
15624.............................................. 175, 229, 231
15657.................................................................... 46
15676.............................................. 175, 229, 231
1571........................................................... 167, 187
15807..................................................................254
15810..................................................... 82, 83, 84
15867...................................................... 233, 238
15873................193, 196, 197, 200, 202, 203
15905 & 15905-G...........................................123
15906 & 15906-G...........................................123
15908................................................................. 111
15910.................................................................. 113
15911..................................................................138
15914 & 15914-G.............................................109
15915 & 15915-G.............................................109
15916 & 15916-G.............................................109
15917 & 15917-G.............................................109
15918 & 15918-G............................................. 110
15920 & 15920-G........................................... 116
15921 & 15921-G............................................ 116
15922 & 15922-G...........................................123
15923 & 15923-G...........................................123
15924 & 15924-G...........................................128
15926 & 15926-G...........................................133
15934.....................................................................31
15975.................................................................. 175
15976.................................................................. 175
15978..................................................................183
18-Dec.................................................................220
1965....................................................................183
1966....................................................................183
1967....................................................................183
1B100-3..............................................................180
Item
Page
1B100-4..............................................................180
1B100-6..............................................................180
1B100F-3............................................................180
1B100F-4............................................................180
1B100F-6............................................................180
1B120..................................................................180
1B120-4..............................................................180
1B120-6..............................................................180
1B120F-3............................................................180
1B120F-4............................................................180
1B120F-6............................................................180
1B150-3..............................................................180
1B150-4..............................................................180
1B150-6..............................................................180
1B150F-3............................................................180
1B150F-4............................................................180
1B150F-6............................................................180
1B200-4..............................................................180
1B200F-4............................................................180
1B200F-6............................................................180
2026-10.............................................................. 175
2478...................................................................... 32
2479...................................................................... 32
2505.................................................................... 187
2541.........................................................................3
2547.........................................................................5
260.........................................................................11
2851.................................................................... 175
2932.................................................................... 178
2933.................................................................... 178
2935.................................................................... 178
2B150F-4............................................................182
2B150F-6............................................................182
300033.............................................................. 238
300035.............................................................. 230
300040.............................................................. 175
300051...............................................................262
300052...............................................................262
300102........................................................24, 175
300276............................................................... 218
300305................................................................ 85
3006.................................................................... 175
3161..................................................................... 175
3259.......................................................................15
3260................................................................... 236
3294.................................................................... 175
3301.................................................................... 175
3302.................................................................... 175
3316.................................................................... 236
3414..........................................................................7
3417-10............................................................... 175
3468.................................................................... 178
3469.................................................................... 178
3484.................................................................... 178
3485.........................................................................7
3491.................................................................... 175
3492.................................................................... 175
3508.................................................................... 175
3517..................................................................... 175
3531...................................................................... 32
3551...................................................................... 32
3578...........................................................175, 191
3579-20............................................................... 57
3669...................................................................... 57
3670.................................................................... 175
3742-20.............................................................. 173
3955...................................................................... 57
3960...................................................................... 57
3993...................................................................... 59
3B120F-4............................................................182
3B120F-6............................................................182
40500.................................................................233
472-4AFD............................................................. 49
472-4SV................................................................ 49
47262................................................................... 49
47263................................................................... 49
47264................................................................... 49
47265................................................................... 49
47266................................................................... 49
47700.................................................................... 49
48000....................................................................31
48014.....................................................................31
48015.....................................................................31
48025....................................................................31
48200....................................................................31
48300....................................................................31
4878................................................................... 238
4879................................................................... 238
4886....................................................................166
Item
Page
4898....................................................................167
500023 & 500023-G.....................................135
500028.............................................................. 211
500046.............................................................. 127
500047 & 500047-G..................................... 127
500064..............................................................103
500075...............................................................145
500076...............................................................145
500077...............................................................145
500079...............................................................146
500081............................................................... 175
500082.............................................................. 175
500085..............................................................104
500086.............................................................. 119
500087............................................................... 137
500088 & 500088-G..................................... 137
500092 & 500092-G..................................... 110
500121................................................................163
500126...............................................................164
500128............................................................... 175
500131...................................................... 175, 190
500133...............................................................148
500134...............................................................148
500135...............................................................148
500137 & 500137-G....................................... 147
500143...............................................................146
500162.............................................................. 209
500168................................................................. 59
500177 & 500177-G....................................... 110
500178 & 500178-G....................................... 110
500184............................................................... 175
500186............................................................... 216
500191................................................................235
500192...............................................................235
500193...............................................................235
500194...............................................................235
500195...............................................................235
500196...............................................................235
500197...............................................................235
500198...............................................................235
500199...............................................................235
500200...............................................................235
500201...............................................................235
500202...............................................................235
500203...............................................................235
500204...............................................................235
500205...............................................................235
500206..............................................................235
500207...............................................................235
500216 & 500216-G.......................................123
500217 & 500217-G.......................................123
500218 & 500218-G.......................................126
500219 & 500219-G.......................................126
500220 & 500220-G.....................................126
500221 & 500221-G......................................126
500222 & 500222-G..................................... 110
500223 & 500223-G.....................................132
500224 & 500224-G.....................................134
500225 & 500225-G.....................................134
500226 & 500226-G.....................................134
500227 & 500227-G.....................................135
500228 & 500228-G.....................................122
500229...............................................................103
500230..............................................................103
500231...............................................................104
500232...............................................................105
500233...............................................................104
500234...............................................................106
500235...............................................................105
500236 & 500236-G.....................................143
500237 & 500237-G.....................................143
500238 & 500238-G.....................................143
500239-500248.............................................143
500240..............................................................143
500241...............................................................143
500242...............................................................143
500243...............................................................143
500244...............................................................143
500245...............................................................143
500246..............................................................143
500247...............................................................143
500248..............................................................143
500249...............................................................144
500250..............................................................144
500252............................................................... 161
500253............................................................... 161
500254............................................................... 161
500255............................................................... 161
500256.............................................................. 175
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
265
PRODUCT INDEX
100042................................................................. 84
121..........................................................................10
1300M................................................................... 32
13024.................................................................. 178
13025.................................................................. 178
13142.................................................. 29, 30, 238
13156-100......................................................... 173
13157-100.......................................................... 173
13158-100......................................................... 173
13159-100......................................................... 173
13160-100......................................................... 173
13161-100.......................................................... 173
13162-100.......................................................... 173
13163-100.......................................................... 173
13316........................................................ 167, 185
13324.................................................................. 175
13338.........................................................213, 216
13347.................................................................. 175
13370................................................................. 258
13388................................................................. 175
13395................................................................. 258
13410................................................................. 260
13451.................................................................. 175
1350M................................................................... 32
13555.................................................................. 175
1358.................................................................... 175
13620.................................................................. 175
13685............................................. 175, 229, 231
13740........................................................ 163, 168
13776.................................................................. 175
13822-10........................................................... 173
13854.................................................................. 175
13962.......................................................229, 231
14003 & 14003-G........................................... 119
14011.................................................................. 172
14012.................................................................. 172
14034-40........................................................... 173
14035-10........................................................... 173
14036-15........................................................... 173
14038-10........................................................... 173
14039-10........................................................... 173
14040-50........................................................... 173
14041-60........................................................... 173
14042-100......................................................... 173
14043-20........................................................... 173
14044-5.............................................................. 173
14045-20........................................................... 173
14047-10............................................................ 173
14048-20........................................................... 173
14051-100......................................................... 173
14054-10........................................................... 173
14055-2.............................................................. 173
14057-10............................................................ 173
14058-10........................................................... 173
14059-2.............................................................. 173
14061-60........................................................... 173
14073-4.............................................................. 177
14080 & 14080-G........................................... 131
14081 & 14081-G............................................132
14084.................................................................138
14088................................................................. 175
14089 & 14089-G...........................................146
14090 & 14090-G...........................................146
14091 & 14091-G............................................146
14095.................................................................105
14096.................................................................105
14097..................................................................106
14098.................................................................104
14099.................................................................105
14101...................................................................105
14104..................................................................195
14106..................................................................195
14109 & 14109-G.............................................133
14110 & 14110-G.............................................133
14111 & 14111-G.............................................122
14112 & 14112-G.............................................122
14113 & 14113-G............................................. 113
14114 & 14114-G............................................. 113
14116 & 14116-G.............................................138
14117 & 14117-G..............................................138
14118 & 14118-G.............................................138
14119 & 14119-G.............................................138
14120..................................................................138
14121...................................................................138
14122 & 14122-G............................................. 119
14124 & 14124-G.............................................120
14125..................................................................122
14126..................................................................122
14127 & 14127-G.............................................122
PRODUCT INDEX
Item
Page
500257............................................................... 175
500258.............................................................. 175
500259.............................................................. 175
500260 & 500260-G..................................... 119
500261............................................................... 211
500262............................................................... 211
500263............................................................... 211
500264............................................................... 213
500266.............................................................. 213
500278............................................................... 214
500280..............................................................168
500282..............................................................226
500283..............................................................226
500291...............................................................253
500292..........................................................29, 30
500299............................................................. 238
500313...............................................................142
500314...............................................................142
500315...............................................................142
500316...............................................................142
500317...............................................................142
500325...............................................................142
500326...............................................................142
500329..........................................................29, 30
500330..............................................................190
500335...............................................................103
500336..............................................................103
500337...............................................................103
500338..............................................................103
500339..............................................................104
500340..............................................................104
500341...............................................................104
500342...............................................................104
500343............................................................... 137
500344............................................................... 137
500345............................................................... 137
500346.............................................................. 137
500347............................................................... 137
500348..............................................................145
500348-500356.............................................144
500349...............................................................144
500350..............................................................144
500351...............................................................144
500352...............................................................144
500353...............................................................144
500354...............................................................144
500355...............................................................144
500356..............................................................144
500358.............................................................. 147
500362 & 500362-G..................................... 147
500363 & 500363-G..................................... 111
500364 & 500364-G..................................... 111
500365 & 500365-G..................................... 111
500366 & 500366-G..................................... 127
500367 & 500367-G..................................... 127
500368 & 500368-G.....................................139
500369 & 500369-G.....................................139
500370...............................................................155
500372...............................................................130
500373............................................................... 115
500374...............................................................130
500376...............................................................130
500377............................................................... 115
500378 & 500378-G.....................................128
500379 & 500379-G.....................................128
500380 & 500380-G.....................................129
500381............................................................... 131
500388..............................................................157
500389..............................................................157
500390..............................................................157
500391...............................................................157
500392..............................................................157
500393..............................................................157
500394..............................................................157
500395..............................................................157
500396..............................................................157
500397...............................................................159
500421...............................................................159
500444 & 500444-G.....................................129
500445............................................................... 131
500446 & 500446-G..................................... 118
500448..............................................................148
500449...............................................................148
500450.............................................................. 147
500451 & 500451-G...................................... 116
500452 & 500452-G..................................... 116
500453............................................................... 115
500455............................................................... 115
500456 & 500456-G..................................... 115
500457............................................................... 116
500458..............................................................149
500460..............................................................149
500462.............................................................. 147
500475.....................................................200, 201
Item
Page
500476.....................................................200, 201
500778.............................................................. 238
500787................................................................. 53
500788................................................................. 53
500789................................................................. 53
500811......................................................214, 215
500812......................................................214, 215
500813............................................................... 215
500814......................................................214, 215
500815............................................................... 215
500816............................................................... 214
500820-F........................................................... 219
500821......................................................214, 215
500822.............................................................. 215
500823.............................................................. 215
500825.............................................................. 214
500826.............................................................. 214
500827......................................................214, 215
500828............................................211, 214, 215
500871...............................................................204
500876...............................................................234
500877...............................................................234
500890.............................................................. 172
500895.............................................................. 172
501090...............................................................157
501200...............................................................149
501201................................................................105
501202...............................................................105
501203...............................................................105
501204...............................................................106
501205...............................................................106
501206...............................................................106
501207...............................................................108
501208...............................................................108
501209...............................................................108
501210................................................................108
501211................................................................ 118
501212................................................................ 115
501213................................................................159
501214................................................................159
501215 & 501215-G........................................109
501216 & 501216-G........................................ 110
501217 & 501217-G......................................... 111
501218 & 501218-G........................................128
501219 & 501219-G........................................128
501220 & 501220-G.......................................128
501221 & 501221-G.......................................128
501222 & 501222-G.......................................128
501223 & 501223-G.......................................128
501224 & 501224-G.......................................128
501225 & 501225-G.......................................128
501226 & 501226-G.......................................128
501227 & 501227-G.......................................128
501228 & 501228-G......................................128
501229 & 501229-G.......................................128
501230 & 501230-G......................................128
501231 & 501231-G.......................................128
501232............................................................... 119
501233............................................................... 119
501234 & 501234-G.......................................120
501235...............................................................122
501236 & 501236-G......................................122
501237...............................................................122
501238...............................................................122
501239 & 501239-G...................................... 112
501240 & 501240-G...................................... 118
501241 & 501241-G....................................... 117
501242 & 501242-G....................................... 117
501243 & 501243-G....................................... 118
501244 & 501244-G....................................... 110
501245 & 501245-G....................................... 110
501246 & 501246-G......................................134
501247 & 501247-G.......................................143
501248 & 501248-G......................................143
501249...............................................................143
501250...............................................................143
501251................................................................143
501252 & 501252-G.......................................125
501253 & 501253-G.......................................125
501254 & 501254-G.......................................125
501255 & 501255-G.......................................125
501256...............................................................129
501259 & 501259-G...................................... 127
501260 & 501260-G...................................... 127
501261 & 501261-G.......................................126
501262 & 501262-G.......................................126
501263 & 501263-G.......................................124
501264 & 501264-G.......................................124
501265 & 501265-G....................................... 111
501266 & 501266-G...................................... 111
501267 & 501267-G....................................... 111
501268 & 501268-G...................................... 111
501269............................................................... 147
501273-501286...............................................160
Item
Page
501274................................................................160
501275...............................................................160
501277...............................................................160
501278...............................................................160
501279...............................................................160
501280...............................................................160
501281................................................................160
501282...............................................................160
501283...............................................................160
501284...............................................................160
501285...............................................................160
501286...............................................................160
501287 & 501287-G....................................... 118
501288 & 501288-G...................................... 117
501291 & 501291-G....................................... 116
501292-501300...............................................158
501293...............................................................158
501294...............................................................158
501295...............................................................158
501296...............................................................158
501297...............................................................158
501298...............................................................158
501299...............................................................158
501300...............................................................158
501301................................................................148
501302...............................................................106
501303............................................................... 116
501304...............................................................142
501312................................................................135
501313................................................................148
501314 & 501314-G........................................ 141
501316................................................................148
501317................................................................148
501318................................................................148
501319................................................................162
501320 & 501321-G....................................... 116
501321 & 501321-G.............................130, 169
501322 & 501322-G.......................................129
501324 & 501324-G....................................... 117
501325 & 501325-G....................................... 118
501326 & 501326-G....................................... 117
501327 & 501327-G....................................... 141
501328 & 501328-G...................................... 141
501329............................................................... 141
501331................................................................155
501332...............................................................145
501333...............................................................145
501335...............................................................143
501336...............................................................156
501337...............................................................144
501338...............................................................144
501339...............................................................144
501340-501349...............................................162
501341................................................................162
501342...............................................................162
501343...............................................................162
501344...............................................................162
501345...............................................................162
501346...............................................................162
501347...............................................................162
501348...............................................................162
501349...............................................................162
501352............................................................... 213
501353............................................................... 213
501367............................................................... 213
501369............................................................... 213
501370............................................................... 213
501371................................................................ 213
501372............................................................... 213
501373............................................................... 213
501375............................................................... 213
501376............................................................... 213
501377............................................................... 213
501378............................................................... 213
501379............................................................... 213
501381................................................................ 213
501601................................................................169
501603.............................................................. 256
501608................................................................. 64
501609.................................................... 249, 253
501610................................................................169
501622........................................... 193, 194, 196
501623..................................................... 194, 196
501624...............................................................194
501629................................................................. 69
501630................................................................. 69
501631.................................................................. 69
501632................................................................. 69
501634................................................................. 69
501635...............................................................169
501636.............................................................. 209
501637.............................................................. 209
501638.............................................................. 209
501639.............................................................. 209
Item
Page
501640.............................................................. 209
501641.................................................................. 95
501642................................................................. 95
501643................................................................. 95
501644..........................................................95, 97
501651............................................................... 206
501652.............................................................. 206
501653.............................................................. 206
501656................................................................. 95
501657................................................................. 95
501658................................................................. 95
501669.............................................................. 209
501670............................................................... 175
501700 & 501700-G....................................... 116
501701 & 501701-G........................................129
501702 & 501702-G.......................................129
501703 & 501703-G.......................................129
501704 & 501704-G.......................................129
501705 & 501705-G....................................... 116
501706 & 501706-G....................................... 118
501707 & 501707-G....................................... 118
501708 & 501708-G....................................... 118
501709 & 501709-G....................................... 117
501710 & 501710-G........................................ 117
501711 & 501711-G........................................ 117
501712 & 501712-G........................................ 117
501713 & 501713-G........................................ 117
501714 & 501714-G........................................ 117
501715 & 501715-G........................................ 117
501716 & 501716-G........................................ 118
501717 & 501717-G......................................... 118
501718 & 501718-G........................................ 141
501719................................................................ 141
501720 & 501720-G....................................... 141
501721 & 501721-G........................................ 141
501722 & 501722-G....................................... 141
501723 & 501723-G....................................... 141
501724 & 501724-G....................................... 141
501725 & 501725-G.......................................135
501726 & 501726-G....................................... 137
501727-G............................................................ 111
501728............................................................... 161
501729..................................................... 142, 161
501730 & 501730-G....................................... 117
501731................................................................144
501733 & 501733-G.......................................125
501734 & 501734-G.......................................125
501735...............................................................142
501736...............................................................142
501739 & 501739-G.......................................125
501740 & 501740-G.......................................125
501741-G............................................................ 110
501742-G............................................................ 110
501743 & 501743-G.......................................128
501744 & 501744-G.......................................125
501745 & 501745-G.......................................125
501747 & 501747-G........................................125
501748 & 501748-G.......................................125
501749 & 501749-G.......................................126
501750 & 501750-G.......................................126
501751 & 501751-G........................................126
501752 & 501752-G.......................................126
501753 & 501753-G.......................................128
501754 & 501754-G.......................................128
501755 & 501755-G.......................................128
501756 & 501756-G.......................................128
501757 & 501757-G.......................................128
501758 & 501758-G.......................................123
501759 & 501759-G.......................................123
501760...............................................................142
501761................................................................142
501762................................................................142
501763................................................................142
501764................................................................103
501767................................................................124
501768...............................................................124
501770 & 501770-G....................................... 141
501771................................................................154
501772 & 501772-G.......................................149
501773 & 501773-G.......................................149
501775 & 501775-G.......................................109
501776 & 501776-G.......................................109
501777................................................................ 131
501778................................................................ 119
501779-G...........................................................138
501780-G...........................................................138
501781-G............................................................138
501782-G...........................................................138
501783-G...........................................................138
501784-G...........................................................138
501785-G...........................................................138
501786-G...........................................................138
501787-G............................................................138
501788-G...........................................................138
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
266
UK: Tel: 01438-880025 • Fax: 01438-880026 • [email protected] Germany: Tel: 030-6188845 • Fax: 030-6188670 • [email protected]
Item
Page
Item
Page
501941................................................................136
501942...............................................................136
501943...............................................................136
501944...............................................................136
501945...............................................................136
501946...............................................................136
501947...............................................................136
501948...............................................................136
501949...............................................................136
501950...............................................................136
501951................................................................136
501952...............................................................136
501953...............................................................136
501954...............................................................136
501955...............................................................136
501956...............................................................136
501957...............................................................136
501958...............................................................136
501959...............................................................136
501960...............................................................136
501961................................................................136
501962...............................................................136
501963...............................................................136
501964...............................................................136
501965...............................................................136
501966...............................................................136
501967...............................................................140
501968...............................................................140
501969...............................................................140
501974-6............................................................ 107
501975-6........................................................... 107
501976-6............................................................ 107
501977-6............................................................ 107
501978-6............................................................ 107
501979-6............................................................ 107
501980-6........................................................... 107
501981-6............................................................ 107
501983............................................................... 112
501985...............................................................104
501986...............................................................156
501987............................................................... 112
501988............................................................... 111
501989...............................................................135
501990...............................................................146
501993...............................................................139
501994...............................................................139
501996............................................................... 112
501998...............................................................135
502000............................................................... 211
502001............................................................... 211
502004...................................................... 211, 213
502005...................................................... 211, 213
502006.............................................................. 211
502007...................................................... 211, 213
502009..................................................... 211, 213
502010............................................................... 211
502011............................................................... 211
502012............................................................... 211
502013............................................................... 211
502015...................................................... 211, 216
502016............................................................... 211
502017............................................................... 211
502018............................................................... 211
502019............................................................... 211
502032............................................................... 219
502033............................................................... 219
502034............................................................... 219
502040................................................................ 77
502041................................................................. 77
502045................................................................. 23
502062................................................................ 23
502063................................................................ 23
502080................................................................ 23
502102...............................................................194
502105...............................................................200
502109................................................................. 67
502110.................................................................. 67
502111............................................................... 256
502112............................................................... 256
502113............................................................... 256
502114............................................................... 256
502115............................................................... 256
502119.................................................................. 97
502120................................................................. 97
502121.................................................................. 97
502122................................................................. 97
502124................................................................. 97
502125................................................................. 67
502126.............................................................. 256
502127.............................................................. 256
502128.............................................................. 256
502129.............................................................. 256
502157...............................................................169
502160............................................................... 210
Item
Page
502161.......................................................214, 215
502162......................................................214, 215
502163............................................................... 213
502166............................................................... 214
502167............................................................... 211
502168............................................................... 211
502190............................................................... 176
502193-4........................................................... 177
502194................................................................. 34
502195................................................................. 66
502196................................................................. 66
502197................................................................. 66
502198................................................................. 49
502201....................................................... 23, 233
502204................................................................. 23
502600................................................................ 23
502603................................................................ 23
502650................................................................ 23
502653................................................................. 23
502859............................................................. 238
503022..............................................................225
503023..............................................................225
503036..............................................................169
503041............................................................... 177
503042.............................................................. 177
503049..............................................................225
503050..............................................................225
503051............................................................... 213
503066............................................................. 238
503067................................................................ 37
503070............................................................... 176
503071............................................................... 176
503072............................................................... 176
503073............................................................... 176
503074............................................................... 176
503075............................................................... 176
503076............................................................... 176
503077............................................................... 176
503078-4........................................................... 177
503079-4........................................................... 177
503080-4.......................................................... 177
503081-4........................................................... 176
503082-4.......................................................... 177
503083.............................................................. 176
503085.............................................................. 176
503086.............................................................. 177
503088-10........................................................ 176
503120.................................................... 225, 226
503121................................................................226
503122...............................................................226
503209..............................................................140
503210...............................................................139
503211...............................................................149
503212............................................................... 112
503213............................................................... 112
503214...............................................................120
503215...............................................................120
503216...............................................................120
503217...............................................................120
503231...............................................................164
503259..............................................................124
503260..............................................................124
503261...............................................................124
503262...............................................................124
503263...............................................................125
503264...............................................................125
503265...............................................................125
503266..............................................................125
503267...............................................................125
503268..............................................................125
503271...............................................................125
503272...............................................................125
503273...............................................................125
503274...............................................................125
503275...............................................................125
503276...............................................................125
503277...............................................................126
503278...............................................................126
503279...............................................................126
503280..............................................................126
503281...............................................................126
503282..............................................................126
5052....................................................................205
5153....................................................................... 57
5210....................................................................... 57
5233...................................................................... 57
5340................................................................... 238
5361...................................................................... 57
5362...................................................................... 57
5371.................................................................... 175
5372.................................................................... 175
5373.................................................................... 175
5374.................................................................... 175
5375.................................................................... 175
Item
Page
5377...................................................................... 84
5378...............................................................84, 96
5381.................................................................... 178
5399...............................................................82, 96
5430................................................................... 236
5435...................................................................... 82
5436...................................................................... 82
5440....................................................................185
5444.................................................................... 187
5447.........................................................................6
5450...................................................................... 68
5451...................................................................... 68
5464................................................197, 200, 203
5468....................................................... 24, 27, 32
5469...................................................................... 24
5470...................................................................... 24
5475.................................................................... 216
5479....................................................................205
5482...................................................................... 24
5483...................................................................... 24
5489.........................................................................6
555001FT.......................................................... 113
555007FT.......................................................... 114
555041FT.......................................................... 113
555042FT.......................................................... 114
555047FT.......................................................... 114
555053FT..........................................................109
555054FT..........................................................109
555056FT..........................................................109
555060FT.......................................................... 114
555063FT.......................................................... 114
555080FT.......................................................... 114
555081FT.......................................................... 113
555084FT.......................................................... 115
555086FT.......................................................... 114
555190FT........................................................... 114
555222F............................................................. 116
555223F............................................................. 116
555227F.............................................................108
555229F.............................................................108
555230F.............................................................108
555400NT.........................................................133
555403NT.........................................................132
555406NT.........................................................133
555407NT.........................................................133
555419NT..........................................................132
555500S............................................................ 121
555501S.............................................................122
555526S............................................................ 121
555541S............................................................. 121
555561S............................................................. 121
555580S............................................................ 121
555582S............................................................ 121
555583S............................................................ 121
555584S............................................................ 121
555620S............................................................122
555640S............................................................120
555641S............................................................. 121
555646S............................................................124
555656S............................................................129
555801L.............................................................139
555827L............................................................. 114
555828L............................................................ 114
56200.................................................................262
56300.................................................................262
58006.................................................................253
58450.................................................................253
5B120F-4............................................................182
5B120F-6............................................................182
600009..............................................................167
600011................................................................. 84
600012................................................................. 84
6820....................................................................167
705............................................................................3
711P................................................................27, 32
7128.....................................................................167
712P..........................................................................4
715P..........................................................................4
7325...................................................................... 82
7326...............................................................84, 96
7335....................................................................167
7341....................................................................168
7342....................................................................168
7363....................................................................164
7364....................................................................164
74020................................................................... 45
74030................................................................... 45
74040................................................................... 45
74050................................................................... 45
75070................................................................... 30
7521...................................................................... 82
7600.............................................................. 68, 69
7600S............................................................ 68, 69
765-HTP................................................................ 69
Prices shown are in U.S. dollars. Actual charges will vary because of import duty, freight, and currency fluctuations. To obtain an exact quotation, contact your WPI office.
World Precision Instruments • Tel: 941-371-1003 • Fax: 941-377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.wpiinc.com
267
PRODUCT INDEX
501789...............................................................154
501790............................................................... 119
501791................................................................136
501792................................................................136
501793................................................................136
501794................................................................136
501795................................................................136
501796...............................................................136
501797................................................................136
501798...............................................................136
501799...............................................................136
501800...............................................................136
501801................................................................136
501802...............................................................136
501803...............................................................136
501804...............................................................136
501805...............................................................136
501806...............................................................136
501807...............................................................136
501808...............................................................136
501809...............................................................136
501810................................................................136
501811................................................................142
501812................................................................142
501816................................................................154
501817................................................................154
501818................................................................154
501819................................................................160
501830............................................................... 137
501839............................................................... 119
501842...............................................................160
501844...............................................................140
501846...............................................................140
501850-501858...............................................160
501851................................................................160
501852...............................................................160
501853...............................................................160
501854...............................................................160
501855...............................................................160
501856...............................................................160
501857...............................................................160
501858...............................................................160
501859............................................................... 141
501860-501864...............................................160
501862...............................................................160
501863...............................................................160
501864...............................................................160
501866...............................................................145
501867...............................................................145
501868...............................................................145
501869...............................................................145
501870...............................................................145
501871................................................................145
501872...............................................................145
501873...............................................................145
501874................................................................145
501875...............................................................145
501876...............................................................145
501888-501891...............................................153
501889...............................................................153
501890...............................................................153
501891................................................................153
501892...............................................................156
501893...............................................................145
501895...............................................................152
501897...............................................................139
501898...............................................................139
501899...............................................................139
501900...............................................................164
501902...............................................................138
501903...............................................................138
501904...............................................................138
501905-501912...............................................154
501906...............................................................154
501907...............................................................154
501908...............................................................154
501909...............................................................154
501910................................................................154
501911................................................................154
501912................................................................154
501913................................................................162
501914................................................................162
501915................................................................162
501916................................................................162
501923............................................................... 131
501924...............................................................123
501925...............................................................123
501930............................................................... 131
501934............................................................... 161
501935...............................................................136
501936...............................................................136
501938...............................................................136
501939...............................................................136
501940...............................................................136
Item
Page
77020................................................................. 181
773............................................................................4
7B100F-4...................